S-1

Use these links to rapidly review the document
Table of contents
Index to financial statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 4, 2019.

Registration No. 333-          

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

GRAFTECH INTERNATIONAL LTD.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) 3620
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) 27-2496053
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

982 Keynote Circle
Brooklyn Heights, OH 44131
(216) 676-2000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Gina K. Gunning
Chief Legal Officer
GrafTech International Ltd.
982 Keynote Circle
Brooklyn Heights, OH 44131
(216) 676-2000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)

(Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service)
Sandra L. Flow, Esq. Adam Fleisher, Esq. Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP One Liberty Plaza New York, New York 10006 (212) 225-2000	William V. Fogg, Esq. D. Scott Bennett, Esq. Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP 825 Eighth Avenue New York, New York 10019 (212) 474-1000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:    o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer ý Smaller reporting company o Emerging growth company o

          If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities being registered	Amount to be registered(1)	Proposed maximum offering per unit(2)	Proposed maximum aggregate offering price(2)	Amount of registration fee
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share	20,125,000	$14.36	$288,995,000.00	$35,026.19

(1)

Includes 2,625,000 shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase from the selling stockholder.

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based upon the average of the high and low sales prices of the registrant's common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on March 1, 2019.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated March 4, 2019

Preliminary Prospectus

17,500,000 shares

Common stock

        The selling stockholder identified in this prospectus is selling 17,500,000 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholder.

        Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol "EAF." On March 1, 2019, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the NYSE was $14.23 per share.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk factors" beginning on page 15.

	Per share	Total
Public offering price	$	$
Underwriting discount(1)	$	$
Proceeds to the selling stockholder	$	$

(1)

See "Underwriting" beginning on page 134 of the prospectus for additional information regarding total underwriting compensation.

        The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to 2,625,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about                                    , 2019.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (or SEC) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

J.P. Morgan Credit Suisse

Citigroup RBC Capital Markets HSBC BMO Capital Markets

The date of this prospectus is                              , 2019.

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any related free-writing prospectus we may prepare or authorize to be delivered to you. We have not authorized anyone to give you any other information, and we take no responsibility for any other information that others may give you. We and the selling stockholder are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.

Table of contents

Market and industry data and forecasts	ii
Trademarks	ii
Prospectus summary	1
Risk factors	15
Special note regarding forward-looking statements	36
Use of proceeds	39
Market price of common stock	40
Dividend policy	41
Capitalization	42
Selected historical consolidated financial and other data	43
Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations	48
Business	78
Industry	95
Management	103
Executive compensation	110
Certain relationships and related party transactions	118
Principal stockholders and selling stockholder	122
Description of capital stock	124
Shares eligible for future sale	130
Material U.S. federal income tax considerations to non-U.S. holders	132
Underwriting	135
Legal matters	145
Experts	145
Where you can find more information	145
Index to financial statements	F-1

i

Market and industry data and forecasts

        Certain market and industry data included in this prospectus has been obtained from third party sources that we believe to be reliable. Market estimates are calculated by using independent industry publications, government publications and third party forecasts in conjunction with our assumptions about our markets. We have not independently verified such third party information. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings "Special note regarding forward-looking statements" and "Risk factors" in this prospectus.

Trademarks

        We own or otherwise have rights to the trademarks, service marks, copyrights and trade names, including those mentioned in this prospectus, used in conjunction with the marketing and sale of our products and services. This prospectus includes trademarks, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are our property and/or the property of our subsidiaries. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks, copyrights and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies' trademarks, service marks, copyrights or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. Solely for convenience, our trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, ™, or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

ii

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It may not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled "Risk factors" and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision to purchase shares of our common stock.

Unless the context suggests otherwise, references in this prospectus to "GrafTech," the "Company," "we," "us," and "our" refer to GrafTech International Ltd., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries. See "Our company" below for more information. References in this prospectus to the "selling stockholder" refer to BCP IV GrafTech Holdings LP, an affiliate of Brookfield Asset Management Inc. and Brookfield Business Partners L.P., and the direct majority owner of GrafTech. References in this prospectus to "Brookfield" refer to Brookfield Asset Management Inc. and its affiliates. All dollar amounts in this prospectus are in U.S. dollars and are expressed in thousands unless specified otherwise. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (or GAAP).

Our company

        We are a leading manufacturer of high quality graphite electrode products essential to the production of electric arc furnace (or EAF) steel and other ferrous and non-ferrous metals. We believe that we have the most competitive portfolio of low-cost graphite electrode manufacturing facilities in the industry, including three of the five highest capacity facilities in the world (excluding China). We are the only large scale graphite electrode producer that is substantially vertically integrated into petroleum needle coke, the primary raw material for graphite electrode manufacturing, which is currently in limited supply. This unique position provides us with competitive advantages in product quality and cost. Founded in 1886, we have over 130 years of experience in the research and development (or R&D) of graphite- and carbon-based solutions, and our intellectual property portfolio is extensive. We currently have graphite electrode manufacturing facilities in Calais, France, Pamplona, Spain, Monterrey, Mexico and St. Marys, Pennsylvania. Our customers include major steel producers and other ferrous and non-ferrous metal producers in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (or EMEA), the Americas and Asia-Pacific (or APAC), which sell their products into the automotive, construction, appliance, machinery, equipment and transportation industries. Our vision is to provide highly engineered graphite electrode services, solutions and products to EAF operators. Based on the high quality of our graphite electrodes, reliability of our petroleum needle coke supply and our excellent customer service, we believe that we are viewed as a preferred supplier to the global EAF steel producer market.

        Graphite electrodes are an industrial consumable product used primarily in EAF steel production, one of the two primary methods of steel production and the steelmaking technology used by all "mini-mills." Electrodes act as conductors of electricity in the furnace, generating sufficient heat to melt scrap metal, iron ore or other raw materials used to produce steel or other metals. We estimate that, on average, the cost of graphite electrodes represents only approximately 1% to 5% of the total production cost of steel in a typical EAF, but they are essential to EAF steel production. Graphite electrodes are currently the only known commercially available products that have the high levels of electrical conductivity and the capability to sustain the high levels of heat generated in EAF steel production. As a result, EAF steel manufacturers have been willing to pay a premium for a reliable supply of high quality graphite electrodes, and, in some cases, to pass on this premium to their customers in the form of surcharges. Graphite electrodes are also used in steel refining in ladle furnaces and in other processes, such as the production of titanium dioxide, stainless steel, aluminum, silicon metals and other ferrous and non-ferrous metals.

1

        Petroleum needle coke, a crystalline form of carbon derived from decant oil, is the primary raw material used in the production of graphite electrodes. We achieved substantial vertical integration with this critical raw material source through our acquisition of Seadrift Coke LP (or Seadrift) in November 2010, significantly reducing our reliance on other suppliers. The petroleum needle coke industry is highly concentrated. We believe Seadrift is the second largest petroleum needle coke producer in the world. We also believe that the quality of Seadrift's petroleum needle coke is superior for graphite electrode production compared to most of the petroleum needle coke available to our peers on the open market, allowing us to produce higher quality electrodes in a cost-efficient manner. Additionally, we believe that this vertical integration provides a significant cost advantage relative to our competitors in periods of tight petroleum needle coke supply, such as the current market environment. We believe this cost advantage will grow as demand for petroleum needle coke increases for use in lithium-ion batteries in electric vehicles. The demand for petroleum needle coke in lithium-ion batteries is growing rapidly, with usage going from approximately 1,000 MT in 2014 to 60,000 MT in 2017. This rapidly growing alternative source of demand is a significant development for the petroleum needle coke industry and is contributing to the global shortage in petroleum needle coke. Going forward, we expect to purchase approximately one third of our needle coke requirements from external sources, given the increase in our graphite electrode capacity from our debottlenecking initiative. As a result, we continue to experience higher third party petroleum needle coke costs, including in the first quarter of 2019, which will affect our cost of sales in 2019.

        According to the World Steel Association (or WSA), EAFs accounted for 46%, or 394 million metric tons (or MT), of global crude steel production (excluding China) in 2017, which represented an increase of 8% over 2016. Between 1984 and 2011, EAF steelmaking was the fastest-growing segment of the steel sector, with production increasing at an average rate of 3.5% per year, based on WSA data. Historically, EAF steel production has grown faster than the overall steel market due to the greater resilience, more variable cost structure, lower capital intensity and more environmentally friendly nature of EAF steelmaking. This trend was partially reversed between 2011 and 2015 due to global steel production overcapacity driven largely by Chinese blast furnace (or BOF) steel production. Beginning in 2016, efforts by the Chinese government to restructure China's domestic steel industry have led to limits on Chinese BOF steel production and lower export levels. In addition, developed economies, which typically have much larger EAF steel industries, have instituted a number of trade policies in support of domestic steel producers. As a result, since 2016, the EAF steel market has rebounded strongly and resumed its long-term growth trajectory. This revival in EAF steel production has resulted in increased demand for our graphite electrodes.

        At the same time, two supply-side structural changes have contributed to record high prices of graphite electrodes in 2018. First, ongoing consolidation and rationalization of graphite electrode production capacity have limited the ability of graphite electrode producers to meet demand. We estimate that approximately 20% of graphite electrode industry production capacity (excluding China) was closed or repurposed from 2014-2016, and we believe the majority of these closures represent permanent reductions. Second, demand for petroleum needle coke has outpaced supply due to increasing demand for petroleum needle coke for lithium-ion batteries used in electric vehicles. As a result, graphite electrode prices have reached record high prices in 2018. Historically, between 2008 and 2017, our weighted average realized price of graphite electrodes was approximately $4,500 per MT (on an inflation-adjusted basis using constant 2018 dollars) and fell to a historic low of approximately $2,500 per MT in 2016. With the renewed demand for, and constrained supply of, graphite electrodes, industry spot prices have reached record highs in 2018. In the fourth quarter of 2018, our weighted average realized price of graphite electrodes was $9,950 per MT, representing an increase of 2% from the prior quarter and 141% from the prior year. In light of improved market conditions, the long lead time required to produce our products, our position as one of the market's largest producers and our ability, through our substantial vertical integration with Seadrift, to provide customers with a reliable long-term supply of graphite electrodes despite the market shortage of petroleum needle coke, we have implemented a commercial strategy to sell graphite electrodes through three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts.

2

GrafTech historical weighted average realized prices and signed three- to five-year weighted average contract prices for graphite electrodes

(1)

Weighted average realized price for a period reflects the total revenues from sales of graphite electrodes for the period divided by the graphite electrode sales volume for that period. The weighted average realized prices in this chart are shown in constant 2018 dollars for comparability. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Operating Metrics."

(2)

Weighted average contract price for a period reflects the volume-weighted average price for graphite electrodes to be delivered under the three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts we have entered into in 2018 and 2019. All of these contracts have fixed prices and either fixed volumes (83% of the portfolio) or a specified volume range (17% of the portfolio). For those contracts with a specified volume range, weighted average contract prices are computed using the volume midpoint. The aggregate difference between the volume midpoint and the minimum or maximum volumes across our cumulative portfolio of take-or-pay contracts with specified volume ranges is approximately 5,000 MT per year in 2019-2022. See "Business—Contracts and customers."

        As a leading producer of graphite electrodes, we believe we are well-positioned to benefit from this industry transformation. In 2017, based on our three primary operating facilities, we had the capability, depending on product demand and mix, to manufacture approximately 167,000 MT of graphite electrodes per year. In 2018, we completed an operational improvement and debottlenecking initiative to increase production capacity at these facilities by approximately 20% to approximately 202,000 MT. Currently, our warm idled St. Marys facility is finishing some electrodes sourced from other facilities to provide flexibility to our overall manufacturing footprint. We could ramp up production at St. Marys if required to support our customers. If restarted, St. Marys would add approximately 28,000 MT of annual capacity. This overall total production capacity would be comparable to our largest competitor, which we estimate currently has a total of approximately 230,000 MT of production capacity (excluding China). We believe the total worldwide graphite electrode production capacity was approximately 800,000 MT (excluding China) in 2018, with a capacity utilization of approximately 90% (excluding China). We believe worldwide graphite electrode production capacity, excluding China, has now increased to approximately 850,000 MT. Electrode production globally (excluding China) is focused on the manufacture of ultra-high power (or UHP) electrodes for EAFs, while the majority of Chinese production is of ladle electrodes for BOFs. The

3

production of UHP electrodes requires an extensive proprietary manufacturing process and material science knowledge, including the use of superior needle coke blends. As a result, graphite electrode producers inside and outside of China are generally not in direct competition with each other for major product lines.

        On August 15, 2015, we became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Brookfield through a tender offer to shareholders and subsequent merger transaction. Brookfield is an experienced operator of industrial, natural resource and other tangible asset businesses. This transaction has provided us with a stable equity partner with experience in industrial sectors.

        On April 23, 2018, we completed our initial public offering (or IPO) of 35,000,000 shares of our common stock held by the selling stockholder at a price of $15.00 per share. On April 26, 2018, we closed the sale of an additional 3,097,525 shares of common stock held by the selling stockholder at a price to the public of $15.00 per share, as a result of the partial exercise by the underwriters in our IPO of their overallotment option. We did not receive any proceeds related to the IPO. Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol "EAF."

        On August 13, 2018, we repurchased 11,688,311 shares directly from the selling stockholder. These shares were retired upon repurchase. The price per share paid by us was equal to the price at which the underwriters purchased the shares from the selling stockholder's August 2018 public secondary offering of 23,000,000 shares of our common stock, net of underwriting commissions and discounts. We funded the share repurchase from cash on hand. After giving effect to the offerings by the selling stockholder and our repurchase of shares, the selling stockholder currently owns approximately 79% of our common stock.

        Our executive offices are located at 982 Keynote Circle, Brooklyn Heights, Ohio 44131 and our telephone number is (216) 676-2000. Our Internet website address is www.graftech.com. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus. We have included our website address only as an inactive textual reference and do not intend it to be an active link to our website.

Competitive strengths

We are one of the two largest producers of graphite electrodes outside of China, accounting for approximately 24% of global production capacity (excluding China), and we believe our strategically positioned global footprint provides us with competitive advantages

        We believe our facilities are among the most strategically located and lowest cost large-scale graphite electrode manufacturing plants in the world. Of the graphite electrode manufacturing facilities currently operating outside of China, we estimate that our three operating manufacturing facilities represent approximately 24% of estimated production capacity for graphite electrodes, making us a critical supplier to global EAF steel manufacturers. Our manufacturing facilities are located in the Americas and EMEA, providing us with access to low-cost and reliable energy sources, logistical and freight advantages in sourcing raw materials and shipping our graphite electrodes to our customers compared to our competitors, and excellent visibility into the large North American and European EAF steelmaking markets. Our experience in producing graphite electrodes for a varied global customer base positions us to meet customer requirements across a range of product types and quality levels, including support and technical services, further distinguishing us from our competitors.

We are a pure-play provider of an essential consumable for EAF steel producers, the fastest-growing sector of the steel industry

        According to WSA, EAF steelmaking grew at an annual pace of approximately 14% in 2017, compared with 4% for steelmaking overall. As a result of the increasing global availability of steel scrap and the more resilient, high-variable cost and environmentally friendly EAF model, we expect EAF

4

producers to continue to grow at a faster rate than BOF producers globally. Additionally, EAF producers are increasingly able to utilize higher quality scrap and iron units, their two primary raw materials, to produce higher quality steel grades and capture market share from BOF producers, while maintaining a favorable cost structure. According to the WSA, in EMEA and the Americas, which together made up 93% of our 2018 net sales, EAF producers have increased market share from approximately 37% in 2000 to 49% in 2017, reflecting growth from 190 million MT to 257 million MT. In APAC, which made up approximately 7% of our 2018 net sales, government initiatives in China are expected to result in a greater use of the EAF method in steelmaking despite the historical dominance of BOF producers. These initiatives are the result of efforts to eliminate excess steelmaking production capacity and to improve environmental conditions. The EAF method produces approximately 25% of the carbon dioxide (or CO₂) emissions of a BOF facility and does not require the smelting of virgin iron ore or the burning of coal. Additionally, as a result of significantly increased steel production in China since 2000, the supply of Chinese scrap is expected to increase substantially, which may result in lower scrap prices and provide the Chinese steel manufacturing industry with local scrap feedstock that was not historically available. We believe these trends will allow EAF steel producers to increase their market share and grow at a faster rate than BOF steel producers, resulting in increasing demand for graphite electrodes.

We have capital-efficient growth opportunities available to us

        The graphite electrode industry responded to oversupplied markets from 2011 to 2015 with production capacity rationalization and consolidation, and after the normalization of the market for EAF steel in 2017. We believe the lead time from initial permitting to full production of a greenfield graphite electrode manufacturing facility would be approximately three to five years and cost approximately $10,000 per MT. Similarly, brownfield development is complicated by significant capital costs and space and process constraints. Only one new greenfield graphite electrode facility outside of China has been built since the 1980s and only one significant brownfield expansion has occurred, reflecting the historical difficulty of adding further graphite electrode production capacity. As a result of this long and uncertain time horizon to build new plants, we believe only a few companies have the necessary technology and expertise to meet the rising demand for graphite electrodes.

        Our current facilities are modern, strategically located and well-maintained, providing us with ample operational optimization capabilities. In 2018, we completed the expansion of our production capacity by approximately 20%, to 202,000 MT, through strategic capital investments and operational improvements. As a result of our prior operational improvement activities, we are able to achieve this large capacity increase with specific, highly targeted capital investments. These expansions will provide additional fixed cost absorption and drive further efficiencies of scale across our manufacturing base. We also have our currently warm idled St. Marys facility, which remains a viable long-term option. Currently, St. Marys is graphitizing and machining some semi-finished electrodes sourced from Monterrey in order to leverage existing infrastructure.

We believe we have the industry's most efficient production platform of high production capacity assets with substantial vertical integration

        Based on our experience, high capacity manufacturing facilities can have operating costs of more than $1,000 per MT lower than low capacity manufacturing facilities. Our previous restructuring activities included the closures of our lower capacity manufacturing facilities in South Africa and Brazil and the idling of our St. Marys facility, which together accounted for approximately 35% of our previous production capacity. Our restructuring actions have eliminated a significant amount of annual fixed manufacturing costs and maintenance capital expenditure requirements since 2012. These actions allow us to run our Calais, Pamplona and Monterrey plants at a high level of capacity utilization. Since 2014, we have also improved our manufacturing processes and made strategic investments across our

5

plant network, which have improved productivity while also reducing our energy and raw material consumption. Following our footprint optimization, we are producing a greater quantity of graphite electrodes from our three primary operating facilities than we did from our six operating facilities in 2012. In 2017, the Calais and Pamplona plants exceeded previous annual record production levels by 15% and 12%, respectively, and production at the Monterrey plant was 12% higher than the highest annual production level during the past 10 years. Our recently completed debottlenecking initiative added approximately 20% to our capacity at a very low cost per MT. We believe that the optimization of our plant network will continue to drive improved fixed cost absorption.

        Moreover, our Seadrift, Calais, Pamplona, Monterrey and St. Marys facilities each provide unique advantages for us. Seadrift provides a substantial portion of our petroleum needle coke supply needs internally and at a competitive cost and allows us to maximize capacity utilization more efficiently than competitors, who may be more constrained by petroleum needle coke supply. Seadrift is one of only five petroleum needle coke facilities in the world outside of China, and we believe it is the second largest petroleum needle coke producer in the world. We also believe that Calais, Pamplona and Monterrey are three of the five highest capacity graphite electrode facilities in the world (excluding China), allowing for significant operating leverage. We believe our facilities have significant cost advantages given their scale and access to low cost, reliable energy sources. While much of the production capacity rationalized during the downturn was permanently shut down, we temporarily idled our St. Marys facility and retain the option to restart it.

We are the only petroleum needle coke producer in the world specifically focused on the production of graphite electrodes

        Our production of petroleum needle coke specifically for graphite electrodes provides us the opportunity to produce super premium petroleum needle coke of the highest quality and allows us to tailor graphite electrodes for customer requirements. Seadrift has 140,000 MT of petroleum needle coke production capacity, which we believe makes it the second largest petroleum needle coke producer in the world. We produced approximately 110,000 MT of needle coke in 2018. We expect to produce approximately 125,000 MT in 2019 as we do not have a planned maintenance outage in 2019 and we expect a modest productivity enhancement related to our efficiency improvement project. We believe that no petroleum needle coke production capacity has been added outside of China for at least 10 years, given high capital costs and technological barriers. Additionally, the growing petroleum needle coke demand from manufacturers of lithium-ion batteries for electric vehicles has led to a limited supply of petroleum needle coke available to graphite electrode manufacturers. Sourcing the majority of our petroleum needle coke internally allows us to offer our customers certainty of supply, further enhancing our competitive position and supporting our three- to five-year, take-or-pay contracts strategy. To align with our three- to five-year contract profile, we have hedged the decant oil required to produce all of the graphite electrodes sold under these contracts, providing us with substantial visibility into our future raw material costs. We believe our use of petroleum needle coke is a further competitive advantage, as the use of pitch needle coke, an alternative raw material, results in longer bake times during graphite electrode production, significantly affecting graphite electrode production rates and cost.

Our graphite electrodes and petroleum needle coke are among the highest quality in the industry

        After the divestiture of our non-core legacy Engineered Solutions businesses in 2016 and 2017, we focused on our core competency of graphite electrode production and generated approximately $60 million in cash proceeds and release of working capital from these divestitures. Our restructured and simplified business model has reduced our annual overhead expenses significantly since 2012, allowing us to redeploy the savings into our graphite electrode business. We have identified and implemented mechanical and chemical improvements to our electrodes, invested in the capability to

6

produce super premium petroleum needle coke needed for high-margin UHP graphite electrodes, and optimized our production of pins at our Monterrey plant, which are a critical component used to connect and fasten graphite electrodes together in a furnace. By producing pins at our Monterrey plant, we are able to realize meaningful fixed-cost synergies with our graphite electrode production on site. As a result, we believe the quality and the consistency of our electrodes is unrivaled in North America and EMEA and on par with that of any producer globally. We have seen customer satisfaction rise to ten-year highs at a time when the industry has been focused on production capacity rationalization rather than quality. We believe the durability and infrequent breakage of our graphite electrodes create operating efficiencies and value opportunities for our customers. We also believe we have a competitive advantage in offering customers our ArchiTech Furnace Productivity System (or ArchiTech), which we believe is the most advanced support and technical service platform in the graphite electrode industry. ArchiTech, which has been installed in customer furnaces around the world, enables our engineers to work with our customers seamlessly to maximize the performance of their furnaces and provide real-time diagnostics and troubleshooting. We believe our customers value our high quality products and customer service, and have provided us with opportunities to expand our business with them as a result.

Our experienced executive leadership and general managers and flexible workforce have positioned us for future earnings growth

        Our seasoned leadership is committed to earnings growth. We have undertaken strategic investments to increase our production capacity in a capital-efficient manner while reducing our cost position. Our executive and manufacturing leadership have led manufacturing companies through many cycles and are focused on positioning us for profitable growth in any environment. Our operational improvement and debottlenecking initiative is completed and increased capacity by approximately 20%, or 35,000 MT. Currently, our warm idled St. Marys facility is finishing some electrodes sourced from other facilities to provide flexibility to our overall manufacturing footprint. We could ramp up production at St. Marys if required to support our customers. If restarted, St. Marys would add approximately 28,000 MT of annual capacity.

        Additionally, since our acquisition by Brookfield, we have reorganized our manufacturing facilities as profit centers. We use LEAN manufacturing techniques, which focus on the constant elimination of waste from the manufacturing process. We also rely on Six Sigma methods, a set of management techniques intended to improve quality by significantly reducing the probability that an error or defect will occur. We believe the LEAN and Six Sigma initiatives have increased overall utilization by optimizing our plant production capacity and controlled costs while also improving quality. We also redesigned general manager incentive plans to reward efficiency gains. Similarly, our labor force is incentivized to drive efficiencies through country-specific labor incentive plans.

Risk factors

        Our business is subject to numerous risks. See "Risk factors" beginning on page 15. In particular, our business may be adversely affected by, among other factors:

•

the possibility that the cyclical nature of our business and the selling prices of our products may lead to periods of reduced profitability and net losses in the future;

•

the possibility that we may be unable to implement our business strategies, including our initiative to secure and maintain longer-term take-or-pay customer contracts, in an effective manner;

•

the fact that pricing for graphite electrodes has historically been cyclical and, although current prices are relatively high, the price of graphite electrodes may decline in the future;

7

•

the sensitivity of our business and operating results to economic conditions;

•

our dependence on the global steel industry generally and the EAF steel industry in particular;

•

the possibility that global graphite electrode overcapacity may adversely affect graphite electrode prices;

•

the competitiveness of the graphite electrode industry;

•

our dependence on the supply of petroleum needle coke;

•

our dependence on supplies of raw materials (in addition to petroleum needle coke) and energy; and

•

the possibility that our manufacturing operations are subject to hazards.

8

The offering

Common stock offered by the selling stockholder	17,500,000 shares, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their options to purchase an additional 2,625,000 shares of common stock from the selling stockholder.
Common stock to be issued and outstanding after this offering	290,537,612 shares.
Use of proceeds	We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholder named in this prospectus.
Dividend policy	We currently pay a quarterly cash dividend of $0.085 per share, or an aggregate of $0.34 per share on an annualized basis. See "Dividend policy."
	We cannot assure you, however, that we will pay dividends in the future in these amounts or at all. Our board of directors may change the timing and amount of any future dividend payments or eliminate the payment of future dividends in its sole discretion, without any prior notice to our stockholders. Our ability to pay dividends will depend upon many factors, including our financial position and liquidity, results of operations, legal requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by the terms of our current and future credit facilities and other debt obligations and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. For further discussion of the factors that may affect our business and our ability to pay dividends, see "Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry" and "Risk factors—Risks related to our common stock—We may not pay cash dividends on our common stock."
Risk factors	Please read the section entitled "Risk factors" beginning on page 15 for a discussion of some of the factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.
NYSE listing and symbol	Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol "EAF."

        The number of shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of this offering is based on 290,537,612 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of February 15, 2019, and excludes an additional 15,000,000 shares reserved for future issuance under our Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

        Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 2,625,000 shares of common stock from the selling stockholder.

9

Summary historical consolidated financial and other data

        The following tables present selected consolidated financial information of the Company. You should read these tables along with "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations," "Business" and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

	For the year ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Statement of operations data:
Net sales	$	1,895,910		$	550,771		$	437,963
Income (loss) from continuing operations		853,888			14,212			(108,869	)
Net income (loss)		854,219			7,983			(235,843	)
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share(a):
Income (loss) from continuing operations per share(a)	$	2.87		$	0.05		$	(0.36	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding(a)		297,748			302,226			302,226
Dividends per common share(b)	$	0.77		$	—		$	—
Balance sheet data (at period end):
Total assets	$	1,505,491		$	1,199,103		$	1,172,276
Other long-term obligations(c)		72,519			68,907			82,148
Total long-term debt		2,050,311			322,900			356,580
Other financial data:
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	836,603		$	36,573		$	22,815
Net cash used in investing activities		(67,295	)		(2,199	)		(10,471	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(731,044	)		(32,995	)		(8,317	)

(a)

Data gives effect to the 3,022,259.23-for-1 stock split on our common stock effected on April 12, 2018.

(b)

Calculated by total dividends paid of $2,294,265 divided by weighted average shares outstanding. $2,022,000 of these dividends were declared and paid to Brookfield prior to our IPO. All other dividends were declared and paid to all common stockholders.

(c)

Represents pension and post-retirement benefits and related costs and miscellaneous other long-term obligations.

	For the year ended December 31,
Key financial measures	2018		2017		2016
	(in thousands)
EBITDA from continuing operations(1)	$	1,102,625	$	97,884	$	(12,251	)
Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations(1)	$	1,205,021	$	95,806	$	(2,898	)

10

	For the year ended December 31,
Key operating metrics	2018			2017			2016
	(in thousands, except price data)
Sales volume (MT)(2)		185			172			163
Weighted average realized price(3)	$	9,937		$	2,945		$	2,459
Production volume (MT)(4)		179			166			151
Production capacity excluding St. Marys during idle period (MT)(5)(6)		180			167			176
Capacity utilization excluding St. Marys during idle period(5)(7)		99	%		99	%		85	%
Total production capacity(6)(8)		208			195			195
Total capacity utilization(7)(8)		86	%		85	%		77	%

(1)

See below for more information and a reconciliation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

(2)

Sales volume reflects the total volume of graphite electrodes sold for which revenue has been recognized during the period. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(3)

Weighted average realized price reflects the total revenues from sales of graphite electrodes for the period divided by the graphite electrode sales volume for that period. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(4)

Production volume reflects graphite electrodes produced during the period. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(5)

The St. Marys, Pennsylvania facility was temporarily idled effective the second quarter of 2016 except for the machining of semi-finished products sourced from other plants. In the first quarter of 2018, our St. Marys facility began graphitizing a limited amount of electrodes sourced from our Monterrey, Mexico facility.

(6)

Production capacity reflects expected maximum production volume during the period under normal operating conditions, standard product mix and expected maintenance downtime. Actual production may vary. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(7)

Capacity utilization reflects production volume as a percentage of production capacity. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(8)

Includes graphite electrode facilities in Calais, France; Monterrey, Mexico; Pamplona, Spain and St. Marys, Pennsylvania.

Non-GAAP financial measures

        In addition to providing results that are determined in accordance with GAAP, we have provided certain financial measures that are not in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations are non-GAAP financial measures. We define EBITDA from continuing operations, a non-GAAP financial measure, as net income or loss plus interest expense, minus interest income, plus income taxes, discontinued operations and depreciation and amortization from continuing operations. We define adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations as EBITDA from continuing operations plus any pension and other post-employment benefit (or OPEB) plan expenses, impairments, rationalization-related charges, IPO expenses, acquisition and proxy contest costs, non-cash gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement of non-operating liabilities in our foreign subsidiaries where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar, related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense, stock-based compensation and non-cash fixed asset write-offs. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is the primary metric used by our management and our board of

11

directors to establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and evaluating our performance.

        We monitor adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations as a supplement to our GAAP measures, and believe it is useful to present to investors, because we believe that it facilitates evaluation of our period-to-period operating performance by eliminating items that are not operational in nature, allowing comparison of our recurring core business operating results over multiple periods unaffected by differences in capital structure, capital investment cycles and fixed asset base. In addition, we believe adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies, and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of financial performance and debt-service capabilities.

        Our use of adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect our cash expenditures for capital equipment or other contractual commitments, including any capital expenditure requirements to augment or replace our capital assets;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect expenses relating to our pension and OPEB plans;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect the non-cash gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement of non-operating liabilities in our foreign subsidiaries where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect IPO expenses;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect acquisition and proxy costs;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect rationalization-related charges, stock-based compensation or the non-cash write-off of fixed assets; and

•

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

        In evaluating EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, you should be aware that in the future, we will incur expenses similar to the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentations of EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations should not be construed as suggesting that our future results will be unaffected by these expenses or any unusual or non-recurring items. When evaluating our performance,

12

you should consider EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations alongside other financial performance measures, including our net income (loss) and other GAAP measures.

        The following table reconciles our non-GAAP key financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures:

	For the year ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2018			2017			2016
Net income (loss)	$	854,219		$	7,983		$	(235,843	)
Add:
Discontinued operations		(331	)		6,229			126,974
Depreciation and amortization		66,413			64,025			77,614
Interest expense		135,061			30,823			26,914
Interest income		(1,657	)		(395	)		(358	)
Income taxes		48,920			(10,781	)		(7,552	)
EBITDA from continuing operations		1,102,625			97,884			(12,251	)
Adjustments:
Pension and OPEB plan (gain) expenses(1)		3,893			(1,611	)		(626	)
Rationalization-related (gains)/charges(2)		—			(3,970	)		5,209
IPO expenses(3)		5,173			—			—
Acquisition and proxy contests costs(4)		—			886			8,036
Non-cash loss (gain) on foreign currency remeasurement(5)		818			1,731			(5,465	)
Stock-based compensation(6)		1,152			—			—
Non-cash fixed asset write-off(7)		4,882			886			2,199
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense(8)		86,478			—			—
Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations	$	1,205,021		$	95,806		$	(2,898	)

(1)

Service and interest cost of our OPEB plans. Also includes a mark-to-market loss (gain) for plan assets as of December of each year. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Components of results of operations—Selling and administrative expenses" for more information.

(2)

Costs associated with rationalizations in our graphite electrode manufacturing operations and in the corporate structure. They include severance charges, contract termination charges, write-off of equipment and (gain)/loss on sale of manufacturing sites.

(3)

Legal, accounting, printing and registration fees associated with the initial public offering.

(4)

Costs associated with the merger transaction with Brookfield, resulting in change in control compensation expenses.

(5)

Non-cash (gain) loss from foreign currency remeasurement of non-operating liabilities of our non-U.S. subsidiaries where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar.

(6)

Non-cash expense for stock-based compensation grants.

(7)

Non-cash fixed asset write-off recorded for obsolete manufacturing equipment.

(8)

Non-cash expense for future payment to the selling stockholder for tax assets that are expected to be utilized.

13

Key Operating Metrics

        Key operating metrics consist of sales volume, weighted average realized price, production volume, production capacity and capacity utilization.

        Sales volume reflects the total volume of graphite electrodes sold for which revenue has been recognized during the period. For a discussion of our revenue recognition policy, see "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Critical accounting policies—Revenue recognition." Weighted average realized price reflects the total revenues from sales of graphite electrodes for the period divided by the graphite electrode sales volume for that period. Sales volume and weighted average realized price help investors understand the factors that drive our net sales.

        Production volume reflects graphite electrodes produced during the period. Production capacity reflects expected maximum production volume during the period under normal operating conditions, standard product mix and expected maintenance downtime. Capacity utilization reflects production volume as a percentage of production capacity. Production volume, production capacity and capacity utilization help us understand the efficiency of our production, evaluate cost of sales and consider how to approach our contract initiative.

14

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as other information contained in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, in which case the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks related to our business and industry

Our business is cyclical and the selling prices of our products may lead to periods of reduced profitability and net losses in the future.

        We have a history of significant net losses, including a net loss of $235.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Our ability to maintain profitability depends on a number of factors, including the growth rate of the graphite electrode industry, the price of our products, the cost to produce our products, the competitiveness of our products and the production capacity at our existing plants. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including due to the other risks described in this prospectus, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events. In addition, as a public company, we now incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. As a result, our operations may not maintain profitability in the future and, even if we do maintain profitability, we may not be able to increase it.

We may be unable to implement our business strategies, including our initiative to secure and maintain three- to five-year take-or-pay customer contracts, in an effective manner.

        Our future financial performance and success largely depend on our ability to implement our business strategies for growth successfully. We have undertaken, and will continue to undertake, various business strategies to sell a significant portion of our production capacity through three- to five-year, take-or-pay contracts, and improve operating efficiencies and generate cost savings. We cannot assure you that we will successfully implement our business strategies or that implementing these strategies will sustain or improve and not harm our results of operations. In particular, our ability to implement our strategy to enter into three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts successfully is subject to certain risks, including customers seeking to renegotiate key terms of their contracts, such as pricing and specified volume commitments, in the event market conditions change during the contract term; our inability to extend contracts when they expire; and a disruption in our access to Seadrift-produced petroleum needle coke, which we will rely on, in part, to deliver the contracted volumes under the contracts. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will successfully implement this strategy or realize the anticipated benefits of these contracts. In addition, the costs involved in implementing our strategies may be significantly greater than we currently anticipate. For example, our ability to make other operational improvements as planned may be delayed or interrupted by the need to obtain environmental and other regulatory approvals, the availability of labor and materials, unforeseen hazards, such as weather conditions, and other risks customarily associated with construction projects.

        Our business strategies are based on our assumptions about future demand for our products and on our continuing ability to produce our products profitably. Each of these factors depends, among other things, on our ability to finance our operations, maintain high-quality and efficient manufacturing operations, respond to competitive and regulatory changes, access quality raw materials in a cost-effective and timely manner, and retain and attract highly skilled technical, managerial, marketing and finance personnel. Any failure to develop, revise or implement our business strategies in a timely and effective manner may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

15

Pricing for graphite electrodes has historically been cyclical and current prices are relatively high, however, the price of graphite electrodes may decline in the future.

        Pricing for graphite electrodes has historically been cyclical, reflecting the demand trends of the global EAF steelmaking industry and the supply of graphite electrodes. In addition, as petroleum needle coke reflects a significant percentage of the raw material cost of graphite electrodes, graphite electrodes have historically been priced at a spread to petroleum needle coke, which in the past has increased in tight demand markets. Historically, between 2008 and 2017, our weighted average realized price of graphite electrodes was approximately $4,500 per MT (on an inflation-adjusted basis using constant 2018 dollars).

        During the most recent demand trough, our weighted average realized price of graphite electrodes fell to approximately $2,500 per MT in 2016, on an inflation-adjusted basis using constant 2018 dollars. Following the significant rationalization of graphite electrode production globally, the resumption of growth in EAF steel production, falling scrap prices, reductions in Chinese steel production and constrained supply of needle coke, graphite electrode prices reached record highs in 2018. We have executed three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts, representing approximately 60% to 65% of our production capacity from 2018 through 2022. The weighted average contract price for the contracted volumes over the next four years is approximately $9,700 per MT. If spot prices remain above our contract prices, our profitability may be negatively impacted compared to what it would have been if we had sold the contracted volume in the spot market. Pricing for graphite electrodes has historically been cyclical and current prices are relatively high, however, the price of graphite electrodes may decline in the future. Our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected to the extent prices for graphite electrodes decline in the future to or below our historical weighted average realized price levels.

Our business and operating results have been and will continue to be sensitive to economic conditions and a downturn in economic conditions may materially adversely affect our business.

        Our operations and performance are materially affected by global and regional economic conditions. As described further below, we are dependent on the steel industry, which historically has been highly cyclical and is affected by general economic conditions. An economic downturn may reduce customer demand, reduce prices for our products or inhibit our ability to produce our products, which would negatively affect our operating results. Our business and operating results have also been and will continue to be sensitive to declining consumer and business confidence; fluctuating commodity prices; volatile exchange rates and other challenges that can affect the economy. Our customers may experience deterioration of their businesses, cash flow shortages and difficulty obtaining financing, leading them to delay or cancel plans to purchase our products or seek to renegotiate terms of their supply contracts, and they may not be able to fulfill their obligations to us in a timely fashion. Further, suppliers and other business partners may experience similar conditions, which could impact their ability to fulfill their obligations to us. Also, it could be difficult to find replacements for business partners without incurring significant delays or cost increases. These events would negatively impact our revenues and results of operations.

We are dependent on the global steel industry generally and the EAF steel industry in particular, and a downturn in these industries may materially adversely affect our business.

        We sell our products primarily to the EAF steel production industry. The steel industry historically has been highly cyclical and is affected significantly by general economic conditions. Significant customers for the steel industry include companies in the automotive, construction, appliance, machinery, equipment and transportation industries, which are industries that were negatively affected by the general economic downturn and the deterioration in financial markets, including severely restricted liquidity and credit availability, in the recent past. In particular, EAF steel production

16

declined approximately 17% from 2008 to 2009 as a result of that general economic downturn and deterioration in financial markets.

        In addition, EAF steel production declined approximately 10% from 2011 to 2015 due to global steel production overcapacity driven largely by Chinese BOF steel production. Since 2016, however, the EAF steel market has rebounded strongly and resumed its long-term growth trajectory. Our customers, including major steel producers, have in the past experienced and may again experience downturns or financial distress that could adversely impact our ability to collect our accounts receivable on a timely basis or at all.

Global graphite electrode overcapacity has adversely affected graphite electrode prices in the past, and may adversely affect them again in the future, which could negatively impact our sales, margins and profitability.

        Overcapacity in the graphite electrode industry has adversely affected pricing and may do so again. The rapid growth of Chinese steel production after 2010, which was primarily produced from BOF steelmaking, created a significant global oversupply of steel. Chinese steel exports gained market share from EAF producers, creating graphite electrode industry oversupply and inventory de-stocking in this period. Historically, between 2008 and 2017, our weighted average realized price of graphite electrodes was approximately $4,500 per MT (on an inflation-adjusted basis using constant 2018 dollars). During the most recent demand trough, our weighted average realized price fell to approximately $2,500 per MT in 2016. Although Chinese steel production has decreased since 2016 as a result of the enactment of certain Chinese governmental initiatives, any significant future growth in Chinese BOF steel production could once again lead to an oversupply of steel, which would adversely affect the price of graphite electrodes.

        An increase in global graphite electrode production capacity that outpaces an increase in demand for graphite electrodes could adversely affect the price of graphite electrodes. Excess production capacity may result in manufacturers producing and exporting electrodes at prices that are lower than prevailing domestic prices, and sometimes at or below their cost of production. Excessive imports into the Americas and EMEA, which collectively make up over 90% of our market, can also exert downward pressure on graphite electrode prices, which negatively affects our sales, margins and profitability.

The graphite industry is highly competitive. Our market share, net sales or net income could decline due to vigorous price and other competition.

        Competition in the graphite industry (other than, generally, with respect to new products) is based primarily on price, product differentiation and quality, delivery reliability and customer service. Graphite electrodes, in particular, are subject to rigorous price competition. Competition with respect to new products is, and is expected to continue to be, based primarily on price, performance and cost effectiveness, customer service as well as product innovation. Competition could prevent implementation of price increases, require price reductions or require increased spending on research and development, marketing and sales that could adversely affect us. In such a competitive market, changes in market conditions, including customer demand and technological development, could adversely affect our competitiveness, sales and/or profitability.

We are dependent on the supply of petroleum needle coke. Our results of operations could deteriorate if recent disruptions in the supply of petroleum needle coke continue or worsen for an extended period.

        Petroleum needle coke is the primary raw material used in the production of graphite electrodes. The supply of petroleum needle coke has been limited starting in the second half of 2017 as the demand for petroleum needle coke has outpaced supply due to increasing demand for petroleum needle coke for use in the production of lithium-ion batteries used in electric vehicles. Seadrift currently provides approximately 70% of our current petroleum needle coke requirements, and we purchase the remaining 30% from a variety of external sources. We plan to rely on Seadrift-produced

17

petroleum needle coke to support the production substantially all of the contracted volumes of graphite electrodes under our three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts. As a result, a disruption in Seadrift's production of petroleum needle coke could adversely affect our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of these contracts if we are forced to purchase petroleum needle coke from external sources at a higher cost to support the production of these contracted volumes. Moreover, although estimates vary as to the duration of this period of tight petroleum needle coke supply, if the current market shortage of petroleum needle coke continues or worsens, we may be unable to acquire sufficient amounts of petroleum needle coke from external sources to support the 30% of our needle coke requirements currently used in the production of graphite electrodes for sale in the spot market. As a result, a continued or worsening disruption in the supply of petroleum needle coke could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are dependent on supplies of raw materials (in addition to petroleum needle coke) and energy. Our results of operations could deteriorate if those supplies increase in cost or are substantially disrupted for an extended period.

        We purchase raw materials and energy from a variety of sources. In many cases, we purchase them under short-term contracts or on the spot market, in each case at fluctuating prices. The availability and price of raw materials and energy may be subject to curtailment or change due to:

•

limitations, which may be imposed under new legislation or regulation;

•

suppliers' allocations to meet demand from other purchasers during periods of shortage (or, in the case of energy suppliers, extended hot or cold weather);

•

interruptions or cessations in production by suppliers; and

•

market and other events and conditions.

        Petroleum and coal products, including decant oil and coal tar pitch, which are our principal raw materials other than petroleum needle coke, and energy, particularly natural gas, have been subject to significant price fluctuations. For example, Seadrift may not always be able to obtain an adequate quantity of suitable low-sulfur decant oil for the manufacture of petroleum needle coke, and capital may not be available to install equipment to allow use of higher sulfur decant oil (which is more readily available in the United States) if supplies of low-sulfur decant oil become more limited in the future.

        We have in the past entered into, and may continue in the future to enter into, derivative contracts and short-duration fixed rate purchase contracts to effectively fix a portion of our exposure to certain products. These strategies may not be available or successful in eliminating our exposure. A substantial increase in raw material or energy prices that cannot be mitigated or passed on to customers or a continued interruption in supply, particularly in the supply of decant oil or energy, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Our operations are subject to hazards which could result in significant liability to us.

        Our operations are subject to hazards associated with manufacturing and the related use, storage, transportation and disposal of raw materials, products and wastes. These hazards include explosions, fires, severe weather (including but not limited to hurricanes or other adverse weather that may be increasing as a result of climate change) and natural disasters, industrial accidents, mechanical failures, discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances or gases, transportation interruptions, human error and terrorist activities. These hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to or destruction of property and equipment as well as environmental damage, and may result in suspension of operations and the imposition of civil and criminal liabilities, including penalties and damage awards. While we believe our insurance policies are in accordance with customary industry practices, such insurance may not cover all risks associated with the hazards of our business and is subject to limitations, including deductibles and

18

maximum liabilities covered. We may incur losses beyond the limits, or outside the coverage, of our insurance policies. In the future, we may not be able to obtain coverage at current levels, and our premiums may increase significantly on coverage that we maintain. Costs associated with unanticipated events in excess of our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, competitive or financial position or our ongoing results of operations.

Stringent health, safety and environmental regulations applicable to our manufacturing operations and facilities could result in substantial costs related to compliance, sanctions or material liabilities and may affect the availability of raw materials.

        We are subject to stringent environmental, health and safety laws and regulations relating to our current and former properties (including former onsite landfills over which we have retained ownership), other properties that neighbor ours or to which we sent wastes for treatment or disposal, as well as our current raw materials, products, and operations. Some of our products (including our raw materials) are subject to extensive environmental and industrial hygiene regulations governing the registration and safety analysis of their component substances. Coal tar pitch, which is classified as a substance of very high concern under the EU's Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals Regulation (or REACH), is used in certain of our processes but in a manner that we believe does not currently require us to obtain a specific authorization under the REACH guidelines. Violations of these laws and regulations, or of the terms and conditions of permits required for our operations, can result in damage claims, in the imposition of substantial fines and criminal sanctions and sometimes require the installation of costly pollution control or safety equipment or costly changes in operations to limit pollution or decrease the likelihood of injuries. In addition, we are currently conducting remediation and/or monitoring at certain current and former properties and may become subject to material liabilities in the future for the investigation and cleanup of contaminated properties, including properties on which we have ceased operations. We have been in the past, and could be in the future, subject to claims alleging personal injury, death or property damage resulting from exposure to hazardous substances, accidents or otherwise for conditions creating an unsafe workplace. Further, alleged noncompliance with or stricter enforcement of, or changes in interpretations of, existing laws and regulations, adoption of more stringent new laws and regulations, discovery of previously unknown contamination or imposition of new or increased requirements could require us to incur costs or become the basis of new or increased liabilities that have a material adverse impact on our operations, costs or results of operations. It is also possible that the impact of safety and environmental regulations on our suppliers could affect the availability and cost of our raw materials.

        For example, legislators, regulators and others, as well as many companies, are considering ways to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases (or GHGs) due to scientific, political and public concern that GHG emissions are altering the atmosphere in ways that are affecting, and are expected to continue to affect, the global climate. The EU has established GHG regulations and is revising its emission trading system for the period after 2020 in a manner that may require us to incur additional costs. The United States required reporting of greenhouse gas emissions from certain large sources beginning in 2011. Further measures, in the EU and many other countries, may be enacted in the future. In particular, in December 2015, more than 190 countries participating in the United National Framework Convention on Climate Change reached an international agreement related to curbing GHG emissions (or Paris Agreement). Further GHG regulations under the Paris Agreement or otherwise may take the form of a national or international cap-and-trade emissions permit system, a carbon tax, emissions controls, reporting requirements, or other regulatory initiatives. For more information, see the section entitled "Business—Environment."

        It is possible that some form of regulation of GHG emissions will also be introduced in the future in other countries in which we operate or market our products. Regulation of GHG emissions could impose additional costs, both direct and indirect, on our business, and on the businesses of our customers and suppliers, such as increased energy and insurance rates, higher taxes, new environmental compliance

19

program expenses, including capital improvements, environmental monitoring and the purchase of emission credits, and other administrative costs necessary to comply with current and potential future requirements or limitations that may be imposed, as well as other unforeseen or unknown costs. To the extent that similar requirements and limitations are not imposed globally, this regulation may impact our ability to compete with companies located in countries that do not have these requirements or limitations. We may also experience a change in competitive position relative to industry peers, changes in prices received for products sold and changes to profit or loss arising from increased or decreased demand for our products. The impact of any future GHG regulatory requirements on our global business will be dependent upon the design of the regulatory schemes that are ultimately adopted and, as a result, we are unable to predict their significance to our operations at this time.

We are subject to a variety of legal, economic, social and political risks associated with our substantial operations in multiple countries, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial and business operations.

        A substantial majority of our net sales are derived from sales outside the United States, and a majority of our operations and our property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets are located outside the United States. As a result, we are subject to risks associated with operating in multiple countries, including:

•

currency fluctuations and devaluations in currency exchange rates, including impacts of transactions in various currencies, translation of various currencies into dollars for U.S. reporting and financial covenant compliance purposes, and impacts on results of operations due to the fact that the costs of our non-U.S. operations are primarily incurred in local currencies while their products are primarily sold in dollars and euros;

•

imposition of or increase in customs duties and other tariffs;

•

imposition of or increases in currency exchange controls, including imposition of or increases in limitations on conversion of various currencies into dollars, euros, or other currencies, making of intercompany loans by subsidiaries or remittance of dividends, interest or principal payments or other payments by subsidiaries;

•

imposition of or increases in revenue, income or earnings taxes and withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;

•

inflation, deflation and stagflation in any country in which we have a manufacturing facility;

•

imposition of or increases in investment or trade restrictions by the United States or other jurisdictions or trade sanctions adopted by the United States;

•

inability to determine or satisfy legal requirements, effectively enforce contract or legal rights, including our rights under our three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts, and obtain complete financial or other information under local legal, judicial, regulatory, disclosure and other systems; and

•

nationalization or expropriation of assets, and other risks that could result from a change in government or government policy, or from other political, social or economic instability.

        Any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, and we may not be able to mitigate these effects.

The fluctuation of foreign currency exchange rates could materially harm our financial results.

        Changes in foreign currency exchange rates have in the past resulted, and may in the future result, in significant gains or losses. When the currencies of non-U.S. countries in which we have a

20

manufacturing facility decline (or increase) in value relative to the U.S. dollar, this has the effect of reducing (or increasing) the U.S. dollar equivalent cost of sales and other expenses with respect to those facilities. In certain countries in which we have manufacturing facilities, and in certain instances where we price our products for sale in export markets, we sell in currencies other than the dollar. Accordingly, increases (or declines) in value in these currencies relative to the U.S. dollar have the effect of increasing (or reducing) our net sales. The result of these effects is to increase (or decrease) operating profit and net income. Additionally, as part of our cash management, we have non-U.S. dollar-denominated intercompany loans between our subsidiaries. These loans are deemed to be temporary and, as a result, remeasurement gains and losses on these loans are recorded as currency gains and losses in other income (expense), net, on the Consolidated Statements of Income. We have in the past entered into, and may in the future enter into, foreign currency derivatives to attempt to manage exposure to changes in currency exchange rates. These hedges may be insufficient or ineffective in protecting against the impact of these fluctuations. We also may purchase or sell these financial instruments, and open and close hedges or other positions, at any time. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could materially harm our financial results.

Our results of operations could deteriorate if our manufacturing operations were substantially disrupted for an extended period for any reason, including equipment failure, climate change, natural disasters, public health crises, political crises or other catastrophic events.

        Our manufacturing operations are subject to disruption due to equipment failure, extreme weather conditions, floods, hurricanes and tropical storms and similar events, major industrial accidents, including fires or explosions, cybersecurity attacks, strikes and lockouts, adoption of new laws or regulations, changes in interpretations of existing laws or regulations or changes in governmental enforcement policies, civil disruption, riots, terrorist attacks, war, public health crises and other events. These events may also impact the operations of one or more of our suppliers. For example, the potential physical impacts of climate change on our operations are uncertain and will likely be particular to the geographic circumstances. These physical impacts may include changes in rainfall and storm patterns, shortages of water or other natural resources, changing sea levels, and changing global average temperatures. For instance, our Seadrift facility in Texas and our Calais facility in France are located in geographic areas less than 50 feet above sea level. As a result, any future rising sea levels could have an adverse impact on their operations and on their suppliers. In addition, our three operating manufacturing facilities are currently operating at a high level of production capacity utilization. As a result, in the event manufacturing operations are substantially disrupted at one of our operating facilities, we will not have the ability to increase production at our remaining operating facilities in order to compensate. To the extent any of these events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

Plant production capacity expansions may be delayed or may not achieve the expected benefits.

        Our ability to complete future production capacity expansions, including the potential full restart of our St. Marys plant, may be delayed, interrupted or otherwise limited by the need to obtain environmental and other regulatory approvals, unexpected cost increases, availability of labor and materials, unforeseen hazards such as weather conditions, and other risks customarily associated with construction projects. For example, the potential full restart of our St. Marys plant will be substantially dependent on the availability of external sources of petroleum needle coke and market conditions. Moreover, the costs of these activities could have a negative impact on our results of operations, particularly until capacity utilization at the facility is sufficient to absorb the incremental costs of expansion. In addition, completed capacity expansions from our debottlenecking initiative may not achieve the expected benefits as a result of changes in market conditions, raw material shortages or other unforeseen contingencies.

21

We depend on third parties for certain construction, maintenance, engineering, transportation, warehousing and logistics services.

        We contract with third parties for certain services relating to the design, construction and maintenance of various components of our production facilities and other systems. If these third parties fail to comply with their obligations, the facilities may not operate as intended, which may result in delays in the production of our products and materially adversely affect our ability to meet our production targets and satisfy customer requirements or we may be required to recognize impairment charges. In addition, production delays could cause us to miss deliveries and breach our contracts, which could damage our relationships with our customers and subject us to claims for damages under our contracts. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        We also rely primarily on third parties for the transportation of the products we manufacture. In particular, a significant portion of the goods we manufacture are transported to different countries, which requires sophisticated warehousing, logistics and other resources. If any of the third parties that we use to transport products are unable to deliver the goods we manufacture in a timely manner, we may be unable to sell these products at full value or at all, which could cause us to miss deliveries and breach our contracts, which could damage our relationships with our customers and subject us to claims for damages under our contracts. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We may not be able to recruit or retain key management and plant operating personnel.

        Our success is dependent on the management and leadership skills of our key management and plant operating personnel. Following the completion of our acquisition by Brookfield, our management team has been reorganized, including the establishment of new positions reporting directly to the chief executive officer, and significant competencies have been added to the management team to further strengthen our business. The loss of any member of our reorganized key management team and personnel or an inability to attract, retain, develop and maintain additional personnel could prevent us from implementing our business strategy. In addition, our future growth and success also depend on our ability to attract, train, retain and motivate skilled managerial, sales, administration, operating and technical personnel. The loss of one or more members of our key management or plant operating personnel, or the failure to attract, retain and develop additional key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

If we are unable to successfully negotiate with the representatives of our employees, including labor unions, we may experience strikes and work stoppages.

        We are party to collective bargaining agreements and similar agreements with our employees. As of December 31, 2018, approximately 846 employees, or 61%, of our worldwide employees, are covered by collective bargaining or similar agreements. As of December 31, 2018, approximately 691 employees, or 50%, of our worldwide employees, were covered by agreements that expire, or are subject to renegotiation, at various times through December 31, 2019. Although we believe that, in general, our relationships with our employees are good, we cannot predict the outcome of current and future negotiations and consultations with employee representatives, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may not succeed in renewing or extending these agreements on terms satisfactory to us. Although we have not had any material work stoppages or strikes during the past decade, they may occur in the future during renewal or extension negotiations or otherwise. A material work stoppage, strike or other union dispute could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

22

We may divest or acquire businesses, which could require significant management attention or disrupt our business.

        We may divest or acquire businesses to rationalize or expand our businesses and enhance our cash flows. For example, on February 26, 2016, we announced a strategic review of our Engineered Solutions businesses to better direct its resources and simplify its operations. The disposition of those businesses was substantially complete by the end of the third quarter of 2017.

        Any acquisitions that we are able to identify and complete may involve a number of risks, including:

•

our inability to successfully or profitably integrate, operate, maintain and manage our newly acquired operations or employees;

•

the diversion of our management's attention from our existing business;

•

possible material adverse effects on our results of operations during the integration process;

•

becoming subject to contingent or other liabilities, including liabilities arising from events or conduct predating the acquisition that were not known to us at the time of the acquisition; and

•

our possible inability to achieve the intended objectives of the transaction, including the inability to achieve cost savings and synergies.

        Any divestitures may also involve a number of risks, including the diversion of management's attention, significant costs and expenses, the loss of customer relationships and cash flow, and the disruption of the affected business or business operations. Failure to timely complete or to consummate an acquisition or a divestiture may negatively affect the valuation of the affected business or business operations or result in restructuring charges.

We have significant goodwill on our balance sheet that is sensitive to changes in the market, which could result in impairment charges.

        We have $171.1 million of goodwill on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2018. Our annual impairment test of goodwill was performed in the fourth quarter of 2018. The estimated fair values of our reporting units were based on discounted cash flow models derived from internal earnings forecasts and assumptions. The assumptions and estimates used in these valuations incorporated the current and expected economic environment. In that annual impairment test, our graphite electrode reporting unit's fair value exceeded its carrying value. A deterioration in the global economic environment or in any of the input assumptions in our calculation could adversely affect the fair value of our reporting units and result in further impairment of some or all of the goodwill on the balance sheet.

We may be subject to information technology systems failures, cybersecurity attacks, network disruptions and breaches of data security, which could compromise our information and expose us to liability.

        Our information technology systems are an important element for effectively operating our business. Information technology systems failures, including risks associated with any failure to maintain or upgrade our systems, network disruptions and breaches of data security could disrupt our operations by impeding our processing of transactions, our ability to protect customer or company information or our financial reporting, leading to increased costs. It is possible that future technological developments could adversely affect the functionality of our computer systems and require further action and substantial funds to prevent or repair computer malfunctions. Our computer systems, including our back-up systems, could be damaged or interrupted by power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, cybercrimes, internal or external security breaches, events such as fires, earthquakes, floods, tornadoes and hurricanes, or errors by our employees. Although we have taken steps to address these concerns by implementing network security, back-up systems and internal control

23

measures, these steps may be insufficient or ineffective and a system failure or data security breach could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        Further, we collect data, including personally identifiable information of our employees, in the course of our business activities and transfer such data between our affiliated entities, to and from our business partners and to third-party service providers, which may be subject to global data privacy laws and cross-border transfer restrictions. While we take steps to comply with these legal requirements, any changes to such laws may impact our ability to effectively transfer data across borders in support of our business operations and any breach of such laws may lead to administrative, civil or criminal liability, as well as reputational harm to the Company and its employees. For example, the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which became enforceable on May 25, 2018, introduced a number of new obligations for subject companies, including obligations relating to data transfers and the security of personal data they process. We take steps to protect the security and integrity of the information we collect, but there is no guarantee that the steps we have taken will prevent inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure of such information, or prevent third parties from gaining unauthorized access to this information despite our efforts. Any such incident could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personally identifiable information (including the GDPR) and damage to our reputation.

        The cost of ongoing compliance with global data protection and privacy laws and the potential fines and penalties levied in the event of a breach of such laws may have an adverse effect on our business and operations. For example, the GDPR currently provides that supervisory authorities in the European Union may impose administrative fines for non-compliance of up to €20,000,000 or 4% of the subject company's annual, group-wide turnover (whichever is higher) and individuals who have suffered damage as a result of a subject company's non-compliance with the GDPR also have the right to seek compensation from such company. We will need to continue dedicating financial resources and management time to compliance efforts with respect to global data protection and privacy laws, including the GDPR.

Our ability to grow and compete effectively depends on protecting our intellectual property. Failure to protect our intellectual property could adversely affect our business.

        We believe that our intellectual property, consisting primarily of patents and proprietary know-how and information, is important to our growth. Failure to protect our intellectual property may result in the loss of the exclusive right to use our technologies. We rely on patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws and confidentiality and restricted use agreements to protect our intellectual property. However, some of our intellectual property is not covered by any patent or patent application or any such agreement. Intellectual property protection does not protect against technological obsolescence due to developments by others or changes in customer needs.

        Patents are subject to complex factual and legal considerations. Accordingly, the validity, scope and enforceability of any particular patent can be uncertain. Therefore, we cannot assure you that:

•

any of the U.S. or non-U.S. patents now or hereafter owned by us, or that third parties have licensed to us or may in the future license to us, will not be circumvented, challenged or invalidated;

•

any of the U.S. or non-U.S. patents that third parties have non-exclusively licensed to us, or may non-exclusively license to us in the future, will not be licensed to others; or

•

any of the patents for which we have applied or may in the future apply will be issued at all or with the breadth of claim coverage we seek.

24

        Moreover, patents, even if valid, only provide protection for a specified limited duration. In addition, effective patent, trademark and trade secret protection may be limited or unavailable or we may not apply for it in the United States or in any of the other countries in which we operate.

        The protection of our intellectual property rights may be achieved, in part, by prosecuting claims against others who we believe have misappropriated our technology or have infringed upon our intellectual property rights, as well as by defending against misappropriation or infringement claims brought by others against us. Our involvement in litigation to protect or defend our rights in these areas could result in a significant expense to us, adversely affect the development of sales of the related products, and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, regardless of the outcome of such litigation.

        We cannot assure you that agreements designed to protect our proprietary know-how and information will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any such breach, or that our strategic alliance suppliers and customers, consultants, employees or others will not assert rights against us with respect to intellectual property arising out of our relationships with them.

Third parties may claim that our products or processes infringe their intellectual property rights, which may cause us to pay unexpected litigation costs or damages or prevent us from selling our products or services.

        From time to time, we may become subject to legal proceedings, including allegations and claims of alleged infringement or misappropriation by us of the patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties. We cannot assure you that the use of our patented technology or proprietary know-how or information does not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, attempts to enforce our own intellectual property claims may subject us to counterclaims that our intellectual property rights are invalid, unenforceable or are licensed to the party against whom we are asserting the claim or that we are infringing that party's alleged intellectual property rights. We may also be obligated to indemnify affiliates or other partners who are accused of violating third parties' intellectual property rights by virtue of those affiliates or partners' agreements with us, and this could increase our costs in defending such claims and our damages.

        Legal proceedings involving intellectual property rights, regardless of merit, are highly uncertain and can involve complex legal and scientific analyses, can be time consuming, expensive to litigate or settle and can significantly divert resources, even if resolved in our favor. Our failure to prevail in such matters could result in loss of intellectual property rights or judgments awarding substantial damages and injunctive or other equitable relief against us. If we were to be held liable or discover or be notified that our products or processes potentially infringe or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others, we may face a loss of reputation and may not be able to exploit some or all of our intellectual property rights or technology. If necessary, we may seek licenses to intellectual property of others. However, we may not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on terms acceptable to us or at all. Our failure to obtain a license from a third party for that intellectual property necessary for the production or sale of any of our products could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and/or suspend the production or shipment of products or the use of processes requiring the use of that intellectual property. We may be required to substantially re-engineer our products or processes to avoid infringement.

        Any of the foregoing may require considerable effort and expense, result in substantial increases in operating costs, delay or inhibit sales or preclude us from effectively competing in the marketplace, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

25

Significant changes in our jurisdictional earnings mix or in the tax laws of those jurisdictions could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results or operations and cash flows.

        Our future tax rates may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including the enactment of new tax legislation, other changes in tax laws or the interpretation of tax laws, changes in the estimated realization of our net deferred tax assets (arising, among other things, from tax loss carryforwards and our acquisition by Brookfield), changes to the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed, adjustments to estimated taxes upon finalization of various tax returns, increases in expenses that are not deductible for tax purposes, including write-offs of acquired in-process R&D and impairment of goodwill in connection with acquisitions, changes in available tax credits and additional tax or interest payments resulting from tax audits with various tax authorities. Losses for which no tax benefits can be recorded could materially impact our tax rate and its volatility from period to period. Any significant change in our jurisdictional earnings mix or in the tax laws in those jurisdictions could increase our tax rates and adversely impact our financial results in those periods.

Recent tax legislation could adversely affect us or our stockholders.

        Recent tax legislation, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (or the Tax Act), was enacted on December 22, 2017. The Tax Act significantly revises the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, among other things:

•

lowering corporate income tax rates;

•

temporarily allowing for immediate expensing of expenditures for certain tangible property;

•

repealing the corporate alternative minimum tax;

•

implementing a 100% dividends-received deduction on certain dividends from 10% or greater owned foreign subsidiaries;

•

imposing an income tax on deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries generally as of December 31, 2017 (payable at reduced rates and potentially over an eight year period);

•

imposing tax at a reduced rate on certain income derived by foreign corporate subsidiaries in excess of a deemed return on tangible assets (i.e., tax on "global intangible low-taxed income" or GILTI);

•

imposing limitations on the ability to deduct interest expense and utilize net operating losses (or NOLs); and

•

instituting certain proposals to limit base erosion (including the "base erosion anti-abuse tax" or BEAT, and limitations on the deductibility of certain related-party payments).

        Although we currently anticipate that the Tax Act and the accompanying changes in the corporate tax rate and calculation of taxable income will have a favorable effect on our financial condition, profitability and cash flows, the overall implications of the Tax Act at this time are uncertain, and it is not possible to predict the full effect of the Tax Act on our business and operations. Thus, the Tax Act and future implementing regulations, administrative guidance or interpretations of the legislation may have unanticipated adverse effects on us or our stockholders.

We are required to make payments under a tax receivable agreement for certain tax benefits we may claim in the future, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.

        In connection with the completion of our IPO, we entered into a tax receivable agreement (or the TRA) that provides the right to receive future payments from us to certain of our pre-IPO stockholders (or the Existing Stockholders) of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal income tax and Swiss tax that we and our subsidiaries realize as a result of the utilization of certain tax assets attributable to periods prior to our IPO, including certain federal NOLs, previously taxed income under

26

Section 959 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (or the Code), foreign tax credits, and certain NOLs in GrafTech Switzerland S.A. (or, collectively, the Pre-IPO Tax Assets). In addition, we will pay interest on the payments we will make to the Existing Stockholders with respect to the amount of this cash savings from the due date (without extensions) of our tax return where we realize this savings to the payment date at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum. The term of the TRA commenced on April 23, 2018 and will continue until there is no potential for any future tax benefit payments.

        We expect that, based on current tax laws, future payments under the TRA relating to the Pre-IPO Tax Assets will be approximately $86.5 million, which was recognized as an expense in 2018, with a maximum amount of approximately $100 million. This figure does not account for our Pre-IPO Tax Assets attributable to previously taxed income under Section 959 of the Code, the value of which is highly speculative, and certain NOLs in GrafTech Switzerland S.A., which we expected to have nominal value at the time of the IPO. Any payments made by us to our counterparties under the TRA will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us.

        For more information about the TRA, see "Certain relationships and related party transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."

Risks related to our indebtedness

Our indebtedness could limit our financial and operating activities and adversely affect our ability to incur additional debt to fund future needs and our ability to fulfill our obligations under our existing and future indebtedness.

        On February 12, 2018, we entered a credit agreement (or, as amended from time to time, the 2018 Credit Agreement) among us, various of our subsidiaries, the lenders and issuing banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent and as collateral agent, which provides for (i) a $1,500 million senior secured term loan facility (or the 2018 Term Loan Facility) and (ii) a $250 million senior secured revolving credit facility (or the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility and, together with the 2018 Term Loan Facility, as amended by the First Amendment, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities). The 2018 Revolving Credit Facility may be used from time to time for revolving credit borrowings denominated in dollars or Euro, the issuance of one or more letters of credit denominated in dollars, Euro, Pounds Sterling or Swiss Francs and one or more swing line loans denominated in dollars. On February 12, 2018, our wholly owned subsidiary, GrafTech Finance Inc., a Delaware corporation (or GrafTech Finance), borrowed $1,500 million aggregate principal under the 2018 Term Loan Facility (or the 2018 Term Loans). The 2018 Term Loans mature on February 12, 2025. The maturity date for the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility is February 12, 2023.

        On June 15, 2018, we entered into a first amendment (or the First Amendment) to the 2018 Credit Agreement among us, GrafTech Finance, various of our other subsidiaries and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent and incremental term lender. The First Amendment amended the 2018 Credit Agreement to provide for an additional $750 million in aggregate principal amount of incremental term loans (or the Incremental Term Loans) to GrafTech Finance, increasing the aggregate principal amount of term loans incurred by GrafTech Finance under the 2018 Credit Agreement from $1,500 million to $2,250 million. The Incremental Term Loans have the same terms as those applicable to the 2018 Term Loans, including interest rate, payment and prepayment terms, representations and warranties and covenants. The Incremental Term Loans mature on February 12, 2025, the same date as the 2018 Term Loans.

        As of December 31, 2018, we had approximately $2,156.6 million of indebtedness outstanding, with $245.5 million available for borrowing under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility (taking into account approximately $4.5 million of outstanding letters of credit issued thereunder).

27

        Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 was $135.1 million and $30.8 million, respectively.

        This substantial amount of indebtedness could:

•

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to the payment of principal and interest, thereby reducing the funds available for operations and future business opportunities;

•

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations;

•

limit our ability to borrow additional money if needed for other purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes, on satisfactory terms or at all;

•

limit our ability to adjust to changing economic, business and competitive conditions;

•

place us at a competitive disadvantage with competitors who may have less indebtedness or greater access to financing;

•

make us more vulnerable to an increase in interest rates, a downturn in our operating performance or a decline in general economic conditions; and

•

make us more susceptible to changes in credit ratings, which could impact our ability to obtain financing in the future and increase the cost of such financing.

        Compliance with our debt obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities could materially limit our financial or operating activities, or hinder our ability to adapt to changing industry conditions, which could result in our losing market share, a decline in our revenue or a negative impact on our operating results.

The 2018 Credit Agreement includes covenants that could restrict or limit our financial and business operations.

        The 2018 Credit Agreement contains a number of restrictive covenants that, subject to certain exceptions and qualifications, restrict or limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

•

incur, repay or refinance indebtedness;

•

create liens on or sell our assets;

•

engage in certain fundamental corporate changes or changes to our business activities;

•

make investments or engage in mergers or acquisitions;

•

pay dividends or repurchase stock;

•

engage in certain affiliate transactions;

•

enter into agreements or otherwise restrict our subsidiaries from making distributions or paying dividends to the borrowers under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or to us or certain of our subsidiaries, as applicable; and

•

repay intercompany indebtedness or make intercompany distributions or pay intercompany dividends.

        The 2018 Credit Agreement also contains certain affirmative covenants and contains a financial covenant that requires us to maintain a senior secured first lien net leverage ratio not greater than 4.00:1.00 when the aggregate principal amount of borrowings under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility and outstanding letters of credit issued under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility (except for undrawn

28

letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to or less than $35 million), taken together, exceed 35% of the total amount of commitments under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility.

        These covenants and restrictions could affect our ability to operate our business, and may limit our ability to react to market conditions or take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. Additionally, our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, including general economic and credit conditions and industry downturns.

        If we fail to comply with the covenants in the 2018 Credit Agreement and are unable to obtain a waiver or amendment, an event of default would result, and the lenders and noteholders could, among other things, declare outstanding amounts due and payable or refuse to lend additional amounts to us, or require deposit of cash collateral in respect of outstanding letters of credit. If we were unable to repay or pay the amounts due, the lenders under the 2018 Credit Agreement could, among other things, proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the indebtedness, which includes substantially all of our and our U.S. subsidiaries' assets and certain assets of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

Our cash flows may not be sufficient to service our indebtedness, and if we are unable to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, we may be required to seek other financing alternatives, which may not be successful.

        Our ability to make timely payments of principal and interest on our debt obligations, including our obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, depends on our ability to generate positive cash flows from operations, which is subject to general economic conditions, competitive pressures and certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to make these payments, we may be required to seek additional financing sources, reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations or refinance our indebtedness. These actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations. In addition, we may not be able to take any of these actions, and, even if successful, these actions may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance the debt under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will depend on, among other things, the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at the time. We may not be able to restructure or refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and the outstanding principal and interest on our debt could be declared to be due and payable, in which case we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation or required to substantially restructure or alter our business operations or debt obligations.

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities bear interest at a variable rate, which subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.

        All of our borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on this variable rate indebtedness would increase even if the amount borrowed remains the same.

        Additionally, we have in the past entered into, and may in the future enter into, interest rate swaps and caps to attempt to manage interest rate expense. We may purchase or sell these financial instruments, and open and close hedges or other positions, at any time. Changes in interest rates have in the past resulted, and may in the future result, in significant gains or losses. These instruments are marked-to-market monthly and related gains and losses are recorded in Other Comprehensive Income on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

29

A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt by rating agencies may increase our future borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital.

        Any rating assigned to our debt could be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency's judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes, so warrant. Any future lowering of our ratings likely would make it more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing. Additionally, we enter into various forms of hedging arrangements against currency, interest rate or decant oil price fluctuations. Financial strength and credit ratings are also important to the availability and pricing of these hedging activities, and a downgrade of our credit ratings may make it more costly for us to engage in these activities.

Disruptions in the capital and credit markets, which may occur at any time, could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, or those of our customers and suppliers.

        Disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation, reduced alternatives or failures of significant financial institutions could adversely affect our access to liquidity needed to conduct or expand our businesses or conduct acquisitions or make other discretionary investments, as well as our ability to effectively hedge our currency or interest rate risks and exposures, which could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. These disruptions may also adversely impact the financial position of our customers and suppliers, which, in turn, could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Risks related to our common stock

If the ownership of our common stock continues to be highly concentrated, it may prevent minority stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest.

        Following the completion of this offering, Brookfield will own approximately 73% of our outstanding common stock, or 72% if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is fully exercised. Accordingly, Brookfield will continue to own shares sufficient for the majority vote over all matters requiring a stockholder vote, including the election of directors; mergers, consolidations and acquisitions; the sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other decisions affecting our capital structure; the amendment of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (or Amended Certificate of Incorporation) and our Amended and Restated By-Laws (or Amended By-Laws); and our winding up and dissolution. This concentration of ownership may delay, deter or prevent acts that would be favored by our other stockholders. The interests of Brookfield may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of our other stockholders. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control. Also, Brookfield may seek to cause us to take courses of action that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment in us, but that might involve risks to our other stockholders or adversely affect us or our other stockholders, including investors in this offering. As a result, the market price of our common stock could decline or stockholders might not receive a premium over the then-current market price of our common stock upon a change in control. In addition, this concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning shares in a company with significant stockholders.

Certain of our stockholders have the right to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us.

        Brookfield has other investments and business activities in addition to their ownership of us. Brookfield has the right, and has no duty to abstain from exercising such right, to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us, do business with any of our clients, customers or vendors or employ or otherwise engage any of our officers, directors or employees. If Brookfield or any of its officers, directors or employees acquire knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a corporate opportunity, they have no duty, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to offer such corporate opportunity to us, our stockholders or our affiliates.

30

        In the event that any of our directors and officers who is also a director, officer or employee of Brookfield acquires knowledge of a corporate opportunity or is offered a corporate opportunity, provided that this knowledge was not acquired solely in such person's capacity as our director or officer and such person acts in good faith, then to the fullest extent permitted by law such person is deemed to have fully satisfied such person's fiduciary duties owed to us and is not liable to us, if Brookfield pursues or acquires the corporate opportunity or if Brookfield does not present the corporate opportunity to us.

We may not pay cash dividends on our common stock.

        We currently pay cash dividends on our common stock in accordance with our dividend policy. We cannot assure you, however, that we will pay dividends in the future in these amounts or at all. Our board of directors may change the timing and amount of any future dividend payments or eliminate the payment of future dividends in its sole discretion, without any prior notice to our stockholders. Our ability to pay dividends will depend upon many factors, including our financial position and liquidity, results of operations, legal requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by the terms of our current and future credit facilities and other debt obligations and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. For example, we may or may not be able to, or may decide not to, pay dividends if we are unable, for any reason, to continue our three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts strategy in the future or we experience a significant disruption in our manufacturing operations or our production of petroleum needle coke at Seadrift that, in either case, inhibits our ability to deliver the contracted volumes under our three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts. In addition, adverse market conditions may lead us to prioritize repaying the principal on our outstanding indebtedness. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is also limited as a practical matter by the terms of the 2018 Credit Agreement. In the future, we may also enter into other credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements or issue debt securities that, in each case, restrict or limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock. In addition, since we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to pay dividends is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. Their ability to make such distributions will be subject to their operating results, cash requirements and financial condition. Any change in the level of our dividends or the suspension of the payment thereof could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. See "Dividend policy."

Certain provisions, including in our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended By-Laws could hinder, delay or prevent a change in control, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-Laws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our board of directors or Brookfield, including:

•

provisions in our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-Laws that prevent stockholders from calling special meetings of our stockholders, except where the Delaware General Corporation Law (or the DGCL) confers the right to fix the date of such meetings upon stockholders;

•

advance notice requirements by stockholders with respect to director nominations and actions to be taken at annual meetings;

•

certain rights of Brookfield with respect to the designation of directors for nomination and election to our board of directors;

•

no provision in our Amended Certificate of Incorporation or Amended By-Laws provides for cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock can elect all the directors standing for election;

31

•

under our Amended Certificate of Incorporation, our board of directors have authority to cause the issuance of preferred stock from time to time in one or more series and to establish the terms, preferences and rights of any such series of preferred stock, all without approval of our stockholders; and

•

nothing in our Amended Certificate of Incorporation precludes future issuances without stockholder approval of the authorized but unissued shares of our common stock.

        These provisions may make it difficult and expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by Brookfield, our management or our board of directors. Public stockholders who might desire to participate in these types of transactions may not have an opportunity to do so, even if the transaction is favorable to stockholders. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to benefit from a change in control or to change our management and board of directors and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

        In addition, in the event of certain changes in control, including if Brookfield's ownership of our outstanding common stock were to fall below 30%, payments to certain of our senior management may be triggered under certain of our compensation arrangements, which could have an adverse impact on us.

Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for:

•

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

•

any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty;

•

any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL, our Amended Certificate of Incorporation, or our Amended By-Laws; and

•

any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal-affairs doctrine.

        This exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. If a court were to find the exclusive forum provision in our Amended Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business.

We are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards and qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

        Because Brookfield owns a majority of our outstanding common stock, we are a "controlled company" as that term is set forth in the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•

the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors;

32

•

the requirement that our governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

•

the requirement that our compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities.

        These requirements will not apply to us as long as we remain a "controlled company." We may utilize some or all of these exemptions. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Brookfield's significant ownership interest could adversely affect investors' perceptions of our corporate governance.

The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders.

        The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above your purchase price, if at all. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock include:

•

variations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

•

changes in our earnings estimates (if provided) or differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors and analysts;

•

the contents of published research reports about us or our industry or the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock;

•

additions or departures of key management personnel;

•

any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

•

announcements by us or others and developments affecting us;

•

actions by institutional stockholders;

•

litigation and governmental investigations;

•

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

•

speculation or reports by the press or investment community with respect to us or our industry in general;

•

increases in market interest rates that may lead purchasers of our shares to demand a higher yield;

•

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

•

general market, political and economic conditions, including any such conditions and local conditions in the markets in which our customers are located.

        These broad market and industry factors may decrease the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The stock market in general has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, including in recent months. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company's securities,

33

securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management's attention and resources.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

        In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our common stock or offering debt or other equity securities, including commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity or shares of preferred stock. Future acquisitions could require substantial additional capital in excess of cash from operations. We would expect to finance any future acquisitions through a combination of additional issuances of equity, corporate indebtedness, asset-backed acquisition financing and/or cash from operations.

        Issuing additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock or both. Upon liquidation, holders of such debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk that our future offerings may reduce the market price of our common stock and dilute their stockholdings in us.

The market price of our common stock could be negatively affected by sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets.

        After this offering, there will be 290,537,612 shares of common stock outstanding. This number includes the 17,500,000 shares that Brookfield is selling in this offering (or 20,125,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), which will be freely transferable. Following completion of this offering, approximately 73% of our outstanding common stock (or 72% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be held by Brookfield and can be resold into the public markets in the future in accordance with the requirements of Rule 144. See "Shares eligible for future sale."

        We and our executive officers, directors and Brookfield (who will hold in the aggregate approximately 73% of our outstanding common stock immediately after the completion of this offering or 72% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) have agreed with the underwriters that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 60 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not directly or indirectly offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase or otherwise dispose of any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or in any manner transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of common stock, or cause a registration statement covering any common stock to be filed, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. See "Underwriting." J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC may waive these restrictions at their discretion.

34

        The market price of our common stock may decline significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing stockholders lapse. A decline in the price of our common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional common stock or other equity securities.

The future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.

        We have an aggregate of 2,694,462,388 shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our incentive plans. We may issue all of these shares of common stock without any action or approval by our stockholders, subject to certain exceptions. We also intend to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities and may issue common stock in connection with these acquisitions. Any common stock issued in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions, the exercise of outstanding stock options or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by public investors, including those who purchase common stock in this offering.

As a public company, we incur additional costs and face increased demands on our management.

        Since our acquisition by Brookfield in 2015, we have continued to comply with certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and regulations of the SEC. However, as a public company with shares listed on a U.S. exchange, we must comply with additional rules and regulations that, until our initial public offering, had not applied to us since 2015. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of becoming a public company, we added independent directors and created additional board committees. In addition, we are incurring additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements and maintaining directors' and officers' liability insurance. Any changes with respect to these rules may impose additional costs on us and materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

35

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

        Some of the statements under "Prospectus summary," "Risk factors," "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations," "Business," "Industry" and elsewhere in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and financial performance. You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking words such as "will," "may," "plan," "estimate," "project," "believe," "anticipate," "expect," "intend," "should," "would," "could," "target," "goal," "continue to," "positioned to" or the negative version of those words or other comparable words. Any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based upon our historical performance and on our current plans, estimates and expectations in light of information currently available to us. The inclusion of this forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us, the selling stockholder, the underwriters or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations contemplated by us will be achieved. These forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, financial results, financial condition, business, prospects, growth strategy and liquidity. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe that these factors include, but are not limited to:

•

the cyclical nature of our business and the selling prices of our products may lead to periods of reduced profitability and net losses in the future;

•

the possibility that we may be unable to implement our business strategies, including our initiative to secure and maintain longer-term customer contracts, in an effective manner;

•

the possibility that recent tax legislation could adversely affect us or our stockholders;

•

pricing for graphite electrodes has historically been cyclical and current prices are relatively high, however, the price of graphite electrodes may decline in the future;

•

the sensitivity of our business and operating results to economic conditions;

•

our dependence on the global steel industry generally and the EAF steel industry in particular;

•

the possibility that global graphite electrode overcapacity may adversely affect graphite electrode prices;

•

the competitiveness of the graphite electrode industry;

•

our dependence on the supply of petroleum needle coke;

•

our dependence on supplies of raw materials (in addition to petroleum needle coke) and energy;

•

the possibility that our manufacturing operations are subject to hazards;

•

changes in, or more stringent enforcement of, health, safety and environmental regulations applicable to our manufacturing operations and facilities;

•

the legal, economic, social and political risks associated with our substantial operations in multiple countries;

•

the possibility that fluctuation of foreign currency exchange rates could materially harm our financial results;

•

the possibility that our results of operations could deteriorate if our manufacturing operations were substantially; disrupted for an extended period, including as a result of equipment failure, climate change, natural disasters, public health crises, political crises or other catastrophic events; the possibility that plant capacity expansions may be delayed or may not achieve the expected benefits;

36

•

our dependence on third parties for certain construction, maintenance, engineering, transportation, warehousing and logistics services;

•

the possibility that we are unable to recruit or retain key management and plant operating personnel or successfully negotiate with the representatives of our employees, including labor unions;

•

the possibility that we may divest or acquire businesses, which could require significant management attention or disrupt our business;

•

the sensitivity of goodwill on our balance sheet to changes in the market;

•

the possibility that we are subject to information technology systems failures, cybersecurity attacks, network disruptions and breaches of data security;

•

our dependence on protecting our intellectual property;

•

the possibility that third parties may claim that our products or processes infringe their intellectual property rights;

•

the possibility that significant changes in our jurisdictional earnings mix or in the tax laws of those jurisdictions could adversely affect our business;

•

the possibility that our indebtedness could limit our financial and operating activities or that our cash flows may not be sufficient to service our indebtedness;

•

the possibility that restrictive covenants in our financing agreements could restrict or limit our operations;

•

the fact that borrowings under certain of our existing financing agreements subjects us to interest rate risk;

•

the possibility of a lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt;

•

the possibility that disruptions in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, or those of our customers and suppliers;

•

the possibility that highly concentrated ownership of our common stock may prevent minority stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions;

•

the possibility that we may not pay cash dividends on our common stock in the future;

•

the fact that certain of our stockholders have the right to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us;

•

the fact that certain provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated By-Laws could hinder, delay or prevent a change of control;

•

the fact that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders; and

•

our status as a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards, which allows us to qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements; and other risks described in the "Risk factors" section of this prospectus beginning on page 15.

        These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We do not

37

undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement except as required by law, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

        If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from what we may have expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We caution that you should not place undue reliance on any of our forward-looking statements. You should specifically consider the factors identified in this prospectus that could cause actual results to differ before making an investment decision to purchase our common stock. Furthermore, new risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us.

38

Use of proceeds

        The selling stockholder will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock it is offering pursuant to this prospectus. The aggregate proceeds to the selling stockholder from the sale of shares of common stock will be the purchase price of the shares of common stock less underwriting discounts and commissions, if any. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares of common stock, including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. We will bear all costs, fees and expenses in connection with this offering, which are estimated to be $1 million, except that the selling stockholder will pay all underwriting discounts and commissions. See "Principal stockholders and selling stockholder."

39

Market price of common stock

        Our common stock has been listed on the NYSE under the symbol "EAF" since April 18, 2018. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock.

        As of February 15, 2019, we had 2 stockholders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of stockholders of record, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers, trusts and other nominees.

40

Dividend policy

        In 2017, we reoriented our commercial strategy around a three- to five-year take-or-pay contract framework. We expect a high degree of stability in our future operating results due to these contracts. We have executed three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts representing approximately 674,000 MT over the 2018-2023 period at a weighted average contract price of approximately $9,800 per MT. In addition, we believe our ability to source substantially all of our petroleum needle coke requirements for these contracts from our Seadrift facility and our hedging of our purchases of decant oil mitigates the impact of periodic shortages and price fluctuations of raw materials on our sales and provides us with substantial visibility into our future raw material costs. See "Business—Contracts and customers." As a result of this recent contract initiative, we currently pay a quarterly cash dividend of $0.085 per share, or an aggregate of $0.34 per share on an annualized basis. We expect to continue to pay this dividend out of cash generated from operations; we do not intend to incur indebtedness to fund regular, quarterly dividend payments.

        We cannot assure you, however, that we will pay dividends in the future in these amounts or at all. Our board of directors may change the timing and amount of any future dividend payments or eliminate the payment of future dividends in its sole discretion, without any prior notice to our stockholders. Our ability to pay dividends will depend upon many factors, including our financial position and liquidity, results of operations, legal requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by the terms of our current and future credit facilities and other debt obligations and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

        For example, we may or may not be able to, or may decide not to, pay dividends if we are unable, for any reason, to continue our contract strategy in the future or we experience a significant disruption in our manufacturing operations or our production of petroleum needle coke at Seadrift that, in either case, inhibits our ability to deliver the contracted volumes under our three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts. In addition, adverse market conditions may lead us to prioritize repaying the principal on our outstanding indebtedness. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is also limited as a practical matter by the terms of the 2018 Credit Agreement. In the future, we may also enter into other credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements or issue debt securities that, in each case, restrict or limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock. In addition, since we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to pay dividends is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. Their ability to make such distributions will be subject to their operating results, cash requirements and financial condition. For further discussion of the factors that may affect our business and our ability to pay dividends, see "Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry" and "Risk factors—Risks related to our common stock—We may not pay cash dividends on our common stock."

41

Capitalization

        The following sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2018.

        You should read this table in conjunction with "Use of proceeds," "Selected consolidated historical financial data" and "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	December 31, 2018
	(thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	49,880
Debt:
2018 Credit Agreement		2,155,883
Other debt		751
Total debt		2,156,634
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 3,000,000,000 shares authorized and 290,537,612 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018		2,905
Additional paid-in capital		819,622
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income		(5,800	)
Accumulated deficit		(1,893,496	)
Total stockholders' deficit		(1,076,769	)
Total capitalization	$	1,079,865

42

Selected historical consolidated financial and other data

        The following tables present selected consolidated financial information of the Company. You should read these tables along with "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations," "Business" and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 (January 1, 2015 to August 14, 2015, Predecessor Period, and August 15, 2015 to December 31, 2015, Successor Period) and 2014 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

        As a result of business combination accounting resulting from our acquisition by Brookfield, our financial statements are separated into two distinct periods, the period before the consummation of our acquisition by Brookfield (labeled "Predecessor") and the period after that date (labeled "Successor"),

43

to indicate the application of the different basis of accounting between the periods presented. There were no operational activities that changed as a result of our acquisition by Brookfield.

	Successor												Predecessor
										For the period August 15 through December 31, 2015			For the period January 1 through August 14, 2015(d)
																For the year ended December 31, 2014
	For the year ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
	(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales	$	1,895,910		$	550,771		$	437,963		$	193,133		$	339,907		$	825,145
Income (loss) from continuing operations		853,888			14,212			(108,869	)		(28,625	)		(101,970	)		(152,520	)
Net income (loss)		854,219			7,983			(235,843	)		(33,551	)		(120,649	)		(285,376	)
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share(a):
Income (loss) from continuing operations per share(a)	$	2.87		$	0.05		$	(0.36	)	$	(0.09	)	$	(0.74	)	$	(1.12	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding(a)		297,748			302,226			302,226			302,226			137,152			136,155
Dividends per common share(b)	$	0.77		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Balance sheet data (at period end):
Total assets	$	1,505,491		$	1,199,103		$	1,172,276		$	1,422,015			N/A(d	)	$	1,833,805
Other long-term obligations(c)		72,519			68,907			82,148			94,318			N/A(d	)		107,586
Total long-term debt		2,050,311			322,900			356,580			362,455			N/A(d	)		341,615
Other financial data:
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	836,603		$	36,573		$	22,815		$	23,115		$	28,323		$	120,903
Net cash used in investing activities		(67,295	)		(2,199	)		(10,471	)		(17,484	)		(39,918	)		(78,952	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(731,044	)		(32,995	)		(8,317	)		(23,072	)		20,824			(35,077	)

(a)

Successor period data gives effect to the 3,022,259.23-for-1 stock split on our common stock effected on April 12, 2018.

(b)

Calculated by total dividends paid of $2,294,265 divided by weighted average shares outstanding. $2,022,000 of these dividends were declared and paid to Brookfield prior to our IPO. All other dividends were declared and paid to all common stockholders.

(c)

Represents pension and post-retirement benefits and related costs and miscellaneous other long-term obligations.

(d)

A closing balance sheet as of August 14, 2015 was not required as part of previous filings.

44

	For the year ended December 31,
Key financial measures	2018		2017		2016
	(in thousands)
EBITDA from continuing operations(1)	$	1,102,625	$	97,884	$	(12,251	)
Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations(1)	$	1,205,021	$	95,806	$	(2,898	)

	For the year ended December 31,
Key operating metrics	2018			2017			2016
	(in thousands, except price data)
Sales volume (MT)(2)		185			172			163
Weighted average realized price(3)	$	9,937		$	2,945		$	2,459
Production volume (MT)(4)		179			166			151
Production capacity excluding St. Marys during idle period (MT)(5)(6)		180			167			176
Capacity utilization excluding St. Marys during idle period(5)(7)		99	%		99	%		85	%
Total production capacity(6)(8)		208			195			195
Total capacity utilization(7)(8)		86	%		85	%		77	%

(1)

See below for more information and a reconciliation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

(2)

Sales volume reflects the total volume of graphite electrodes sold for which revenue has been recognized during the period. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(3)

Weighted average realized price reflects the total revenues from sales of graphite electrodes for the period divided by the graphite electrode sales volume for that period. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(4)

Production volume reflects graphite electrodes produced during the period. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(5)

The St. Marys, Pennsylvania facility was temporarily idled effective the second quarter of 2016 except for the machining of semi-finished products sourced from other plants. In the first quarter of 2018, our St. Marys facility began graphitizing a limited amount of electrodes sourced from our Monterrey, Mexico facility.

(6)

Production capacity reflects expected maximum production volume during the period under normal operating conditions, standard product mix and expected maintenance downtime. Actual production may vary. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(7)

Capacity utilization reflects production volume as a percentage of production capacity. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(8)

Includes graphite electrode facilities in Calais, France; Monterrey, Mexico; Pamplona, Spain and St. Marys, Pennsylvania.

Non-GAAP financial measures

        In addition to providing results that are determined in accordance with GAAP, we have provided certain financial measures that are not in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations are non-GAAP financial measures. We define EBITDA from continuing operations, a non-GAAP financial measure, as net income or loss plus interest expense, minus interest income, plus income taxes, discontinued operations and depreciation and amortization from continuing operations. We define adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations as EBITDA from continuing operations plus any pension and OPEB plan expenses, impairments,

45

rationalization-related charges, IPO expenses, acquisition and proxy contest costs, non-cash gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement of non-operating liabilities in our foreign subsidiaries where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar, related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense, stock-based compensation and non-cash fixed asset write-offs. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is the primary metric used by our management and our board of directors to establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and evaluating our performance.

        We monitor adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations as a supplement to our GAAP measures, and believe it is useful to present to investors, because we believe that it facilitates evaluation of our period-to-period operating performance by eliminating items that are not operational in nature, allowing comparison of our recurring core business operating results over multiple periods unaffected by differences in capital structure, capital investment cycles and fixed asset base. In addition, we believe adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies, and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of financial performance and debt-service capabilities.

        Our use of adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect our cash expenditures for capital equipment or other contractual commitments, including any capital expenditure requirements to augment or replace our capital assets;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect expenses relating to our pension and OPEB plans;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect the non-cash gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement of non-operating liabilities in our foreign subsidiaries where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect IPO expenses;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect acquisition and proxy costs;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect rationalization-related charges, stock-based compensation or the non-cash write-off of fixed assets; and

•

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

46

        In evaluating EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, you should be aware that in the future, we will incur expenses similar to the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentations of EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations should not be construed as suggesting that our future results will be unaffected by these expenses or any unusual or non-recurring items. When evaluating our performance, you should consider EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations alongside other financial performance measures, including our net income (loss) and other GAAP measures.

        For a reconciliation of these measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures, see "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP financial measures."

Key Operating Metrics

        Key operating metrics consist of sales volume, weighted average realized price, production volume, production capacity and capacity utilization.

        Sales volume reflects the total volume of graphite electrodes sold for which revenue has been recognized during the period. For a discussion of our revenue recognition policy, see "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Critical accounting policies—Revenue recognition." Weighted average realized price reflects the total revenues from sales of graphite electrodes for the period divided by the graphite electrode sales volume for that period. Sales volume and weighted average realized price help investors understand the factors that drive our net sales.

        Production volume reflects graphite electrodes produced during the period. Production capacity reflects expected maximum production volume during the period under normal operating conditions, standard product mix and expected maintenance downtime. Capacity utilization reflects production volume as a percentage of production capacity. Production volume, production capacity and capacity utilization help us understand the efficiency of our production, evaluate cost of sales and consider how to approach our contract initiative.

47

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Information in this section is intended to assist the reader in obtaining an understanding of our Consolidated Financial Statements, the changes in certain key items in those financial statements from year-to-year, the primary factors that accounted for those changes, any known trends or uncertainties that we are aware of that may have a material effect on our future performance, as well as how certain accounting principles affect our Consolidated Financial Statements. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. See "Special note regarding forward-looking statements." Our actual results could differ materially from those forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed in "Risk factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

        We are a leading manufacturer of high quality graphite electrode products essential to the production of EAF steel and other ferrous and non-ferrous metals. We believe that we have the most competitive portfolio of low-cost graphite electrode manufacturing facilities in the industry, including three of the five highest capacity facilities in the world (excluding China). We are the only large scale graphite electrode producer that is substantially vertically integrated into petroleum needle coke, the primary raw material for graphite electrode manufacturing, which is currently in limited supply. Between 1984 and 2011, EAF steelmaking was the fastest-growing segment of the steel sector, with production increasing at an average rate of 3.5% per year, based on WSA data. Historically, EAF steel production has grown faster than the overall steel market due to the greater resilience, more variable cost structure, lower capital intensity and more environmentally friendly nature of EAF steelmaking. This trend was partially reversed between 2011 and 2015 due to global steel production overcapacity driven largely by Chinese BOF steel production. Beginning in 2016, efforts by the Chinese government to restructure China's domestic steel industry have led to limits on BOF steel production and lower export levels, and developed economies, which typically have much larger EAF steel industries, have instituted a number of trade policies in support of domestic steel producers. As a result, since 2016, the EAF steel market has rebounded strongly and resumed its long-term growth trajectory. This revival in EAF steel production has resulted in increased demand for our graphite electrodes.

        At the same time, two supply-side structural changes have contributed to record high prices of graphite electrodes in 2018. First, ongoing consolidation and rationalization of graphite electrode production capacity have limited the ability of graphite electrode producers to meet demand. Second, demand for petroleum needle coke has outpaced supply due to increasing demand for petroleum needle coke for lithium-ion batteries used in electric vehicles. As a result, graphite electrode prices have reached record high prices in 2018. We have implemented a commercial strategy to sell 65% to 70% of our production capacity through three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts. These contracts define volumes and prices, along with price-escalation mechanisms for inflation, and include significant termination payments (typically, 50% to 70% of remaining contracted revenue) and, in certain cases, parent guarantees and collateral arrangements to manage our customer credit risk. We expect a high degree of stability in our future operating results due to these contracts. We have entered into three-to-five-year take-or-pay contracts to sell approximately 148,000, 145,000, 128,000 and 120,000 MT in 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022, respectively. We may enter into additional take-or-pay contracts in the future.

GrafTech's transformation

        Since 2012, we have executed a three-part transformation plan to improve our competitive position and allow us to better serve our customers. Since 2012, we have achieved significant annual fixed

48

manufacturing cost improvements and annual overhead expense reductions, all while also improving the productivity of our plant network. We have strategically shifted production from our lowest to our highest production capacity facilities to increase fixed cost absorption. This, coupled with a recovery in customer demand, resulted in a steady increase in our capacity utilization, reaching 100% in the fourth quarter of 2018 (excluding our temporarily idled St. Marys, Pennsylvania facility). We have also significantly reduced our annual overhead expenses since 2012 by simplifying our corporate structure from a conglomerate model to a centralized business focused exclusively on the production of graphite electrodes and petroleum needle coke, and we have streamlined and combined our workforce and various administrative functions for efficiency, and eliminated research and development (or R&D) functions unrelated to graphite electrodes. In addition to our fixed cost reductions, we have been able to achieve significant productivity improvements and variable cost reductions across our plants since 2014. We recently completed our plant debottlenecking initiative, which increased our current operating production capacity by 20% , allowing us to achieve further improvements in our cost structure. As a result of our operational improvement activities, we were able to achieve this large capacity increase with specific, highly targeted capital investments.

        In light of improved market conditions, the long lead time required to produce our products, our position as one of the market's largest producers and our ability, through our substantial vertical integration with Seadrift, to provide customers with a reliable long-term supply of graphite electrodes despite the limited supply of petroleum needle coke, we have implemented a commercial strategy to sell graphite electrodes through three-to-five-year take-or-pay contracts. Additionally, the divestiture of our non-core legacy Engineered Solutions businesses in 2016 and 2017 has allowed our management team to focus on our core competency of graphite electrode production and generated approximately $60 million in cash proceeds and release of working capital. By focusing our management's attention and R&D spending exclusively on the graphite electrode business, we have been able to meaningfully improve the quality of our graphite electrodes, repositioning ourselves as an industry quality leader and improving our relationships with strategic customers.

Global economic conditions and outlook

        The graphite electrode industry has historically followed the growth of the EAF steel industry and, to a lesser extent, the steel industry as a whole, which has been highly cyclical and affected significantly by general economic conditions. Historically, EAF steel production has grown faster than the overall steel market due to the greater resilience, more variable cost structure, lower capital intensity and more environmentally friendly nature of EAF steelmaking.

        This growth trend has resumed after a decline in EAF steelmaking between 2011 and 2015, as Chinese steel production, which is predominantly BOF-based, grew significantly, taking market share from EAF steel producers. Throughout 2015 and 2016, our business faced significant headwinds in the major industries that we served, including slow economic growth and stagnation in steel production year-over-year. These factors exerted continued downward pressure on prices for our products, which negatively impacted our financial results from 2013 to 2017. Additionally, in 2015, steel producers utilized BOFs over EAFs at rates higher than we had historically seen, pressuring the prices of and demand for graphite electrodes, as steel consumers in the United States and Europe, our largest markets, increased imports of low-cost steel products, primarily from China. Additionally, prices for iron ore, the key raw material for BOFs, declined faster than scrap steel, the key raw material in EAF production. While a decline in the price of oil benefited our cost structure overall, it contributed to lower prices for petroleum needle coke and, indirectly, graphite electrodes.

        Graphite electrodes saw further pricing pressure in the first half of 2016, but EAF production started to recover during the second half of 2016, which indicated a potential bottoming out in prices. Costs of the key raw materials used to run BOFs increased, and the price of scrap steel decreased, re-balancing the economics of EAF mills relative to BOFs. These developments resulted in an increase

49

in our sales volume over the prior year; however, the decline in prices more than offset the volume increase. Because customers historically negotiated annual agreements in the third and fourth quarters of each calendar year for graphite electrodes to be delivered the following year, increases in price often lagged behind increases in volume. Nonetheless, a decline in the price of oil and our rationalization initiatives significantly improved our cost structure and positioned us to benefit from a potential recovery.

        The outlook for general economic and industry-specific growth brightened in 2017 and 2018. In its January 2019 report, the International Monetary Fund (or IMF) reported a global growth rate for 2017 of 3.8%. They estimated 2018 global growth rate at 3.7% and 2019 is estimated to be 3.5%. The estimates for 2018 and 2019 were down slightly from their October 2018 report as a result of a slowing second half of 2018. The WSA's October 2018 Short Range Outlook estimated global steel production outside of China would increase by 2.1% in 2018 and 2.7% in 2019.

        Other macroeconomic and industry trends have created significant increases in demand for graphite electrodes. Beginning in 2016, efforts by the Chinese government to eliminate excess steelmaking production capacity and improve environmental and health conditions have led to limits on Chinese BOF steel production, including the closure of over 200 million MT of its steel production capacity, based on data from S&P Global Platts and the Ministry of Commerce of the People's Republic of China. In 2017, Chinese steel exports fell by more than 30% from 2016. Chinese steel exports continued to decline an additional 8% in 2018 according to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, reflecting the reduction in steel production capacity. As a result, the historical growth trend of EAF steelmaking relative to the overall steel market resumed and has led to increased demand for our graphite electrodes. At the same time, consolidation and rationalization of graphite electrode production capacity limited the ability of graphite electrode producers to meet this demand. Prior to this improvement in demand, the electrode industry experienced an extended, five-year downturn, resulting in a reduction of production capacity outside of China of approximately 200,000 MT, from approximately 1,000,000 MT to approximately 800,000 MT. Currently, we estimate production capacity outside of China is approximately 850,000 MT.

        Petroleum needle coke, which is the primary raw material for graphite electrode manufacturing, and coal tar pitch, which is a raw material used in our manufacturing processes, are currently in limited supply. Demand for petroleum needle coke has outpaced supply due to increasing demand for petroleum needle coke in the production of lithium-ion batteries used in electric vehicles. Increased demand has led to pricing increases for petroleum needle coke in the current market. While we believe that our substantial vertical integration into petroleum needle coke through our ownership of Seadrift provides a significant cost advantage relative to our competitors in periods of tight petroleum needle coke supply, such as the current market environment, we currently purchase approximately 30% of our petroleum needle coke requirements from external sources. Going forward, we expect to purchase approximately one third of our needle coke requirements from external sources, given the increase in our graphite electrode capacity from our debottlenecking initiative. As a result, we continue to experience higher third party petroleum needle coke costs which will affect our cost of sales in 2019. Additionally, during the fourth quarter, our planned maintenance outage at our Seadrift needle coke facility decreased production levels at that facility. We produced approximately 110,000 MT of needle coke in 2018. We expect to produce approximately 125,000 MT of needle coke in 2019, as we do not have a planned maintenance outage in 2019 and we expect a modest productivity enhancement related to our efficiency improvement project.

50

Components of results of operations

Net sales

        Net sales reflect sales of our products, including graphite electrodes and associated by-products. Several factors affect net sales in any period, including general economic conditions, competitive conditions, scheduled plant shutdowns by customers, national vacation practices, changes in customer production schedules in response to seasonal changes in energy costs, weather conditions, strikes and work stoppages at customer plants and changes in customer order patterns including those in response to the announcement of price increases or price adjustments.

        Revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods. See Note 2, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information. Our fourth quarter has historically represented our strongest sales quarter and the first quarter is historically the weakest.

Cost of sales

        Cost of sales includes the costs associated with products invoiced during the period as well as non-inventoried manufacturing overhead costs and outbound transportation costs. Cost of sales includes all costs incurred at our production facilities to make products saleable, such as raw materials, energy costs, direct labor and indirect labor and facilities costs, including purchasing and receiving costs, plant management, inspection costs, product engineering and internal transfer costs. In addition, all depreciation associated with assets used to produce products and make them saleable is included in cost of sales. Direct labor costs consist of salaries, benefits and other personnel-related costs for employees engaged in the manufacturing of our products.

Inventory valuation

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is principally determined using the "first-in, first-out" (or FIFO) and average cost, which approximates FIFO, methods. Elements of cost in inventory include raw materials, energy costs, direct labor, manufacturing overhead and depreciation of the manufacturing fixed assets. We allocate fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion based on normal capacity of the production facilities. We recognize abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage) as current period charges. Market, or net realizable value, is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation.

Research and development

        We conduct our research and development both independently and in conjunction with our strategic suppliers, customers and others. Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes, including significant improvements to existing products, are expensed as incurred.

Selling and administrative expenses

        Selling and administrative expenses include salaries, benefits and other personnel related costs for employees engaged in sales and marketing, customer technical services, engineering, finance, information technology, human resources and executive management. Other costs include outside legal and accounting fees, risk management (insurance), global operational excellence, global supply chain, in-house legal, share-based compensation and certain other administrative and global resources costs. Our "mark-to-market adjustment" refers to our accounting policy regarding pension and OPEB plans,

51

where we immediately recognize the change in the fair value of plan assets and net actuarial gains and losses annually in the fourth quarter of each year.

Other expense (income)

        Other expense (income) consists primarily of foreign currency impacts on non-operating assets and liabilities and miscellaneous income and expense.

Interest expense

        Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense on our 2018 Term Loans, 2018 Revolving Facility and the Senior Notes, accretion of the fair value adjustment on the Senior Notes and amortization of debt issuance costs.

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

        As of June 30, 2016, the Engineered Solutions segment qualified for reporting as discontinued operations, and the disposition of the segment was substantially complete by the end of the third quarter of 2017. All results are reported as gain or loss from discontinued operations, net of tax.

Effects of changes in currency exchange rates

        When the currencies of non-U.S. countries in which we have a manufacturing facility decline (or increase) in value relative to the U.S. dollar, this has the effect of reducing (or increasing) the U.S. dollar equivalent cost of sales and other expenses with respect to those facilities. In certain countries in which we have manufacturing facilities, and in certain export markets, we sell in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, when these currencies increase (or decline) in value relative to the U.S. dollar, this has the effect of increasing (or reducing) net sales. The result of these effects is to increase (or decrease) operating profit and net income.

        Some of the non-U.S. countries in which we have a manufacturing facility have been subject to significant economic and political changes, which have significantly impacted currency exchange rates. We cannot predict changes in currency exchange rates in the future or whether those changes will have net positive or negative impacts on our net sales, cost of sales or net income.

        The impact of these changes in the average exchange rates of other currencies against the U.S. dollar on our net sales was an increase of $10.5 million, $4.5 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

        The impact of these changes in the average exchange rates of other currencies against the U.S. dollar on our cost of sales was an increase of $3.6 million and $4.2 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively, and a decrease of $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

        As part of our cash management, we also have intercompany loans between our subsidiaries. These loans are deemed to be temporary and, as a result, remeasurement gains and losses on these loans are recorded as currency gains or losses in other income (expense), net, on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        We have in the past and may in the future use various financial instruments to manage certain exposures to risks caused by currency exchange rate changes, as described under "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks."

Key metrics used by management to measure performance

        In addition to measures of financial performance presented in our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP, we use certain other financial measures and operating metrics to

52

analyze the performance of our company. The "non-GAAP" financial measures consist of EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, which help us evaluate growth trends, establish budgets, assess operational efficiencies and evaluate our overall financial performance. The key operating metrics consist of sales volume, weighted average realized price, production volume, production capacity and capacity utilization.

Key financial measures

	For the year ended December 31,
	2018		2017		2016
	(in thousands)
EBITDA from continuing operations(1)	$	1,102,625	$	97,884	$	(12,251	)
Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations(1)	$	1,205,021	$	95,806	$	(2,898	)

Key operating metrics

	For the year ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
	(in thousands, except price data)
Sales volume (MT)(2)		185			172			163
Weighted average realized price(3)	$	9,937		$	2,945		$	2,459
Production volume (MT)(4)		179			166			151
Production capacity excluding St. Marys during idle period (MT)(5)(6)		180			167			176
Capacity utilization excluding St. Marys during idle period(5)(7)		99	%		99	%		85	%
Total production capacity(6)(8)		208			195			195
Total capacity utilization(7)(8)		86	%		85	%		77	%

(1)

See below for more information and a reconciliation of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

(2)

Sales volume reflects the total volume of graphite electrodes sold for which revenue has been recognized during the period. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(3)

Weighted average realized price reflects the total revenues from sales of graphite electrodes for the period divided by the graphite electrode sales volume for that period. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(4)

Production volume reflects graphite electrodes produced during the period. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(5)

The St. Marys, Pennsylvania facility was temporarily idled effective the second quarter of 2016 except for the machining of semi-finished products sourced from other plants. In the first quarter of 2018, our St. Marys facility began graphitizing a limited amount of electrodes sourced from our Monterrey, Mexico facility.

(6)

Production capacity reflects expected maximum production volume during the period under normal operating conditions, standard product mix and expected maintenance downtime. Actual production may vary. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(7)

Capacity utilization reflects production volume as a percentage of production capacity. See below for more information on our key operating metrics.

(8)

Includes graphite electrode facilities in Calais, France; Monterrey, Mexico; Pamplona, Spain and St. Marys, Pennsylvania.

53

Non-GAAP financial measures

        In addition to providing results that are determined in accordance with GAAP, we have provided certain financial measures that are not in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations are non-GAAP financial measures. We define EBITDA from continuing operations, a non-GAAP financial measure, as net income or loss plus interest expense, minus interest income, plus income taxes, discontinued operations and depreciation and amortization from continuing operations. We define adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations as EBITDA from continuing operations plus any pension and OPEB plan expenses, impairments, rationalization-related charges, IPO expenses, acquisition and proxy contest costs, non-cash gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement of non-operating liabilities in our foreign subsidiaries where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar, related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense, stock-based compensation and non-cash fixed asset write-offs. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is the primary metric used by our management and our board of directors to establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and evaluating our performance.

        We monitor adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations as a supplement to our GAAP measures, and believe it is useful to present to investors, because we believe that it facilitates evaluation of our period-to-period operating performance by eliminating items that are not operational in nature, allowing comparison of our recurring core business operating results over multiple periods unaffected by differences in capital structure, capital investment cycles and fixed asset base. In addition, we believe adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies, and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of financial performance and debt-service capabilities.

        Our use of adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect our cash expenditures for capital equipment or other contractual commitments, including any capital expenditure requirements to augment or replace our capital assets;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect expenses relating to our pension and OPEB plans;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect the non-cash gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement of non-operating liabilities in our foreign subsidiaries where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect IPO expenses;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect acquisition and proxy costs;

54

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense;

•

adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations does not reflect rationalization-related charges, stock-based compensation or the non-cash write-off of fixed assets; and

•

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

        In evaluating EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, you should be aware that in the future, we will incur expenses similar to the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentations of EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations should not be construed as suggesting that our future results will be unaffected by these expenses or any unusual or non-recurring items. When evaluating our performance, you should consider EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations alongside other financial performance measures, including our net income (loss) and other GAAP measures.

        The following table reconciles our non-GAAP key financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures:

	For the year ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2018			2017			2016
Net income (loss)	$	854,219		$	7,983		$	(235,843	)
Add:
Discontinued operations		(331	)		6,229			126,974
Depreciation and amortization		66,413			64,025			77,614
Interest expense		135,061			30,823			26,914
Interest income		(1,657	)		(395	)		(358	)
Income taxes		48,920			(10,781	)		(7,552	)
EBITDA from continuing operations		1,102,625			97,884			(12,251	)
Adjustments:
Pension and OPEB plan (gain) expenses(1)		3,893			(1,611	)		(626	)
Rationalization-related (gains)/charges(2)		—			(3,970	)		5,209
IPO expenses(3)		5,173			—			—
Acquisition and proxy contests costs(4)		—			886			8,036
Non-cash loss (gain) on foreign currency remeasurement(5)		818			1,731			(5,465	)
Stock-based compensation(6)		1,152			—			—
Non-cash fixed asset write-off(7)		4,882			886			2,199
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense(8)		86,478			—			—
Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations	$	1,205,021		$	95,806		$	(2,898	)

(1)

Service and interest cost of our OPEB plans. Also includes a mark-to-market loss (gain) for plan assets as of December of each year. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Components of results of operations—Selling and administrative expenses" for more information.

(2)

Costs associated with rationalizations in our graphite electrode manufacturing operations and in the corporate structure. They include severance charges, contract termination charges, write-off of equipment and (gain)/loss on sale of manufacturing sites.

(3)

Legal, accounting, printing and registration fees associated with the initial public offering

55

(4)

Costs associated with the merger transaction with Brookfield, resulting in change in control compensation expenses.

(5)

Non-cash (gain) loss from foreign currency remeasurement of non-operating liabilities of our non-U.S. subsidiaries where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar.

(6)

Non-cash expense for stock-based compensation grants

(7)

Non-cash fixed asset write-off recorded for obsolete manufacturing equipment.

(8)

Non-cash expense for future payment to the selling stockholder for tax assets that are expected to be utilized.

Key Operating Metrics

        Key operating metrics consist of sales volume, weighted average realized price, production volume, production capacity and capacity utilization.

        Sales volume reflects the total volume of graphite electrodes sold for which revenue has been recognized during the period. For a discussion of our revenue recognition policy, see "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Critical accounting policies—Revenue recognition." Weighted average realized price reflects the total revenues from sales of graphite electrodes for the period divided by the graphite electrode sales volume for that period. Sales volume and price help investors understand the factors that drive our net sales.

        Production volume reflects graphite electrodes produced during the period. Production capacity reflects expected maximum production volume during the period under normal operating conditions, standard product mix and expected maintenance downtime. Capacity utilization reflects production volume as a percentage of production capacity. Production volume, production capacity and capacity utilization help us understand the efficiency of our production, evaluate cost of sales and consider how to approach our contract initiative.

Customer base

        We are a global company and sell our products in every major geographic market. Sales of these products to buyers outside the United States accounted for approximately 77%, 81% and 83% of our net sales in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

        In 2018, six of our ten largest customers were based in Europe, two in the United States, and one each in Brazil, and Libya. However, nine of our top ten customers are multi-national operations.

        The following table summarizes information as to our operations in different geographical areas:

	For the year ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2018		2017		2016
Net sales:
United States	$	429,599	$	103,890	$	74,526
Americas (excluding the United States)		367,561		129,103		116,944
Asia Pacific		131,578		46,329		41,302
Europe, Middle East, Africa		967,172		271,449		205,191
Total	$	1,895,910	$	550,771	$	437,963

        In 2018, one customer accounted for more than 10% of our net sales. Due to the increased demand for our products, we believe this customer does not pose a significant concentration of risk, as sales to this customer could be replaced by demand from other customers.

56

Results of operations for 2018 as compared to 2017

        The tables presented in our period-over-period comparisons summarize our Consolidated Statements of Operations and illustrate key financial indicators used to assess the consolidated financial results. Throughout our Management Discussion and Analysis (or MD&A), insignificant changes may be deemed not meaningful and are generally excluded from the discussion.

	For the year ended December 31,
							Increase/ Decrease			% Change
(in thousands)	2018			2017
Net sales	$	1,895,910		$	550,771		$	1,345,139			244	%
Cost of sales		705,698			461,545			244,153			53	%
Additions to lower of cost or market inventory reserve		—			1,509			(1,509	)		(100	)%
Gross profit		1,190,212			87,717			1,102,495			1,257	%
Research and development		2,129			3,456			(1,327	)		(38	)%
Selling and administrative expenses		62,032			52,506			9,526			18	%
Operating income		1,126,051			31,755			1,094,296			3,446	%
Other expense (income), net		3,361			(2,104	)		5,465			(260	)%
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense		86,478			—			86,478			N/A
Interest expense		135,061			30,823			104,238			338	%
Interest income		(1,657	)		(395	)		(1,262	)		319	%
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes		902,808			3,431			899,377			26,213	%
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		48,920			(10,781	)		59,701			(554	)%
Net income from continuing operations	$	853,888		$	14,212		$	839,676			5,908	%
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		331			(6,229	)		6,560			(105	)%
Net income	$	854,219		$	7,983		$	846,236			10,600	%

        Net sales.    Net sales increased by $1,345.1 million, or 244%, from $550.8 million in 2017 to $1,895.9 million in 2018. This increase was primarily driven by a 235% increase in weighted average realized price for graphite electrodes in 2018 compared to 2017. The weighted average sales price for graphite electrodes increased from $2,945 per MT in 2017 to $9,937 per MT in 2018. This increase in weighted average realized price was driven by increased demand for graphite electrodes due to growth in EAF steel manufacturing, combined with a constrained graphite electrode supply due to reductions in graphite electrode manufacturing capacity over the past several years and a limited supply of our key raw material, petroleum needle coke. These factors coupled with increased capacity from our debottlenecking initiative contributed to an increase in sales volume of 7% from 2017 to 2018.

        Cost of sales.    Cost of sales increased by $244.2 million, or 53%, from $461.5 million in 2017 to $705.7 million in 2018. This increase was primarily the result of sales of inventory that was manufactured using higher priced needle coke and pitch. Increased sales volume also contributed a 5% increase in cost of sales.

        Lower of cost or market inventory adjustment.    We incurred an inventory adjustment of $1.5 million in the first half of 2017 to reduce inventory to the lower of cost or market for certain product lines within our graphite electrode business. Improved pricing and lower costs later in 2017 and into 2018 eliminated the need for these charges.

        Research and development.    Research and development expenses decreased by $1.3 million, or 38% from $3.5 million in 2017 to $2.1 million in 2018, primarily due to the non-recurrence of the write-off of certain research and development fixed assets in 2017.

57

        Selling and administrative expenses.    Selling and administrative expenses increased by $9.5 million, or 18%, from $52.5 million in 2017 to $62.0 million in 2018. This increase was driven primarily by $5.2 million of costs related to our initial public offering as well as stock-based compensation of $1.2 million.

        Other (income) expense.    Other expense increased by $5.5 million, from income of $2.1 million in 2017 to expense of $3.4 million in 2018. This increase was primarily due to pension and OPEB charges of $1.9 million in 2018 versus a gain of $3.7 million in 2017. These pension and OPEB gains and losses were primarily the result of our annual mark-to-market adjustment. Partially offsetting this increase were advantageous non-cash foreign currency impacts on non-operating assets and liabilities.

        Interest expense.    Interest expense increased by $104.2 million, or 338%, from $30.8 million in 2017 to $135.1 million in 2018, primarily due to increased borrowings and refinancing charges of $23.8 million.

        Income from discontinued operations.    Income from our discontinued operations increased from a loss of $6.2 million in 2017 to income of $0.3 million in 2018 as the disposition of our Engineered Solutions businesses was completed.

        Provision for (benefit from) income taxes.    The following table summarizes the benefit for income taxes in 2018 and 2017:

	For the year ended December 31, 2018			For the year ended December 31, 2017
	(in thousands)
Tax expense (benefit)	$	48,920		$	(10,781	)
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes		902,808		$	3,431
Effective tax rates		5.4	%		(314.2	)%

        The effective tax rate for fiscal 2018 was 5.4% and primarily reflects a $93.1 million benefit related to the partial release of the valuation allowance recorded against U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets. Our accounting for the impacts of the Tax Act as they relate to the amounts provided in 2017 has been finalized according to the guidance provided in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which was issued on December 22, 2017.

        During 2018 the effective tax rate differs from the U.S. statutory rate of 21% due to the partial release of a valuation allowance recorded against the deferred tax asset related to U.S. federal and state tax attributes as well as worldwide earnings from various countries taxed at different rates.

        The tax expense changed from a benefit of $(10.8) million, for an effective tax rate of (314.2)% for the year ended December 31, 2017 to a tax charge of $48.9 million for a 5.4% effective rate for the year ended December 31, 2018. This change in the effective tax rate is primarily due to the increase in earnings, the shift in the jurisdictional mix of earnings and losses from year to year, and offset by a partial release of a valuation allowance recorded against the deferred tax asset related to U.S. tax attributes. Certain jurisdictions shifted from pre-tax losses in 2017 to pretax earnings in 2018. The effective tax rate for 2017 reflects the release of $16 million of valuation allowance reserve established against our GrafTech Switzerland net deferred tax assets. A $54.1 million charge related to the impact of the Tax Act was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2017 but was offset by a release of a valuation allowance reserve on the deferred tax assets. See Note 14, "Income Taxes," of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

58

Production Capacity

        Our graphite electrode plant production capacity in 2018 was 180,000 MT excluding our St. Marys facility, which has been idled since the second quarter of 2016, except for machining of semi-finished products sourced from other plants. Beginning in the first quarter of 2018, our St. Marys facility began graphitizing a limited amount of electrodes sourced from our Monterrey, Mexico facility. Our capacity increased in the fourth quarter of 2018 as a result of the completion of our debottlenecking initiative. Excluding our St. Marys facility, our 2019 capacity will be 202,000 MT, an increase of approximately 20% over 2018.

Results of operations for 2017 as compared to 2016

	For the year ended December 31,
							Increase/ Decrease			% Change
(in thousands)	2017			2016
Net sales	$	550,771		$	437,963		$	112,808			26	%
Cost of sales		461,545			449,228			12,317			3	%
Additions to lower of cost or market inventory reserve		1,509			18,974			(17,465	)		(92	)%
Gross profit (loss)		87,717			(30,239	)		117,956			(390	)%
Research and development		3,456			2,534			922			36	%
Selling and administrative expenses		52,506			58,515			(6,009	)		(10	)%
Impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill		—			2,843			(2,843	)		N/A
Operating income (loss)		31,755			(94,131	)		125,886			(134	)%
Other expense (income), net		(2,104	)		(4,266	)		2,162			(51	)%
Interest expense		30,823			26,914			3,909			15	%
Interest income		(395	)		(358	)		(37	)		10	%
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes		3,431			(116,421	)		119,852			(103	)%
Benefit from income taxes		(10,781	)		(7,552	)		(3,229	)		43	%
Net income (loss) from continuing operations		14,212		$	(108,869	)		123,081			(113	)%
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax		(6,229	)		(126,974	)		120,745			(95	)%
Net income (loss)	$	7,983		$	(235,843	)	$	243,826			(103	)%

        Net sales.    Net sales increased by $112.8 million, or 26%, from $438.0 million in 2016 to $550.8 million in 2017. This increase was driven by a 19% increase in weighted average realized price for graphite electrodes and a 6.5% increase in sales volume in 2017 compared to 2016. The increases in weighted average sales price and sales volume were driven by increased demand for graphite electrodes due to recent general economic and industry conditions. In particular, prices decreased throughout 2016 and into the first quarter of 2017, but began to increase in the third quarter of 2017. The weighted average sales price increased an additional 42% from the third quarter to the fourth quarter of 2017.

        Cost of sales.    Cost of sales increased by $12.3 million, or 3%, from $449.2 million in 2016 to $461.5 million in 2017. Increased sales volume of graphite electrodes was the primary driver of this increase resulting in additional cost of sales of $15.1 million.

        Lower of cost or market inventory adjustment.    We incurred an inventory adjustment to reduce inventory to the lower of cost or market of $19.0 million in 2016 for certain product lines within our graphite electrode business. Improved pricing and lower costs in 2017 lessened the need for these charges.

59

        Research and development.    Research and development expenses increased by $0.9 million, or 36% from $2.4 million in 2016 to $3.5 million in 2017, primarily due to the write-off of certain research and development fixed assets in connection with our decision to stop research on a project.

        Selling and administrative expenses.    Selling and administrative expenses decreased by $6.0 million, or 10%, from $57.8 million in 2016 to $52.5 million in 2017. This decrease was driven primarily by continued cost reduction efforts, which were achieved by simplifying our corporate structure.

        Other (income) expense.    Other expense was unchanged from 2016 to 2017. Increases from non-cash foreign currency impacts on non-operating assets and liabilities were offset by an increase in pension and OPEB mark-to-market gains of $1.7 million and interest income received as part of the resolution of a value added tax (or VAT) dispute in a foreign jurisdiction.

        Interest expense.    Interest expense increased by $3.9 million, or 15%, from $26.9 million in 2016 to $30.8 million in 2017, primarily due to the increased effective interest rate on our Old Revolving Credit Facility.

        Loss from discontinued operations.    Loss from our discontinued operations decreased by $120.7 million, or 95%, from $127.0 million in 2016 to $6.2 million in 2017. The decrease in loss was primarily due to a $119.9 million impairment charge to align the carrying value of assets held for sale to their estimated fair value in 2016.

        Benefit from income taxes.    The following table summarizes the benefit for income taxes in 2017 and 2016:

	For the year ended December 31, 2017			For the year ended December 31, 2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Tax benefit	$	(10,781	)	$	(7,552	)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes	$	3,431		$	(116,421	)
Effective tax rates		(314.2	)%		6.5	%

        The effective tax rate for 2017 was (314.2)% and primarily reflects the release of $16 million of valuation allowance reserve established against our GrafTech Switzerland net deferred tax assets. This effective tax rate also reflects a $54.1 million charge related to the impact of the Tax Act that was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2017 but was offset by a release of a valuation allowance reserve on the deferred tax assets. The $54.1 million charge includes a $52.2 million charge related to the revaluation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the reduction of the U.S. corporate tax rate and $39.6 million of transition tax, partially offset by $37.7 million of additional foreign tax credit related to the transition tax on unrepatriated earnings.

        During 2016, the effective tax rate differed from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the losses incurred in the United States (and in Switzerland in 2016), where we receive no tax benefit due to a full valuation allowance, and taxes on worldwide earnings from various other countries. The recognition of the valuation allowance does not result in or limit our ability to utilize these tax assets in the future.

        The tax expense changed from a benefit of $7.6 million, for an effective tax rate of 6.5% for the year ended December 31, 2016 to a tax benefit of $10.8 million for a (314)% effective rate for the year ended December 31, 2017. This change in the effective tax rate is primarily related to a shift in the jurisdictional mix of earnings and losses from year to year. Certain foreign jurisdictions shifted from pre-tax losses in 2016 to pre-tax earnings in 2017 (including Switzerland, where a tax benefit was reflected in the 2017 effective tax rate) while the contribution of U.S. pre-tax losses, for which we

60

receive no tax benefit, decreased from 2016 to 2017. See Note 14, "Income Taxes," of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

Production capacity

        Our graphite electrode plant production capacity in 2017 was 195,000 MT including our St. Marys facility, which has been temporarily idled since the second quarter of 2016. Due to the idling of St. Marys, our production capacity declined to 176,000 MT in 2016 and 167,000 MT in 2017. This production capacity reduction concentrated our manufacturing capabilities at our lowest cost, highest efficiency facilities. This, coupled with a recovery in customer demand, resulted in an increase to our capacity utilization, excluding the St. Marys facility, from 85% in 2016 to 99% in 2017.

Effects of inflation

        We incur costs in the United States and each of the non-U.S. countries in which we have a manufacturing facility. In general, our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition are affected by the effects of inflation on our costs incurred in each of these countries.

Currency translation and transactions

        We translate the assets and liabilities of our non-U.S. subsidiaries into U.S. dollars for consolidation and reporting purposes in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 830, Foreign Currency Matters. Foreign currency translation adjustments are generally recorded as part of stockholders' equity and identified as part of accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Balance Sheets until such time as their operations are sold or substantially or completely liquidated.

        We account for our Russian, Swiss, Luxembourg and Mexican subsidiaries using the dollar as the functional currency, as sales and purchases are predominantly dollar-denominated. Our remaining subsidiaries use their local currency as their functional currency.

        We also record foreign currency transaction gains and losses from non-permanent intercompany balances as part of cost of sales and other (income) expense, net.

        Significant changes in currency exchange rates impacting us are described under "Effects of Changes in Currency Exchange Rates" and "Results of Operations."

Liquidity and capital resources

        Our sources of funds have consisted principally of cash flow from operations and debt, including our credit facilities (subject to continued compliance with the financial covenants and representations). Our uses of those funds (other than for operations) have consisted principally of dividends, capital expenditures, scheduled debt repayments, optional debt prepayments, share repurchases and other obligations. Disruptions in the U.S. and international financial markets could adversely affect our liquidity and the cost and availability of financing to us in the future.

        We believe that we have adequate liquidity to meet our needs. As of December 31, 2018, we had liquidity of $295.4 million consisting of $245.5 million of availability on our 2018 Revolving Facility (subject to continued compliance with the financial covenants and representations) and cash and cash equivalents of $49.9 million. We had long-term debt of $2,050.3 million and short-term debt of $106.3 million as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2017, we had liquidity of $165.2 million consisting of $151.8 million available on our Old Revolving Facility (subject to compliance with the financial covenants and representations and adjusting for the $25 million minimum liquidity requirement) and cash and cash equivalents of $13.4 million. We had long-term debt of $322.9 million and short-term debt of $16.5 million as of December 31, 2017.

61

        As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, $38.4 million and $12.6 million, respectively, of our cash and cash equivalents were located outside of the United States. We repatriate funds from our foreign subsidiaries through dividends. All of our subsidiaries face the customary statutory limitation that distributed dividends do not exceed the amount of retained and current earnings. In addition, for our subsidiary in South Africa, the South Africa Central Bank imposes that certain solvency and liquidity ratios remain above defined levels after the dividend distribution, which historically has not materially affected our ability to repatriate cash from this jurisdiction. The cash and cash equivalents balances in South Africa were $0.2 million and $1.8 million as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Upon repatriation to the United States, the foreign source portion of dividends we receive from our foreign subsidiaries is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax as a result of the Tax Act.

        Cash flow and plans to manage liquidity.    Our cash flow typically fluctuates significantly between quarters due to various factors. These factors include customer order patterns, fluctuations in working capital requirements, timing of capital expenditures and other factors. We had positive cash flow from operating activities during 2018, 2017 and 2016. Although the global economic environment experienced significant swings in these periods, our working capital management and cost-control initiatives allowed us to remain operating cash-flow positive in both times of declining and improving operating results. Cash from operations is expected to remain at positive sustained levels due to the predictable earnings generated by our three-to-five-year sales contracts with our customers.

        As of December 31, 2018, we had access to the $250 million 2018 Revolving Facility. We had $4.5 million of letters of credit, for a total availability on the 2018 Revolving Facility of $245.5 million. As of December 31, 2017, we had $39.5 million of borrowings and $8.7 million of letters of credit, for a total of $48.2 million drawn against the Old Revolving Credit Facility. We also had $0.5 million of surety bonds outstanding as of both December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

        On February 12, 2018, we entered into the 2018 Credit Agreement, which provides for the 2018 Revolving Facility and the 2018 Term Loan Facility. On February 12, 2018, our wholly owned subsidiary, GrafTech Finance, borrowed $1,500 million under the 2018 Term Loan Facility. The funds received were used to pay off our outstanding debt, including borrowings under our Old Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes and accrued interest relating to those borrowings and the Senior Notes, declare and pay a dividend of $1,112.0 million to the selling stockholder, pay fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith and for other general corporate purposes.

        On April 19, 2018, we declared a dividend in the form of the Brookfield Promissory Note to the sole pre-IPO stockholder. The $750 million Brookfield Promissory Note was conditioned upon (i) the Senior Secured First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), as calculated based on our final financial results for the first quarter of 2018, being equal to or less than 1.75 to 1.00, (ii) no Default or Event of Default (each as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement) having occurred and continuing or that would result from the $750 million Brookfield Promissory Note and (iii) the satisfaction of the conditions described in (i) and (ii) above occurring within 60 days from the dividend record date. Upon publication of our first quarter report on Form 10-Q, these conditions were met and, as a result, the Brookfield Promissory Note became payable.

        The Brookfield Promissory Note had a maturity of eight years from the date of issuance and bore interest at a rate equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined in the Brookfield Promissory Note) plus an applicable margin equal to 4.50% per annum, with an additional 2.00% per annum starting from the third anniversary from the date of issuance. We were permitted to make voluntary prepayments at any time without premium or penalty. All obligations under the Brookfield Promissory Note were unsecured and guaranteed by all of our existing and future domestic wholly owned subsidiaries that guarantee, or are borrowers under, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. No funds were lent or otherwise contributed to us by the selling stockholder in connection with the Brookfield Promissory Note. As a result, we received no consideration in connection with its issuance. As described below, the Brookfield Promissory Note was repaid, in full, on June 15, 2018.

62

        On April 19, 2018, we declared a $160 million cash dividend payable to the selling stockholder. Payment of this dividend was conditional upon (i) the Senior Secured First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), as calculated based on our final financial results for the first quarter of 2018, being equal to or less than 1.75 to 1.00, (ii) no Default or Event of Default (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement) having occurred and continuing or that would result from the payment of the dividend and (iii) the payment occurring within 60 days from the dividend record date. The conditions of this dividend were met upon filing of our first quarter report on Form 10-Q and the dividend was paid on May 8, 2018.

        On June 15, 2018, GrafTech entered into the First Amendment to its 2018 Credit Agreement. The First Amendment amends the 2018 Credit Agreement to provide for the additional $750 million in aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Term Loans to GrafTech Finance. The Incremental Term Loans increase the aggregate principal amount of term loans incurred by GrafTech Finance under the 2018 Credit Agreement from $1,500 million to $2,250 million. The Incremental Term Loans have the same terms as those applicable to the existing term loans under the 2018 Credit Agreement, including interest rate, payment and prepayment terms, representations and warranties and covenants. The Incremental Term Loans mature on February 12, 2025, the same date as the existing term loans. GrafTech paid an upfront fee of 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Term Loans on the effective date of the First Amendment. The proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans were used to repay, in full, the $750 million in principal outstanding on the Brookfield Promissory Note.

        On August 13, 2018, the Company repurchased 11,688,311 shares directly from the selling stockholder. These shares were retired upon repurchase. The price per share paid by the Company was equal to the price at which the underwriters purchased the shares from the selling stockholder in the selling stockholder's August 2018 public secondary offering of 23,000,000 shares of our common stock, net of underwriting commissions and discounts. GrafTech funded the share repurchase from cash on hand.

        We currently pay a quarterly cash dividend of $0.085 per share, or an aggregate of $0.34 per share on an annualized basis. For the quarterly period ending June 30, 2018, we paid a prorated cash dividend for the period beginning on the closing date of the IPO and ending on the last day of that period totaling $19.5 million. On September 28, 2018, and December 31, 2018 we paid our regular quarterly dividend of $.085 per share or $24.7 million per quarter. Additionally, on December 31, 2018, we paid a special dividend of $0.70 per share totaling $203.4 million.

        There can be no assurance that we will pay dividends in the future in these amounts or at all. Our Board of Directors may change the timing and amount of any future dividend payments or eliminate the payment of future dividends in its sole discretion, without any prior notice to our stockholders. Our ability to pay dividends will depend upon many factors, including our financial position and liquidity, results of operations, legal requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by the terms of our current and future credit facilities and other debt obligations and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

        Potential uses of our liquidity include dividends, share repurchases, capital expenditures, acquisitions, scheduled debt repayments, optional debt prepayments and other general purposes. Continued volatility in the global economy may require additional borrowings under the 2018 Revolving Facility. An improving economy, while resulting in improved results of operations, could increase our cash requirements to purchase inventories, make capital expenditures and fund payables and other obligations until increased accounts receivable are converted into cash. A downturn could significantly and negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows, which, coupled with increased borrowings, could negatively impact our credit ratings, our ability to comply with debt covenants, our ability to secure additional financing and the cost of such financing, if available.

63

        On February 13, 2019, we repaid $125 million on our 2018 Term Loan Facility. We currently expect debt repayments of approximately the same amount in future quarters of 2019.

        In order to seek to minimize our credit risks, we may reduce our sales of, or refuse to sell (except for cash on delivery or under letters of credit or parent guarantees), our products to some customers and potential customers. Our unrecovered trade receivables worldwide have not been material during the last two years individually or in the aggregate.

        We manage our capital expenditures by taking into account quality, plant reliability, safety, environmental and regulatory requirements, prudent or essential maintenance requirements, global economic conditions, available capital resources, liquidity, long-term business strategy and return on invested capital for the relevant expenditures, cost of capital and return on invested capital of the Company as a whole and other factors.

        In the event that operating cash flows fail to provide sufficient liquidity to meet our business needs, including capital expenditures, any such shortfall would need to be made up by increased borrowings under our 2018 Revolving Facility, to the extent available.

        Related Party Transactions.    We have engaged in transactions with affiliates or related parties during the twelve months ended December 31, 2018. These transactions include payment of dividends to Brookfield and entrance into and repayment of the Brookfield Promissory Note, and entrance into the Tax Receivable Agreement, Stockholders Rights Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement and Share Repurchase Agreement, each with Brookfield. On August 13, 2018, in conjunction with a follow-on offering, we purchased 11,688,311 shares directly from Brookfield at a price of $19.25 per share for a total of $225 million. Additionally, during 2016, Brookfield purchased on the open market in aggregate approximately $53 million of the Senior Notes. We redeemed our Senior Notes on February 12, 2018.

        We have also reimbursed certain costs incurred by Brookfield as required under the Investment Agreement dated May 4, 2015 between Brookfield and GrafTech, including in connection with, transactions with our current or former subsidiaries, compensatory transactions with directors and officers including employee benefits (including reimbursement to Brookfield for compensation costs incurred by it for certain personnel who devote substantially all of their working time to us), stock option and restricted stock grants, compensation deferral, stock purchases, and customary indemnification and expense advancement arrangements.

        One of our independent directors purchased an aggregate of 5,000 shares of common stock in April 2018 in our IPO. Another one of our independent directors purchase an aggregate of 3,750 shares of common stock in May and June 2018.

Cash flows

        Cash flows include cash flows from both continuing and discontinued operations.

        The following table summarizes our cash flow activities:

	For the year ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
	(Dollars in millions)
Cash flow provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	836.6		$	36.6		$	22.8
Investing activities		(67.3	)		(2.2	)		(10.5	)
Financing activities		(731.0	)		(33.0	)		(8.3	)

64

Operating activities

        Cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities represents cash receipts and cash disbursements related to all of our activities other than investing and financing activities. Operating cash flow is derived by adjusting net income (loss) for:

•

Non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization, impairment, post-retirement obligations and pension plan changes;

•

Gains and losses attributed to investing and financing activities such as gains and losses on the sale of assets and unrealized currency transaction gains and losses; and

•

Changes in operating assets and liabilities which reflect timing differences between the receipt and payment of cash associated with transactions and when they are recognized in results of operations.

        The net impact of the changes in working capital (operating assets and liabilities) include the impact of changes in: receivables, inventories, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, accrued taxes, interest payable and payments of other current liabilities.

        In the year ended December 31, 2018, changes in working capital resulted in a net use of funds of $177.8 million which was impacted by:

•

use of funds of $139.2 million from the increase in accounts receivable, which was due primarily to increased sales driven by higher sales prices, partially offset by improved collection terms;

•

use of funds from increases in inventory of $126.4 million due to the increased price of raw materials and higher production levels;

•

source of funds of $7.1 million from decreased prepaid and other current assets primarily resulting from commodity hedge collections and a reduction in advanced payments to suppliers;

•

source of funds of $67.1 million resulting from an increase in income taxes payable driven by higher profits in 2018; and

•

source of funds of $15.7 million from increases in accounts payable and other accruals primarily driven by increased raw material costs.

        Other uses of cash in the year ended December 31, 2018 included cash paid for interest of $108.0 million, $21.4 million of cash paid for taxes and contributions to pension and other benefit plans of $7.5 million.

        In the year ended December 31, 2017, changes in working capital resulted in a net use of funds of $20.0 million which was impacted by:

•

use of funds of $29.8 million from the increase in accounts receivable, which was due primarily to increased sales driven by higher sales prices;

•

use of funds from increases in inventory of $15.6 million primarily due to the increased price of raw materials;

•

use of funds of $10.6 million from increased prepaid and other current assets resulting from increased value-added tax receivables in foreign jurisdictions; and

•

source of funds of $36.4 million from increases in accounts payable and other accruals primarily driven by customer deposits associated with our new three-to five-year take-or-pay contracts and the timing of payments for other liabilities.

65

        Other uses of cash in the year ended December 31, 2017 included contributions to pension and other benefit plans of $8.8 million, cash paid for interest of $25.3 million and $3.5 million of cash paid for taxes.

        In the year ended December 31, 2016, changes in working capital resulted in a net source of funds of $68.6 million which was impacted by:

•

source of funds of $3.4 million from the decrease in accounts receivable, which was due primarily to the timing of sales and payment collections during the year;

•

source of funds from inventory reductions of $53.5 million primarily due to the planned reduction of inventory levels built up in prior years;

•

source of funds of $15.8 million from increases in accounts payable; and

•

use of funds of $2.8 million for the settlement of rationalization related liabilities.

        Other uses of cash in the year ended December 31, 2016 included contributions to pension and other benefit plans of $11.0 million, cash paid for interest of $23.6 million and $3.3 million of cash paid for taxes.

Investing activities

        Net cash used in investing activities was $67.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 and included capital expenditures of $68.2 million partially offset by proceeds from the sale of fixed assets of $0.9 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities was $2.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2017 and included capital expenditures of $34.7 million, of which $0.5 million were maintenance capital expenditures for discontinued operations. This use of cash was partially offset by cash proceeds from the sale of our Engineered Solutions businesses in 2017 of $27.3 million and proceeds from the sale of fixed assets of $5.2 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities was $10.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 and included capital expenditures of $27.9 million, of which $4.7 million were maintenance capital expenditures for discontinued operations, proceeds from the sale of fixed assets of $1.1 million and cash inflows of $15.9 million from the divestiture of our Fiber Materials Inc. business.

Financing activities

        Net cash outflow from financing activities was $731.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2018, which was the net impact of our February 12, 2018 refinancing and subsequent amendment, proceeds of which were used to repay outstanding debt, pay dividends of $1,112 million to Brookfield and repay the $750 million Brookfield Promissory Note to Brookfield. We also repurchased $225 million of our common stock from Brookfield on August 13, 2018. Since our IPO, we have paid a conditional dividend of $160 million to Brookfield, quarterly dividends on common stock of $68.9 million and a special dividend on common stock of $203.4 million.

        Net cash used in financing activities was $33.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, resulting from net payments on our Old Revolving Credit Facility.

        Net cash used in financing activities was $8.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2016 and included net payments on our Old Revolving Credit Facility of $7.1 million and net payments of $0.9 million for refinancing fees.

        As a part of our cash management activities, we manage accounts receivable credit risk, collections, and accounts payable vendor terms to maximize our free cash at any given time and minimize accounts receivable losses.

66

Financing transactions

Old Credit Facility

        On April 23, 2014, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (or Old Credit Agreement) with a borrowing capacity of $400 million and a maturity date of April 2019 (or Old Revolving Facility). On February 27, 2015, GrafTech and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a further Amended and Restated Credit Agreement that provided for, among other things, greater financial flexibility and a $40 million senior secured delayed draw term loan facility (or the Old Term Loan Facility). The Old Revolving Facility and Old Term Loan Facility both had maturity dates of April 2019.

        On July 28, 2015, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to change the terms regarding the occurrence of a default upon a change in control (which was defined thereunder to include the acquisition by any person of more than 25 percent of the Company's outstanding shares) to exclude the acquisition of shares by Brookfield. In addition, effective upon such acquisition, the financial covenants were eased, resulting in increased availability under the Old Revolving Facility. The size of the Old Revolving Facility was also reduced from $400 million to $375 million. The size of the Old Term Loan Facility remained at $40 million.

        On April 27, 2016, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an amendment to the Old Revolving Facility. The size of the Old Revolving Facility was permanently reduced from $375 million to $225 million. New covenants were also added to the Old Revolving Facility, including a requirement to make mandatory repayments of outstanding amounts under the Old Revolving Facility and the Old Term Loan Facility with the proceeds of any sale of all or any substantial part of the assets included in the Engineered Solutions segment and a requirement to maintain minimum liquidity (consisting of domestic cash, cash equivalents and availability under the Old Revolving Facility) in excess of $25 million. The covenants were also modified to provide for: the elimination of certain exceptions to the Company's negative covenants limiting the Company's ability to make certain investments, sell assets, make restricted payments, incur liens, incur debt and prepay or redeem other indebtedness; a restriction on the amount of cash and cash equivalents permitted to be held on the balance sheet at any one time without paying down the Old Revolving Facility and the Old Term Loan Facility; and changes to the Company's financial covenants so that until the earlier of March 31, 2019 or the Company had $75 million in trailing twelve month EBITDA (as defined in the Old Revolving Facility), the Company was required to maintain trailing twelve month EBITDA above certain minimums ranging from ($40 million) to $35 million, after which the Company's existing financial covenants under the Old Revolving Facility would apply.

        With this amendment, the Company had full access to the $225 million Old Revolving Facility, subject to the $25 million minimum liquidity requirement. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had $39.5 million of borrowings on the Old Revolving Facility and $8.7 million of letters of credit drawn against the Old Credit Facility.

        The $40 million Old Term Loan Facility was fully drawn on August 11, 2015. The balance of the Old Term Loan Facility was $18.7 million as of December 31, 2017.

        The interest rate applicable to the Old Revolving Facility and Old Term Loan Facility was LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 2.25% to 4.75% (depending on the Company's total senior secured leverage ratio). The borrowers paid a per annum fee ranging from 0.35% to 0.70% (depending on the Company's senior secured leverage ratio) on the undrawn portion of the commitments under the Old Revolving Facility.

67

        As described below, the outstanding indebtedness under the Old Revolving Credit Facility and the Old Term Loan was repaid as of February 12, 2018 and all commitments thereunder have been terminated.

Refinancing

        On February 12, 2018, the Company entered into the 2018 Credit Agreement among the Company, GrafTech Finance Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of GrafTech Finance, GrafTech Switzerland SA, a Swiss corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of GrafTech (or Swissco), GrafTech Luxembourg II S.à.r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée and a wholly owned subsidiary of GrafTech (or Luxembourg Holdco and, together with GrafTech Finance and Swissco, the Co-Borrowers), the lenders and issuing banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent (the Administrative Agent) and as collateral agent, which provides for (i) a $1,500 million 2018 Term Loan Facility and (ii) a $250 million 2018 Revolving Credit Facility, which may be used from time to time for revolving credit borrowings denominated in dollars or Euro, the issuance of one or more letters of credit denominated in dollars, Euro, Pounds Sterling or Swiss Francs and one or more swing line loans denominated in dollars. GrafTech Finance is the sole borrower under the 2018 Term Loan Facility while GrafTech Finance, Swissco and Lux Holdco are Co-Borrowers under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility. On February 12, 2018, GrafTech Finance borrowed $1,500 million under the 2018 Term Loans. The 2018 Term Loans mature on February 12, 2025. The maturity date for the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility is February 12, 2023.

        The proceeds of the 2018 Term Loans were used to (i) repay in full all outstanding indebtedness of the Co-Borrowers under the Old Credit Agreement and terminate all commitments thereunder, (ii) redeem in full the Senior Notes at a redemption price of 101.594% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, (iii) pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with (i) and (ii) above and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and related expenses, and (iv) declare and pay a dividend to the sole pre-IPO stockholder, with any remainder to be used for general corporate purposes. See Note 8, "Interest Expense," of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a breakdown of expenses associated with these repayments. In connection with the repayment of the Old Credit Agreement and redemption of the Senior Notes, all guarantees of obligations under the Old Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes and related indenture were terminated, all mortgages and other security interests securing obligations under the Old Credit Agreement were released and the Old Credit Agreement and the indenture were terminated.

        Borrowings under the 2018 Term Loan Facility bear interest, at GrafTech Finance's option, at a rate equal to either (i) the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), plus an applicable margin initially equal to 3.50% per annum or (ii) the ABR Rate (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), plus an applicable margin initially equal to 2.50% per annum, in each case with one step down of 25 basis points based on achievement of certain public ratings of the 2018 Term Loans.

        Borrowings under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility bear interest, at the applicable Co-Borrower's option, at a rate equal to either (i) the Adjusted LIBO Rate, plus an applicable margin initially equal to 3.75% per annum or (ii) the ABR Rate, plus an applicable margin initially equal to 2.75% per annum, in each case with two 25 basis point step downs based on achievement of certain senior secured first lien net leverage ratios. In addition, the Co-Borrowers will be required to pay a quarterly commitment fee on the unused commitments under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility in an amount equal to 0.25% per annum.

        For borrowings under both the 2018 Term Loan Facility and the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility, if the Administrative Agent determines that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or the

68

relevant authority has made a public statement identifying a date after which the LIBO Rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then the Administrative Agent and the Co-Borrowers shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest, which shall be effective so long as the majority in interest of the lenders for each Class (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement) of loans under the 2018 Credit Agreement do not notify the Administrative Agent otherwise. Until such an alternate rate of interest is determined, (a) any request for a borrowing denominated in dollars based on the Adjusted LIBO Rate will be deemed to be a request for a borrowing at the ABR Rate plus the applicable margin for an ABR Rate borrowing of such loan while any request for a borrowing denominated in any other currency will be ineffective and (b) any outstanding borrowings based on the Adjusted LIBO Rate denominated in dollars will be converted to a borrowing at the ABR Rate plus the applicable margin for an ABR Rate borrowing of such loan while any outstanding borrowings denominated in any other currency will be repaid.

        All obligations under the 2018 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by GrafTech, GrafTech Finance and each domestic subsidiary of GrafTech, subject to certain customary exceptions, and all obligations under the 2018 Credit Agreement of each foreign subsidiary of GrafTech that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation (within the meaning of Section 956 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the Code)) are guaranteed by GrafTech Luxembourg I S.à.r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of GrafTech (or Luxembourg Parent), Luxembourg Holdco and Swissco (collectively, the Guarantors).

        All obligations under the 2018 Credit Agreement are secured, subject to certain exceptions and Excluded Assets (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), by: (i) a pledge of all of the equity securities of GrafTech Finance and each domestic Guarantor (other than GrafTech) and of each other direct, wholly owned domestic subsidiary of GrafTech and any Guarantor, (ii) a pledge on no more than 65% of the equity interests of each subsidiary that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation (within the meaning of Section 956 of the Code), and (iii) security interests in, and mortgages on, personal property and material real property of GrafTech Finance and each domestic Guarantor, subject to permitted liens and certain exceptions specified in the 2018 Credit Agreement. The obligations of each foreign subsidiary of GrafTech that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility are secured by (i) a pledge of all of the equity securities of each Guarantor that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation and of each direct, wholly owned subsidiary of any Guarantor that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation, and (ii) security interests in certain receivables and personal property of each Guarantor that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation, subject to permitted liens and certain exceptions specified in the 2018 Credit Agreement.

        The 2018 Term Loans amortize at a rate equal to 5% per annum of the original principal amount of the 2018 Term Loans payable in equal quarterly installments, with the remainder due at maturity. The Co-Borrowers are permitted to make voluntary prepayments at any time without premium or penalty, except in the case of prepayments made in connection with certain repricing transactions with respect to the 2018 Term Loans effected within twelve months of the closing date of the 2018 Credit Agreement, to which a 1.00% prepayment premium applies. GrafTech Finance is required to make prepayments under the 2018 Term Loans (without payment of a premium) with (i) net cash proceeds from non-ordinary course asset sales (subject to customary reinvestment rights and other customary exceptions and exclusions), and (ii) commencing with the Company's fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, 75% of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), subject to step-downs to 50% and 0% of Excess Cash Flow based on achievement of a senior secured first lien net leverage ratio greater than 1.25 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 1.75 to 1.00 and less than or equal to 1.25 to 1.00, respectively. Scheduled quarterly amortization payments of the 2018 Term Loans during any calendar year reduce, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the amount of the required Excess Cash Flow prepayment for such calendar year, and the aggregate amount of Excess Cash Flow prepayments for

69

any calendar year reduce subsequent quarterly amortization payments of the 2018 Term Loans as directed by GrafTech Finance.

        The 2018 Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants applicable to GrafTech and restricted subsidiaries, including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, investments, fundamental changes, dispositions, and dividends and other distributions. The 2018 Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that requires GrafTech to maintain a senior secured first lien net leverage ratio not greater than 4.00:1.00 when the aggregate principal amount of borrowings under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility and outstanding letters of credit issued under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility (except for undrawn letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to or less than $35 million), taken together, exceed 35% of the total amount of commitments under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility. The 2018 Credit Agreement also contains customary events of default.

Brookfield Promissory Note

        On April 19, 2018, we declared a dividend in the form of a $750 million promissory note (the Brookfield Promissory Note) to the sole pre-IPO stockholder. The $750 million Brookfield Promissory Note was conditioned upon (i) the Senior Secured First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), as calculated based on our final financial results for the first quarter of 2018, being equal to or less than 1.75 to 1.00, (ii) no Default or Event of Default (each as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement) having occurred and continuing or that would result from the $750 million Brookfield Promissory Note and (iii) the satisfaction of the conditions occurring within 60 days from the dividend record date. Upon publication of our first quarter report on Form 10-Q, these conditions were met and, as a result, the Brookfield Promissory Note became payable.

        The Brookfield Promissory Note had a maturity of eight years from the date of issuance and bore interest at a rate equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined in the Brookfield Promissory Note) plus an applicable margin equal to 4.50% per annum, with an additional 2.00% per annum starting from the third anniversary from the date of issuance. We were permitted to make voluntary prepayments at any time without premium or penalty. All obligations under the Brookfield Promissory Note were unsecured and guaranteed by all of our existing and future domestic wholly owned subsidiaries that guarantee, or are borrowers under, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. No funds were lent or otherwise contributed to us by the pre-IPO stockholder in connection with the Brookfield Promissory Note. As a result, we received no consideration in connection with its issuance. As described below, the Promissory Note was repaid in full on June 15, 2018.

First Amendment to 2018 Credit Agreement

        On June 15, 2018, the Company entered into a first amendment (the First Amendment) to its 2018 Credit Agreement. The First Amendment amended the 2018 Credit Agreement to provide for an additional $750 million in aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Term Loans to GrafTech Finance. The Incremental Term Loans increased the aggregate principal amount of term loans incurred by GrafTech Finance under the 2018 Credit Agreement from $1,500 million to $2,250 million. The Incremental Term Loans have the same terms as those applicable to the 2018 Term Loans, including interest rate, payment and prepayment terms, representations and warranties and covenants. The Incremental Term Loans mature on February 12, 2025, the same date as the 2018 Term Loans. GrafTech paid an upfront fee of 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Term Loans on the effective date of the First Amendment.

        The proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans were used to repay, in full, the $750 million of principal outstanding on the Brookfield Promissory Note.

70

Fixed rate obligations

        As of December 31, 2018, all of our debt was based on variable interest rates. As of December 31, 2017, approximately 83% of our debt consisted of fixed rate or zero interest rate obligations.

        Long-Term Contractual, Commercial and Other Obligations and Commitments.    The following tables summarize our long-term contractual obligations and other commercial commitments as of December 31, 2018.

	Payments Due by Year Ending December 31,
	Total		2019		2020 - 2021		2022 - 2023		2024+
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Contractual and Other Obligations
2018 Term Loan Facility(a)	$	2,194,642	$	112,644	$	225,287	$	225,287	$	1,631,424
Interest on Long-term Debt(b)		720,695		131,830		250,884		223,719		114,262
Leases		9,665		4,474		4,244		604		343
Total contractual obligations		2,925,002		248,948		480,415		449,610		1,746,029
Postretirement, pension and related benefits(c)		117,117		11,732		23,165		23,061		59,159
Committed purchase obligations(d)		53,000		53,000		—		—		—
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement(e)		86,478		—		44,380		30,381		11,717
Other long-term obligations		11,149		5,966		3,966		78		1,139
Uncertain income tax provisions		1,990		1,990		—		—		—
Total contractual and other obligations(f)	$	3,194,736	$	321,636	$	551,926	$	503,130	$	1,818,044
Other Commercial Commitments
Guarantees(g)		932		932		—		—		—
Total other commercial commitments	$	932	$	932	$	—	$	—	$	—

(a)

The Company entered into the 2018 Credit Agreement, which provided for the 2018 Term Loan Facility and 2018 Revolving Credit Facility. The proceeds of the 2018 Term Loan Facility were used to redeem the Senior Notes, repay outstanding indebtedness under the amended and restated credit agreement dated February 27, 2015, pay fees and expenses relating to the redemption of the Senior Notes and repayment of such indebtedness and pay a dividend. The 2018 Term Loan Facility has an outstanding balance of $2,194 million and matures on February 12, 2025. The term loan bears interest at a rate equal to either the Adjusted LIBO Rate, plus an applicable margin initially equal to 3.50% per annum or the ABR Rate, plus an applicable margin initially equal to 2.50% per annum, in each case with one step down of 75 basis points based on achievement of certain public ratings of the 2018 Term Loans (see "Liquidity and capital resources" for full details of this transaction).

(b)

Represented estimated interest payments required on 2018 Term Loan Facility using a monthly LIBOR curve through February 2025.

(c)

Represents estimated postretirement, pension and related benefits obligations based on actuarial calculations.

(d)

Represents committed purchases of raw materials.

(e)

Represents Brookfield's right to receive future payments from us for 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal income tax and Swiss tax that we and our subsidiaries realize as a result of the utilization of certain tax assets attributable to periods prior to our IPO, including

71

certain federal net operating losses (or NOLs), previously taxed income under Section 959 of the Code, foreign tax credits, and certain NOLs in Swissco (collectively, the Pre-IPO Tax Assets). In addition, we will pay interest on the payments we will make to Brookfield with respect to the amount of these cash savings from the due date (without extensions) of our tax return where we realize these savings to the payment date at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum. The term of the TRA commenced on April 23, 2018 and will continue until there is no potential for any future tax benefit payments.

(f)

In addition, letters of credit of $4.5 million were issued under the Revolving Facility as of December 31, 2018.

(g)

Represents surety bonds, which are renewed annually, and other bank guarantees. If rates were unfavorable, we would use letters of credit under our revolving facility.

        Off-Balance sheet arrangements and commitments.    We have not undertaken or been a party to any material off-balance-sheet financing arrangements or other commitments (including non-exchange traded contracts), other than:

•

The notional amount of foreign exchange and commodity contracts;

•

Commitments under non-cancelable operating leases that, as of December 31, 2018, totaled no more than $4.5 million in each year and $9.7 million in the aggregate and as of December 31, 2018;

•

Letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Facility of $4.5 million as of December 31, 2018 and $8.7 million as of December 31, 2017; and

•

Surety bonds and guarantees with other banks totaling $0.9 million

        We are not affiliated with or related to any special purpose entity other than GrafTech Finance.

Costs relating to protection of the environment

        We have been and are subject to increasingly stringent environmental protection laws and regulations. In addition, we have an on-going commitment to rigorous internal environmental protection standards. Environmental considerations are part of all significant capital expenditure decisions. The following table sets forth certain information regarding environmental expenses and capital expenditures.

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Expenses relating to environmental protection	$	12,355	$	7,973	$	8,255
Capital expenditures related to environmental protection		4,080		2,080		1,693

Critical accounting policies

        Critical accounting policies are those that require difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. We use and rely on estimates in determining the economic useful lives of our assets, obligations under our employee benefit plans, provisions for doubtful accounts, provisions for restructuring charges and contingencies, tax valuation allowances, evaluation of goodwill, other intangible assets, pension and postretirement benefit obligations and various other recorded or disclosed amounts, including inventory valuations. Estimates require us to use our judgment. While we believe that our estimates for these matters are reasonable, if

72

the actual amount is significantly different than the estimated amount, our assets, liabilities or results of operations may be overstated or understated. The following accounting policies are deemed to be critical.

        Business combinations and goodwill.    The application of the purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions in the determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in order to properly allocate purchase price consideration between goodwill and assets that are depreciated and amortized. Our estimates of the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired are based on assumptions believed to be reasonable and, when appropriate, include assistance from independent third-party appraisal firms.

        As a result of our acquisition by Brookfield, we have a significant amount of goodwill. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, assignment of goodwill to reporting units and determination of the fair value of each reporting unit. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow methodology. This requires us to use significant judgment including estimation of future cash flows, which is based upon relevant market data, internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term growth for our business, the useful life over which cash flows will occur and determination of the weighted average cost of capital for purposes of establishing a discount rate.

        Refer to Note 1, "Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies," of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding our goodwill impairment testing.

        Employee benefit plans.    We sponsor various retirement and pension plans, including defined benefit and defined contribution plans and postretirement benefit plans that cover most employees worldwide. Excluding the defined contribution plans, accounting for these plans requires assumptions as to the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, expected salary increases and health care cost trend rate. See Note 12, "Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits," of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

        Impairments of long-lived assets.    We record impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when events and circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired and the future undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. Assets to be disposed are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Estimates of the future cash flows are subject to significant uncertainties and assumptions. If the actual value is significantly less than the estimated fair value, our assets may be overstated. Future events and circumstances, some of which are described below, may result in an impairment charge:

•

new technological developments that provide significantly enhanced benefits over our current technology;

•

significant negative economic or industry trends;

•

changes in our business strategy that alter the expected usage of the related assets; and

•

future economic results that are below our expectations used in the current assessments.

        Accounting for income taxes.    When we prepare the Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process requires us to make the following assessments:

•

estimate our actual current tax liability in each jurisdiction;

73

•

estimate our temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes (which result in deferred tax assets and liabilities that we include within the Consolidated Balance Sheets); and

•

assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, if we believe that recovery is not more likely than not, a valuation allowance is established.

        If our estimates are incorrect, our deferred tax assets or liabilities may be overstated or understated.

        As of December 31, 2018, we had a valuation allowance of $58.4 million against certain deferred tax assets. Our losses in certain tax jurisdictions in recent periods represented sufficient negative evidence to require a full valuation allowance. Until we determine that we will generate sufficient jurisdictional taxable income to realize our net operating losses and deferred tax assets, we continue to maintain a valuation allowance.

        Revenue recognition.    We adopted FASB ASC 606 effective January 1, 2018 and elected the modified retrospective transition method. Under this method, any cumulative effect of applying the new revenue standard for contracts not yet complete is recorded as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of the beginning of 2018. The comparative information for prior years will not be revised and will continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for the period presented. See "Recent accounting pronouncements."

        Under ASC 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services.

        To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that we determine are within the scope of ASC 606, the following five steps are performed: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation. We only apply the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that we will collect the consideration we are entitled to in exchange for the goods or services we transfer to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, we assess the goods or services promised within each contract and determine those that are performance obligations, and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct. We then recognize as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.

        In 2018, our revenue streams consisted of three- to five-year take-or-pay supply contracts and short-term binding and non-binding purchase orders (deliveries within the year) directly with steel manufacturers. In 2017, our revenue streams consisted primarily of annual non-binding purchase orders. The promises of delivery of graphite electrodes represent the distinct performance obligations to which the contract consideration is allocated, based upon the electrode stand-alone selling prices for the class of customers at the time the agreements are executed. The performance obligations are considered to be satisfied at a point in time when control of the electrodes has been transferred to the customer. The company has elected to treat the transportation of the electrodes from our premises to the customer's facilities as a fulfillment activity, and outbound freight cost is accrued when the graphite electrode performance obligation is satisfied. Any variable consideration is recognized up to its unconstrained amount, i.e., up to the amount for which it is probable that a significant reversal of the variable revenue will not happen.

74

        Discontinued operations and assets held for sale.    When management commits to a plan to sell assets or asset groups and a sale is probable, we reclassify those assets or asset groups into "Assets Held for Sale." Upon reclassification to assets held for sale, we evaluate the book value of the disposal groups against their fair value, less costs to sell, and as a result may impair the assets or asset groups. As and if new information becomes available on the fair value of the assets or asset groups, we may adjust the impairment accordingly. For example, during 2016, we evaluated the fair value of the Engineered Solutions business segment utilizing the market approach (Level 3 measure). As a result, we incurred an impairment charge to our Engineered Solutions business segment of $119.9 million to align the carrying value with estimated fair value. We continued to update this estimate and during 2017, we further reduced the estimated fair value by $5.3 million based upon then-current information.

        Once the assets of a business have been classified as held for sale, we evaluate if the divestiture represents a strategic shift in operations and if so, we exclude the results of this business from continuing operations. All results are reported as gain or loss from discontinued operations, net of tax. During the second quarter of 2016, our Engineered Solutions segment qualified as discontinued operations and as such, all results from that segment have been excluded from operations. See Note 3, "Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale," of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Recent accounting pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (or ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . The Company adopted ASU 2014-09 and its related amendments (collectively known as ASC 606) effective on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. Please see Note 2, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the required disclosures related to the impact of adopting this standard and a discussion of the Company's updated policies related to revenue recognition.

        In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Payments, clarifying guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows. The adoption of ASU 2016-15 on January 1, 2018 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation-Retirement Benefits (Topic 715). This standard requires an entity to report the service cost component in the same line item as other compensation costs. The other components of net (benefit) cost, including our annual mark-to-market remeasurement, will be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of income from operations. The adoption of ASU No. 2017-07 on January 1, 2018 changed the presentation of benefit expenses, but did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. The components of the net (benefit) cost are shown in Note 12, "Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits," of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The following table summarizes the adjustments made to conform prior period classifications to the new guidance:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2017								For the Year Ended December 31, 2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
	As Reported		Effect of Accounting Change			As Adjusted			As Reported			Effect of Accounting Change			As Adjusted
Cost of Sales	$	462,848	$	206		$	463,054		$	466,990		$	1,212		$	468,202
Research and development		2,951		505			3,456			2,399			135			2,534
Selling and administrative expenses		49,479		3,027			52,506			57,784			731			58,515
Other (income) expense, net		1,634		(3,738	)		(2,104	)		(2,188	)		(2,078	)		(4,266	)

75

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). Under this new guidance, a company will now recognize most leases on its balance sheet as lease liabilities with corresponding right-of-use assets. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company plans to adopt ASU No. 2016-02 on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach with the option of not restating comparative prior periods presented in the financial statements. Under this method, we will recognize the effects of applying ASC 842 as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of the effective date of adoption of January 1, 2019. The Company has completed its evaluation of the contracts. We anticipate additional assets and liabilities of approximately $10 million to be recorded as a result with no material adjustment to retained earning required.

        In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350). This guidance was issued to simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment. The guidance removes the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which requires that a hypothetical purchase price allocation be performed to determine the amount of impairment, if any. Under this new guidance, a goodwill impairment charge will be based on the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The guidance will become effective on a prospective basis for the Company on January 1, 2020 with early adoption permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

        We are exposed to market risks, primarily from changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, energy commodity prices and commercial energy rates. From time to time, we enter into transactions that have been authorized according to documented policies and procedures in order to manage these risks. These transactions relate primarily to financial instruments described below. Since the counterparties to these financial instruments are large commercial banks and similar financial institutions, we do not believe that we are exposed to material counterparty credit risk. We do not use financial instruments for trading purposes.

        Our exposure to changes in interest rates results primarily from floating rate long-term debt tied to LIBOR or Euro LIBOR.

        Our exposure to changes in currency exchange rates results primarily from:

•

sales made by our subsidiaries in currencies other than local currencies;

•

raw material purchases made by our foreign subsidiaries in currencies other than local currencies; and

•

investments in and intercompany loans to our foreign subsidiaries and our share of the earnings of those subsidiaries, to the extent denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

        Our exposure to changes in energy commodity prices and commercial energy rates results primarily from the purchase or sale of refined oil products and the purchase of natural gas and electricity for use in our manufacturing operations.

        Interest rate risk management.    We periodically enter into agreements with financial institutions that are intended to limit our exposure to additional interest expense due to increases in variable interest rates. These instruments effectively cap our interest rate exposure. We currently do not have any such instruments outstanding.

76

        Currency rate management.    We enter into foreign currency derivatives from time to time to attempt to manage exposure to changes in currency exchange rates. These foreign currency derivatives, which include, but are not limited to, forward exchange contracts and purchased currency options, attempt to hedge global currency exposures. Forward exchange contracts are agreements to exchange different currencies at a specified future date and at a specified rate. Purchased currency options are instruments which give the holder the right, but not the obligation, to exchange different currencies at a specified rate at a specified date or over a range of specified dates. Forward exchange contracts and purchased currency options are carried at market value.

        The outstanding foreign currency derivatives represented no net unrealized gain or loss as of December 31, 2018, and a net unrealized loss of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2017.

        Energy commodity management.    We have entered into commodity derivative contracts to effectively fix some or all of our exposure to refined oil products. The outstanding commodity derivative contracts represented a net unrealized loss of $10.7 million and net unrealized gain of $4.7 million as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

        Sensitivity analysis.    We use sensitivity analysis to quantify potential impacts that market rate changes may have on the underlying exposures as well as on the fair values of our derivatives. The sensitivity analysis for the derivatives represents the hypothetical changes in value of the hedge position and does not reflect the related gain or loss on the forecasted underlying transaction.

        We had no interest rate derivative instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2018. A hypothetical increase in interest rates of 100 basis points (1%) would have increased our interest expense by $18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

        As of December 31, 2018, a 10% appreciation or depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies from the prevailing market rates would result in a corresponding decrease of $0.6 million or a corresponding increase of $0.6 million, respectively, in the fair value of the foreign currency hedge portfolio.

        A 10% increase or decrease in the value of the underlying commodity prices that we hedge would result in a corresponding increase or decrease of $14.2 million in the fair value of the commodity hedge portfolio as of December 31, 2018. Because of the high correlation between the hedging instrument and the underlying exposure, fluctuations in the value of the instruments are generally offset by reciprocal changes in the value of the underlying exposure.

        For further information related to the financial instruments described above, see Note 1, "Business and Summary of Accounting Policies," and Note 9, "Fair Value Measurement and Derivative Instruments," of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Loss of Emerging Growth Company Status

        On December 31, 2018, as a result of our total annual gross revenues in 2018 having exceeded $1.07 billion, we ceased to be an "emerging growth company" as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act). As an emerging growth company, we were able to take advantage of certain specified reduced disclosure and other requirements, but beginning in 2019, we are now subject to the disclosure requirements generally applicable to public companies.

        Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies; however, we had already irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption.

77

Business

Our company

        We are a leading manufacturer of high quality graphite electrode products essential to the production of EAF steel and other ferrous and non-ferrous metals. We believe that we have the most competitive portfolio of low-cost graphite electrode manufacturing facilities in the industry, including three of the five highest capacity facilities in the world (excluding China). We are the only large scale graphite electrode producer that is substantially vertically integrated into petroleum needle coke, the primary raw material for graphite electrode manufacturing, which is currently in limited supply. This unique position provides us with competitive advantages in product quality and cost. Founded in 1886, we have over 130 years of experience in the R&D of graphite-and carbon-based solutions, and our intellectual property portfolio is extensive. We currently have graphite electrode manufacturing facilities in Calais, France, Pamplona, Spain, Monterrey, Mexico and St. Marys, Pennsylvania. Our customers include major steel producers and other ferrous and non-ferrous metal producers in EMEA, the Americas and APAC, which sell their products into the automotive, construction, appliance, machinery, equipment and transportation industries. Our vision is to provide highly engineered graphite electrode services, solutions and products to EAF operators. Based on the high quality of our graphite electrodes, reliability of our petroleum needle coke supply and our excellent customer service, we believe that we are viewed as a preferred supplier to the global EAF steel producer market.

        Graphite electrodes are an industrial consumable product used primarily in EAF steel production, one of the two primary methods of steel production and the steelmaking technology used by all "mini-mills." Electrodes act as conductors of electricity in the furnace, generating sufficient heat to melt scrap metal, iron ore or other raw materials used to produce steel or other metals. We estimate that, on average, the cost of graphite electrodes represents only approximately 1% to 5% of the total production cost of steel in a typical EAF, but they are essential to EAF steel production. Graphite electrodes are currently the only known commercially available products that have the high levels of electrical conductivity and the capability to sustain the high levels of heat generated in EAF steel production. As a result, EAF steel manufacturers have been willing to pay a premium for a reliable supply of high quality graphite electrodes, and, in some cases, to pass on this premium to their customers in the form of surcharges. Graphite electrodes are also used in steel refining in ladle furnaces and in other processes, such as the production of titanium dioxide, stainless steel, aluminum, silicon metals and other ferrous and non-ferrous metals.

        Petroleum needle coke, a crystalline form of carbon derived from decant oil, is the primary raw material used in the production of graphite electrodes. We achieved substantial vertical integration with this critical raw material source through our acquisition of Seadrift in November 2010, significantly reducing our reliance on other suppliers. The petroleum needle coke industry is highly concentrated. We believe Seadrift is the second largest petroleum needle coke producer in the world. We also believe that the quality of Seadrift's petroleum needle coke is superior for graphite electrode production compared to most of the petroleum needle coke available to our peers on the open market, allowing us to produce higher quality electrodes in a cost-efficient manner. Additionally, we believe that this vertical integration provides a significant cost advantage relative to our competitors in periods of tight petroleum needle coke supply, such as the current market environment. We believe this cost advantage will grow as demand for petroleum needle coke increases for use in lithium-ion batteries in electric vehicles. The demand for petroleum needle coke in lithium-ion batteries is growing rapidly, with usage going from approximately 1,000 MT in 2014 to 60,000 MT in 2017. This rapidly growing alternative source of demand is a significant development for the petroleum needle coke industry and is contributing to the global shortage in petroleum needle coke. Going forward, we expect to purchase approximately one third of our needle coke requirements from external sources, given the increase in our graphite electrode capacity from our debottlenecking initiative. As a result, we continue to

78

experience higher third party petroleum needle coke costs, including in the first quarter of 2019, which will affect our cost of sales in 2019.

        According to the WSA, EAFs accounted for 46%, or 394 million MT, of global crude steel production (excluding China) in 2017, which represented an increase of 8% over 2016. Between 1984 and 2011, EAF steelmaking was the fastest-growing segment of the steel sector, with production increasing at an average rate of 3.5% per year, based on WSA data. Historically, EAF steel production has grown faster than the overall steel market due to the greater resilience, more variable cost structure, lower capital intensity and more environmentally friendly nature of EAF steelmaking. This trend was partially reversed between 2011 and 2015 due to global steel production overcapacity driven largely by BOF steel production. Beginning in 2016, efforts by the Chinese government to restructure China's domestic steel industry have led to limits on Chinese BOF steel production and lower export levels. In addition, developed economies, which typically have much larger EAF steel industries, have instituted a number of trade policies in support of domestic steel producers. As a result, since 2016, the EAF steel market has rebounded strongly and resumed its long-term growth trajectory. This revival in EAF steel production has resulted in increased demand for our graphite electrodes.

        At the same time, two supply-side structural changes have contributed to record high prices of graphite electrodes in 2018. First, ongoing consolidation and rationalization of graphite electrode production capacity have limited the ability of graphite electrode producers to meet demand. We estimate that approximately 20% of graphite electrode industry production capacity (excluding China) was closed or repurposed from 2014-2016, and we believe the majority of these closures represent permanent reductions. Second, demand for petroleum needle coke has outpaced supply due to increasing demand for petroleum needle coke for lithium-ion batteries used in electric vehicles. As a result, graphite electrode prices have reached record high prices in 2018. Historically, between 2008 and 2017, our weighted average realized price of graphite electrodes was approximately $4,500 per MT (on an inflation-adjusted basis using constant 2018 dollars) and fell to a historic low of approximately $2,500 per MT in 2016. With the renewed demand for, and constrained supply of, graphite electrodes, industry spot prices have reached record highs in 2018. In the fourth quarter of 2018, our weighted average realized price of graphite electrodes was $9,950 per MT, representing an increase of 2% from the prior quarter and 141% from the prior year. In light of improved market conditions, the long lead time required to produce our products, our position as one of the market's largest producers and our ability, through our substantial vertical integration with Seadrift, to provide customers with a reliable long-term supply of graphite electrodes despite the market shortage of petroleum needle coke, we have implemented a commercial strategy to sell graphite electrodes through three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts.

79

GrafTech historical weighted average realized prices and signed three-to five-year weighted average contract prices for graphite electrodes

(1)

Weighted average realized price for a period reflects the total revenues from sales of graphite electrodes for the period divided by the graphite electrode sales volume for that period. The weighted average realized prices in this chart are shown in constant 2018 dollars for comparability. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key Operating Metrics."

(2)

Weighted average contract price for a period reflects the volume-weighted average price for graphite electrodes to be delivered under the three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts we have entered into in 2018 and 2019. All of these contracts have fixed prices and either fixed volumes (83% of the portfolio) or a specified volume range (17% of the portfolio). For those contracts with a specified volume range, weighted average contract prices are computed using the volume midpoint. The aggregate difference between the volume midpoint and the minimum or maximum volumes across our cumulative portfolio of take-or-pay contracts with specified volume ranges is approximately 5,000 MT per year in 2019-2022. See "Business—Contracts and customers."

        As a leading producer of graphite electrodes, we believe we are well-positioned to benefit from this industry transformation. In 2017, based on our three primary operating facilities, we had the capability, depending on product demand and mix, to manufacture approximately 167,000 MT of graphite electrodes per year. In 2018, we completed an operational improvement and debottlenecking initiative to increase production capacity at these facilities by approximately 20% to approximately 202,000 MT. Currently, our warm idled St. Marys facility is finishing some electrodes sourced from other facilities to provide flexibility to our overall manufacturing footprint. We could ramp up production at St. Marys if required to support our customers. If restarted, St. Marys would add approximately 28,000 MT of annual capacity. This overall total production capacity would be comparable to our largest competitor, which we estimate currently has a total of approximately 230,000 MT of production capacity (excluding China). We believe the total worldwide graphite electrode production capacity was approximately 800,000 MT (excluding China) in 2018, with a capacity utilization of approximately 90% (excluding China). We believe worldwide graphite electrode production capacity, excluding China, has now increased to approximately 850,000 MT. Electrode production globally (excluding China) is focused on the manufacture of UHP electrodes for EAFs, while the majority of Chinese production is of ladle electrodes for BOFs. The production of UHP

80

electrodes requires an extensive proprietary manufacturing process and material science knowledge, including the use of superior needle coke blends. As a result, graphite electrode producers inside and outside of China are generally not in direct competition with each other for major product lines.

        On August 15, 2015, we became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Brookfield through a tender offer to shareholders and subsequent merger transaction. Brookfield is an experienced operator of industrial, natural resource and other tangible asset businesses. This transaction has provided us with a stable equity partner with experience in industrial sectors.

        On April 23, 2018, we completed our IPO of 35,000,000 shares of our common stock held by the selling stockholder at a price of $15.00 per share. On April 26, 2018, we closed the sale of an additional 3,097,525 shares of common stock held by the selling stockholder at a price to the public of $15.00 per share, as a result of the partial exercise by the underwriters in our IPO of their overallotment option. We did not receive any proceeds related to the IPO. Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol "EAF."

        On August 13, 2018, we repurchased 11,688,311 shares directly from the selling stockholder. These shares were retired upon repurchase. The price per share paid by us was equal to the price at which the underwriters purchased the shares from the selling stockholder in the selling stockholder's August 2018 public secondary offering of 23,000,000 shares of our common stock, net of underwriting commissions and discounts. We funded the share repurchase from cash on hand. After giving effect to the offerings by Brookfield and our repurchase of shares, Brookfield owns approximately 79% of our common stock.

        Our executive offices are located at 982 Keynote Circle, Brooklyn Heights, Ohio 44131 and our telephone number is (216) 676-2000. Our Internet website address is www.graftech.com. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus. We have included our website address only as an inactive textual reference and do not intend it to be an active link to our website.

Competitive strengths

We are one of the two largest producers of graphite electrodes outside of China, accounting for approximately 24% of global production capacity (excluding China), and we believe our strategically positioned global footprint provides us with competitive advantages

        We believe our facilities are among the most strategically located and lowest cost large-scale graphite electrode manufacturing plants in the world. Of the graphite electrode manufacturing facilities currently operating outside of China, we estimate that our three operating manufacturing facilities represent approximately 24% of estimated production capacity for graphite electrodes, making us a critical supplier to global EAF steel manufacturers. Our manufacturing facilities are located in the Americas and EMEA, providing us with access to low-cost and reliable energy sources, logistical and freight advantages in sourcing raw materials and shipping our graphite electrodes to our customers compared to our competitors, and excellent visibility into the large North American and European EAF steelmaking markets. Our experience in producing graphite electrodes for a varied global customer base positions us to meet customer requirements across a range of product types and quality levels, including support and technical services, further distinguishing us from our competitors.

We are a pure-play provider of an essential consumable for EAF steel producers, the fastest-growing sector of the steel industry

        According to WSA, EAF steelmaking grew at an annual pace of approximately 14% in 2017, compared with 4% for steelmaking overall. As a result of the increasing global availability of steel scrap and the more resilient, high-variable cost and environmentally friendly EAF model, we expect EAF producers to continue to grow at a faster rate than BOF producers globally. Additionally, EAF

81

producers are increasingly able to utilize higher quality scrap and iron units, their two primary raw materials, to produce higher quality steel grades and capture market share from BOF producers, while maintaining a favorable cost structure. According to the WSA, in EMEA and the Americas, which together made up 93% of our 2018 net sales, EAF producers have increased market share from approximately 37% in 2000 to 49% in 2017, reflecting growth from 190 million MT to 257 million MT. In APAC, which made up approximately 7% of our 2018 net sales, government initiatives in China are expected to result in a greater use of the EAF method in steelmaking despite the historical dominance of BOF producers. These initiatives are the result of efforts to eliminate excess steelmaking production capacity and to improve environmental conditions. The EAF method produces approximately 25% of the CO₂ emissions of a BOF facility and does not require the smelting of virgin iron ore or the burning of coal. Additionally, as a result of significantly increased steel production in China since 2000, the supply of Chinese scrap is expected to increase substantially, which may result in lower scrap prices and provide the Chinese steel manufacturing industry with local scrap feedstock that was not historically available. We believe these trends will allow EAF steel producers to increase their market share and grow at a faster rate than BOF steel producers, resulting in increasing demand for graphite electrodes.

We have capital-efficient growth opportunities available to us

        The graphite electrode industry responded to oversupplied markets from 2011 to 2015 with production capacity rationalization and consolidation, and after the normalization of the market for EAF steel in 2017. We believe the lead time from initial permitting to full production of a greenfield graphite electrode manufacturing facility would be approximately three to five years and cost approximately $10,000 per MT. Similarly, brownfield development is complicated by significant capital costs and space and process constraints. Only one new greenfield graphite electrode facility outside of China has been built since the 1980s and only one significant brownfield expansion has occurred, reflecting the historical difficulty of adding further graphite electrode production capacity. As a result of this long and uncertain time horizon to build new plants, we believe only a few companies have the necessary technology and expertise to meet the rising demand for graphite electrodes.

        Our current facilities are modern, strategically located and well-maintained, providing us with ample operational optimization capabilities. In 2018, we completed the expansion of our production capacity by approximately 20%, to 202,000 MT, through strategic capital investments and operational improvements. As a result of our prior operational improvement activities, we are able to achieve this large capacity increase with specific, highly targeted capital investments. These expansions will provide additional fixed cost absorption and drive further efficiencies of scale across our manufacturing base. We also have our currently warm idled St. Marys facility, which remains a viable long-term option. Currently, St. Marys is graphitizing and machining some semi-finished electrodes sourced from Monterrey in order to leverage existing infrastructure.

We believe we have the industry's most efficient production platform of high production capacity assets with substantial vertical integration

        Based on our experience, high capacity manufacturing facilities can have operating costs of more than $1,000 per MT lower than low capacity manufacturing facilities. Our previous restructuring activities included the closures of our lower capacity manufacturing facilities in South Africa and Brazil and the idling of our St. Marys facility, which together accounted for approximately 35% of our previous production capacity. Our restructuring actions have eliminated a significant amount of annual fixed manufacturing costs and maintenance capital expenditure requirements since 2012. These actions allow us to run our Calais, Pamplona and Monterrey plants at a high level of capacity utilization. Since 2014, we have also improved our manufacturing processes and made strategic investments across our plant network, which have improved productivity while also reducing our energy and raw material consumption. Following our footprint optimization, we are producing a greater quantity of graphite

82

electrodes from our three primary operating facilities than we did from our six operating facilities in 2012. In 2017, the Calais and Pamplona plants exceeded previous annual record production levels by 15% and 12%, respectively, and production at the Monterrey plant was 12% higher than the highest annual production level during the past 10 years. Our recently completed debottlenecking initiative added approximately 20% to our capacity at a very low cost per MT. We believe that the optimization of our plant network will continue to drive improved fixed cost absorption.

        Moreover, our Seadrift, Calais, Pamplona, Monterrey and St. Marys facilities each provide unique advantages for us. Seadrift provides a substantial portion of our petroleum needle coke supply needs internally and at a competitive cost and allows us to maximize capacity utilization more efficiently than competitors, who may be more constrained by petroleum needle coke supply. Seadrift is one of only five petroleum needle coke facilities in the world outside of China, and we believe it is the second largest petroleum needle coke producer in the world. We also believe that Calais, Pamplona and Monterrey are three of the five highest capacity graphite electrode facilities in the world (excluding China), allowing for significant operating leverage. We believe our facilities have significant cost advantages given their scale and access to low cost, reliable energy sources. While much of the production capacity rationalized during the downturn was permanently shut down, we temporarily idled our St. Marys facility and retain the option to restart it.

We are the only petroleum needle coke producer in the world specifically focused on the production of graphite electrodes

        Our production of petroleum needle coke specifically for graphite electrodes provides us the opportunity to produce super premium petroleum needle coke of the highest quality and allows us to tailor graphite electrodes for customer requirements. Seadrift has 140,000 MT of petroleum needle coke production capacity, which we believe makes it the second largest petroleum needle coke producer in the world. We produced approximately 110,000 MT of needle coke in 2018. We expect to produce approximately 125,000 MT in 2019 as we do not have a planned maintenance outage in 2019 and we expect a modest productivity enhancement related to our efficiency improvement project. We believe that no petroleum needle coke production capacity has been added outside of China for at least 10 years, given high capital costs and technological barriers. Additionally, the growing petroleum needle coke demand from manufacturers of lithium-ion batteries for electric vehicles has led to a limited supply of petroleum needle coke available to graphite electrode manufacturers. Sourcing the majority of our petroleum needle coke internally allows us to offer our customers certainty of supply, further enhancing our competitive position and supporting our three- to five-year, take-or-pay contracts strategy. To align with our three- to five-year contract profile, we have hedged the decant oil required to produce all of the graphite electrodes sold under these contracts, providing us with substantial visibility into our future raw material costs. We believe our use of petroleum needle coke is a further competitive advantage, as the use of pitch needle coke, an alternative raw material, results in longer bake times during graphite electrode production, significantly affecting graphite electrode production rates and cost.

Our graphite electrodes and petroleum needle coke are among the highest quality in the industry

        After the divestiture of our non-core legacy Engineered Solutions businesses in 2016 and 2017, we focused on our core competency of graphite electrode production and generated approximately $60 million in cash proceeds and release of working capital from these divestitures. Our restructured and simplified business model has reduced our annual overhead expenses significantly since 2012, allowing us to redeploy the savings into our graphite electrode business. We have identified and implemented mechanical and chemical improvements to our electrodes, invested in the capability to produce super premium petroleum needle coke needed for high-margin UHP graphite electrodes, and optimized our production of pins at our Monterrey plant, which are a critical component used to

83

connect and fasten graphite electrodes together in a furnace. By producing pins at our Monterrey plant, we are able to realize meaningful fixed-cost synergies with our graphite electrode production on site. As a result, we believe the quality and the consistency of our electrodes is unrivaled in North America and EMEA and on par with that of any producer globally. We have seen customer satisfaction rise to ten-year highs at a time when the industry has been focused on production capacity rationalization rather than quality. We believe the durability and infrequent breakage of our graphite electrodes create operating efficiencies and value opportunities for our customers. We also believe we have a competitive advantage in offering customers ArchiTech, which we believe is the most advanced support and technical service platform in the graphite electrode industry. ArchiTech, which has been installed in customer furnaces around the world, enables our engineers to work with our customers seamlessly to maximize the performance of their furnaces and provide real-time diagnostics and troubleshooting. We believe our customers value our high quality products and customer service, and have provided us with opportunities to expand our business with them as a result.

Our experienced executive leadership and general managers and flexible workforce have positioned us for future earnings growth

        Our seasoned leadership is committed to earnings growth. We have undertaken strategic investments to increase our production capacity in a capital-efficient manner while reducing our cost position. Our executive and manufacturing leadership have led manufacturing companies through many cycles and are focused on positioning us for profitable growth in any environment. Our operational improvement and debottlenecking initiative is completed and increased capacity by approximately 20%, or 35,000 MT. Currently, our warm idled St. Marys facility is finishing some electrodes sourced from other facilities to provide flexibility to our overall manufacturing footprint. We could ramp up production at St. Marys if required to support our customers. If restarted, St. Marys would add approximately 28,000 MT of annual capacity.

        Additionally, since our acquisition by Brookfield, we have reorganized our manufacturing facilities as profit centers. We use LEAN manufacturing techniques, which focus on the constant elimination of waste from the manufacturing process. We also rely on Six Sigma methods, a set of management techniques intended to improve quality by significantly reducing the probability that an error or defect will occur. We believe the LEAN and Six Sigma initiatives have increased overall utilization by optimizing our plant production capacity and controlled costs while also improving quality. We also redesigned general manager incentive plans to reward efficiency gains. Similarly, our labor force is incentivized to drive efficiencies through country-specific labor incentive plans.

84

Facilities

        We currently operate the following facilities, which are owned or leased as indicated.

Location of Facility	Primary Use	Owned or Leased
Americas
Brooklyn Heights, Ohio	Corporate Headquarters, Innovation and Technology Center and Sales Office	Leased
Monterrey, Mexico	Graphite Electrode Manufacturing Facility and Sales Office	Owned
St. Marys, Pennsylvania	Graphite Electrode Manufacturing Facility(1)	Owned
Port Lavaca, Texas	Petroleum Needle Coke Manufacturing Facility (Seadrift)	Owned
Salvador, Bahia, Brazil	Graphite Electrode Machine Shop and Sales Office	Owned
Europe
Calais, France	Graphite Electrode Manufacturing Facility and Sales Office	Owned
Moscow, Russia	Sales Office	Leased
Pamplona, Spain	Graphite Electrode Manufacturing Facility and Sales Office	Owned
Bussigny, Switzerland	Global Sales and Production Planning Office	Leased
Other International
Beijing, China	Sales Office	Leased
Hong Kong, China	Sales Office	Leased
Meyerton, South Africa	Sales Office	Leased

(1)

Currently, our warm-idled St. Marys facility is semi-finishing products sourced from other plants to provide flexibility to our overall manufacturing footprint.

        We currently manufacture our graphite electrodes in three manufacturing facilities strategically located in the Americas and EMEA, two of the largest EAF steelmaking markets. Our locations allow us to serve our customers in the Americas and EMEA efficiently and are located near low-cost and reliable energy sources with essential logistical infrastructure in place. In addition to these three facilities, we have a fourth graphite electrode manufacturing site in St. Marys, Pennsylvania that is currently warm idled. We estimate that the 202,000 MT of graphite electrode production capacity at our three primary operating sites represents approximately 24% of estimated global graphite electrode production capacity (excluding China). Due to our productivity improvement efforts, and because of the increased demand for graphite electrodes, we achieved near 100% capacity utilization at our Calais, France, Pamplona, Spain and Monterrey, Mexico plants in 2017 and 2018. In 2017, the Calais and Pamplona plants exceeded previous annual record production levels by 15% and 12%, respectively, and production at the Monterrey plant was 12% higher than the highest annual production level during the past 10 years. In 2018, we added capacity to all three locations through our debottlenecking initiative. We believe our business has the lowest manufacturing cost structure of all of our major competitors, primarily due to the large scale of our manufacturing facilities.

        Our manufacturing facilities significantly benefit from their size and scale, work force flexibility, access to attractively-priced sources of power and other key raw materials, and our substantial vertical integration with Seadrift. By operating three of the five highest capacity graphite electrode production facilities in the world, we are able to achieve meaningful operating leverage relative to our competitors. Because of the attractive cost of labor available to our Monterrey facility, we believe we have a significant cost advantage in the production of pins, which are used to connect and fasten graphite electrodes together in a furnace and are more labor-intensive to produce than other graphite electrodes. Our Calais, Pamplona and Monterrey facilities have access to low-cost sources of electricity, a significant element of our manufacturing costs. Our Seadrift facility currently produces approximately 70% of our petroleum needle coke requirements for our graphite electrode production, allowing us to source our primary raw material internally and at cost, a significant advantage relative to our peers.

85

Seadrift also produces sufficient needle coke to supply substantially all of the graphite electrode production that we have contracted under our take-or-pay contracts.

        The recent transformation in the industry was driven in part by substantial production capacity rationalization and consolidation. We estimate that, at the beginning of 2014, the graphite electrode industry globally (excluding China) had capacity to produce approximately 1.0 million MT of graphite electrodes across 30 graphite electrode manufacturing facilities. We estimate that the industry outside of China has closed or repurposed approximately 20% of production capacity from 2014-2016, reducing production capacity to approximately 800,000 MT of electrodes. Moreover, the third-largest producer has acquired the second-largest producer. As part of this overall industry rationalization, we permanently shut down two plants and temporarily idled our St. Marys plant, reducing our electrode manufacturing from six operating facilities in 2012 to three operating facilities in 2017. Despite this, we produced a greater quantity of graphite electrodes in 2018 from our three primary operating facilities than we did in 2012 from our six facilities. We believe worldwide graphite electrode production capacity, excluding China, has now increased to approximately 850,000 MT.

Manufacturing

        We manufacture graphite electrodes ranging in size up to 30 inches in diameter, over 11 feet in length, and weighing as much as 5,900 pounds (2.6 MT). The manufacturing process includes six main processes: screening of raw materials (needle coke) and blending with coal tar pitch followed by forming, or extrusion, of the electrode, baking the electrode, impregnating the electrode with a special pitch that improves strength, re-baking the electrode, graphitizing the electrode using electric resistance furnaces, and machining. The first baking process converts the pitch into hard coke. During the baking process, the electrode pitch volatiles are removed, leaving porosities inside. To improve graphite electrode quality, the electrode is then impregnated with additional coal tar pitch to fill the porosities and baked a second time. After impregnation and re-baking, the manufacturing process continues with graphitization as the electrodes are heated at 5000°F in a special longitudinal furnace to convert the carbon into graphite. The graphitization cycle removes additional impurities and improves the electrodes' key qualities: thermal and electrical conductivity, thermal shock resistance performance, lubricity, and abrasion resistance. Graphitization is energy intensive, and, according to CRU International Ltd (or CRU), requires around 3200 to 4800 kWh electricity per MT, representing 20% to 35% of the total electrode costs.

        High quality graphite electrodes have low electrical resistivity and strong durability. Resistivity is enhanced by removing impurities during the production process, while durability is determined by the coefficient of thermal expansion (or CTE) of the raw material used to produce the graphite electrode. Lower CTE needle coke produces higher quality electrodes. UHP electrodes used in harsh EAF melter applications have low resistivity and low CTE to maximize efficient use of electricity in the EAF and minimize electrode consumption. The total manufacturing time of a graphite electrode and its associated connecting pin is on average approximately six months from needle coke production to customer delivery. We believe that the period of time required to produce a graphite electrode meaningfully constrains the ability of graphite electrode producers to react to real-time changes in steel market environments and acts as a barrier to entry.

        Production of a graphite electrode begins with the production of either petroleum needle coke, our primary raw material, or pitch needle coke, a less favorable substitute for petroleum needle coke. Petroleum needle coke is produced through a manufacturing process very similar to a refinery. The production process converts decant oil, a byproduct of the gasoline refining process, into petroleum needle coke and generally takes two to three months to produce. Needle coke takes its name from the needle-like shape of the coke particles. We produce calcined petroleum needle coke at Seadrift. Seadrift is not dependent on any single refinery for decant oil. While Seadrift has purchased a substantial majority of its raw material inventory from a limited number of suppliers in recent years, we

86

believe that there is a large supply of suitable decant oil in the United States available from a variety of sources. In addition, we use derivatives to hedge the decant oil required to produce all of the graphite electrodes sold under our three- to five-year take or pay contracts, providing us with substantial visibility into our future raw material costs. Seadrift is one of the three largest petroleum needle coke facilities in the world.

        We purchase the electric power used in our manufacturing processes from local suppliers under contracts with pricing based on rate schedules or price indices. Our electricity costs can vary significantly depending on these rates and usage. Natural gas used in the baking and re-baking processes is purchased from local suppliers primarily under annual volume contracts with pricing based on various natural gas price indices.

Sales and customer service

        We differentiate and sell the value of our graphite electrodes primarily based on price, product quality and performance, delivery reliability and customer technical service.

        We have a large customer technical service organization, with supporting application engineering and scientific groups and approximately 30 engineers and specialists around the world serving in this area. We believe that we are one of the industry leaders in providing value added technical services to our customers.

        Our direct sales force currently operates from 10 sales offices located around the world. We sell our graphite electrodes primarily through our direct sales force, independent sales representatives and distributors, all of whom are trained and experienced with our products.

        We have customer technical service personnel based around the world to assist customers to maximize their production and minimize their costs. A portion of our engineers and technicians provide technical service and advice to key steel and other metals customers. These services relate to furnace applications and operation, as well as furnace upgrades to reduce energy consumption, improve raw material costs and increase output.

        We believe we have a competitive advantage in offering customers ArchiTech, which we believe is the most advanced support and technical service platform in the graphite electrode industry. ArchiTech, which has been installed in customer furnaces worldwide, enables our engineers to work with our customers seamlessly to maximize the performance of their furnaces and provide real-time diagnostics and troubleshooting.

Distribution

        We deploy various demand management and inventory management techniques to seek to ensure that we can meet our customers' delivery requirements while still maximizing the capacity utilization of our production capacity. We can experience significant variation in our customers' delivery requirements as their specific needs vary and change through the year. We generally seek to maintain appropriate inventory levels, taking into account these factors as well as the significant differences in manufacturing cycle times for graphite electrode products and our customers' products.

        Finished products are usually stored at our manufacturing facilities. Limited quantities of some finished products are also stored at local warehouses around the world to meet customer needs.

Contracts and customers

        In 2017, we reoriented our commercial strategy around a three- to five-year take-or-pay contract framework and restructured our sales force incentives. As graphite electrodes are an essential consumable in the EAF steel production process and require a long lead time to manufacture, our strategic customers are highly focused on securing certainty of supply of reliable, high quality graphite

87

electrodes. Prior to our three- to five-year take-or-pay contract initiative, our sales of graphite electrodes were generally negotiated annually through purchase orders on an uncontracted, nonbinding basis. The majority of our customers sought to secure orders for a supply of their anticipated volume requirements each upcoming year. The remaining, small balance of our graphite electrode customers purchased their electrodes as needed throughout the year at industry spot prices.

        We believe we are uniquely capable among graphite electrode producers to pursue our three- to five-year take-or-pay contracting strategy due to our substantial vertical integration into petroleum needle coke production. All of our petroleum needle coke production is used internally and is not sold to external customers. Demand for petroleum needle coke increased due to the use of needle coke in lithium-ion batteries for electric vehicles, as well as increased demand for graphite electrodes. Consequently, we expect this limited availability of petroleum needle coke will restrict new graphite electrode production. Seadrift, our wholly owned subsidiary acquired in 2010, provides approximately 70% of our petroleum needle coke requirements and produces sufficient needle coke to supply substantially all of the graphite electrode production that we have contracted under our take-or-pay contracts. We have hedged the decant oil required to produce all of the graphite electrodes sold under these contracts, providing us substantial visibility into our future raw material costs.

        Because the market price of graphite electrodes may be based, in part, on the current or forecasted costs of key raw materials, periods of raw material price volatility may have an impact on the market price. In particular, as petroleum needle coke represents a significant percentage of the raw material cost of graphite electrodes, the price of graphite electrodes has historically been influenced by the price of petroleum needle coke. See "Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry—Pricing for graphite electrodes has historically been cyclical and current prices are relatively high, however, the price of graphite electrodes may decline in the future." The fixed prices under our contracts prevent us from passing along changes related to our costs of raw materials to our customers. See "Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry—We are dependent on the supply of petroleum needle coke. Our results of operations could deteriorate if recent disruptions in the supply of petroleum needle coke continue or worsen for an extended period." However, as described above, we believe our ability to source all of our petroleum needle coke requirements for these contracts from our Seadrift facility and our hedging of our purchases of decant oil mitigates the impact of periodic shortages and price fluctuations of raw materials.

        We have executed three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts, representing approximately 674,000 MT, or approximately 60% to 65% of our cumulative expected production capacity from 2018 through 2022. Approximately 90% of the contracted volumes have terms extending to 2022. We have contracted to sell approximately 148,000, 145,000, 128,000 and 120,000 MT in 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022, respectively. Approximately 83% of these volumes are under pre-determined fixed annual volume contracts, while approximately 17% of the volumes are under contracts with a specified volume range. The aggregate difference between the midpoint and the minimum or maximum volumes across our cumulative portfolio of take-or-pay contracts with specified volume ranges is approximately 5,000 MT per year in 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022.

        All of our take-or-pay contracts have fixed prices. The weighted average contract price for the contracted volumes over the next four years is approximately $9,700 per MT, with the weighted average contract prices for contracts with a specified volume range computed using the volume midpoint. Weighted average contract prices for our contracted volume will differ from the weighted average realized prices that we will actually realize for all MT of graphite electrodes we sell in these years because contracted volumes represent only a portion of our production capacity.

88

Three- to Five-Year Take-or-Pay Contract Volume and Price Profile

(1)

Contract volume reflects volumes contracted under three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts. Contract volume in the above graph reflects the midpoint of the contracts with a specified volume range.

(2)

Weighted average contract price reflects the volume-weighted average price for graphite electrodes at which we have entered into three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts as of February 22, 2019. For those contracts with a specified volume range, weighted average contract prices are computed using the volume midpoint.

        Within this contract framework, our customers agree to purchase a specified volume of product at the price under the contract. Contract customers are unable to renegotiate or adjust the price under the contract and order. These fixed prices under the contracts also prevent us from passing along any changes related to the costs of raw materials to contract customers. As a result of the take-or-pay obligation of the contracts, the customer must purchase the annual contracted volume (or annual volume within the specified range). In the event the customer does not take delivery of the annual volume specified in the contract, our contracts provide for a capacity payment equal to the product of the number of MTs short of the annual volume specified in the contract multiplied by the price under the contract for that contract year.

        In addition to defining annual volumes and prices, these three- to five-year take-or-pay contracts include significant termination payments (typically, 50% to 70% of remaining contracted revenue) and, in certain cases, parent guarantees and collateral arrangements to manage our customer credit risk. In most cases, the customer can only terminate the contract unilaterally: (i) upon certain bankruptcy events; (ii) if we materially breach certain anti-corruption legislation; (iii) if we are affected by a force majeure event that precludes the delivery of the agreed-to graphite electrodes for more than a six-month period; or (iv) if we fail to ship certain minimum levels during a specified period of time. The customer will also be able to temporarily suspend obligations under the contract due to a force majeure event, as will we, with the contract term being extended by a period equal to the duration of such suspension.

        Our contracts provide our customers with certain remedies in the event that we are unable to deliver the contracted volumes of graphite electrodes on a quarterly basis. Our substantially vertically

89

integrated Seadrift plant is particularly important to our ability to provide our customers with a reliable supply of graphite electrodes. Therefore, the likelihood that we will fail to deliver the contracted volume is significantly reduced due to our substantial vertical integration. For a discussion of certain risks related to our take-or-pay contracting initiative, see "Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry—We may be unable to implement our business strategies, including our initiative to secure and maintain three- to five-year take-or-pay customer contracts, in an effective manner."

        We aim to be the leading producer of the highest performing graphite electrodes in order to enhance customer production efficiency. Our global manufacturing network, vertical integration with needle coke and R&D team provide us with competitive advantages in product quality, product costs, and operational flexibility. We continuously work to improve the consistent overall quality of our products and services, including the performance characteristics of each product, and the uniformity of the products manufactured at different facilities. We believe our efforts have succeeded, as in 2017 and 2018 we improved our quality and performance metrics to the highest levels in ten years and added new, leading steelmakers as customers.

        Approximately 91% of our graphite electrodes were purchased by EAF steel producers in 2018. The remaining portion is primarily used in various other ferrous and non-ferrous melting applications, BOF production, fused materials, chemical processing, and alloy metals. In 2018, one customer accounted for more than 10% of our net sales. We sell our products in every major geographic region globally. Sales of our products to buyers outside the United States accounted for approximately 83% of net sales in 2016, approximately 81% of net sales in 2017 and approximately 77% of net sales in 2018. Overall, in 2018, we generated more than 93% of our net sales from EMEA and the Americas.

2018 Revenue and production by region and end market

2018 Revenue by Region	2018 Graphite Electrode Sales by End Market

        We believe our three- to five-year take-or-pay contracting strategy provides cash flow visibility and stability to our customers and, as a result, has secured a high quality customer base. We perform financial and credit reviews of all eligible potential customers prior to entering into these contracts. Less creditworthy customers are required to post a bank guarantee, letter of credit or significant cash prepayment. Based on total revenues over the life of the contracts, our ten largest customers represent 38% of total revenue, while the next ten customers and all other customers represent 17% and 45% of total revenue, respectively. During 2018, approximately 71% of our sales came from our three-to-five year take-or-pay contracts.

90

Research and development

        We have over 130 years of experience in the R&D of graphite- and carbon-based solutions. By focusing our management's attention and R&D spending exclusively on the graphite electrode business, we have been able to meaningfully improve the quality of our graphite electrodes, repositioning ourselves as an industry quality leader and improving our relationships with strategic customers. Our focus on improving the quality of petroleum needle coke through R&D has led to our petroleum needle coke production at Seadrift now being best-in-class for use in the manufacturing of highly durable UHP electrodes. We believe that our technological and manufacturing strengths and capabilities provide us with a significant growth opportunity as well as a competitive advantage.

Intellectual property

        We believe that our intellectual property, consisting primarily of patents and proprietary know-how, provides us with competitive advantages and is important to our growth opportunities. Our intellectual property portfolio is extensive, with approximately 200 carbon and graphite U.S. and foreign patents and published patent applications, which we believe is more than any of our major competitors in the businesses in which we operate.

        We own or have obtained licenses for various trade names and trademarks used in our businesses. For example, the trade name and trademark UCAR are owned by Union Carbide Corporation (which was acquired by Dow Chemical Company) and are licensed to us on a worldwide, exclusive and royalty-free basis until 2025. This particular license automatically renews for successive ten-year periods. It permits non-renewal by Union Carbide at the end of any renewal period upon five years' notice of non-renewal.

        We rely on patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as appropriate agreements to protect our intellectual property. Among other things, we seek to protect our proprietary know-how and information, by requiring employees, consultants, strategic partners and others who have access to such proprietary information and know-how to enter into confidentiality or restricted use agreements.

Insurance

        We maintain insurance against civil liabilities relating to personal injuries to third parties, for loss of or damage to property, for business interruptions and for certain environmental matters, that provides coverage, subject to the applicable coverage limits, deductibles and retentions, and exclusions, that we believe are appropriate upon terms and conditions and for premiums that we consider fair and reasonable in the circumstances. There can be no assurance that we will not incur losses beyond the limits of or outside the coverage of our insurance.

Environment

        Our facilities and operations are subject to a wide variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations relate to air emissions, water discharges and solid and hazardous waste generation, treatment, storage, handling, transportation and disposal; the presence of wastes and other substances; the reporting of, responses to and liability for, releases of hazardous substances into the environment; and the import, production, packaging, labeling and transportation of products that are defined as hazardous or toxic or otherwise believed to have potential to harm the environment or human health. These laws and regulations (and the enforcement thereof) are periodically updated and are becoming increasingly stringent. We have incurred substantial costs in the past, and will continue to incur additional costs in the future, to comply with these legal requirements. On March 1, 2019, the Department of Sustainable Development of the State of Nuevo León provided notice of an administrative proceeding with respect to the Company's Monterrey facility. The proceeding requires the Company to design and implement certain corrective measures involving

91

certain potential violations of state environmental law relating to emissions. The Company is cooperating with the Department with respect to this matter.

        We believe that we are currently in compliance in all material respects with the federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations to which we are subject. We have experienced some level of regulatory scrutiny at most of our current and former facilities and, in some cases, have been required to take or are continuing to take corrective or remedial actions and incur related costs, and may experience further regulatory scrutiny, and may be required to take further corrective or remedial actions and incur additional costs, in the future. Although it has not been the case in the past, these costs could have a material adverse effect on us in the future.

        Further, laws and regulations in various jurisdictions impose or may impose, as the case may be, environmental monitoring, reporting and/or remediation requirements if operations cease or property is transferred or sold. We have sold or closed a number of facilities that had operated solid waste management units (landfills) on-site. In most cases where we divested the properties, we have retained ownership of on-site landfills. When our landfills were or are to be sold, we negotiate for contractual provisions providing for financial assurance to be maintained, which we believe will be adequate to protect us from any potential future liability associated with these landfills. When we have closed landfills, we believe that we have done so in material compliance with applicable laws and regulations. We continue to monitor these landfills and observe any reporting obligations we may have with respect to them pursuant to applicable laws and regulations. To date, the costs associated with the retained landfills have not had, and we do not anticipate that future costs will have, a material adverse effect on us.

        We have received and may in the future receive notices from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (or U.S. EPA) or state environmental protection agencies, as well as claims from other parties, alleging that we are a potentially responsible party (or PRP) under the Superfund Act and similar state laws for past and future remediation costs at waste disposal sites and other contaminated properties. Although Superfund Act liability is joint and several, in general, final allocation of responsibility at sites where there are multiple PRPs is made based on each PRP's relative contribution of hazardous substances to the site. Based on information currently available to us, we believe that any potential liability we may have as a PRP will not have a material adverse effect on us.

        Certain of our U.S. facilities have been or will be required to comply with reporting requirements under the Federal Clean Air Act and standards for air emissions that have been or may be adopted by the U.S. EPA and state environmental protection agencies pursuant to new and revised regulations, including the possible promulgation of future maximum achievable control technology standards that apply specifically to our manufacturing sector(s), or more generally to our operation(s) or equipment. Achieving compliance with the regulations that have been promulgated to date has resulted in the need for additional administrative and engineered controls, changes to certain manufacturing processes, and increased monitoring and reporting obligations. Similar foreign laws and regulations have been or may also be adopted to establish new standards for air emissions, which may also require best available control technology on our manufacturing operations outside the United States. Based on information currently available to us, we believe that compliance with these regulations will not have a material adverse effect on us.

        International accords, foreign laws and regulations, and U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations have been enacted to address concerns about the effects that CO₂ emissions and other identified GHGs may have on the environment and climate worldwide. These effects are widely referred to as Climate Change. The international community has taken actions to address Climate Change issues on a global basis. In particular, in December 2015, the 21st Conference of Parties for the UNFCC concluded with more than 190 countries adopting the Paris Agreement, which then came into force and was legally binding on the parties in November 2016. The Paris Agreement sets a goal of limiting the increase in global average temperature and consists of two elements: a legally binding commitment by each participating country to set an emissions reduction target, referred to as

92

"nationally determined contributions" (or NDCs), with a review of the NDCs that could lead to updates and enhancements every five years beginning in 2023, and a transparency commitment requiring participating countries to disclose in full their progress. Our activities in the EU are subject to the EU Emissions Trading Scheme (or ETS), and it is likely that requirements relating to GHG emissions will become more stringent and will continue to expand to other jurisdictions in the future as NDCs under the Paris Agreement are implemented. In the United States, although the current Administration has announced its intent to withdraw from the Paris Agreement, the EPA currently requires reporting of GHG emissions from certain sources and, in the future, the EPA or states may impose permitting obligations on new sources or existing sources that seek to modify their operations that would otherwise result in an increase in certain GHG emissions.

        In the EU, the ETS, which was initially enacted under the provisions of the 1997 Kyoto Protocol, requires certain listed energy-intensive industries to participate in an international "cap and trade" system of GHG emission allowances. A third phase of the EU ETS under Directive 2009/29/EC, covers the period 2013 to 2020 and instituted a number of program changes. EU Member States brought into force the necessary laws, regulations and administrative provisions to comply with this EU Directive. Carbon and graphite manufacturing is still not a covered industry sector in the revised Annex 1 of this Directive. However, one of our European manufacturing operations was required to comply with these provisions under a more general fuel combustion category, because its combustion units met the applicability levels. The operations subject to these provisions was eligible to receive free CO₂ emission allowances under the member state allocation program. On November 9, 2017, to implement the EU's NDC under the Paris Agreement and other GHG commitments, the European Parliament and Council announced a provisional agreement to revise and make more stringent the ETS during the Phase 4 period of 2021 to 2030. Among other changes, the Phase 4 provisions would further accelerate reduction in the current oversupply of allowances in the ETS market and establish further protections against the risks of carbon leakage. After extensive negotiations, the European Parliament and the Council formally supported the revision in February 2018. The revised EU ETS Directive (Directive (EU) 2018/410) entered into force on April 8, 2018. The EU's current target for 2030 is to achieve a GHG reduction of at least 40% compared to 1990 levels. Implementation of Phase 4 could increase the cost of our current GHG allowances and require us to obtain additional allowances. Based on information currently available to us, we believe that compliance with international accords, U.S. and foreign laws and regulations concerning Climate Change which have been promulgated, or that could be promulgated in the future, including Phase 4 of the ETS, will not have a material adverse effect on us.

        Some of our products (including our raw materials) are subject to extensive environmental and industrial hygiene regulations governing the registration and safety analysis of their component substances. For example, in connecting with REACH or the EU's Classification, Labelling and Packaging Regulation, any key raw material, chemical or substance, including our products, could be classified as having a toxicological or health-related impact on the environment, users of our products, or our employees. Coal tar pitch, which is classified as a substance of very high concern under REACH, is used in certain of our processes, but in a manner that we believe does not require us to obtain a specific authorization under the REACH guidelines.

        Estimates of future costs for compliance with U.S. and foreign environmental protection laws and regulations, and for environmental liabilities, are necessarily imprecise due to numerous uncertainties, including the impact of potential new laws and regulations, the availability and application of new and diverse technologies, the extent of insurance coverage, the potential discovery of contaminated properties, or the identification of new hazardous substance disposal sites at which we may be a PRP and, in the case of sites subject to the Superfund Act and similar state and foreign laws, the final determination of remedial requirements and the ultimate allocation of costs among the PRPs. Subject to the inherent imprecision in estimating such future costs, but taking into consideration our experience to date regarding environmental matters of a similar nature and facts currently known, we estimate that our costs and capital expenditures (in each case, before adjustment for inflation) for environmental

93

protection regulatory compliance programs and for remedial response actions will not be material over the next several years. Furthermore, we establish accruals for environmental liabilities when it is probable that a liability has been or will be incurred, and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. We adjust the accrual as new remedial actions or other commitments are made, as well as when new information becomes available that changes the prior estimates previously made and we believe our existing accruals are reasonable.

Employee relations

        As of December 31, 2018, we had 1,387 employees (excluding contractors). A total of 451 employees were in Europe (including Russia), 710 were in Mexico and Brazil, 3 were in South Africa, 216 were in the United States and 7 were in the Asia Pacific region. As of December 31, 2018, 945 of our employees were hourly employees.

        As of December 31, 2018, approximately 846 employees, or 61%, of our worldwide employees, are covered by collective bargaining or similar agreements. As of December 31, 2018, approximately 691 employees, or 50%, of our worldwide employees, were covered by agreements that expire, or are subject to renegotiation, at various times through December 31, 2019. We believe that, in general, our relationships with our unions are satisfactory and that we will be able to renew or extend our collective bargaining or similar agreements on reasonable terms as they expire. We cannot assure, however, that renewed or extended agreements will be reached without a work stoppage or strike or will be reached on terms satisfactory to us. As of December 31, 2018, none of the employees in our Seadrift plant or St. Marys facility were covered by collective bargaining or similar agreements.

        We have not had any material work stoppages or strikes during the past decade.

Legal proceedings

        We are involved in various investigations, lawsuits, claims, demands, labor disputes and other legal proceedings, including with respect to environmental and human exposure or other personal injury matters, arising out of or incidental to the conduct of our business. While it is not possible to determine the ultimate disposition of each of these matters and proceedings, we do not believe that their ultimate disposition will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        Litigation has been pending in Brazil brought by employees seeking to recover additional amounts and interest thereon under certain wage increase provisions applicable in 1989 and 1990 under collective bargaining agreements to which employers in the Bahia region of Brazil were a party (including our subsidiary in Brazil). Companies in Brazil have settled claims arising out of these provisions and, in May 2015, the litigation was remanded in favor of the employees, by the Brazilian Supreme Court to the lower courts for further proceedings which included procedural aspects of the case, such as admissibility of instruments filed by the parties. On October 1, 2015, an action was filed by current and former employees against our subsidiary in Brazil to recover amounts under such provisions, plus interest thereon, which amounts together with interest could be material to us. In the first quarter of 2017, the state court ruled in favor of the employees. We have appealed this ruling and intend to vigorously defend it. As of December 31, 2018, we are unable to assess the potential loss associated with these proceedings as the claims do not currently specify the number of employees seeking damages or the amount of damages being sought.

        On March 1, 2019, the Department of Sustainable Development of the State of Nuevo León provided notice of an administrative proceeding with respect to the Company's Monterrey facility. The proceeding requires the Company to design and implement certain corrective measures involving certain potential violations of state environmental law relating to emissions. The Company is cooperating with the Department with respect to this matter.

94

Industry

Graphite electrode industry

        Graphite electrodes are an industrial consumable product used primarily in EAF steel production. EAFs and BOFs are the two primary technologies for steel production. In the EAF method, steel scrap is melted and recycled to produce liquid steel, while in the BOF method, virgin iron ore is smelted with metallurgical coke, a carbon product derived from metallurgical coal. According to the WSA, in 2017, EAF steel producers accounted for 46%, or 394 million MT, of global crude steel production (excluding China, which almost exclusively uses the BOF method), an increase of 44% since 2000. EAFs have historically been the fastest-growing segment of the global steel industry due to their greater resilience, more variable cost structure, lower capital intensity and more environmentally friendly nature.

        EAF steel producers are the primary consumers of graphite electrodes, and use them to conduct electricity in a furnace, generating an electric arc of sufficient heat to melt scrap metal, iron ore or other raw materials used to produce steel or other metals. EAFs operate using either alternating electric current or direct electric current. The vast majority of EAFs use alternating electric current and typically use nine electrodes (in three columns of three electrodes each) at one time. Direct electric current EAFs typically use one column of three electrodes. Graphite electrodes are the only known commercially available products that have both the capacity to handle high levels of electrical current and the capability to sustain the high levels of heat generated in EAF steel production, making graphite electrodes essential to the EAF process.

        The size of the electrodes varies depending on the size of the furnace, the size of the furnace's electric transformer and the planned productivity of the furnace. In a typical furnace using alternating electric current and operating at a typical number of production cycles per day, three electrodes are fully consumed (requiring the addition of new electrodes), on average, every 8 to 10 operating hours. Graphite electrodes are consumed at a rate of approximately 1.7 kilograms per MT of steel production.

        The actual rate of consumption and addition of electrodes for a particular furnace depends primarily on the efficiency and productivity of the furnace. Therefore, demand for graphite electrodes is directly related to the amount and efficiency of EAF steel production. EAF steel production requires significant heat (as high as 5,000° F) to melt the raw materials, primarily scrap metal, in the furnace. Heat is generated as electricity (as much as 150,000 amps) passes through the electrodes and creates an electric arc between the electrodes and the raw materials.

Market size and major producers

        Electrode production globally (excluding China) is focused on the manufacture of UHP electrodes for EAFs, while the majority of Chinese production is of ladle electrodes for BOFs. UHP electrodes must be able to endure more harsh operating environments than ladle electrodes, as EAFs melt solid scrap steel to a liquid state whereas BOF ladle electrodes are used to maintain the temperature of steel already in a liquid state. UHP electrodes are more difficult to make and are sold at a premium relative to ladle electrodes because their production requires an extensive proprietary manufacturing process and material science knowledge, including the use of superior needle coke blends. As a result, graphite electrode producers outside of China and electrode producers in China are generally not in direct competition for major product lines.

        We believe the worldwide graphite electrode production capacity (excluding China) was approximately 800,000 MT in 2018. We believe worldwide graphite electrode production capacity, excluding China, has now increased to approximately 850,000 MT. The industry is fairly consolidated with the top five players holding approximately 82% of the total capacity according to management estimates. The five largest producers in the industry are Showa Denko K.K., GrafTech, Graphite India Limited, Tokai Carbon Co., Ltd. and HEG Ltd.

95

        Customers of UHP graphite electrode producers primarily include EAF steel producers across the Americas and EMEA. As the capacity utilization and production levels for EAF steel producers have increased beginning in 2017, demand for graphite electrodes exceeded production capacity. Customers have historically procured graphite electrodes through annual agreements negotiated in the third and fourth quarters of each calendar year for graphite electrodes to be delivered the following year. In light of recent market trends described below, certainty of supply of graphite electrodes has become a critical concern for EAF steelmakers.

        We believe that greenfield graphite electrode manufacturing projects have been difficult to develop due to significant capital costs, long lead times, technical know-how, and cumbersome permitting and regulatory regimes. We believe the lead time from initial permitting to full production of a greenfield graphite electrode manufacturing facility would be approximately three to five years and potentially cost as much as approximately $10,000 per MT. Similarly, brownfield graphite electrode manufacturing development is complicated by significant capital costs. Only one greenfield project and one brownfield expansion have been completed since the 1980s outside of China. Therefore, we believe that the industry does not currently have the ability to increase production capacity easily to meet rising demand. Additionally, graphite electrodes require petroleum needle coke, which is an essential raw material for production. Needle coke is in short supply due to demand constraints explained below.

Restructuring of industry production capacity

Supply trends

        According to the WSA, between 1984 and 2011, EAF steel production has grown at 3.5% per year, encouraging the growth of the graphite electrode industry. The rapid growth of Chinese steel production, primarily by the BOF method, created an oversupply in steel which led graphite electrode producers to rationalize production capacity and consolidate between 2014 and 2016, a phase which we believe has concluded with renewed EAF steel demand. In 2013, the graphite electrode industry (excluding China) had capacity to produce approximately 1.0 million MT of graphite electrodes across 30 graphite electrode plants. We estimate that from 2014-2016, the industry has closed or repurposed approximately 20% of global production capacity outside of China, consisting of smaller, higher cost facilities. Based on our experience, high capacity manufacturing facilities can have operating costs of more than $1,000 per MT lower than low capacity manufacturing facilities, encouraging producers to consolidate facilities in order to reduce costs.

        We believe the majority of the production capacity reduction was permanent due to the demolition, long-term environmental remediation and repurposing of most of these lower capacity facilities. Additionally, in October 2017, Showa Denko, the industry's third largest producer, acquired SGL Carbon, the second largest producer. The consolidation and production capacity reductions in the graphite electrode industry, along with the EAF industry's recovery since 2016, lead us to believe that the graphite electrode industry has recovered from the downturn and will resume its long-term growth trajectory. We estimate that in 2018, global production capacity (outside of China) was approximately 800,000 MT with a capacity utilization of approximately 90%, excluding China. We believe worldwide graphite electrode production capacity, excluding China, has now increased to approximately 850,000 MT.

Demand trends

        Our graphite electrodes are primarily used in the EAF steelmaking process, and global growth in that market has driven increasing demand for graphite electrodes. EAF steelmaking has historically been the fastest-growing segment of the global steel market. According to the WSA, EAF steelmaking grew at an average annual rate of 3.5% from 1984, the first year for which data is available for all relevant countries, until 2011, while overall steel production (using all methods) grew at an average

96

annual rate of 2.9%. After average annual declines in EAF steel production of 2.7% from 2011 through 2015, EAF steel production grew by 2.8% in 2016 and 13.7% in 2017.

        This growth has resulted from the development by EAF steelmakers of diversified raw material sources, including non-scrap materials rich in iron content, such as direct reduced iron and hot briquetted iron. These high quality sources of iron, in addition to technological advances in the EAF process, have enabled EAF steel producers to produce higher quality grades of steel traditionally produced by BOF steelmakers and to enter new markets as a result. EAF steelmakers have therefore been able to increase both market share and overall production. According to the WSA, as of 2017, EAF steel production has grown to 68% of total U.S. steel production from 47% in 2000, 46% of total EMEA steel production from 33% in 2000, and 41% of total APAC (excluding China) steel production from 36% in 2000. Over the same period, global EAF production increased from 287 million MT in 2000 to 472 million MT in 2017, while non-EAF steel production (excluding China) was relatively flat at 453 million MT in 2000 to 464 in 2017. This ongoing shift toward EAF steelmaking has resulted in increasing demand globally for graphite electrodes.

        We believe there is a particular opportunity for EAF steelmaking to take further market share in China as well. China's 12^th Five-Year Plan, released in 2011, called for EAFs to constitute 20% of overall steel production by 2020. According to the WSA, in 2017, Chinese EAF production increased to 77 million MT, or 9% of China's total steel production, up from 2016 levels of 51 million MT or 6% of China's total steel production. If Chinese EAF steelmaking production capacity were to reach 20%, based on 2017 production levels, that would add 89 million MT of additional EAF production for a total of 166 million MT, compared to 2017 EAF production in the next largest regions of 68 million MT in the EU, 55 million MT in India and 56 million MT in the United States.

        While China's 13^th Five-Year Plan, released in March 2016, did not explicitly address the EAF target, it did emphasize the importance of environmental efforts, such that 10 of 25 targets in the plan were related to the environment. The Chinese government's increasing focus on the environment may eventually incentivize steelmakers to convert from BOFs to EAFs in order to continue operating. Significant BOF capacity in the country has been shuttered since 2016 given increasing government-mandated environmental efforts. China's rapid increase in BOF steel production between 2000 and 2016 has also created a significant new source of scrap. As a result of these factors, we believe total UHP graphite electrode demand in China will increase in 2019 and going forward.

Pricing trends

        Pricing for graphite electrodes is determined through contract negotiations and spot transactions between producers and consumers. Pricing has historically been cyclical, reflecting the demand trends of the global EAF steelmaking industry and supply of graphite electrodes. Moreover, as petroleum needle coke represents a significant percentage of the raw material cost of graphite electrodes, graphite electrodes have typically been priced at a spread to petroleum needle coke. Over the period from 2008 to 2017, the average graphite electrode spread over petroleum needle coke was approximately $3,000 per MT, on an inflation-adjusted basis using constant 2018 dollars. In tight demand markets, this spread has increased, resulting in higher graphite electrode prices. We believe that the new source of demand for petroleum needle coke presented by lithium-ion battery producers for electric vehicles will place upward pressure on petroleum needle coke pricing compared to historical levels. While there is no widely accepted graphite electrode reference price, we believe that our weighted average realized prices are indicative of prices in the overall industry. Historically, between 2008 and 2017, our weighted average realized price of graphite electrodes was approximately $4,500 per MT (on an inflation-adjusted basis using constant 2018 dollars).

        During the most recent demand trough, our weighted average realized price of graphite electrodes fell to approximately $2,500 per MT in 2016. Following the significant rationalization of graphite

97

electrode production globally, the resumption of growth in EAF steel production, falling scrap prices, reductions in Chinese steel, and constrained supply of needle coke, graphite electrode spot prices increased in late 2017 and 2018. As of February 2019, current spot prices were approximately $12,000 per MT.

Needle coke industry

Introduction

        Needle coke is the primary raw material for the production of graphite electrodes used by EAF steelmakers and producers of aluminum, stainless steel, silicon metals and other ferrous and non-ferrous metals, and is also a key raw material in the production of lithium-ion batteries used to power electric vehicles. Needle coke is derived from two carbon sources. Petroleum needle coke is produced through a manufacturing process very similar to a refinery. The production process converts decant oil, a byproduct of the gasoline refining process, into petroleum needle coke and generally takes two months to produce. Pitch needle coke, used principally by Asian graphite electrode manufacturers, is made from coal tar pitch, a byproduct of coking metallurgical coal used in BOF steelmaking.

        Graphite electrode producers combine petroleum and pitch needle coke with binders and other ingredients to form graphite electrodes. Petroleum and pitch needle coke, relative to other varieties of coke, are distinguished by their needle-like structure and their quality, which is measured by the presence of impurities, principally sulfur, nitrogen and ash. Petroleum and pitch needle coke are typically low in these impurities. Additionally, the needle-like structure of petroleum and pitch needle coke creates expansion along the length of the electrode, rather than the width, which reduces the likelihood of fractures. In order to minimize fractures caused by disproportionate expansion over the width of an electrode, and minimize the effect of impurities, large-diameter graphite electrodes (18 inches to 32 inches) employed in high-intensity EAF applications are comprised almost exclusively of petroleum and pitch needle coke.

98

        The process map below shows the raw materials required to make graphite electrodes, the various consumers of these raw materials, as well as the consumers of graphite electrodes.

Graphite electrode industry production process

(1)

Graphite electrode sales represent sales outside of China

Source: Management Estimates

        Previously, producers of petroleum needle coke typically agreed to supply petroleum needle coke in twelve-month contracts; however, in 2017, producers of petroleum needle coke only agreed to six-month contracts. This practice has continued in 2018 and 2019. As a result, our competitors must continually renegotiate supply agreements in response to changing market conditions. We are substantially vertically integrated through our ownership of our Seadrift facility, which provides approximately 70% of our needle coke requirements and insulates us from rapid changes in the needle coke market.

Market size and major producers

        The needle coke industry is highly concentrated with approximately ten major producers of needle coke and only four major producers of petroleum needle coke, excluding China. These firms include Phillips 66 (U.S.), Seadrift (GrafTech), Petrocokes Japan Limited (Japan), JX Nippon Oil & Energy Co., Ltd. (Japan) and Petrochina International Jinzhou Co., Ltd. (China), which produce petroleum needle coke, and Mitsubishi Chemical Company, Baosteel Group (China), C-Chem Co., Ltd. (Japan), Indian Oil Company Limited (India), JX Holdings Inc. (Japan), Petrochina International Jinzhou Co., Ltd. (China) and Anshan Kaitan Thermo-Energy New Materials Co. Ltd (China), which produce pitch needle coke. We believe that Phillips 66 and Seadrift are the largest and second largest needle coke producers in the world, respectively. We estimate that Seadrift has approximately 19% of the petroleum needle coke production capacity outside China.

99

        Graphite electrode manufacturers prefer petroleum needle coke because of the meaningfully longer bake and graphitizing time required for pitch needle coke and the subsequent impact on graphite electrode production throughput. Electric vehicle manufacturers prefer petroleum needle coke in lithium-ion batteries because of its greater energy density, providing batteries with longer driving ranges and longevity.

Estimated Petroleum needle coke industry production capacity (excluding China) by company (MT)

Source: Management estimates

Industry trends

        Petroleum needle coke production capacity, excluding China, has remained unchanged for at least the last 10 years due to the capital intensity, technical know-how and long lead times required to build greenfield needle coke production facilities and the stringent regulatory process associated with building new needle coke production capacity. Furthermore, we believe that brownfield expansion opportunities are generally not available as petroleum needle coke manufacturing is a continuous process with significant costs associated with shutting down and restarting facilities for maintenance or capital investment.

        While supply has become constrained, demand for petroleum needle coke is increasing due to the use of needle coke in lithium-ion batteries used in electric vehicles. The International Energy Agency (or IEA) estimates that the global electric car stock exceeded three million vehicles in 2017, tripling from 2015 levels. The IEA further projects that the global electric car stock may range between 9 million and 20 million by 2020, and between 40 million and 70 million by 2025. Most electric vehicles rely on lithium-ion batteries as their key performance component. In the last two years, manufacturers of lithium-ion batteries for electric vehicles have begun using needle coke instead of other forms of graphite as a raw material for carbon anodes in their batteries due to technological advances and the consistent quality that needle coke provides. We expect that lithium-ion battery manufacturers will continue to prefer petroleum needle coke instead of pitch needle coke for the majority of their supply, due to petroleum needle coke's better energy density and superior energy storage. These qualities provide lithium-ion batteries made with petroleum needle coke with longer potential driving ranges and battery lives. According to the ICC, electric vehicles comprised approximately 220,000 MT of total demand for needle coke in 2018, up 56% from 2017. Based on IEA's estimates of growth in electric vehicle stock to 2025, requirements for petroleum needle coke to fulfill demand would grow exponentially.

100

EAF steel industry

Emergence and initial period of growth

        According to the WSA, global EAF production grew at a 3.5% compound annual growth rate from 1984 to 2011, while taking share from other methods of steelmaking in most regions of the world, outside of China. EAFs benefit from their flexibility in sourcing iron units, being able to make steel from either scrap or alternative sources of iron like direct reduced iron and hot briquetted iron, both made directly from iron ore. Most of the growth in EAF steelmaking has taken place in Western Europe and North America, two regions with substantial amounts of scrap available for use in EAFs.

Source: World Steel Association

Industry disruption 2011 to 2015

        According to the WSA, EAF steel production declined approximately 10% from 2011 to 2015, reversing a trend of annual growth from 1984 to 2011, largely due to substantial increases in Chinese steel production. In 1984, China produced 21 million MT of BOF steel, which by 2017 had grown to 754 million MT, representing approximately 91% of its total steel production. Growth in production capacity surpassed growth in demand, resulting in significant excess capacity within China and increased exports into global markets. China net steel exports peaked at 112 million MT in 2015. These exports negatively affected steel prices and led EAF producers to reduce production. In 2011, EAF production globally was 454 million MT representing 30% of global steel production, but by 2015, EAF production had declined to 407 million MT, representing 25% of global steel production respectively. Declining EAF production significantly impacted demand for our graphite electrode products.

EAFs recovering and positioned for long-term growth

        The EAF steel industry has recovered since the downturn from 2011 to 2015. EAF production started to recover in 2016 with growth of 2.8%, according to the WSA. EAF production is now rebounding very strongly. WSA reported an 14% growth in EAF production in 2017. This recovery has taken place since China began in 2015 to restructure its steel industry by encouraging consolidation and shutting down excess capacity. China has also begun to implement increased environmental regulations to improve air quality, which has been impacted by CO₂ emissions associated with the burning of coal in BOF steelmaking. Additionally, developed economies such as North America and Western Europe have implemented trade decisions against BOF steel-producing countries to protect their domestic steel industries against imports. These actions have resulted in a significant decrease in Chinese steel exports. According to China Customs and Baiinfo, Chinese steel exports have declined from 112 million MT in 2015 to 70 million MT in 2018. This reduction in exports has resulted in increased steel production outside of China, especially EAF steel production.

101

Chinese Monthly Steel Exports

Sources: China Customs, Baiinfo

Outlook

        We expect EAF steel production to continue to grow globally. In 2000, according to the WSA, EAF steel production represented 47% of total U.S. steel production, increasing to 68% of total U.S. steel production by 2017. In absolute terms, total EAF production in the United States increased from 48 million MT in 2000 to 56 million MT in 2017. In 2000, EAF steel production reflected 33% of total EMEA steel production, increasing to 46% of total EMEA steel production by 2017. This represented an increase in total EAF production in EMEA from 111 million MT in 2000 to 166 million MT in 2017. In 2000, 36% of total APAC (excluding China) steel production was by the EAF method, representing 77 million MT of EAF production. This share of production increased to 41% of total APAC (excluding China) steel production by 2017; this represents 137 million MT of EAF production, or an incremental increase of 60 million MT. As a result, we believe there is substantial opportunity for trends in the U.S. and EMEA steel markets to replicate elsewhere.

        China also represents a significant opportunity for EAF growth and market share expansion. Chinese steel production today is substantially through the BOF method, but increasing focus on environmental protection within China may encourage conversion from BOFs to EAFs. In its 12^th Five-Year Plan, the Chinese government set a goal of achieving 20% EAF market share by 2020. While China's 13^th Five-Year Plan, released in March 2016, did not explicitly address the EAF target, it did emphasize the importance of environmental efforts, such that 10 of 25 targets in the plan were related to the environment. The government's increasing focus on the environment may eventually incentivize steelmakers to convert from BOFs to EAFs in order to continue operating. Additionally, the rapid historical increase in Chinese steel production has resulted in increasing supplies of scrap, making EAFs more cost attractive relative to BOFs. According to McKinsey, so much scrap is expected to become available that EAF production capacity in China would need to triple by 2020 to keep pace. Steel producers may conclude that lower-capital intensity mini-mills are more attractive investment opportunities than rebuilding blast furnaces as they age, further supporting demand for graphite electrodes. China's crude steel output from electric arc furnace producers is estimated to reach 90-100 million metric tons in 2018. This would mark a 20%-30% increase over 2017, S&P Global Platts calculates.

102

Management

Directors and executive officers

        The following table sets forth the name, age and position of our directors and executive officers. The following also includes certain information regarding our directors' and executive officers' individual experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, and brief statements of those aspects of our directors' backgrounds that led us to conclude that they should serve as directors.

Name	Age	Position
Denis A. Turcotte	57	Chairman and Director
David J. Rintoul	61	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (or CEO)
Jeffrey C. Dutton	56	Director
Ron A. Bloom	63	Director
Quinn J. Coburn	55	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (or CFO) and Treasurer
Brian L. Acton	67	Director
Michel J. Dumas	60	Director
Anthony R. Taccone	58	Director

Denis A. Turcotte was elected to the board of directors in August 2015 and became Chairman of the Company's board of directors in March 2018. Mr. Turcotte is currently a Managing Partner at Brookfield. Prior to joining Brookfield in 2017, Mr. Turcotte was president and chief executive officer of North Channel Management and North Channel Capital Partners, business consulting and private investing firms, from 2008 to 2017. He was also a member of the board of directors of the general partner of Brookfield Business Partners L.P., an affiliate of Brookfield, from 2016 until he joined Brookfield in 2017. From 2002 to 2008, Mr. Turcotte was the president and CEO and a director of Algoma Steel Inc., a publicly listed North American steel company, and from 1992 to 2002 held a number of senior executive positions with companies in the pulp and paper industry, including president of the paper group and executive vice-president of corporate development and strategy of Tembec Inc., a leading integrated forest products company with operations in North America and France. Since 2012 and 2007, Mr. Turcotte has been a member of the board of directors for Norbord Inc. and Domtar Corporation, respectively. He was previously a member of the board of directors for Coalspur Mines, Ltd. from 2010 to 2015 and Algoma Steel Inc. from 2002 to 2008.

David J. Rintoul became President and CEO and was elected to the board of directors in March 2018. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Rintoul served as President of U.S. Steel Tubular Products and as a Senior Vice President of United States Steel Corporation (or U.S. Steel). Before that, Mr. Rintoul has served in various roles at U.S. Steel since 2007, including oversight of U.S. Steel's Slovak and Serbian operations. Mr. Rintoul's career in the steel industry spans 38 years with positions at both integrated and mini mill producers in the United States, Europe and Canada, including extensive mini-mill operational experience at North Star Bluescope Steel in Delta, Ohio from 2001 to 2005 and from construction through full operations at Acme Steel Company in Riverdale, Illinois from 1995 to 2001. Mr. Rintoul holds an Associate's degree in Mechanical Engineering Technology from Sault College of Applied Arts and Technology, a Bachelor's degree in Business Administration from Lake Superior State University and a Master's degree in Business Administration from the University of Notre Dame.

Jeffrey C. Dutton was elected to the board of directors in 2017. Previously, Mr. Dutton served as President and CEO of the Company from January 2017 until March 2018 and Vice President & Chief Operating Officer of the Company from August 2015 until January 2017. In these roles, Mr. Dutton oversaw all aspects of both the Industrial Materials and Engineered Solutions businesses. Mr. Dutton has served as Senior Vice President of Brookfield since 2013. Brookfield became GrafTech's indirect parent company in August 2015. Mr. Dutton served as the CEO and President of Twin Rivers Paper Company, from 2010 to 2013. Mr. Dutton served in various executive capacities at Fraser Papers Inc. from 2008 to 2010 and as General Manager of East Papers operations at Fraser Papers Inc. from 2006

103

to 2008. He served as President of Republic Paperboard Company of Eagle Materials Inc. from 2004 to 2006. Mr. Dutton has served as a director of Ember Resources Inc., an affiliate of Brookfield, since August 2018. Mr. Dutton served as a director of Twin Rivers Paper Company in 2013 and has served as a director of the Hammerstone Corporation since 2014. Mr. Dutton received his Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering Technology from the University of Maine.

Ron A. Bloom was elected to the board of directors in February 2017. Since 2016, Mr. Bloom has been a Managing Partner and Vice Chairman at Brookfield, where he focuses on managing the firm's private equity investments. Mr. Bloom has served as a director of Westinghouse Electric Company LLC, an affiliate of Brookfield, since August 2018. Prior to joining Brookfield in 2016, from 2012 to 2016, Mr. Bloom was Vice Chairman, U.S. Investment Banking, at Lazard, focused on restructurings, and mergers and acquisitions. Prior to joining Lazard, Mr. Bloom served as Assistant to the President for Manufacturing Policy from February 2011 to August 2011 where he provided leadership on policy development and strategic planning for the Administration's agenda to revitalize the manufacturing sector. He led the discussions with the auto industry which resulted in the industry's support for new fuel economy standards. Prior to joining the White House, Mr. Bloom served as Senior Advisor to the Secretary of the Treasury from 2009 to 2011 where he helped lead the restructuring of General Motors and Chrysler LLC, and then led the Treasury's oversight of the companies thereafter, including General Motors' initial public offering. Mr. Bloom received his undergraduate degree from Wesleyan University and graduated with distinction from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

Quinn J. Coburn became CFO in September 2015. Mr. Coburn served as interim CFO beginning in May 2015 after previously serving as Vice President of Finance and Treasurer. He joined the Company in August 2010 after working at NCR Corporation from December 1992 until August 2010, including service as that company's Vice President and Treasurer. Mr. Coburn graduated with a B.S. in Accounting from Utah State University in 1988. He received an MBA from University of Pennsylvania's The Wharton School in 1992.

Brian L. Acton was elected to the board of directors in April 2018. Mr. Acton has more than 40 years' experience in the mining and bulk materials distribution industry, primarily devoted to mining and marketing of coal, and marketing of petroleum coke and other raw materials. Since August 2013, Mr. Acton has served as President at Pac Basin Resources LLC, a mining and metals company. From July 2010 to June 2013, Mr. Acton served as a consultant to Oxbow Carbon & Minerals Holdings, Inc. From 1996 to 2009, Mr. Acton served as President and COO of Oxbow Carbon and Minerals Holdings, Inc. Mr. Acton joined Oxbow in 1985 after working with Kaiser Resources/Westar Mining since 1978. Mr. Acton served on the board of directors of Adriana Resources Inc. from March 2012 to February 2017. While on the Board, Mr. Acton served as Chair of the Compensation Committee from 2012 to 2017 and as a member of the Audit Committee from 2014 to 2017. Mr. Acton is a graduate of Queen's University with a Bachelor of Applied Science (Mining Engineering) degree and a Masters in Business Administration.

Michel J. Dumas was elected to the board of directors in April 2018. Mr. Dumas has over thirty years of experience in the lumber, pulp and paper industries. From 1997 until 2017, Mr. Dumas served as the Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Tembec, Inc., based in Quebec. Mr. Dumas also served on the board of directors of Tembec, Inc. from January 2011 to February 2017. Mr. Dumas served as a director of Marathon Pulp Inc. from February 2000 to February 2009 and of Jager Building Systems from August 2001 to September 2008. From 1991 to 1997, Mr. Dumas was Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer at Spruce Falls Inc., a newsprint mill. Prior to joining Spruce Falls Inc., from 1985 to 1991, Mr. Dumas served as Controller at Tembec, Inc. Mr. Dumas received his undergraduate degree in Commerce from University of Ottawa.

Anthony R. Taccone was elected to the board of directors in April 2018. Mr. Taccone has over thirty years of experience consulting to companies in the global steel industry and companies with interests in the steel industry, including suppliers, customers and investors. Since March 1998,

104

Mr. Taccone has served as a Founding Partner and co-owner of First River LLC, a boutique strategy consulting firm. While at First River, Mr. Taccone has worked with senior management teams, boards of directors, investors and government agencies on challenging and complex issues facing companies in the steel industry, including financial restructurings, capacity rationalizations, mergers and acquisitions, major capital investment decisions, raw material integration strategies, and investments in downstream businesses. Prior to joining First River, Mr. Taccone was a strategy consultant at Beddows & Company from 1988 to 1998. From 1994 until 1998, Mr. Taccone was the North American practice leader and served on Beddows and Company's Board of Directors. Prior to his career as a steel industry consultant, Mr. Taccone worked as a Country Risk Economist from 1985 to 1987 and an Industry Economist from 1987 to 1988 at Mellon Bank. Mr. Taccone received his undergraduate degree in economics from Washington & Jefferson College and a Masters degree in economics from Duke University.

Board of directors

        Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Under our Amended Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors is fixed by our board of directors but will not be fewer than three directors. The board of directors currently consists of seven numbers. Within one year of the consummation of our IPO, our board of directors will consist of eight members.

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation provides that our board of directors be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors are divided among the three classes as follows:

•

the Class I directors are Denis A. Turcotte and Michel J. Dumas, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019;

•

the Class II directors are Ron A. Bloom, Brian L. Acton and David J. Rintoul, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020; and

•

the Class III directors are Jeffrey C. Dutton and Anthony R. Taccone and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021.

        Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. While Brookfield owns more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, the classification of the board of directors and the other provisions of the Amended Certificate of Incorporation may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. After the selling stockholder ceases to own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, these provisions may be amended only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66²/3% or more of the voting power of our outstanding common stock.

        If the total number of shares voted in favor of a director nominee in an uncontested election are less than the total number of shares voted against such director nominee, the director nominee will tender his or her resignation immediately after the stockholder meeting and our board will determine whether to accept the resignation within 90 days of the stockholder meeting.

        We and the selling stockholder entered into a stockholder rights agreement (or the Stockholder Rights Agreement) in connection with our IPO. Under the Stockholder Rights Agreement, for so long as the selling stockholder owns or controls at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, the selling stockholder will have the right to nominate the higher of 37.5% of the members of the board of directors and three members of the board of directors (which we refer to as the Brookfield directors), and one Brookfield director will be in each class. The selling stockholder will also have the right to select the chairman of the board of directors. In the event the selling stockholder owns or controls less than 25% of our outstanding common stock, the Brookfield directors will promptly tender their

105

resignations. The board of directors (excluding the Brookfield directors) will have the option, but not the obligation, to accept the Brookfield directors' resignations. If the board of directors (excluding the Brookfield directors) votes to accept these resignations, the Brookfield directors will cease to be members of the board of directors. If the board of directors (excluding the Brookfield directors) votes not to accept these resignations, the Brookfield directors will continue to serve as members of the board of directors until the next annual meeting of our stockholders, regardless of the time remaining in their respective terms of office. The Stockholder Rights Agreement provides that the initial board members designated by the selling stockholder shall be Denis A. Turcotte, Ron A. Bloom and Jeffrey C. Dutton. For more information regarding the Stockholder Rights Agreement, see "Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholder Rights Agreement."

        Our Amended By-Laws provides that while the selling stockholder owns more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, at any meeting of our board of directors, the presence of (i) a majority of the total number of directors and (ii) one Brookfield director will be required to constitute a quorum. After the selling stockholder ceases to own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, the presence of a majority of the total number of directors will be required to constitute a quorum.

Director independence

        Because the selling stockholder owns a majority of our outstanding common stock, we are "controlled company" as that term is set forth in the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under these rules, a "controlled company" may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including: (i) the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, (ii) the requirement that our governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities, and (iii) the requirement that our compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities. However, as a "controlled company," we must comply with the rules applicable to audit committees set forth in the NYSE corporate governance standards. All three members of our audit committee are independent.

        Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of the directors. Based on this review, the board has determined that three members of the board of directors, Michel J. Dumas, Brian L. Acton and Anthony R. Taccone, currently qualify as "independent" under the NYSE listing standards. Within one year of the consummation of our IPO, our board will consist of eight members, four of whom will qualify as "independent" under the NYSE listing standards.

        In making these determinations, our board of directors considered any current and prior relationships or transactions that each director has with the Company and other information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each director and the transactions involving them described in "—Director Compensation" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions." Our board of directors considered the purchase by the Company in 2018 of access to steel industry research data from a company of which Anthony R. Taccone is a partner. The amount involved in this purchase was well below $120,000. The board concluded that this transaction would not interfere with Mr. Taccone's exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and thus did not impair his independence.

Committees of the board of directors

        The board of directors has established two standing committees to assist it in carrying out its responsibilities: the audit committee and the governance and compensation committee. In the event the Company ceases to be a "controlled company" pursuant to the NYSE corporate governance standards, the board of directors will establish a separate nominating and governance committee and a compensation committee. Each of the committees operate under its own written charter adopted by the board of directors. The membership and the function of each of the committees are described below.

106

Audit committee

        The audit committee:

•

appoints the independent auditor annually; monitors the quality of the work of the independent auditor, monitors their independence and replaces them as necessary in the sole judgment of the committee; pre-approves the audit plan (including services relating to internal controls over financial reporting), any proposed audit-related, tax and other services and pre-approves all related compensation; reviews with the auditor the results of the annual audit; reviews with the auditor any review of the quarterly financial statements that the committee may direct the auditor to perform;

•

approves the annual corporate audit services plan and budget; reviews with the senior corporate audit services executive the results of the audit work at least annually and more frequently as provided in the policy for reporting financial accounting and auditing concerns, as approved by the committee; at least annually reviews the performance of the corporate audit services team;

•

reviews and discusses with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements and the adequacy of the internal controls over financial reporting;

•

discusses with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements, including any significant changes in our selection or application of accounting principles, any significant issues (material weaknesses or significant deficiencies as such terms are defined in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) as to the adequacy of our accounting controls and any remediation used in connection with any such issues;

•

oversees company policies and practices with respect to financial risk assessment and risk management; and

•

regularly reports its work to the board.

        The members of the audit committee are Michel J. Dumas (Chair), Brian L. Acton and Anthony R. Taccone. Our board of directors has determined that (i) Michel J. Dumas, Brian L. Acton and Anthony R. Taccone are independent directors, (ii) each director appointed to the audit committee is financially literate and (iii) Michel J. Dumas is our audit committee financial expert. Our audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the NYSE listing standards.

Governance and compensation committee

        The governance and compensation committee:

•

recommends to the board principles of corporate governance applicable to us;

•

oversees the processes established by management regarding compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and ethical programs and policies as established by management and the board, including without limitation, our Code of Conduct and Ethics, our compliance program and our regulatory and quality compliance initiatives; and oversees management's establishment of a process for reporting these matters to the audit committee, other board committees or the full board as appropriate;

•

receives regular reports from our Chief Legal Officer regarding material legal disputes and matters in litigation;

•

reviews and makes recommendations to the board regarding the size and structure of the board and the committees of the board;

•

determines the process for the annual self-assessments of the board and its committees and oversees the implementation and reporting back of the results;

107

•

reviews and makes recommendations to the board regarding leadership and membership of committees of the board;

•

develops and administers the process and criteria for selecting new directors and nominees for vacancies on the board and candidates for board membership;

•

with advice of outside counsel, (a) establishes a process for overseeing potential conflicts of interest between the company and directors and the company and members of management, and (b) considers at least annually the independence of directors;

•

regularly reports its activities to the board;

•

recommends to the board of directors remuneration of the chief executive officer and determines remuneration of our other officers elected by the board of directors;

•

conducts evaluation of the chief executive officer for submission to the board of directors;

•

grants options under and otherwise administers our stock incentive plans and approves and administers any other compensation plan in which our executive officers participate;

•

reviews succession planning for the chief executive officer and senior executives, and reports on such matters to the board of directors;

•

retains compensation consultants and obtains advice from internal or external advisors, as necessary;

•

presents the annual Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation for our proxy statement; and

•

reviews its own performance annually.

        The governance and compensation committee operates under a written charter and consists of four directors, two of whom must qualify as "independent" under the NYSE listing standards and two of whom are appointed by Brookfield. In the event the Company ceases to be a "controlled company" pursuant to the NYSE corporate governance standards, the board of directors will establish a separate nominating and governance committee and a compensation committee. Each such committee will consist of three directors, each of whom will qualify as "independent" under the NYSE listing standards.

        The members of the governance and compensation committee are Ron A. Bloom (chair), Denis A. Turcotte, Brian L. Acton and Anthony R. Taccone. Our board of directors has determined that Brian L. Acton and Anthony R. Taccone are independent directors. Our governance and compensation committee operates under a written charter, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the NYSE listing standards.

Governance and compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

        None.

Code of conduct and ethics

        Our board of directors has adopted a code of conduct and ethics applicable to our employees, directors and officers, in accordance with applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the listing standards of the NYSE. Any waiver or amendment of this code for executive officers or directors may be made only by the Audit Committee and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the listing standards of the NYSE by posting such waiver or amendment on the "Investors" section of our website.

108

Director compensation

        Our independent non-employee directors received the following compensation for service on our board of directors in 2018. Mr. Rintoul does not receive any compensation for his service on the board. The board of directors determined not to compensate the Brookfield directors for their service on the board.

Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)(1)		Stock Awards ($)(2)		Option Awards ($)		All Other Compensation ($)		Total ($)
Denis A. Turcotte		—		—		—		—		—
Jeffrey C. Dutton		—		—		—		—		—
Ron A. Bloom		—		—		—		—		—
Brian L. Acton(3)		62,500		62,500		—		—		125,000
Michel J. Dumas(3)		70,000		70,000		—		—		140,000
Anthony R. Taccone(3)		62,500		62,500		—		—		125,000

(1)

Messrs. Acton and Dumas chose to defer all of their cash fees into deferred share units (or DSUs) pursuant to the Director Deferred Fee Plan (described below) receiving 3,904 and 4,372 DSUs, respectively.

(2)

Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation of DSUs granted under our Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the "Equity Plan") in accordance with our director stock ownership guidelines. Additional details on accounting for stock-based compensation can be found in Note 4, "Stock Based and Other Management Compensation" of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3)

As of December 31, 2018, Messrs. Acton, Dumas and Taccone held a total of 8,173, 9,154 and 4,087 DSUs, respectively, which includes accrued dividend equivalents credited as additional DSUs.

        Following the IPO, the board of directors determined to compensate its independent directors with an annual cash retainer of $125,000, payable in equal installments at the end of each quarter, with the audit committee chair receiving an additional retainer of $15,000. All out-of-pocket business travel and accommodation expenses are reimbursed.

Director stock ownership guidelines

        Independent directors will be required, within five years of joining the board, to acquire shares or share equivalents in the Company having an aggregate value equal to at least three times the then annual retainer (currently $375,000). Prior to achieving this, independent directors will receive fifty percent of their annual retainer in DSUs under the Equity Plan, which will be fully vested upon grant. Directors may also elect to receive a portion of his or her annual cash retainer in DSUs voluntarily under the Amended and Restated GrafTech International Ltd. Director Deferred Fee Plan (as amended, the Director Deferred Fee Plan). All DSUs will count towards the minimum holding requirement. After achieving the threshold, there will not be any further requirement for independent directors to receive their compensation in the form of additional DSUs; however, the share ownership threshold test will be calculated each year in December and in the event that an independent director who previously met the threshold no longer does, that director will need to acquire more common shares or to elect to receive a portion of his or her annual retainer in DSUs for the following year in order to satisfy the minimum share ownership test by the following December. All DSUs will accrue dividend equivalents that will be credited to the director as additional DSUs. All DSUs will be settled in shares of our common stock upon termination of service on the board.

109

Executive compensation

Compensation discussion and analysis

        The Compensation Discussion and Analysis (or CD&A) details the objectives and design of our executive compensation program overseen by the governance and compensation committee. The CD&A describes the compensation provided to our named executive officers (or NEOs) who are listed below and named in the Summary Compensation Table. During 2018, our named executive officers were:

•

Jeffrey C. Dutton, Former President and Chief Executive Officer

•

David J. Rintoul, President and Chief Executive Officer

•

Quinn J. Coburn, Chief Financial Officer, Vice President Finance and Treasurer

Executive summary

        Our executive compensation program is driven by our strategic goals with the primary emphasis on paying for performance. Our executive compensation program has consistently relied upon the two elements of competitive base salary and a performance-based annual cash incentive plan—the Incentive Compensation Plan (or the ICP)—which rewards employees based on the financial and operational performance of the Company. Since our acquisition by Brookfield, and until our IPO, we have not relied upon equity awards for incentivizing long-term performance. Instead, at the time of the acquisition, we adopted a long-term cash incentive program—the GrafTech International Ltd. Long-Term Incentive Plan (or the LTIP)—designed to retain senior management of the Company, to incentivize them to make decisions with a long-term view and to motivate and influence behavior on their part that is consistent with maximizing value for the stockholders of the Company in a prudent manner. Given our IPO, we will be reviewing the structure of our long-term incentive program but will continue to focus on the goal of creating long-term value for our stockholders. The year 2018 was a year of transition for the Company from being a privately held company to going public and with changes in senior management. We hired Mr. Rintoul as our President and Chief Executive Officer in March of 2018 and his compensation for 2018 was driven in large part by his employment agreement with the Company (or the Rintoul Agreement) (described below after the Summary Compensation Table) and an equity award granted to him in connection with the IPO under our Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (or Equity Plan), adopted at the time of the IPO.

Compensation framework

        The design and operation of our executive compensation program reflect our objectives of driving financial and operational performance that will deliver value and propel growth, while attracting and retaining talented executive leadership.

        The primary elements of our executive compensation program for 2018 are shown in the following table. The amounts of compensation were determined by the governance and compensation committee based on the objectives described. The governance and compensation committee did not rely on formulas or survey results, but instead it used its judgment based on its assessment of the Company's objectives. Executive officers generally played no role in determining executive compensation. The governance and compensation committee did not utilize the services of a compensation consultant in 2018 but has engaged Meridian Compensation Partners with respect to the Company's 2019

110

compensation program. Meridian Compensation Partners does no work for the Company other than providing advice to the governance and compensation committee.

Element	Objectives and Key Features
Base Salary	Values the competencies, skills, experience and performance of individual executives.
	Attracts and retains executive talent by providing a fixed level of compensation that is financially stable and not "at risk."
ICP	Provides competitive incentives to executive officers by having a portion of their annual cash compensation dependent upon annual performance and "at risk."
	For 2018, the performance measure was Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations (as described below).
Equity Plan and LTIP	Provide incentives for long-term value creation, aligning the interests of our named executive officers with those of our stockholders.
Retirement Savings Plan (or the Savings Plan)	Provides market-based retirement savings benefits in a tax-efficient manner.
	Broad-based plan under which we make matching contributions that vary based on the employee's contribution and on eligible earnings, up to the limits set by the Code.
Compensation Deferral Plan	Provides savings in a tax-efficient manner.
	Non-qualified deferral of up to 50% of base salary and 85% of ICP bonus.
Health, Welfare and Other Benefits	Attract and retain executives by providing competitive health, welfare and other benefits.
	Generally, benefits are made available to executive officers on the same basis as benefits are made available to other eligible employees.

Base salary

        Mr. Rintoul's base salary for 2018 was set at $625,000 under the Rintoul Agreement described below. Mr. Coburn's base salary was changed during 2018 to $372,600 reflecting a 3.5% increase from his prior year's salary similar to the salary adjustments made for the Company's employees generally.

ICP

        The ICP provides competitive incentives to executive officers by having a portion of their annual cash compensation dependent upon annual performance and "at risk." This motivates and rewards executive officers for the achievement of targeted financial performance. For 2018, the financial measure was Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, a non-GAAP financial measure, which we define as (i) net income or loss plus interest expense, minus interest income, plus income taxes, discontinued operations and depreciation and amortization from continuing operations plus (ii) any pension and OPEB plan expenses, impairments, rationalization-related charges, initial public offering expenses, acquisition and proxy contest costs, non-cash gains or losses from foreign currency remeasurement of non-operating liabilities in our foreign subsidiaries where the functional currency is

111

the U.S. dollar, related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense, stock-based compensation and non-cash fixed asset write-offs. (See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP financial measures" for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations to its most directly comparable GAAP measure.) The governance and compensation committee chose Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations as the performance measure as it is the primary metric used by our management and our board of directors to establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and evaluating our performance.

        Mr. Rintoul and Mr. Coburn had bonus target amounts equal to 100% and 65%, respectively, of base salary. The governance and compensation committee used Mr. Rintoul's full base salary rate of $625,000 (as set forth in the Rintoul Agreement) and Mr. Coburn's full base salary rate of $372,600 in calculating their awards under the ICP for 2018. Bonuses for 2018 were determined by the governance and compensation committee based on the Company's performance against pre-established Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations targets. Final bonuses reflect a fixed payment of 0.3x of target bonus with an aggregate payment determined by performance against financial targets of up to 2.0x of target bonus. Based on the payout grid approved by the governance and compensation committee, each of Mr. Rintoul and Coburn received 1.525x of his target bonus based on Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations for 2018 of $1.2 billion. The actual bonus amounts received by Messrs. Rintoul and Coburn are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below.

Equity Plan

        In connection with joining the Company, pursuant to the Rintoul Agreement, Mr. Rintoul was awarded stock options at the time of the IPO determined by dividing $6,250,000 (representing 10x of his annual base salary) by the IPO share price. As these stock options become exercisable over five years following grant, they incentivize steady, long-term value creation with a focus on increasing stock price and align Mr. Rintoul's compensation with the interests of the Company's stockholders. Following the IPO, the board of directors also granted Mr. Rintoul DSUs with a fair market value of $290,015, which accrue dividend equivalents that are credited to Mr. Rintoul as additional DSUs (subject to the same vesting conditions), will vest on the third anniversary of the grant date and will settle in shares of common stock upon his termination of employment from the Company. The DSUs provide for retention and further directly align Mr. Rintoul's interests with the long-term interests of the stockholders. These awards granted under the Equity Plan are discussed further under "—Grants of plan-based awards."

LTIP

        Mr. Coburn did not receive any awards under the Equity Plan in 2018. Mr. Coburn, however, participates in the LTIP as discussed further under "—Potential payments upon termination or change in control."

Policies on transactions in Company stock, including anti-hedging provisions

        Our Insider Trading Policy imposes limits as to when and how Company employees, including our executive officers and directors, can engage in transactions in our securities and prohibits hedging transactions with respect to our common stock.

Recoupment policy

        The terms of our equity-based awards (other than the stock options granted under the Rintoul Agreement) (i) entitle, to the extent permitted or required by applicable law, Company policy and/or the requirements of an exchange on which our shares are listed for trading, the Company to recoup compensation of whatever kind paid by the Company at any time under our Equity Plan and

112

(ii) provide for reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment of an award if the participant engages in Detrimental Conduct. "Detrimental Conduct" means activities which have been, are or would reasonably be expected to be detrimental to the interests of the Company, as determined in the sole and good faith judgment of the governance and compensation committee. Such activities include unlawful conduct under securities, antitrust, tax or other laws, improper disclosure or use of confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets, competition with or improper taking of a corporate opportunity of any business of the Company, failure to cooperate in any investigation or legal proceeding, and misappropriation of property.

Savings Plan and other benefits

        All of our regular, full-time U.S. employees, including eligible named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our Savings Plan. In 2018, we made a matching contribution to the Savings Plan for each participant who elected to contribute to the Savings Plan. The 2018 matching contribution was 100% of the first 3% of compensation and 50% of the next 2% of compensation that a participant contributed. Effective January 1, 2019, the matching contribution is 100% of the first 5% of compensation that a participant contributes. Matching contributions under the Savings Plan are fully vested at all times. In addition to matching contributions, we make employer contributions to the Savings Plan each year equal to 3% of a participant's eligible compensation. A participant becomes vested in these employer contributions to the Savings Plan once he or she has completed three years of service.

        Our named executive officers participate in the same medical, life and disability insurance programs, and other welfare plans as the rest of our employees.

Summary compensation table

        The following table sets forth information concerning compensation earned by the Company's NEOs for fiscal years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Name and principal position	Year	Salary ($)		Bonus ($)			Stock Awards ($)(3)		Option Awards ($)(3)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)			All Other Compensation ($)			Total ($)
Jeffrey C. Dutton	2018		110,000		—			—		—		—			11,137	(4)		121,137
Former President	2017		425,000		—			—		—		—			44,680			469,680
and CEO(1)	2016		410,000		—			—		—		—			41,574			451,574
David J. Rintoul	2018		520,833		187,500	(5)		261,023		2,395,853		765,625	(5)		326,676	(6)		4,457,510
President and CEO(2)
Quinn J. Coburn	2018		371,550		72,657	(5)		—		—		296,683	(5)		17,692	(7)		758,582
Chief Financial Officer,	2017		360,000		402,480			—		—		—			16,451			778,931
Vice President Finance	2016		360,000		73,710			—		—		—			14,548			448,528
and Treasurer

(1)

Mr. Dutton served as the Company's Vice President and Chief Operating Officer until January 11, 2017. On January 11, 2017, our Board appointed Mr. Dutton as President and CEO, effective that same date. Mr. Dutton served as President and CEO until March 1, 2018. He was employed by an affiliate of Brookfield. GrafTech reimbursed Brookfield for his salary, housing and transportation expenses and 401(k) savings plan matching contributions. Mr. Dutton continues to serve on the board but received no compensation for such service in 2018.

(2)

On March 1, 2018, Mr. Rintoul joined the Company as President and CEO of the Company, replacing Mr. Dutton.

(3)

Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation of DSUs and options granted under our Equity Plan. Additional details on accounting

113

for stock-based compensation can be found in Note 4, "Stock Based and Other Management Compensation", of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(4)

Includes $5,909 in matching contributions to a Brookfield 401k savings plan and $5,228 for housing and transportation expenses.

(5)

Represents payments under the ICP for 2018.

(6)

Includes $9,899 in matching contributions and a $7,208 Company contribution to the Savings Plan, $563 in disability insurance premiums under the Company's long term disability insurance plan, a $1,000 employer contribution to his Health Savings Account, $3,795 in life insurance premiums under the Company's group life insurance plan, $54,211 for relocation expenses and $250,000 for losses associated with the sale of his home.

(7)

Includes $11,000 in matching contributions and a $2,750 Company contribution to the Savings Plan, $676 in disability insurance premiums under the Company's long term disability insurance plan, $1,610 employer contribution to his Health Savings Account and $1,656 in life insurance premiums under the Company's group life insurance plan.

Grants of plan-based awards

        The following table sets forth, for each of the NEOs, the grants of awards under our Equity Plan and our ICP during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.

			Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards						All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#)		All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#)
													Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh)			Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)
Name	Grant Date		Threshold ($)		Target ($)		Maximum ($)
Jeffrey C. Dutton		—		—		—		—		—		—		—			—
David J. Rintoul		—		187,500		625,000		1,250,000		—		—		—			—
		4/19/18		—		—		—		19,335		—		—			261,023
		4/19/18		—		—		—		—		416,670		15.00	(1)		2,395,853
Quinn J. Coburn		—		72,657		242,190		484,380		—		—		—			—

(1)

Based upon the IPO price of our stock.

Rintoul employment agreement

        On March 1, 2018, the Company and Mr. Rintoul entered into an employment agreement that governs the terms and conditions of his employment as President and CEO of the Company (or the Rintoul Agreement). The Rintoul Agreement provides that Mr. Rintoul is entitled to an annual base salary of $625,000 and will participate in the ICP (with a target bonus of 100% of annual base salary). The Rintoul Agreement also provides that Mr. Rintoul will receive a one-time grant of stock options with a value on the date of grant equal to ten times his annual base salary and an exercise price per share equal to $15.00 (the initial public offering price of our IPO). The Rintoul Agreement provides that the options will vest ratably over the five year period following the date of grant, subject to acceleration under certain circumstances, including in the event Brookfield and its affiliates cease to own at least 35% of the Company's stock or any other person or group acquires more than 50% of the Company's stock. In addition, Mr. Rintoul will be eligible to participate in Company-sponsored benefits, including health benefits, a 401(k) plan and a defined contribution retirement plan. The Company agreed to modify the Rintoul Agreement and reimburse Mr. Rintoul for reasonable expenses relating to his relocation, as well as up to $250,000 (increased by the Company from the $75,000 originally set forth in the Rintoul Agreement) for losses associated with the sale of his home; provided that if Mr. Rintoul resigns from employment without Good Reason or is terminated for Cause (each as defined in the Rintoul Agreement) at any point prior to March 1, 2021, he will reimburse any such amounts previously received.

114

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year end

	Option Awards									Stock Awards
Name	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable			Option Exercise Price ($)		Option Expiration Date		Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)			Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($)(1)
Jeffrey C. Dutton		—		—			—		—		—			—
David J. Rintoul		—		416,670	(2)		15.00		4/19/2028		20,830	(3)		238,295
Quinn J. Coburn		—		—			—		—		—			—

(1)

Calculated by multiplying the number of shares covered by the award by $11.44, the closing price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on December 31, 2018.

(2)

The option vests in five equal installments beginning on April 19, 2019.

(3)

The DSUs (including units credited as dividend equivalents) vest on April 19, 2021. Vested DSUs will be settled in shares of common stock which will be delivered by the end of the calendar year in which Mr. Rintoul terminates employment with the Company.

Nonqualified deferred compensation

Name	Executive Contributions for 2018 ($)		Registrant Contributions for 2018 ($)		Aggregate Earnings in 2018 ($)			Aggregate Withdrawals/ Distributions ($)		Aggregate Balance at 12/31/2018 ($)
Jeffrey C. Dutton		—		—		—			—		—
David J. Rintoul		—		—		—			—		—
Quinn J. Coburn		—		—		(276	)		—		4,437

        Mr. Coburn participates in our non-qualified deferred compensation plan (or the Compensation Deferral Plan). Under the Compensation Deferral Plan, participants are able to defer up to 85% of their ICP compensation and up to 50% of their base salary.

        Deferrals and contributions to our Compensation Deferral Plan are credited with a rate of return based on the performance of various funds selected by the participants from indices which are designated by the Plan Administrator. An employee may prospectively change the funds for crediting rates of return at any time. The account balances of participants are credited with both their deferrals, as well as the rate of return on the funds selected by the participants for those amounts. Frozen lump sums and their earnings are held in notional investment accounts selected by the employee.

        Distributions of account balances from the Compensation Deferral Plan are generally made in January following retirement or other termination of employment or, if elected by the participant, upon a future date specified by the participant. Participants may also elect to have their account balances distributed upon a change in control of GrafTech. The Compensation Deferral Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code governing deferred compensation arrangements except that amounts that were contributed to the Compensation Deferral Plan and fully vested by December 31, 2004, including all of the frozen lump sums, are not subject to the restrictions of Section 409A. Amounts under the Compensation Deferral Plan are generally payable in a lump sum, although participants may elect to have their accounts payable in annual installments instead.

115

Potential payments upon termination or change in control

        We have set forth below information regarding contractual payments that would be made to Messrs. Rintoul and Coburn upon the occurrence of certain termination and/or change in control events and post-employment restrictive covenant obligations of Messrs. Rintoul and Coburn.

David J. Rintoul

        The table below sets forth the potential estimated payments to Mr. Rintoul under the Rintoul Agreement and his equity award agreements under the Equity Plan, assuming for this purpose that his employment had been terminated and/or a change of control of the Company had occurred in each case on December 31, 2018.

Triggering Event	Cash-Out Value of Equity-Based Awards that Vest as a Result of a Triggering Event ($)			Value of Severance ($)			Total ($)
Termination of Employment		—			—			—
Prior to a Change In Control without Cause or for Good Reason		—			1,250,000	(1)		1,250,000
After a Change In Control without Cause		238,295	(2)(3)		1,250,000			1,488,295
Change in Control		—	(3)		—			—

(1)

Payable under the Rintoul Agreement. See "—Rintoul Agreement" below.

(2)

Estimated value of DSUs that would vest based the closing price of a share of common stock on December 31, 2018 of 11.44. See "—Rintoul Equity Awards" below.

(3)

Mr. Rintoul's stock options would vest in full upon a change in control of the Company but no value is reflected in the table as the exercise price of such options exceeds the closing price of a share of common stock on December 31, 2018 of $11.44. See "—Rintoul equity awards" below.

Rintoul agreement

        In the event that Mr. Rintoul's employment is terminated by Mr. Rintoul for "Good Reason" (as defined in the Rintoul Agreement) or by the Company for a reason other than "Cause" (as defined in the Rintoul Agreement) or Mr. Rintoul's death or disability, the Company will pay Mr. Rintoul his base salary for one year plus annual bonus, subject to his execution of a release agreement. The Rintoul Agreement provides that Mr. Rintoul is subject to non-compete and non-solicitation covenants during his employment and for a period of two years following termination of his employment, as well as a perpetual non-disparagement covenant.

Rintoul equity awards

        Mr. Rintoul's deferred share unit agreement provides that in the event that his employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within the two (2) year period following the consummation of a Change in Control, any then-outstanding unvested DSUs shall immediately vest in full as of the date of such termination. For purposes of this agreement, a "Change in Control" shall occur upon (a) Brookfield and its affiliates ceasing to own stock of GrafTech that constitutes at least 35% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of GrafTech or (b) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) other than GrafTech, Brookfield and its affiliates or any employee benefit plan sponsored by GrafTech acquires ownership of stock of GrafTech that, together with stock held by such person or group,

116

constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of GrafTech and "Cause" shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement in effect immediately prior to such termination, (i) a failure of Mr. Rintoul to reasonably and substantially perform his duties to the Company (other than as a result of physical or mental illness or injury); (ii) his willful misconduct or gross negligence; (iii) his breach of the his fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty to the Company; (iv) his commission by of any felony or other serious crime; or (v) his breach of the terms of any agreement with the Company or any Company policies.

        Upon the consummation of a Change in Control, any then-outstanding unvested portion of Mr. Rintoul's options shall immediately vest in full as of the date of such Change in Control. Subject to his continued employment through the third anniversary of the grant date, Mr. Rintoul and the Board may, by mutual agreement, provide that any then-outstanding unvested portion of the options shall vest in full in the event of early retirement, subject to a fully executed succession plan.

Quinn J. Coburn

Coburn LTIP

        Mr. Coburn is the only named executive officer that participates in the LTIP. Under the LTIP, certain employees were awarded profits units which generally vest in equal increments over a five-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date and subject to continued employment with the Company through each vesting date. Any unvested profit units that have not been previously forfeited will accelerate and become fully vested upon a "Change in Control" (as defined in the LTIP and described below). Profit units will generally be settled in a lump sum payment within 30 days following a Change in Control based on the "Sales Proceeds" (as defined in the LTIP and described below) received by Brookfield Capital Partners IV, L.P. (or, together with its affiliates, Brookfield Capital IV) in connection with the Change in Control. The LTIP defines "Change in Control" as any transaction or series of transactions (including, without limitation, the consummation of a combination, share purchases, recapitalization, redemption, issuance of capital stock, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) pursuant to which (a) a Person not affiliated with Brookfield Capital IV acquires securities representing more than 70% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or the entity surviving or resulting from such transaction, (b) following a public offering of the Company's stock, Brookfield Capital IV has ceased to have a beneficial ownership interest in at least 30% of the Company's outstanding voting securities (effective on the first of such date), or (c) the Company sells all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. It is intended that the occurrence of a Change in Control in which Sales Proceeds exceed the Threshold Value would constitute a "substantial risk of forfeiture" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The LTIP defines "Threshold Value" as of any date of determination, an amount equal to $855,000,000, (which represents the amount of the total invested capital of Brookfield Capital IV as of August 17, 2015), plus the dollar value of any cash or other consideration contributed to or invested in the Company by Brookfield Capital IV after August 17, 2015. The Threshold Value shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion. The LTIP defines "Sales Proceeds" as, as of any date of determination, the sum of all proceeds actually received by Brookfield Capital IV, net of all Sales Costs (as defined below), (i) as consideration (whether cash or equity) upon the Change in Control and (ii) as distributions, dividends, repurchases, redemptions or otherwise as a holder of such equity interests in the Company. Proceeds that are not paid upon or prior to or in connection with the Change in Control, including earn-outs, escrows and other contingent or deferred consideration shall become "Sale Proceeds" only as and when such proceeds are received by Brookfield Capital IV. "Sales Costs" means any costs or expenses (including legal or other advisor costs), fees (including investment banking fees), commissions or discounts payable directly by Brookfield Capital IV in connection with, arising out of or relating to a Change in Control, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

117

        Assuming a Change in Control had occurred for purposes of the LTIP on December 31, 2018, Mr. Coburn would have received approximately $12.1 million, based solely upon the excess of the Sales Proceeds received to date by Brookfield Capital IV over the Threshold Value.

Coburn restrictive covenants

        In 2014, the Company granted Mr. Coburn, certain equity awards pursuant to the Company's Equity Incentive Plan Award Agreement (or the Award Agreement) which were cancelled at the time of Brookfield's acquisition of GrafTech in 2015. Pursuant to the Award Agreement, Mr. Coburn is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants set forth in his Award Agreement beginning on the effective date of the Award Agreement and continuing for a period of two years following his voluntary termination of employment with the Company or certain events of involuntary termination of employment. The non-competition covenant provides that he will not, without the Company's prior written consent, engage in (a) the business of manufacturing, distributing, selling or providing needle coke and/or carbon or graphite products, services, material or equipment of the kind or type which are the same as or similar to those manufactured, distributed, sold or provided by GrafTech as of the date of termination or at any time while he was an employee of GrafTech, or (b) any other business in which GrafTech directly or indirectly engaged as of the date of termination or at any time while he was an employee of GrafTech. The non-competition covenant applies in any state, country, possession, or territory in which GrafTech directly or indirectly has offices, operations, customers or otherwise conducts business or planned to conduct business during his employment.

Certain relationships and related party transactions

        Under SEC rules, a related person is an officer, director, nominee for director or beneficial holder of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities since the beginning of the last fiscal year or an immediate family member of any of the foregoing. We have a written related party transaction policy, pursuant to which directors (including director nominees), executive officers and employees are required to report any transactions or circumstances that may create or appear to create a conflict between the personal interests of the individual and our interests, regardless of the amount involved. Our head of legal reports these transactions to the audit committee of the board of directors, which is responsible for evaluating each related party transaction and making a recommendation to the disinterested members of the board of directors as to whether the transaction at issue is fair, reasonable and within our policy and whether it should be ratified and approved. The audit committee, in making its recommendation, considers various factors, including the benefit of the transaction to us, the terms of the transaction and whether they are at arm's-length and in the ordinary course of our business, the direct or indirect nature of the related person's interest in the transaction, the size and expected term of the transaction, and other facts and circumstances that bear on the materiality of the related party transaction under applicable law and listing standards.

        Other than compensation agreements and other arrangements which are described under "Executive Compensation" and the transactions described below, since January 1, 2018, there has not been, and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

        We have engaged in transactions with affiliates or related parties during the year ended December 31, 2018. These transactions include payment of dividends to Brookfield, entrance into and repayment of the Brookfield Promissory Note and entrance into the Tax Receivable Agreement, Stockholders Rights Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement and Share Repurchase Agreement, each with Brookfield. On August 13, 2018, in conjunction with a follow-on offering, we purchased 11,688,311 shares directly from Brookfield at a price of $19.25 per share for a total of $225 million.

118

Additionally, during 2016, Brookfield purchased on the open market in aggregate approximately $53 million of the Senior Notes. We redeemed our Senior Notes on February 12, 2018.

        We have also reimbursed certain costs incurred by Brookfield as required under the Investment Agreement dated May 4, 2015 between Brookfield and GrafTech, including in connection with transactions with our current or former subsidiaries, compensatory transactions with directors and officers including employee benefits (including reimbursement to Brookfield for compensation costs incurred by it for certain personnel who devote substantially all of their working time to us), stock option and restricted stock grants, compensation deferral, stock purchases, and customary indemnification and expense advancement arrangements.

Registration Rights Agreement

        We and the selling stockholder entered into a registration rights agreement (or the Registration Rights Agreement) in connection with our IPO. The Registration Rights Agreement provides the selling stockholder with certain demand registration rights, including shelf registration rights, in respect of any shares of our common stock or any of our debt securities held by it, subject to certain conditions and limitations. The selling stockholder is entitled to a limited number of demand registrations. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of common stock or debt securities for sale to the public, we will be required to give notice of such registration to the selling stockholder of our intention to effect such a registration, and, subject to certain limitations, include any shares of common stock or debt securities requested to be included in such registration held by it. We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with any registration of shares of common stock or debt securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. The agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of the selling stockholder, its affiliates, directors and officers against certain losses and liabilities (including reasonable legal expenses) resulting from any untrue statement or omission of material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which the selling stockholder sells shares of our common stock or our debt securities, unless such liability arose from the selling stockholder's misstatement or omission and the selling stockholder has agreed to indemnify us against losses caused by its misstatements or omissions, subject to certain limitations.

Stockholder Rights Agreement

        We and the selling stockholder entered into the Stockholder Rights Agreement in connection with our IPO. Under the Stockholder Rights Agreement, for so long as the selling stockholder owns or controls at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, the selling stockholder will have the right to nominate the higher of 37.5% of the members of the board of directors and three members of the board of directors. The selling stockholder will also have the right to select the chairman of the board of directors. In the event the selling stockholder owns or controls less than 25% of the Company, the Brookfield directors will promptly tender their resignations. The board of directors (excluding the Brookfield directors) will have the option, but not the obligation, to accept the Brookfield directors' resignations. If the board of directors (excluding the Brookfield directors) votes to accept these resignations, the Brookfield directors will cease to be members of the board of directors. If the board of directors (excluding the Brookfield directors) votes not to accept these resignations, the directors will continue to serve as members of the board of directors until the next annual meeting of our stockholders, regardless of the time remaining in their respective terms of office. The Stockholder Rights Agreement provides that the initial board members designated by the selling stockholder shall be Denis A. Turcotte, Ron A. Bloom and Jeffrey C. Dutton.

119

Tax Receivable Agreement

        We and the selling stockholder entered into the TRA in connection with our IPO. The TRA provides the right to receive future payments from us to the Existing Stockholders of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal income tax and Swiss tax that we and our subsidiaries realize as a result of the utilization of certain tax assets attributable to periods prior to our IPO, including the Pre-IPO Tax Assets. In addition, we will pay interest on the payments we will make to the Existing Stockholders with respect to the amount of this cash savings from the due date (without extensions) of our tax return where we realize this savings to the payment date at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum.

        For purposes of the TRA, cash savings in income tax are computed by reference to the reduction in the liability for income taxes resulting from the utilization of the tax benefits subject to the TRA. The term of the TRA commenced on April 23, 2018 and will continue until there is no potential for any future tax benefit payments.

        Our counterparties under the TRA will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such tax benefits are subsequently disallowed (although future payments would be adjusted to the extent possible to reflect the result of such disallowance). As a result, in such circumstances we could make payments under the TRA that are greater than our actual cash tax savings.

        While the actual amount and timing of any payments under the TRA will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the amount and timing of the taxable income we and our subsidiaries generate in the future, and our subsidiaries' use of Pre-IPO Tax Assets, we expect that, based on current tax laws (taking into account changes under the Tax Act), payments under the TRA relating to the Pre-IPO Tax Assets will be approximately $86.5 million with a maximum amount of approximately $100 million. This figure does not account for our Pre-IPO Tax Assets attributable to previously taxed income under Section 959 of the Code, the value of which is highly speculative, and certain NOLs in GrafTech Switzerland S.A., which we expected to have nominal value at the time of the IPO. No payments have come due under the TRA to date.

        Any future changes in the utility of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets will impact the amount of the liability that will be paid to our Existing Stockholders. Changes in the utility of these Pre-IPO Tax Assets will be recorded in income tax expense (benefit) and any changes in the obligation under the TRA will be recorded in other income (expense). We plan to use cash flow from operations and availability under our credit facilities to fund this obligation.

        If we undergo a Change of Control, the TRA will terminate and we will be required to make a payment equal to the present value of future payments under the TRA, which payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our and our subsidiaries' future taxable income. Additionally, if we sell or otherwise dispose of any of our subsidiaries in a transaction that is not a Change of Control, we will be required to make a payment equal to the present value of future payments under the TRA attributable to the Pre-IPO Tax Assets of such subsidiary that is sold or disposed of, applying the assumptions described above.

        The TRA provides that in the event that we breach any of our material obligations under it, whether as a result of our failure to make any payment when due (subject to a specified cure period), failure to honor any other material obligation under it or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of it in a case commenced under the United States Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all our payment and other obligations under the TRA will be accelerated and will become due and payable applying the same assumptions described above. Such payments could be substantial and could exceed our actual cash tax savings under the TRA.

        Certain transactions by the company could cause it to recognize taxable income (possibly material amounts of income) without a current receipt of cash. Payments under the TRA with respect to such

120

taxable income would cause a net reduction in our available cash. For example, transactions giving rise to cancellation of debt income, the accrual of income from original issue discount or deferred payments, a "triggering event" requiring the recapture of dual consolidated losses, or "Subpart F" income would each produce income with no corresponding increase in cash. In these cases, we may use some of the Pre-IPO Tax Assets to offset income from these transactions and, under the TRA, would be required to make a payment to our Existing Stockholders even though we receive no cash from such income.

        Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the TRA is dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the TRA for specified reasons, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum until paid.

        In the event that any determinations must be made under or any dispute arises involving the TRA, the Existing Stockholders will be represented by Brookfield Capital Partners IV GP, Ltd. In any such instance, should any representatives of Brookfield Capital Partners IV GP then be serving on our board of directors, such directors will be excluded from decisions of the board related to the relevant determination or dispute.

Brookfield Promissory Note

        On April 19, 2018 we declared a dividend in the form of a $750 million promissory note to the selling stockholder. The issuance of the Brookfield Promissory Note as a dividend was conditioned upon (i) the Senior Secured First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), as calculated based on our final financial results for the first quarter of 2018, being equal to or less than 1.75 to 1.00, (ii) no Default or Event of Default (each as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement) having occurred and continuing or that would result from the issuance of the Brookfield Promissory Note and (iii) the issuance occurring within 60 days from the dividend record date. Upon publication of our Form 10-Q on May 7, 2018, these conditions were met and, as a result, the Brookfield Promissory Note was outstanding in the amount of $750 million.

        On June 15, 2018, the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans were used to repay in the Brookfield Promissory Note in full for approximately $755 million, including accrued interest. See "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Financing transactions—Brookfield Promissory Note."

August 2018 Share Repurchase

        On August 13, 2018, the selling stockholder completed an underwritten public secondary offering of 23,000,000 shares of our common stock at a price to the public of $20.00 per share. Pursuant to a share repurchase agreement with the selling stockholder, we concurrently repurchased 11,688,311 shares directly from the selling stockholder for $225 million in the aggregate. The price per share paid by us was $19.25, equal to the price at which the underwriters purchased the shares from the selling stockholder in the public offering net of underwriting commissions and discounts. We funded the share repurchase from cash on hand. The terms and conditions of the share repurchase were reviewed and approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, which is comprised solely of independent directors. All repurchased shares were retired.

121

Principal stockholders and selling stockholder

        The following table sets forth information as of February 15, 2019 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

•

each person or group who beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

•

the selling stockholder;

•

each of our named executive officers;

•

each of our directors; and

•

all of our executive officers, and directors as a group.

        Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of securities, or to dispose or direct the disposition of securities or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. For purposes of calculating each person's percentage ownership, common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days are included as outstanding and beneficially owned for that person or group, but are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each beneficial owner identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all common stock shown as beneficially owned by the beneficial owner.

        The percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 290,537,612 shares of common stock issued and outstanding on February 15, 2019. Unless otherwise indicated in the table or footnotes below, the

122

address for each beneficial owner is c/o GrafTech International Ltd., 982 Keynote Circle, Brooklyn Heights, OH 44131.

										After the offering(1)
										Assuming underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is not exercised					Assuming underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full
						Shares offered
	Prior to the offering
						Assuming underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is not exercised		Assuming underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full
	Number of shares beneficially owned									Number of shares beneficially owned					Number of shares beneficially owned
Name	Number of shares		Percentage of shares							Number of shares		Percentage of shares			Number of shares		Percentage of shares
5% Stockholders and Selling stockholder
BCP IV GrafTech Holdings LP(2)		229,440,087		78.97	%		17,500,000		20,125,000		211,940,087		72.95	%		209,315,087		72.04	%
Named Executive Officers and Directors
David J. Rintoul		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
Quinn J. Coburn		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
Jeffrey C. Dutton		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
Denis A. Turcotte		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
Ron A. Bloom		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
Brian L. Acton*(3)(4)		13,173		*			—		—		13,173		*			13,173		*
Michel J. Dumas*(3)		9,154		*			—		—		9,154		*			9,154		*
Anthony R. Taccone*(3)(4)		7,837		*			—		—		7,837		*			7,837		*
Joel L. Hawthorne		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
Darrell A. Blair		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
Lionel D. Batty		—		—			—		—		—		—			—		—
All Current Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (8 Persons)		30,164		*			—		—		30,164		*			30,164		*

*

Less than 1%

(1)

The number of shares beneficially owned immediately after the completion of this offering is based on 290,537,612 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 15, 2019.

(2)

BCP IV GrafTech Holdings LP (or BCP IV) directly holds an aggregate of 229,440,087 shares of common stock. The general partner of BCP IV is BPE IV (Non-Cdn) GP LP, and the general partner of BPE IV (Non-Cdn) GP LP is Brookfield Capital Partners Ltd. BCP GP Limited is the sole shareholder of Brookfield Capital Partners Ltd. Each of BCP GP Limited, Brookfield Capital Partners Ltd. and BPE IV (Non-Cdn) GP LP (together with BCP IV, the "Brookfield Entities") is an indirect parent of BCP IV and may therefore be deemed to beneficially own the shares of common stock that are directly held by BCP IV. Each of the Brookfield Entities disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares of common stock that are directly held by BCP IV, except to the extent of any indirect pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the Brookfield Entities is c/o Brookfield Asset Management Inc., 181 Bay Street, Suite 300, Bay Wellington Tower, Toronto, ON M5J 2T3.

(3)

Brian L. Acton, Michel J. Dumas and Anthony R. Taccone beneficially own 8,173, 9,154 and 4,087 DSUs, respectively. Each deferred share unit represents a contingent right to receive one share of our common stock. The DSUs are fully vested. Vested DSUs will be settled in shares of common stock which will be delivered as soon as practicable after the director terminates service on the Board but in any event no later than the end of the calendar year in which such termination date occurs.

(4)

Brian L. Acton and Anthony R. Taccone also beneficially own 5,000 and 3,750 shares of our common stock, respectively.

123

Description of capital stock

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-Laws. These descriptions contain all information which we consider to be material, but may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To understand them fully, you should read our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-Laws, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The summary below is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-Laws. The terms of these securities may also be affected by the DGCL.

Authorized capitalization

        As of February 15, 2019, our capital structure consists of 3,000,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 290,537,612 shares of which are currently outstanding, and 300,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, none of which are currently outstanding. Upon the completion of this offering, there will be 290,537,612 outstanding shares of common stock and no outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Common stock

        The holders of our common stock are entitled to such dividends as our board of directors may declare from time to time from legally available funds subject to the preferential rights of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock that we may issue in the future. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by stockholders, subject to the restrictions described below under the caption "Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Our By-Laws and Delaware Law."

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in connection with the election of directors. Accordingly, directors will be elected by a majority of the shares voting once a quorum is present. No holder of our common stock has any preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock.

        Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share, on a pro rata basis, all assets remaining after payment to creditors and subject to prior distribution rights of any shares of preferred stock that we may issue in the future. All of the outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by the selling stockholder in this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

        As of February 15, 2019, we had 290,537,612 shares of common stock outstanding and 2 stockholders of record of common stock.

Preferred stock

        No shares of our preferred stock are currently outstanding. Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation authorizes our board of directors, without further action by our stockholders, to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series. The board may fix or alter the rights, preferences and privileges of the preferred stock, along with any limitations or restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each class or series of preferred stock. The preferred stock could have voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could also have the effect, under certain circumstances, of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

124

Stockholder Rights Agreement

        For a description of the Stockholder Rights Agreement that we have entered into with the selling stockholder, see "Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholder Rights Agreement."

Anti-Takeover effects of provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, our By-Laws and Delaware law

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-Laws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and to the rights of stockholders. Certain of these provisions may be deemed to have a potential "anti-takeover" effect in that such provisions may delay, defer or prevent a change of control or an unsolicited acquisition proposal that a stockholder might consider favorable, including a proposal that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares held by the stockholders. These provisions include:

Classified board of directors

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The Amended Certificate of Incorporation provides that while the selling stockholder owns more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, the classification of the board of directors and the other provisions of the Amended Certificate of Incorporation may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. The Amended Certificate of Incorporation also provides that after the selling stockholder ceases to own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, these provisions may be amended only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66²/3% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-Laws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors are fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors. Our board of directors currently has seven members. Within one year of the consummation of our IPO, our board will consist of eight members.

Removal of directors; vacancies

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation provides that while the selling stockholder owns more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation also provides that after the selling stockholder ceases to own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66²/3% or more of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board of directors, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. These provisions may deter a stockholder from removing incumbent directors and simultaneously gaining control of the board of directors by filling the vacancies created by such removal with its own nominees.

Business combinations

        We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL, which regulates corporate takeovers; however, our Amended Certificate of Incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage

125

in certain "business combinations" with any "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

•

the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder was approved by the board of directors;

•

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors at the time the transaction commenced; or

•

on or after such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66²/3% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors that are not owned by the interested stockholder.

        Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons and who beneficially owned 15% or more of our outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder or an entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons.

        Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an "interested stockholder" to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring our Company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation provides that Brookfield and its affiliates and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party do not constitute "interested stockholders" for purposes of this provision.

Special stockholder meetings

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors; provided, however, so long as Brookfield and its affiliates own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, special meetings of our stockholders may also be called by the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors at the request of Brookfield and its affiliates. Our Amended By-Laws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our Company.

Requirements for advance notification of director nominations and stockholder proposals

        Our Amended By-Laws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be "properly brought" before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain

126

information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder's notice must be received at our principal executive offices not earlier than the opening of business 120 days prior, and not later than the close of business 90 days before, the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our Amended By-Laws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice. Our Amended By-Laws provide that the board of directors may adopt by resolution the rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings. Our Amended By-Laws allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions will not apply to Brookfield and its affiliates so long for as long as they hold more than 50% of our outstanding common stock. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of our Company.

Stockholder action by written consent

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation provides that stockholder action can be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting while the selling stockholder owns more than 50% of our outstanding common stock. After the selling stockholder ceases to own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

Supermajority provisions

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-Laws provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt, make, alter, amend or repeal our Amended By-Laws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the state of Delaware. After the selling stockholder ceases to own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, any adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of our Amended By-Laws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66²/3% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock.

        The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares then entitled to vote is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation provides that after the selling stockholder ceases to own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, it may be amended only by a vote of at least 66²/3% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock.

        The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

        These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management or our Company, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they may also

127

inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares of common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Authorized but unissued or undesignated capital stock

        Our authorized capital stock consists of 3,000,000,000 shares of common stock. A large quantity of authorized but unissued shares may deter potential takeover attempts because of the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of some or all of these shares to a friendly party, or to the public, which would make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to obtain control of us. This possibility may encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. The authorized but unissued stock may be issued by the board of directors in one or more transactions. In this regard, our Amended Certificate of Incorporation grants the board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock pursuant to the board of directors' authority described above could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock and adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of such holders and may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control. The board of directors does not currently intend to seek stockholder approval prior to any issuance of preferred stock, unless otherwise required by law.

Dissenters' rights of appraisal and payment

        Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware.

Stockholders' derivative actions

        Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder's stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Choice of forum

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation provides that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our Amended Certificate of Incorporation or Amended By-Laws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our shares of common stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our Amended Certificate of Incorporation.

Conflicts of interest

        Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounces any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to

128

certain entities and individuals associated with us. Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Brookfield or any person affiliated with Brookfield (including any non-employee director affiliated with Brookfield who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will not have any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Brookfield or any person affiliated with Brookfield acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates, may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity and shall not be liable to us or any of our affiliates, subsidiaries or stockholders for breach of any duty as a stockholder, director or officer or otherwise for pursuing or acquiring such opportunity.

Limitation of liability and indemnification of officers and directors

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation provides that no director shall be personally liable to us or any of our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-Laws provide that we will indemnify, hold harmless and advance expenses to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action or is involved in a proceeding by reason of the fact that the person is or was our director or officer, or our director or officer who, while a director or officer, is or was serving at the request of the company as a director, officer, employee, agent or manager of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan. Our Amended By-Laws also provide that, subject to applicable law, the company may, by action of its board of directors, grant rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses to persons other than its directors and officers with such scope and effect as the board of directors may then determine. We intend to enter into customary indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.

Transfer agent and registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Listing

        Our common stock listed on the NYSE under the symbol "EAF."

129

Shares eligible for future sale

        We cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales of shares or availability of any shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock (including shares issued on the exercise of options, warrants or convertible securities, if any) or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to raise additional capital through a future sale of securities.

        On February 15, 2019, we had 290,537,612 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. All of the 17,500,000 shares of our common stock sold in this offering (or 20,125,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless such shares are purchased by "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Upon completion of this offering, approximately 73% (or 72% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) of our outstanding common stock will be held by the selling stockholder. These shares will be "restricted securities" as that phrase is defined in Rule 144. Subject to certain contractual restrictions, including the lock-up agreements described below, holders of restricted shares will be entitled to sell those shares in the public market if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, additional shares will be available for sale as set forth below.

Lock-up Agreements

        We, our directors, our executive officers and the selling stockholder have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, file or cause to be filed a registration statement covering shares of common stock or any securities that are convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 60 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. For additional information, including regarding certain exceptions to which this agreement is subject, see "Underwriting."

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

        A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

130

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, most of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement are eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period or certain other restrictions contained in Rule 144.

Equity Plan

        On May 22, 2018, we filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the issuance of 15,000,000 shares of common stock under the Equity Plan and we may file one or more Form S-8 registration statements in the future to register the issuance of additional shares under any other stock plans approved in the future. The registration statement on Form S-8 filed on May 22, 2018 became effective upon filing. All of the shares issued or to be issued upon the exercise of stock options or settlement of other awards under our stock plans are or will be eligible for resale in the public market without restrictions, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described elsewhere in this prospectus.

131

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations to non-U.S. holders

        The following discussion is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. Holders. A "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is (for U.S. federal income tax purposes):

•

a nonresident alien individual,

•

a foreign corporation,

•

a foreign estate or foreign trust, or

•

a person that is otherwise not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of such common stock.

        A "Non-U.S. Holder" does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If you are such an individual, you should consult your own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock.

        This discussion deals only with common stock held as a capital asset by Non-U.S. Holders who purchased common stock in this offering. This discussion does not cover all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock by prospective investors in light of their specific facts and circumstances. In particular, this discussion does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to persons in special tax situations, including, but not limited to: a foreign government or governmental entity, a dealer in securities or currencies, a financial institution, a regulated investment company, a real estate investment trust, a tax-exempt organization, an insurance company, a person holding common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or straddle transaction or a person deemed to sell common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting, an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes or owners of such entity or arrangement, a person that received such common stock in connection with the performance of services, a pension fund or retirement account, a "controlled foreign corporation," a "passive foreign investment company," a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, a person that will hold shares of our common stock in connection with a U.S. trade or business or a U.S. permanent establishment, or a former citizen or long-term resident of the United States.

        This section does not address any other U.S. federal tax considerations (such as Medicare, estate or gift tax) or any state, local or non-U.S. tax considerations. You should consult your own tax advisors about the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock in light of your own particular circumstances, including the tax consequences under state, local, foreign and other tax laws and the possible effects of any changes in applicable tax laws.

        Furthermore, this summary is based on the tax laws of the United States, including the Code, existing and proposed regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as currently in effect. Such authorities may be repealed, revoked, modified or subject to differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

Dividends

        If we make a distribution of cash or property with respect to our common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or

132

accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of your investment, up to your tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in "—Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock." Any distributions will also be subject to the discussions below under the headings "—Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act" and "—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding."

        Dividends paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty. Even if you are eligible for a lower treaty rate, we and other payers will generally be required to withhold at a 30% rate (rather than the lower treaty rate) on dividend payments to you, unless you have furnished to us or such other payer a valid Internal Revenue Service (or IRS) Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or other documentary evidence establishing your entitlement to the lower treaty rate with respect to such payments and neither we nor our paying agent (or other payer) have actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary.

        If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty or otherwise, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these withholding requirements on their investment in the common stock.

Sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of common stock

        You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless we are or have been a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and you held, directly or indirectly, at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition, more than 5% of our common stock.

        We are not and do not anticipate becoming a United States real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        Investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these withholding requirements on their investment in the common stock and the potential for a refund or credit in the case of any withholding tax.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

        The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (or FATCA) imposes withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to "foreign financial institutions" (as specially defined under these rules to include many entities that may not typically be thought of as financial institutions) and certain other non-U.S. entities if certification, information reporting and other specified requirements are not met. FATCA imposes a 30% withholding tax on "withholdable payments" if they are paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations and other specified requirements are satisfied or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner and other specified requirements are satisfied. "Withholdable payments" will generally include dividends on our common stock. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other

133

requirements. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding this legislation.

Information reporting and backup withholding

        We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. You may be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to you unless you certify under penalty of perjury that you are not a U.S. person or otherwise establish an exemption.

        Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, provided that the proceeds are paid to the Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States. However, proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker with certain specified U.S. connections or a U.S. broker generally will be subject to information reporting (but generally not to backup withholding), even if the proceeds are paid to such Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States, unless such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (for instance, by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (for instance, by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

134

Underwriting

        The selling stockholder is offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as joint book running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholder have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the selling stockholder has agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Name	Number of shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.
BMO Capital Markets Corp.
Total

        The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by the selling stockholder if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $            per share from the public offering price. After the closing of the offering of the shares to the public, if all the common shares are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

        The underwriters have an option to buy up to 2,625,000 additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholder to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

        The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to the selling stockholder per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $            per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting

135

discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

	Without option to purchase additional shares exercise	With full option to purchase additional shares exercise
Per Share	$	$
Total	$	$

        We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $1 million. In addition, we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $25,000 of reasonable expenses, application fees and the fees and disbursements of counsel incurred in connection with the filing and clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        We, our directors, our executive officers and the selling stockholder have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, file or cause to be filed a registration statement covering shares of common stock or any securities that are convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 60 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, subject to certain exceptions, including:

(A)

the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering;



(B)

the issuance of shares of our common stock or other securities (including securities convertible into shares of our common stock) in connection with the acquisition by us or any of our subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, properties or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed by us in connection with such acquisition; or



(C)

the issuance of shares of our common stock or other securities (including securities convertible into shares of our common stock) in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions;

provided that, in the case of clauses (B) and (C), the aggregate number of shares of our common stock issued in all such acquisitions and transactions will not exceed 5% of our issued and outstanding common stock on the closing date of this offering and any recipients of such shares of our common stock will deliver a lock-up agreement to the underwriters.

        We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol "EAF."

136

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered" shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be "naked" shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

        The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

        These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over the counter market or otherwise.

Selling restrictions

        Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us, the selling stockholder or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) with effect from and including the date on

137

which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

        A.    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

        B.    to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

        C.    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and the Company that it is a "qualified investor" within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression "an offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

        In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are "qualified investors" (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (or the Order) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

        Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

        The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any

138

resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

        Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

        The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (or SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

        Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, or the shares has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (or FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (or CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (or DIFC)

        This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (or DFSA). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

        In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

        The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance

139

with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

        This prospectus:

•

does not constitute a product disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (or the Corporations Act);

•

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (or ASIC), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act;

•

does not constitute or involve a recommendation to acquire, an offer or invitation for issue or sale, an offer or invitation to arrange the issue or sale, or an issue or sale, of interests to a "retail client" (as defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act and applicable regulations) in Australia; and

•

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, or Exempt Investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

        The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

        As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those securities to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

        The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any "resident" of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

140

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

        The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (or the SFA), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

        (a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

        (b)   a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

        (a)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

        (b)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

        (c)   where the transfer is by operation of law;

        (d)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

        (e)   as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

        Solely for the purposes of its obligations pursuant to Sections 309B(1)(a) and 309B(1)(c) of the SFA, the issuer has determined, and hereby notifies all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A of

141

the SFA) that the shares are "prescribed capital markets products" (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Notice to prospective investors in Bermuda

        Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda.

        Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Notice to prospective investors in Saudi Arabia

        This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (or CMA) pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended (or the CMA Regulations). The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Notice to prospective investors in the British Virgin Islands

        The shares are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of the Company. The shares may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands), (or BVI Companies), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands. This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with the Financial Services Commission of the British Virgin Islands. No registered prospectus has been or will be prepared in respect of the shares for the purposes of the Securities and Investment Business Act, 2010 (or SIBA) or the Public Issuers Code of the British Virgin Islands.

Notice to prospective investors in China

        This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of shares, whether by sale or subscription, in the People's Republic of China (or the PRC). The shares are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.

        Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the shares or any beneficial interest therein without obtaining all prior PRC's governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this document are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.

Notice to prospective investors in Korea

        The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (or the FSCMA), and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for

142

re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (or the FETL). The shares have not been listed on any of the securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

Notice to prospective investors in Malaysia

        No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the shares has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia (or Commission) for the Commission's approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence; (iii) a person who acquires the shares, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the shares is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

Notice to prospective investors in Taiwan

        The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorised to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

143

Other relationships

        Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future. An affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is the administrative agent, collateral agent, swingline lender and issuing bank under the 2018 Credit Agreement. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, or affiliates of such institutions, are joint-lead arrangers and joint bookrunners under the 2018 Credit Agreement. In addition, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, or affiliates thereof, are lenders and issuing banks under the 2018 Credit Agreement.

144

Legal matters

        Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for us by Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York. The validity of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be passed upon by Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, New York, New York.

Experts

        The consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where you can find more information

        We have filed a registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, on Form S-1 with the SEC relating to this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and the exhibits included with the registration statement. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents. You may read and copy the registration statement, the related exhibits and other material we file with the SEC on the SEC's internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file with the SEC. The website address is http://www.sec.gov.

        We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, file reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. Such annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy and information statements and other information can be inspected and copied at the locations set forth above. We intend to make this information available on the investors relations section of our website, www.graftech.com. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus. We have included our website address only as an inactive textual reference and do not intend it to be an active link to our website. We have in the past voluntarily elected to file annual and quarterly reports and other information with the SEC. Unless otherwise specified in this prospectus, information in these reports is not part of this prospectus.

145

Index to financial statements

(Unless otherwise noted, all dollars are presented in thousands)

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets		F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)		F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)		F-6
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements		F-7

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of GrafTech International Ltd.:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GrafTech International Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

        These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

        Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
February 22, 2019
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.

F-2

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

	As of December 31,
	2018			2017
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	49,880		$	13,365
Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,129 as of December 31, 2018 and $1,097 as of December 31, 2017		248,286			116,841
Inventories		293,717			174,151
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		46,168			44,872
Current assets of discontinued operations		—			5,313
Total current assets		638,051			354,542
Property, plant and equipment		688,842			642,651
Less: accumulated depreciation		175,137			129,810
Net property, plant and equipment		513,705			512,841
Deferred income taxes		71,707			30,768
Goodwill		171,117			171,117
Other assets		110,911			129,835
Total assets	$	1,505,491		$	1,199,103
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	88,097		$	69,110
Short-term debt		106,323			16,474
Accrued income and other taxes		82,255			9,737
Other accrued liabilities		50,452			53,226
Current liabilities of discontinued operations		—			3,412
Total current liabilities		327,127			151,959
Long-term debt		2,050,311			322,900
Other long-term obligations		72,519			68,907
Deferred income taxes		45,825			41,746
Related party payable		86,478			—
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations		—			376
Commitments and Contingencies—Notes 11 and 13
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
Preferred stock, par value $0.01, 300,000,000 shares authorized, none issued		—			—
Common stock, par value $.01, 3,000,000,000 shares authorized, 290,537,612 and 302,225,923 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017*, respectively		2,905			3,022
Additional paid—in capital		819,622			851,315
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income		(5,800	)		20,289
Accumulated deficit		(1,893,496	)		(261,411	)
Total stockholders' (deficit) equity		(1,076,769	)		613,215
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)	$	1,505,491		$	1,199,103

*

See Note 1, "Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 15, "Shareholders' Equity"

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-3

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
Net sales	$	1,895,910		$	550,771		$	437,963
Cost of sales		705,698			461,545			449,228
Additions to lower of cost or market inventory reserve		—			1,509			18,974
Gross profit (loss)		1,190,212			87,717			(30,239	)
Research and development		2,129			3,456			2,534
Selling and administrative expenses		62,032			52,506			58,515
Impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill		—			—			2,843
Operating income (loss)		1,126,051			31,755			(94,131	)
Other expense (income), net		3,361			(2,104	)		(4,266	)
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense		86,478			—			—
Interest expense		135,061			30,823			26,914
Interest income		(1,657	)		(395	)		(358	)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income taxes		902,808			3,431			(116,421	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		48,920			(10,781	)		(7,552	)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations		853,888			14,212			(108,869	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax*		331			(6,229	)		(126,974	)
Net income (loss)	$	854,219		$	7,983		$	(235,843	)
Basic income (loss) per share:
Net income (loss) per share	$	2.87		$	0.03		$	(0.78	)
Net Income (loss) from continuing operations per share		2.87			0.05			(0.36	)
Weighted average shares outstanding		297,748,327			302,225,923			302,225,923
Diluted income (loss) per share:
Net income (loss) per share		2.87			0.03			(0.78	)
Diluted net income (loss) from continuing operations per share		2.87			0.05			(0.36	)
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding		297,753,770			302,225,923			302,225,923
STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Net income (loss)	$	854,219		$	7,983		$	(235,843	)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of ($288), $0, and $0, respectively		(18,391	)		23,028			2,574
Commodities and foreign currency derivatives and other, net of tax of $802, $0, and ($20), respectively		(7,698	)		4,819			125
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:		(26,089	)		27,847			2,699
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	828,130		$	35,830		$	(233,144	)

*

Loss on discontinued operations includes a pretax impairment charge of $119,907 in the year ended December 31, 2016. See Note 3, "Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale," for details.

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-4

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
Cash flow from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	854,219		$	7,983		$	(235,843	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operations:
Depreciation and amortization		66,413			66,443			82,891
Impairment of long-lived assets		—			5,300			122,750
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense		86,478			—			—
Deferred income tax provision		(37,078	)		(15,695	)		(12,062	)
Loss on extinguishment of debt		23,827			—			—
Non-cash interest expense		5,320			6,805			6,551
Other charges, net		15,761			(9,607	)		(735	)
Net change in working capital*		(177,754	)		(20,004	)		68,630
Change in long-term assets and liabilities		(583	)		(4,652	)		(9,367	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		836,603			36,573			22,815
Cash flow from investing activities:
Capital expenditures		(68,221	)		(34,664	)		(27,858	)
Cash received from divestitures		—			27,254			15,889
Derivative instrument settlements, net		—			—			377
Proceeds from the sale of fixed assets		926			5,211			1,121
Net cash used in investing activities		(67,295	)		(2,199	)		(10,471	)
Cash flow from financing activities:
Short-term debt (reductions) borrowings, net		(12,607	)		5,110			7,363
Credit Facility borrowings		—			77,000			56,000
Credit Facility reductions		(45,692	)		(114,839	)		(70,469	)
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt, net of original issue discount		2,235,000			—			—
Repayment of Senior Notes		(304,782	)		—			—
Repurchase of common stock		(225,000	)		—			—
Principal payments on long-term debt		(56,372	)		(266	)		(289	)
Dividends paid to non-related-party		(55,616	)		—			—
Dividends paid to related-party		(1,488,649	)		—			—
Related-party promissory note repayment		(750,000	)		—			—
Refinancing fees and debt issuance costs		(27,326	)		—			(922	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(731,044	)		(32,995	)		(8,317	)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		38,264			1,379			4,027
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(1,749	)		376			656
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		13,365			11,610			6,927
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	49,880		$	13,365		$	11,610
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Net cash paid during the periods for:
Interest	$	108,006		$	25,277		$	23,578
Income taxes		21,444			3,467			3,329
Non-cash financing activities:
Dividend payable—Promissory Note**		750,000			—			—
* Net change in working capital due to the following components:
Accounts and notes receivable, net	$	(139,180	)	$	(29,755	)	$	3,432
Inventories		(126,355	)		(15,649	)		53,548
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		7,116			(10,565	)		(1,424	)
Income taxes payable		67,054			2,762			313
Accounts payable and accruals		15,724			33,317			12,686
Interest payable		(2,113	)		(114	)		75
(Increase) decrease in working capital	$	(177,754	)	$	(20,004	)	$	68,630

**

During the second quarter of 2018, we declared a $750 million dividend in the form of a Promissory Note that was a non-cash transaction. See Note 7, "Debt and Liquidity," for details.

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-5

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

	Issued Shares of Common Stock			Common Stock			Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
Balance as of December 31, 2015		302,225,923		$	3,022		$	851,315		$	(10,257	)	$	(33,551	)	$	810,529
Net loss		—			—			—			—			(235,843	)		(235,843	)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Commodity and foreign currency derivatives income (loss), net of tax of $0		—			—			—			—			—			—
Commodity and foreign currency derivatives reclassification adjustments, net of tax of ($20)		—			—			—			125			—			125
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $0		—			—			—			2,574			—			2,574
Total other comprehensive income		—			—			—			2,699			—			2,699
Balance as of December 31, 2016		302,225,923		$	3,022		$	851,315		$	(7,558	)	$	(269,394	)		577,385
Net income		—			—			—			—			7,983			7,983
Other comprehensive income (loss):																	—
Commodity and foreign currency derivatives income (loss), net of tax of $0		—			—			—			4,819			—			4,819
Commodity and foreign currency derivatives reclassification adjustments, net of tax of $0		—			—			—			—			—			—
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $0		—			—			—			23,028			—			23,028
Total other comprehensive income		—			—			—			27,847			—			27,847
Balance as of December 31, 2017		302,225,923		$	3,022		$	851,315		$	20,289		$	(261,411	)	$	613,215
Net income		—			—			—			—			854,219			854,219
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Commodity and foreign currency derivatives income (loss), net of tax of $715		—			—			—			(6,866	)		—			(6,866	)
Commodity and foreign currency derivatives reclassification adjustments, net of tax of $87		—			—			—			(832	)		—			(832	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of ($288)		—			—			—			(18,391	)		—			(18,391	)
Total other comprehensive loss		—			—			—			(26,089	)		—			(26,089	)
Common stock repurchased and retired (from related party)		(11,688,311	)		(117	)		(32,844	)		—			(192,039	)		(225,000	)
Stock based compensation		—			—			1,151			—			—			1,151
Dividends paid to related party stockholder		—			—			—			—			(1,488,649	)		(1,488,649	)
Related-party promissory note repayment														(750,000	)		(750,000	)
Dividends paid to non-related party stockholders		—			—			—			—			(55,616	)		(55,616	)
Balance as of December 31, 2018		290,537,612		$	2,905		$	819,622		$	(5,800	)	$	(1,893,496	)	$	(1,076,769	)

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(1) Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Discussion of Business and Structure

        GrafTech International Ltd. (the "Company") is a leading manufacturer of high quality graphite electrode products essential to the production of electric arc furnace steel and other ferrous and non-ferrous metals. References herein to "GTI," "we," "our," or "us" refer collectively to GrafTech International Ltd. and its subsidiaries. On August 15, 2015, GTI became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Brookfield Asset Management Inc. ("Brookfield") through a tender offer to our former stockholders and subsequent merger transaction.

        The Company's only reportable segment, Industrial Materials, is comprised of our two major product categories: graphite electrodes and needle coke products. Needle coke is the key raw material to producing graphite electrodes. The Company's vision is to provide the highest quality graphite electrodes at the lowest cost while providing the best customer service all while striving to be the lowest cost producer.

        We previously operated an Engineered Solutions business segment. See Note 3, "Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale," for further information. All results from the Engineered Solutions business have been excluded from continuing operations, unless otherwise indicated.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the financial statements of GrafTech International Ltd. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash Equivalents

        We consider all highly liquid financial instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of certificates of deposit, money market funds and commercial paper.

Revenue Recognition

        The Company adopted ASC 606 on January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASC 606 represents a change in accounting principle that will more closely align revenue recognition with the delivery of the Company's goods and will provide financial statement readers with enhanced disclosures. The reported results for 2018 reflect the application of ASC 606 guidance while the reported results for 2017 and prior were prepared under the guidance of ASC 605, Revenue Recognition (ASC 605), which is also referred to herein as the "previous revenue guidance".

        Prior to the adoption of ASC 606, revenue from sales of our commercial products was recognized when they met four basic criteria (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement existed, (2) delivery had occurred, (3) the amount was determinable and (4) collection was reasonably assured. Sales were recognized when both title and the risks and rewards of ownership were transferred to the customer or services had been rendered and fees had been earned in accordance with the contract.

        In accordance with ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to

F-7

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(1) Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods. See Note 2, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," for more information.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is principally determined using the "first-in first-out" ("FIFO") and average cost, which approximates FIFO, methods. Elements of cost in inventory include raw materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead.

        We allocate fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion based on normal capacity of the production facilities. We recognize abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage) as current period charges.

Property, Plant and Equipment

        Expenditures for property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Maintenance and repairs of property and equipment are expensed as incurred. Expenditures for replacements and betterments are capitalized and the replaced assets are retired. Gains and losses from the sale of property are included in cost of sales or other expense (income), net. We depreciate our assets using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The ranges of estimated useful lives are as follows:

	Years
Buildings	25 - 40
Land improvements	20
Machinery and equipment	5 - 20
Furniture and fixtures	5 - 10

        The carrying value of fixed assets is assessed when events and circumstances indicating impairment are present. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

        Depreciation expense was $53.5 million, $50.4 million, and $63.4 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Capital expenditures within accounts payable totaled $13.7 million and $13.6 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

        Trade accounts receivable primarily arise from sales of goods to customers and distributors in the normal course of business.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Judgment is required in assessing the likelihood of collection of receivables, including the current creditworthiness of each customer, related aging of the past due balances and the facts and

F-8

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(1) Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

circumstances surrounding any non-payment. We evaluate specific accounts when we become aware of a situation where a customer may not be able to meet its financial obligations. The reserve requirements are based on the best facts available to us and are reevaluated and adjusted as additional information is received. Receivables are charged off when amounts are determined to be uncollectible.

Capitalized Bank Fees

        We capitalize bank fees upon the incurrence of debt and record them as a contra-liability against our debt. We had capitalized bank fees of $24.3 million and $0.4 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We amortize such amounts over the life of the respective debt instrument using the effective interest method. The estimated life may be adjusted upon the occurrence of a triggering event. Amortization of capitalized bank fees amounted to $3.5 million and $0.3 million and $0.2 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Capitalized bank fee amortization is included in interest expense.

Derivative Financial Instruments

        We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. They are used to manage well-defined commercial risks associated with commodity purchases and currency exchange rate risks. On the date that a derivative contract for a hedging instrument is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as either (1) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge), (2) a hedge of the exposure of a forecasted transaction or of the variability in the cash flows of a recognized asset or liability (a cash flow hedge), (3) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation (a net investment hedge) or 4) a contract not designated as a hedging instrument.

        For a fair value hedge, both the effective and ineffective portions of the change in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in earnings and reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations on the same line as the gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. For a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheet. When the underlying hedged transaction is realized, the gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive loss is recorded in earnings and reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations on the same line as the gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. For a net investment hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in cumulative translation adjustment, which is a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheet.

        We formally document our hedge relationships, including the identification of the hedging instruments and the related hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. Derivatives are recorded at fair value in other current and long-term assets and other current and long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. We also formally assess, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether a derivative used in a hedging transaction is highly effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or the cash flows of the hedged item. When it is determined that a derivative ceases to be highly effective, we discontinue hedge accounting.

F-9

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(1) Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Foreign Currency Derivatives

        We enter into foreign currency derivatives from time to time to manage exposure to changes in currency exchange rates. These instruments, which include, but are not limited to, forward exchange contracts and purchased currency options, attempt to hedge global currency exposures, relating to non-dollar denominated debt and identifiable foreign currency receivables, payables and commitments held by our foreign and domestic subsidiaries. Forward exchange contracts are agreements to exchange different currencies at a specified future date and at a specified rate. Purchased foreign currency options are instruments which give the holder the right, but not the obligation, to exchange different currencies at a specified rate at a specified date or over a range of specified dates. The result is the creation of a range in which a best and worst price is defined, while minimizing option cost. Forward exchange contracts and purchased currency options are carried at fair value.

        These contracts may be designated as Cash-Flow or Fair Value hedges to the extent that they are effective and are accounted for as described in section above ("Derivative Financial Instruments"). For derivatives that are not designated as a hedge, any gain or loss is immediately recognized in Cost of Sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Derivatives used in this manner relate to risks resulting from assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency.

Commodity Derivative Contracts

        We have entered into derivative contracts for refined oil products. These contracts are entered into to protect against the risk that eventual cash flows related to these products will be adversely affected by future changes in prices. All commodity contracts are carried at fair value and are treated as hedges to the extent they are effective. Changes in their fair values are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Consolidated Balance Sheets until settlement. Realized gains and losses resulting from settlement are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and are recorded in cost of sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the underlying hedged item is realized.

Research and Development

        Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes, including significant improvements to existing products, are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

        We file a consolidated United States ("U.S.") federal income tax return for GTI and its eligible domestic subsidiaries. Our non-U.S. subsidiaries file income tax returns in their respective local jurisdictions. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and tax benefit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities at the end of each period are determined using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is established or maintained, when, based on currently available information and other factors, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

F-10

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(1) Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Under the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we recognize the benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, and accounting in interim periods.

        As a result of the enactment of the Tax Act of 2017, the Company is required to make an accounting policy election of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to Global Intangible Low Tax Income ("GILTI") as a current period expense when incurred (the "period cost method") or (2) factoring such amounts into the Company's measurement of its deferred taxes (the "deferred method"). The Company's accounting policy will be to treat taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current period expense when incurred. See Note 14, "Income Taxes," for more information.

Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits

        We use actuarial methods and assumptions to account for our defined benefit pension plans and our postretirement benefits. We immediately recognize the change in the fair value of plan assets and net actuarial gains and losses annually in the fourth quarter of each year with a mark-to-market adjustment ("MTM Adjustment") and whenever a plan is remeasured (e.g. due to a significant curtailment, settlement, etc.). Pension and postretirement benefits expense includes the MTM adjustment, actuarially computed cost of benefits earned during the current service period, the interest cost on accrued obligations, the expected return on plan assets based on fair market values, and adjustments due to plan settlements and curtailments. Contributions to the qualified U.S. retirement plan are made in accordance with the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

        Postretirement benefits and benefits under the non-qualified retirement plan have been accrued, but not funded. The estimated cost of future postretirement life insurance benefits is determined by the Company with assistance from independent actuarial firms using the "projected unit credit" actuarial cost method. Such costs are recognized as employees render the service necessary to earn the postretirement benefits. We record our balance sheet position based on the funded status of the plan.

        Additional information with respect to benefits plans is set forth in Note 12, "Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits."

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

        Our operations are governed by laws addressing protection of the environment and worker safety and health. These laws provide for civil and criminal penalties and fines, as well as injunctive and remedial relief, for noncompliance and require remediation at sites where hazardous substances have been released into the environment.

        We have been in the past, and may become in the future, the subject of formal or informal enforcement actions or proceedings regarding noncompliance with these laws or the remediation of company-related substances released into the environment. Historically, such matters have been resolved by negotiation with regulatory authorities resulting in commitments to compliance, abatement

F-11

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(1) Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

or remediation programs and in some cases payment of penalties. Historically, neither the commitments undertaken nor the penalties imposed on us have been material.

        Environmental considerations are part of all significant capital expenditure decisions. Environmental remediation, compliance and management expenses were approximately $12.4 million, $8.0 million and $8.3 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. A charge to income is recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the cost can be reasonably estimated. When payments are fixed or determinable, the liability is discounted using a rate at which the payments could be effectively settled. The accrued liability relating to environmental remediation was $4.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and $2.1 million as of December 31, 2017. The increase in the liability was the result of a revised estimate for asset retirement obligations related to landfills.

        Our environmental liabilities do not take into consideration possible recoveries of insurance proceeds. Because of the uncertainties associated with environmental remediation activities at sites where we may be potentially liable, future expenses to remediate sites could be considerably higher than the accrued liability.

Foreign Currency Translation and Remeasurement

        We translate the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries, whose local currency is their functional currency, to U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and weighted average exchange rates for each period for revenues, expenses, gains and losses. Differences arising from exchange rate changes are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Balance Sheets until such time as the operations of such non-U.S. subsidiaries are sold or substantially or completely liquidated.

        For our Mexican, Swiss and Russian subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, we remeasure non-monetary balance sheet accounts and the related income statement accounts at historical exchange rates. Resulting gains and losses arising from the fluctuations in currency for monetary accounts are recognized in other (income) expense, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Gains and losses arising from fluctuations in currency exchange rates on transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are recognized in earnings as incurred.

        We have non-dollar denominated intercompany loans between some of our foreign subsidiaries. These loans are subject to remeasurement gains and losses due to changes in currency exchange rates. Certain of these loans had been deemed to be essentially permanent prior to settlement and, as a result, remeasurement gains and losses on these loans were recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the stockholders' equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The remaining loans are deemed to be temporary and, as a result, remeasurement gains and losses on these loans are recorded as currency (gains/losses) in other (income) expense, net, on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        Goodwill is the excess of the acquisition cost of businesses over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. We do not recognize deferred income taxes for the difference between the assigned value and the tax basis related to nondeductible goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized; however,

F-12

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(1) Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

impairment testing is performed annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. We perform the annual goodwill impairment test at December 31.

        The annual goodwill impairment testing may begin with a qualitative assessment of potential impairment indicators in order to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test.

        The impairment test for goodwill uses a two-step approach, which is performed at the reporting unit level. Step one compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. The fair value for each reporting unit with goodwill is determined in accordance with accounting guidance on determining fair value, which requires consideration of the income, market, and cost approaches as applicable. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, there is potential impairment and step two must be performed. Step two compares the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill to its implied fair value (i.e., fair value of the reporting unit less the fair value of the unit's assets and liabilities, including identifiable intangible assets). If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying amount of goodwill, an impairment is recognized.

        Other amortizable intangible assets, which consist primarily of trademarks and trade names, customer-related intangibles and technological know-how, are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight line or sum-of-the-years digits method. The estimated useful lives for each major category of amortizable intangible assets are:

	Years
Trade name	5 - 10
Technology and know-how	5 - 9
Customer related intangible	5 - 14

        Additional information about goodwill and other intangibles is set forth in Note 6 "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets."

Major Maintenance and Repair Costs

        We perform scheduled major maintenance of the storage and processing units at our Seadrift plant (referred to as "overhaul"). Time periods between overhauls vary by unit. We also perform an annual scheduled significant maintenance and repair shutdown of the plant (referred to as "turnaround").

        Costs of overhauls and turnarounds include plant personnel, contract services, materials, and rental equipment. We defer these costs when incurred and use the straight-line method to amortize them over the period of time estimated to lapse until the next scheduled overhaul of the applicable storage or processing unit. Under this policy $9.8 million was deferred in 2018 and no costs were deferred in 2017. Amortization of deferred maintenance costs totaled $3.1 million, $3.3 million and $7.0 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Earnings per share

        The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to the stock split effected on April 12, 2018 and common stock repurchase on

F-13

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(1) Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

August 13, 2018. Diluted earnings per share recognizes the dilution that would occur if stock options or restricted shares were exercised or converted into common shares. See Note 16, "Earnings Per Share," for further details.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. Significant estimates and assumptions are used for, but are not limited to inventory valuation, pension and other post-retirement benefits, allowance for doubtful accounts, contingent liabilities, accruals and valuation allowances, asset impairment, and environmental-related accruals. Actual results could differ from our estimates.

Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale

        When Management commits to a plan to sell assets or asset groups and a sale is probable, we reclassify those assets or asset groups into "Assets Held for Sale". Upon reclassification to assets held for sale, we evaluate the book value of the disposal groups against their fair value less costs to sell and as a result may impair the assets / asset groups. As and if new information becomes available on the fair value of the assets/asset groups , we may adjust accordingly the impairment.

        Once the assets of a business have been classified as held for sale, we evaluate if the divestiture represents a strategic shift in operations and if so, we exclude the results of this business from continuing operations. All results are reported as gain or loss from discontinued operations, net of tax. During the second quarter of 2016, our Engineered Solutions business qualified as discontinued operations and as such, all its results have been excluded from continuing operations. See Note 3, "Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale," for further details.

Subsequent Events

        We evaluate events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued to determine if a material event requires our amending the financial statements or disclosing the event. See Note 18, "Subsequent Events," for further details.

Recent Accounting Standards

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . The Company adopted ASU 2014-09 and its related amendments (collectively known as ASC 606) effective on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. Please see Note 2, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," for the required disclosures related to the impact of adopting this standard and a discussion of the Company's updated policies related to revenue recognition.

        In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Payments,clarifying guidance on the classification of certain

F-14

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(1) Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows. The adoption of ASU 2016-15 on January 1, 2018 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation-Retirement Benefits (Topic 715). This standard requires an entity to report the service cost component in the same line item as other compensation costs. The other components of net (benefit) cost, including our annual mark-to-market remeasurement, will be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of income from operations. The adoption of ASU No. 2017-07 on January 1, 2018 changed the presentation of benefit expenses, but did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. The components of the net (benefit) cost are shown in Note 12, "Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits." The following table summarizes the adjustments made to conform prior period classifications to the new guidance:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2017								For the Year Ended December 31, 2016
	(dollars in thousands)
	As Reported		Effect of Accounting Change			As Adjusted			As Reported			Effect of Accounting Change			As Adjusted
Cost of Sales	$	461,339	$	206		$	461,545		$	448,016		$	1,212		$	449,228
Research and development		2,951		505			3,456			2,399			135			2,534
Selling and administrative expenses		49,479		3,027			52,506			57,784			731			58,515
Other (income) expense, net		1,634		(3,738	)		(2,104	)		(2,188	)		(2,078	)		(4,266	)

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). Under this new guidance, a company will now recognize most leases on its balance sheet as lease liabilities with corresponding right-of-use assets. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company plans to adopt ASU No. 2016-02 on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach with the option of not restating comparative prior periods presented in the financial statements. Under this method, we will recognize the effects of applying ASC 842 as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of the effective date of adoption of January 1, 2019. The Company has completed its evaluation of the contracts. We anticipate additional assets and liabilities of approximately $10 million to be recorded as a result with no material adjustment to retained earning required.

        In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350). This guidance was issued to simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment. The guidance removes the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which requires that a hypothetical purchase price allocation be performed to determine the amount of impairment, if any. Under this new guidance, a goodwill impairment charge will be based on the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The guidance will become effective on a prospective basis for the Company on January 1, 2020 with early adoption permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-15

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(2) Revenue from Contracts with Customers

        The Company adopted ASC 606 on January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASC 606 represents a change in accounting principle that will more closely align revenue recognition with the delivery of the Company's goods and will provide financial statement readers with enhanced disclosures. The reported results for 2018 reflect the application of ASC 606 guidance while the reported results for 2017 and 2016 were prepared under the guidance of ASC 605, Revenue Recognition (ASC 605), which is also referred to herein as the "previous revenue guidance".

Financial Statement Impact of Adopting ASC 606

        The Company adopted ASC 606 effective January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. Under this method, we could elect to apply the cumulative effect method to either all contracts as of the date of initial application or only to contracts that are not complete as of that date. We elected to apply the modified retrospective method to contracts that are not complete as of the date of initial application. The cumulative effect of applying the new guidance to all contracts with customers that were not completed as of January 1, 2018 was to be recorded as an adjustment to accumulated deficit as of the adoption date. As a result of using the modified retrospective method, there were no adjustments that were made to accounts on the Company's consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2018.

Impact of the adoption of ASC 606 on accounting policies

        In accordance with ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods.

        To achieve this core principle, the following five steps are performed: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation.

        The Company sells the majority of its products directly to steel manufacturers located in various jurisdictions. The Company's contracts consist of longer-term take-or-pay sales contracts of graphite electrodes with terms of up to five years and short-term purchase orders (deliveries within one year). Collectability is assessed based on the customer's ability and intention to pay, reviewing a variety of factors including the customer's historical payment experience and published credit and financial information. Additionally, for multi-year contracts, we may require the customer to post a bank guarantee, guarantee of a parent, a letter of credit or a significant pre-payment.

        The promises of delivery of graphite electrodes represent the distinct performance obligations of our contracts. A small portion of our sales consist of deliveries of by-products of the manufacturing processes, such as graphite powders, naphta and gasoil.

        Given their nature, the Company's performance obligations are satisfied at a point in time when control of the products has been transferred to the customer. In most cases, control transfer is deemed to happen at the delivery point of the products defined under the incoterms, usually at time of loading the truck or the vessel. The Company has elected to treat the transportation activity as a fulfilment

F-16

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(2) Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Continued)

activity instead of as a distinct performance obligation, and outbound freight cost is accrued when the product delivery promises are satisfied.

        The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which the Company will be entitled in exchange for transferring goods to the customer. Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the Company from a customer are excluded from the transaction price.

        Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company's judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. The Company's contracts and customary practices involve few rebates or discounts. The Company provides a limited warranty on its products and may issue credit notes or replace products free of charge for valid quality claims; historically, quality claims have been insignificant and the Company records appropriate accruals for the estimated credit notes based on the historical statistical experience. Certain contracts provide for limited rebates when deliveries are late versus committed dates. These rebates are accrued for based on historical statistics of late deliveries on the contracts to which those terms apply.

        Contracts that contain multiple distinct performance obligations require an allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. The Company regularly reviews market conditions and internally approved pricing guidelines to determine stand-alone selling prices for the different types of its customer contracts. The stand-alone prices as known at contract inception are utilized as the basis to allocate the transaction price to the distinct performance obligations. The allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations remains unchanged if stand-alone selling prices change after contract inception.

        The Company expenses sales commissions as earned as their amortization period would not extend beyond the year in which they are incurred. These costs are recorded within selling and administrative expense.

Disaggregation of Revenue

        The following table provides information about disaggregated revenue by type of product and contract for 2018:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2018
	(Dollars in thousands)
Graphite Electrodes—Three-to-five-year contracts	$	1,341,557
Graphite Electrodes—Short-term contracts		500,834
By-products		53,519
Total Revenues	$	1,895,910

Impact of New Revenue Guidance on Financial Statement Line Items

        There would be no differences to the reported consolidated balance sheet, statement of operations and cash flows, as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, had the previous revenue guidance still been in effect.

F-17

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(2) Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Continued)

Contract Balances

        Receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts, were $248.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and $116.8 million as of December 31, 2017. Accounts receivables are recorded when the right to consideration becomes unconditional. Payment terms on invoices range from 30 to 120 days depending on the customary business practices of the jurisdictions in which we do business.

        Certain short-term and longer-term sales contracts require up-front payments prior to the Company's fulfillment of any performance obligation. These contract liabilities are recorded as current or long-term deferred revenue, depending on the lag between the pre-payment and the expected delivery of the related products. Additionally, under ASC 606, deferred revenue originates from contracts where the allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations based on their relative stand-alone selling prices results in the timing of revenue recognition being different from the timing of the invoicing. In this case, deferred revenue is amortized into revenue based on the transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations.

        Current deferred revenue is included in "Other accrued liabilities" and long-term deferred revenue is included in "Other long-term obligations" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following table provides information about deferred revenue from contracts with customers (in thousands):

	Current deferred revenue			Long-Term deferred revenue
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2017	$	20,784		$	—
Increases due to billings		15,548			8,241
Revenue recognized		(30,803	)		—
Foreign currency impact		(149	)		(525	)
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	5,380		$	7,716

Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations

        The following table presents estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) at the end of the reporting period (in thousands). The estimated revenues do not include contracts with original duration of one year or less.

	Three-to-five-year take-or-pay contracts
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	1,404,618
2020		1,327,449
2021		1,172,536
2022		1,127,105
Thereafter		8,715
Total	$	5,040,423

F-18

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(2) Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Continued)

        In addition to the expected remaining revenue to be recognized with the longer-term sales contracts, the Company recorded $1,341.6 million of revenue pursuant to these contracts in the twelve months ended December 31, 2018.

(3) Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale

        On February 26, 2016, the Company announced that it had initiated a strategic review of its Engineered Solutions business segment to better direct its resources and simplify its operations. Any potential sale of assets was prohibited by its revolving facility without approval of the requisite lenders thereunder. On April 27, 2016, GrafTech and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an amendment to the revolving facility (see Note 7, "Debt and Liquidity") which, among other things, permits the sale of assets with the restriction that the proceeds be utilized to pay down revolver borrowings. As of June 30, 2016, the Engineered Solutions segment qualified for reporting as discontinued operations as its divestiture represented a strategic shift for the Company.

        During 2016, we evaluated the fair value of the Engineered Solutions business segment utilizing the market approach (Level 3 measure). As a result, we incurred an impairment charge to our Engineered Solutions business segment of $120 million to align the carrying value with estimated fair value. We continued to update this estimate and during 2017, we further reduced the estimated fair value by $5.3 million based upon current information at that time.

        On November 30, 2016, we completed the sale of our Fiber Materials Inc. ("Fiber Materials") business, which was a business line within our former Engineered Solutions business. The sale resulted in cash proceeds of $15.9 million and a loss of $0.2 million. We have the ability to realize up to $8.5 million of additional proceeds based on the earnings of the Fiber Materials business over the 24 months following the transaction. We have elected to record this contingent consideration as it is realized and accordingly, it has not been recognized to date. Based on the 2017 and preliminary 2018 results of Fiber Materials, we do not expect any material additional proceeds from this contingent consideration.

        On July 3, 2017, we completed the sale of our Advanced Energy Technologies ("AET") business. AET was a product line within our Engineered Solutions business that had been classified as held for sale since the second quarter of 2016. The sale resulted in cash proceeds of $28.5 million.

        On September 30, 2017, we completed the sale of the majority of the U.S. assets of our GrafTech Advanced Graphite Materials ("GAGM") business, which was a component of our Engineered Solutions business. The sale of the Italian GAGM assets closed on October 5, 2017. In the jurisdictions where the GAGM assets were not acquired, we initiated the wind-down of the business. The sale was structured as a non-cash transaction with the buyer assuming certain liabilities associated with the assets acquired. In addition, GrafTech retained certain current assets of GAGM, mostly receivables, which were substantially realized in the fourth quarter of 2017.

        As a result of the sales described above, we recorded a gain of $6.1 million in 2017. The disposition of the Engineered Solutions business is now substantially complete and in accordance with our Credit Facility, all cash proceeds from these sales were used to pay down our revolving facility and term loan.

F-19

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(3) Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2018, we have ceased reporting discontinued operations and have included all remaining assets and liabilities within continuing operations.

        The following tables summarize the results of the Engineered Solutions business segment, reclassified as discontinued operations:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net sales	$	2,574		$	82,299		$	115,336
Cost of sales		3,310			74,723			98,440
Gross (loss) profit		(736	)		7,576			16,896
Research and development		—			1,429			3,145
Selling and administrative expenses		(628	)		12,239			19,022
(Gain) loss on sale of assets		(508	)		(6,091	)		198
Rationalizations		—			(35	)		(405	)
Impairment		—			5,300			119,907
		400			(5,266	)		(124,971	)
Other expense (income)		30			(115	)		(66	)
Interest expense		—			1,133			3,258
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes		370			(6,284	)		(128,163	)
Benefit for income taxes on discontinued operations		(39	)		(55	)		(1,189	)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations	$	331		$	(6,229	)	$	(126,974	)
Basic and diluted income (loss) from discontinued operations per share	$	—		$	(0.02	)	$	(0.42	)

        The significant components of our Statements of Cash Flows for discontinued operations are as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31
	2018			2017			2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Depreciation and amortization	$	—		$	2,418		$	5,277
Impairment		—			5,300			119,907
(Gain) loss on sale of assets		(508	)		(6,091	)		198
Net change in inventory		502			15,217			(917	)
Cash received from divestitures		—			27,254			15,889
Credit facility reductions		—			(27,254	)		(15,889	)
Deferred income taxes		40			(55	)		(1,189	)
Capital expenditures		—			558			4,713

F-20

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(3) Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of discontinued operations as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

	As of December 31, 2018		As of December 31, 2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Assets of discontinued operations:
Accounts receivable	$	—	$	3,351
Inventories		—		502
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—		1,137
Net property, plant and equipment		—		226
Other assets		—		97
Total assets of discontinued operations	$	—	$	5,313
Liabilities of discontinued operations:
Accounts payable	$	—	$	512
Accrued income and other taxes		—		158
Other accrued liabilities		—		2,742
Total current liabilities of discontinued operations		—		3,412
Other long-term obligations		—		376
Total liabilities of discontinued operations	$	—	$	3,788

(4) Stock Based and Other Management Compensation

        Our Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan permits the granting of options, and other stock-based awards (including restricted stock units and deferred share units). As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate number of shares authorized under the plans since their initial adoption was 15,000,000. Shares issued upon vesting of awards or exercise of options are new share issuances. Upon the vesting or payment of stock awards, an employee may elect receipt of the full share amount and either pay the resulting taxes or sell shares in the open market to cover the tax obligation.

        During 2018 our Board of Directors granted 979,790 stock options, 42,243 deferred share units and 6,740 restricted stock units under our Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

        Stock-based compensation expense recognized was $1.2 million in 2018. A majority of the expense, $1.0 million, was recorded as "Selling and Administrative Expenses" in the Consolidated Statement of Operations, with the remaining expenses incurred as cost of sales. There was no stock-based compensation expense recognized in 2017 and 2016.

        As of December 31, 2018, unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options, deferred share units and restricted stock units represents $5.4 million, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.3 years.

F-21

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(4) Stock Based and Other Management Compensation (Continued)

        Deferred Share and Restricted Stock Units.    Deferred share units represent one share of our common stock and will be delivered as shares of our common stock when the recipient ceases to provide services to the Company. Compensation expense for deferred share units and restricted stock share awards is based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. The weighted average grant date fair value of deferred share units and restricted stock units was approximately $12.88 per share at December 31, 2018.

        Deferred share units and restricted stock unit awards activity under the Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan for 2018 was as follows:

	Number of Shares			Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding unvested as of January 1, 2018		—		$	—
Granted		48,983			13.94
Vested		(21,413	)		15.29
Outstanding unvested as of December 31, 2018		27,570		$	12.88

        During 2018, we granted 48,983 shares of deferred share units and restricted stock units to certain directors, officers and employees at prices ranging from $15.00 to $19.44. Of the total deferred share units granted, 21,413 were granted to our Board of Directors and vested immediately upon grant. The remaining deferred share units and restricted stock units vest over a period of two to five years.

        Stock Options.    Compensation expense for stock options is based on the estimated fair value of the option on the date of the grant. We calculate the estimated fair value of the option using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. During 2018, we granted 979,790 options to certain of our officers and employees. The weighted-average fair value of the options granted in 2018 was $6.08. The weighted average assumptions used in our Black-Scholes option-pricing model for options granted in 2018 are:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2018
Dividend yield	1.70% - 2.27%
Expected volatility	45%
Risk-free interest rate	2.84% - 2.98%
Expected term in years	6.5 years

        Dividend Yield.    Our dividend yield estimate is based on our expected dividends and the stock price on the grant date.

        Expected Volatility.    We estimate the volatility of our common stock at the date of grant based on the historical volatility of comparable companies over the most recent period commensurate with the expected life of the award.

F-22

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(4) Stock Based and Other Management Compensation (Continued)

        Risk-Free Interest Rate.    We base the risk-free interest rate on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term equal to the expected life of the award.

        Expected Term In Years.    The expected life of awards granted represents the time period that the awards are expected to be outstanding. We determined the expected term of the grants using the "simplified" method as described by the SEC, since we do not have a history of stock option awards to provide a reliable basis for estimating such term.

        The stock options vest over a five year period, with one-fifth of the award vesting on the anniversary date of the grant in each of the next five years. Options outstanding at December 31, 2018, have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 9.3 years years, a weighted average remaining vesting period of 2.3 years, and an aggregate intrinsic value of zero. There were no options exercised during 2018.

        Stock options outstanding and exercisable under our plans at December 31, 2018 are:

	Options Outstanding						Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Number Outstanding		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life in Years		Weighted Average Exercise Prices		Number Exercisable		Weighted Average Exercise Prices
$15.00 - $20.00		968,720		9.3	$	15.68		—	$	—

        Stock option awards activity under the Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan for 2018 was as follows:

	Number of Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price
Outstanding unvested as of January 1, 2018		—		$	—
Granted		979,790			15.67
Forfeited		(11,070	)		15.00
Outstanding unvested as of December 31, 2018		968,720		$	15.68

        As of December 31, 2018, we have 193,744 options expected to vest in the next year. No options were exercisable as of December 31, 2018.

Incentive Compensation Plans

        We have a global incentive program for our worldwide salaried and hourly employees, the Incentive Compensation Program (the "ICP"), which includes a stockholder-approved executive incentive compensation plan. The ICP is based primarily on earnings before income taxes and achieving cash flow targets and, to a lesser extent, strategic targets. The balance of our accrued liability for ICP was $10.4 million at December 31, 2018 and $8.9 million as of December 31, 2017.

F-23

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(5) Segment Reporting

        We previously operated two reportable business segments, Industrial Materials and Engineered Solutions. During the second quarter of 2016 the Company decided to sell the businesses that comprised our Engineered Solutions segment to focus on our Industrial Materials segment. Accordingly, the Engineered Solutions business qualified as held for sale status and the related results have been excluded from continuing operations. See Note 3, "Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale," for significant components of the results of our Engineered Solutions segment.

        Our Industrial Materials segment manufactures high quality graphite electrodes essential to the production of electric arc furnace steel and other ferrous and non-ferrous metals. Petroleum needle coke, a crystalline form of carbon derived from decant oil, is the primary raw material used in the production of graphite electrodes. We utilize substantially all the needle coke that we produce internally to manufacture our graphite electrodes and as a result more than 95% of our revenues from external customers are derived from the sale of graphite electrodes and graphite electrode by-products from our manufacturing processes.

        In 2018, one customer accounted for more than 10% of our net sales. Due to the increased demand for our products, we believe this customer does not pose a significant concentration of risk, as sales to this customer could be replaced by demand from other customers.

        The following tables summarize information as to our continuing operations in different geographic areas.

	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net sales:
U.S.	$	429,599	$	103,890	$	74,526
Americas		367,561		129,103		116,944
Asia Pacific		131,578		46,329		41,302
Europe, Middle East, Africa		967,172		271,449		205,191
Total	$	1,895,910	$	550,771	$	437,963

	At December 31,
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Long-lived assets(a):
U.S.	$	169,301	$	177,298
Mexico		146,790		147,959
Brazil		3,320		3,547
France		91,022		80,035
Spain		103,121		103,819
Other countries		151		183
Total	$	513,705	$	512,841

(a)

Long-lived assets represent fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation.

F-24

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(6) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        We are required to review goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets annually for impairment. Goodwill impairment is tested at the reporting unit level on an annual basis and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 an assessment for potential impairment was performed and an impairment adjustment was not required.

        The following table represents the changes in the carrying value of goodwill and intangibles from December 31, 2016 through December 31, 2018:

	Total
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2016	$	171,117
Adjustments		—
Balance as of December 31, 2017		171,117
Adjustments		—
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	171,117

        The following table summarizes acquired intangible assets with determinable useful lives by major category which are included in "Other Assets" on our consolidated balance sheets:

	As of December 31, 2018							As of December 31, 2017
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Trade name	$	22,500	$	(7,721	)	$	14,779	$	22,500	$	(5,512	)	$	16,988
Technology and know-how		55,300		(23,503	)		31,797		55,300		(17,265	)		38,035
Customer related intangible		64,500		(15,070	)		49,430		64,500		(10,637	)		53,863
Total finite-lived intangible assets	$	142,300	$	(46,294	)	$	96,006	$	142,300	$	(33,414	)	$	108,886

        Amortization expense of intangible assets was $12.9 million, $13.6 million, $14.3 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Estimated annual amortization expense for the next five years will approximate $12.2 million in 2019, $11.4 million in 2020, $10.7 million in 2021, $10.1 million in 2022 and $9.2 million in 2023.

F-25

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(7) Debt and Liquidity

        The following table presents our long-term debt:

	As of December 31, 2018			As of December 31, 2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Old Credit Facility (Old Revolving Facility and Old Term Loan Facility)	$	—		$	58,192
Senior Notes		—			280,586
2018 Credit Facility (2018 Term Loan and 2018 Revolving Facility)		2,155,883			—
Other Debt		751			596
Total Debt		2,156,634			339,374
Less: Short-term Debt		(106,323	)		(16,474	)
Long-term Debt	$	2,050,311		$	322,900

Old Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility

        On April 23, 2014, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an amended and restated credit agreement governing a revolving facility with a borrowing capacity of $400 million and a maturity date of April 2019. On February 27, 2015, GrafTech and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a further amended and restated credit agreement that provided for, among other things, greater financial flexibility and a $40 million senior secured delayed draw term loan facility.

        On July 28, 2015, GrafTech and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an amendment to the amended and restated credit agreement to change the terms regarding the occurrence of a default upon a change in control (which is defined thereunder to include the acquisition by any person of more than 25% of GrafTech's outstanding shares) to exclude the acquisition of shares by Brookfield. In addition, effective upon such acquisition, the financial covenants were eased, resulting in increased availability under the revolving facility. The size of the revolving facility was also reduced from $400 million to $375 million. The size of the term loan facility remained at $40 million.

        On April 27, 2016, GrafTech and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an amendment to the revolving facility. The size of the revolving facility was permanently reduced from $375 million to $225 million. New covenants were also added to the revolving facility, including a requirement to make mandatory repayments of outstanding amounts under the revolving facility and the term loan facility with the proceeds of any sale of all or any substantial part of the assets included in the Engineered Solutions segment and a requirement to maintain minimum liquidity (consisting of domestic cash, cash equivalents and availability under the revolving facility) in excess of $25 million. The covenants were also modified to provide for: the elimination of certain exceptions to the Company's negative covenants limiting the Company's ability to make certain investments, sell assets, make restricted payments, incur liens and incur debt; a restriction on the amount of cash and cash equivalents permitted to be held on the balance sheet at any one time without paying down the revolving facility and the term loan facility; and changes to the Company's financial covenants so that until the earlier of March 31, 2019 or the Company has $75 million in trailing twelve month EBITDA (as defined in the revolving facility), the

F-26

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(7) Debt and Liquidity (Continued)

Company is required to maintain trailing twelve month EBITDA above certain minimums ranging from ($40 million) to $35 million after which the Company's existing financial covenants under the revolving facility will apply.

        With this amendment, the Company had full access to the $225 million revolving facility, subject to the $25 million minimum liquidity requirement. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had $39.5 million of borrowings and $8.7 million of letters of credit, for a total of $48.2 million drawn against the revolving facility. See "Refinancing" below.

        The $40 million term loan facility was fully drawn on August 11, 2015, in connection with the repayment of the Senior Subordinated Notes in 2015. See "Refinancing" below.

        The interest rate applicable to the revolving facility and term loan facility was LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 2.25% to 4.75% (depending on our total senior secured leverage ratio). The borrowers were required to pay a per annum fee ranging from 0.35% to 0.70% (depending on our senior secured leverage ratio) on the undrawn portion of the commitments under the Revolving Facility.

        In the event that operating cash flows fail to provide sufficient liquidity to meet our business needs, including capital expenditures, any such shortfall would need to be made up by increased borrowings under our revolving facility, to the extent available. In accordance with our credit facility, we used cash proceeds from the sale of our Engineered Solutions businesses to repay borrowings outstanding under the revolving facility and the term loan.

        As of December 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all financial and other covenants contained in the revolving facility, as applicable.

Senior Notes

        On November 20, 2012, the Company issued $300 million principal amount of 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020 (the "Senior Notes"). The Senior Notes were the Company's senior unsecured obligations and rank pari passu with all of the Company's existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The Senior Notes were guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of the Company's existing and future subsidiaries that guarantee certain other indebtedness of the Company or another guarantor.

        The Senior Notes bore interest at a rate of 6.375% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The Senior Notes were to mature on November 15, 2020.

        The Company was entitled to redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time on or after November 15, 2016, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. In addition, prior to November 15, 2016, the Company could redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, plus a "make whole" premium determined as set forth in the indenture.

        If, prior to maturity, a change in control (as defined in the indenture) of the Company occurred and thereafter certain downgrades of the ratings of the Senior Notes as specified in the indenture occurred, the Company would be required to offer to repurchase any or all of the Senior Notes at a

F-27

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(7) Debt and Liquidity (Continued)

repurchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. On August 17, 2015 a change in control occurred due to our acquisition by Brookfield. However, the downgrade of the ratings of the Senior Notes, as specified in the indenture, did not occur. Therefore, the company was not and will not be required to offer to repurchase the Senior Notes as a result of the merger.

        The indenture for the Senior Notes also contained covenants that, among other things, limited the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to: (i) create liens or use assets as security in other transactions; (ii) engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions; and (iii) merge, consolidate or sell, transfer, lease or dispose of substantially all of their assets.

        The indenture for the Senior Notes also contained customary events of default, including (i) failure to pay principal or interest on the Senior Notes when due and payable, (ii) failure to comply with covenants or agreements in the indenture or the Senior Notes which failures are not cured or waived as provided in the indenture, (iii) failure to pay indebtedness of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary (each, as defined in the indenture) within any applicable grace period after maturity or acceleration and the total amount of such indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $50.0 million, (iv) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization, (v) failure to pay any judgment or decree for an amount in excess of $50.0 million against the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary that is not discharged, waived or stayed as provided in the indenture, (vi) cessation of any Subsidiary Guarantee (as defined in the indenture) to be in full force and effect or denial or disaffirmance by any subsidiary guarantor of its obligations under its subsidiary guarantee, and (vii) a default under the Company's Senior Subordinated Notes which were repaid in 2015. In the case of an event of default, the principal amount of the Senior Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest may be accelerated.

Refinancing

        On February 12, 2018, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the "2018 Credit Agreement") among the Company, GrafTech Finance Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of GrafTech ("GrafTech Finance"), GrafTech Switzerland SA, a Swiss corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of GrafTech ("Swissco"), GrafTech Luxembourg II S.à.r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée and a wholly owned subsidiary of GrafTech ("Luxembourg Holdco" and, together with GrafTech Finance and Swissco, the "Co-Borrowers"), the lenders and issuing banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent (the "Administrative Agent") and as collateral agent, which provides for (i) a $1,500 million senior secured term facility (the "2018 Term Loan Facility") and (ii) a $250 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the "2018 Revolving Credit Facility" and, together with the 2018 Term Loan Facility, the "Senior Secured Credit Facilities"), which may be used from time to time for revolving credit borrowings denominated in dollars or Euro, the issuance of one or more letters of credit denominated in dollars, Euro, Pounds Sterling or Swiss Francs and one or more swing line loans denominated in dollars. GrafTech Finance is the sole borrower under the 2018 Term Loan Facility while GrafTech Finance, Swissco and Lux Holdco are Co-Borrowers under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility. On February 12, 2018, GrafTech Finance borrowed $1,500 million under the 2018 Term Loan Facility (the "2018 Term Loans"). The 2018 Term

F-28

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(7) Debt and Liquidity (Continued)

Loans mature on February 12, 2025. The maturity date for the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility is February 12, 2023.

        The proceeds of the 2018 Term Loans were used to (i) repay in full all outstanding indebtedness of the Co-Borrowers under the Old Credit Agreement and terminate all commitments thereunder, (ii) redeem in full the Senior Notes at a redemption price of 101.594% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, (iii) pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with (i) and (ii) above and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and related expenses, and (iv) declare and pay a dividend to the sole pre-IPO stockholder, with any remainder to be used for general corporate purposes. See Note 8, "Interest Expense," for a breakdown of expenses associated with these repayments. In connection with the repayment of the Old Credit Agreement and redemption of the Senior Notes, all guarantees of obligations under the Old Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes and related indenture were terminated, all mortgages and other security interests securing obligations under the Old Credit Agreement were released and the Old Credit Agreement and the indenture were terminated.

        Borrowings under the 2018 Term Loan Facility bear interest, at GrafTech Finance's option, at a rate equal to either (i) the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), plus an applicable margin initially equal to 3.50% per annum or (ii) the ABR Rate (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), plus an applicable margin initially equal to 2.50% per annum, in each case with one step down of 25 basis points based on achievement of certain public ratings of the 2018 Term Loans.

        Borrowings under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility bear interest, at the applicable Co-Borrower's option, at a rate equal to either (i) the Adjusted LIBO Rate, plus an applicable margin initially equal to 3.75% per annum or (ii) the ABR Rate, plus an applicable margin initially equal to 2.75% per annum, in each case with two 25 basis point step downs based on achievement of certain senior secured first lien net leverage ratios. In addition, the Co-Borrowers will be required to pay a quarterly commitment fee on the unused commitments under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility in an amount equal to 0.25% per annum.

        For borrowings under both the 2018 Term Loan Facility and the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility, if the Administrative Agent determines that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or the relevant authority has made a public statement identifying a date after which the LIBO Rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then the Administrative Agent and the Co-Borrowers shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest, which shall be effective so long as the majority in interest of the lenders for each Class (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement) of loans under the 2018 Credit Agreement do not notify the Administrative Agent otherwise. Until such an alternate rate of interest is determined, (a) any request for a borrowing denominated in dollars based on the Adjusted LIBO Rate will be deemed to be a request for a borrowing at the ABR Rate plus the applicable margin for an ABR Rate borrowing of such loan while any request for a borrowing denominated in any other currency will be ineffective and (b) any outstanding borrowings based on the Adjusted LIBO Rate denominated in dollars will be converted to a borrowing at the ABR Rate plus the applicable margin for an ABR Rate borrowing of such loan while any outstanding borrowings denominated in any other currency will be repaid.

F-29

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(7) Debt and Liquidity (Continued)

        All obligations under the 2018 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by GrafTech Finance and each domestic subsidiary of GrafTech, subject to certain customary exceptions, and all obligations under the 2018 Credit Agreement of each foreign subsidiary of GrafTech that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation (within the meaning of Section 956 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the "Code")) are guaranteed by GrafTech Luxembourg I S.à.r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of GrafTech ("Luxembourg Parent"), Luxembourg Holdco and Swissco (collectively, the "Guarantors").

        All obligations under the 2018 Credit Agreement are secured, subject to certain exceptions and Excluded Assets (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), by: (i) a pledge of all of the equity securities of GrafTech Finance and each domestic Guarantor (other than GrafTech) and of each other direct, wholly owned domestic subsidiary of GrafTech and any Guarantor, (ii) a pledge on no more than 65% of the equity interests of each subsidiary that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation (within the meaning of Section 956 of the Code), and (iii) security interests in, and mortgages on, personal property and material real property of GrafTech Finance and each domestic Guarantor, subject to permitted liens and certain exceptions specified in the 2018 Credit Agreement. The obligations of each foreign subsidiary of GrafTech that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation under the Revolving Credit Facility are secured by (i) a pledge of all of the equity securities of each Guarantor that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation and of each direct, wholly owned subsidiary of any Guarantor that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation, and (ii) security interests in certain receivables and personal property of each Guarantor that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation, subject to permitted liens and certain exceptions specified in the 2018 Credit Agreement.

        The 2018 Term Loans amortize at a rate equal to 5% per annum of the original principal amount of the 2018 Term Loans payable in equal quarterly installments, with the remainder due at maturity. The Co-Borrowers are permitted to make voluntary prepayments at any time without premium or penalty, except in the case of prepayments made in connection with certain repricing transactions with respect to the 2018 Term Loans effected within twelve months of the closing date of the 2018 Credit Agreement, to which a 1.00% prepayment premium applies. GrafTech Finance is required to make prepayments under the 2018 Term Loans (without payment of a premium) with (i) net cash proceeds from non-ordinary course asset sales (subject to customary reinvestment rights and other customary exceptions and exclusions), and (ii) commencing with the Company's fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, 75%of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), subject to step-downs to 50% and 0% of Excess Cash Flow based on achievement of a senior secured first lien net leverage ratio greater than 1.25 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 1.75 to 1.00 and less than or equal to 1.25 to 1.00, respectively. Scheduled quarterly amortization payments of the 2018 Term Loans during any calendar year reduce, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the amount of the required Excess Cash Flow prepayment for such calendar year, and the aggregate amount of Excess Cash Flow prepayments for any calendar year reduce subsequent quarterly amortization payments of the 2018 Term Loans as directed by GrafTech Finance.

        The 2018 Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants applicable to GrafTech and restricted subsidiaries, including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, investments, fundamental changes, dispositions, and dividends and other distributions. The 2018 Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that

F-30

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(7) Debt and Liquidity (Continued)

requires GrafTech to maintain a senior secured first lien net leverage ratio not greater than 4.00:1.00 when the aggregate principal amount of borrowings under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility and outstanding letters of credit issued under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility (except for undrawn letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to or less than $35 million), taken together, exceed 35% of the total amount of commitments under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility. The 2018 Credit Agreement also contains customary events of default.

Brookfield Promissory Note

        On April 19, 2018, we declared a dividend in the form of a $750 million promissory note (the "Brookfield Promissory Note") to the sole pre-IPO stockholder. The $750 million Brookfield Promissory Note was conditioned upon (i) the Senior Secured First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), as calculated based on our final financial results for the first quarter of 2018, being equal to or less than 1.75 to 1.00, (ii) no Default or Event of Default (each as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement) having occurred and continuing or that would result from the $750 million Brookfield Promissory Note and (iii) the satisfaction of the conditions occurring within 60 days from the dividend record date. Upon publication of our first quarter report on Form 10-Q, these conditions were met and, as a result, the Brookfield Promissory Note became payable.

        The Brookfield Promissory Note had a maturity of eight years from the date of issuance and bore interest at a rate equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined in the Brookfield Promissory Note) plus an applicable margin equal to 4.50% per annum, with an additional 2.00% per annum starting from the third anniversary from the date of issuance. We were permitted to make voluntary prepayments at any time without premium or penalty. All obligations under the Brookfield Promissory Note were unsecured and guaranteed by all of our existing and future domestic wholly owned subsidiaries that guarantee, or are borrowers under, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. No funds were lent or otherwise contributed to us by the pre-IPO stockholder in connection with the Brookfield Promissory Note. As a result, we received no consideration in connection with its issuance. As described below, the Promissory Note was repaid in full on June 15, 2018.

First Amendment to 2018 Credit Agreement

        On June 15, 2018, the Company entered into a first amendment (the "First Amendment") to its 2018 Credit Agreement. The First Amendment amended the 2018 Credit Agreement to provide for an additional $750 million in aggregate principal amount of incremental term loans (the "Incremental Term Loans") to GrafTech Finance. The Incremental Term Loans increased the aggregate principal amount of term loans incurred by GrafTech Finance under the 2018 Credit Agreement from $1,500 million to $2,250 million. The Incremental Term Loans have the same terms as those applicable to the 2018 Term Loans, including interest rate, payment and prepayment terms, representations and warranties and covenants. The Incremental Term Loans mature on February 12, 2025, the same date as the 2018 Term Loans. GrafTech paid an upfront fee of 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Term Loans on the effective date of the First Amendment.

        The proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans were used to repay, in full, the $750 million of principal outstanding on the Brookfield Promissory Note.

F-31

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(8) Interest Expense

        The following table presents an analysis of interest expense:

	For the Year Ended December 31
	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest incurred on debt	$	100,844	$	24,060	$	20,408
Related Party Promissory Note interest expense		5,090		—		—
Senior Note redemption premium		4,782		—		—
Accretion of fair value adjustment on Senior Notes		19,414		6,454		6,305
Accretion of original issue discount on 2018 Term Loans		1,455		—		—
Amortization of debt issuance costs		3,476		309		201
Total interest expense	$	135,061	$	30,823	$	26,914

Interest rates

        The 2018 Credit Agreement had an effective interest rate of 6.02% as of December 31, 2018. The Old Revolving Facility and Old Term Loan Facility had an effective interest rate of 4.57% as of December 31, 2017 and the Senior Notes had a fixed interest rate of 6.375%, both of which were repaid on February 12, 2018 as part of our refinancing. See Note 7, "Debt and Liquidity," for further information.

        As a result of our February 12, 2018 refinancing, we paid a prepayment premium for the redemption of our Senior Notes totaling $4.8 million. The accretion of the August 15, 2015 fair value adjustment to our Senior Notes totaling $19.4 million in 2018, included accelerated accretion of $18.7 million resulting from the prepayment. Amortization of debt issuance costs included $0.3 million of accelerated amortization related to the refinancing.

(9) Fair Value Measurements and Derivative Instruments

Fair Value Measurements

        Depending on the inputs, we classify each fair value measurement as follows:

•

Level 1—based upon quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets,

•

Level 2—based upon quoted prices for similar instruments, prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, or model-derived valuations of all of whose significant inputs are observable, and

•

Level 3—based upon one or more significant unobservable inputs.

F-32

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(9) Fair Value Measurements and Derivative Instruments (Continued)

        The following section describes key inputs and assumptions used in valuation methodologies of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

        Cash and cash equivalents, short-term notes and accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current payables—The carrying amount approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

        Debt—The fair value of our debt as of December 31, 2018 approximated book value of $2,156.6 million. The fair value of our debt as of December 31, 2017 was $359.2 million versus a book value of $339.4 million. The fair values of the Senior Notes and the revolving facility were determined using level 2 and level 3 inputs, respectively.

        Assets held for sale—Assets held for sale values are determined using Level 3 fair value inputs. These represent management's estimate of fair value based upon current quotes from participants in the sales process.

        Foreign currency derivatives—Foreign currency derivatives are carried at market value using Level 2 inputs. We had outstanding loss of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

        Commodity derivative contracts—Commodity derivative contracts are carried at fair value. We determine the fair value using observable, quoted refined oil product prices that are determined by active markets and therefore classify the commodity derivative contracts as Level 2. We had outstanding gains of $0.3 million and outstanding losses of $11.0 million as of December 31, 2018 and outstanding gains of $5.3 million and outstanding losses of $0.6 million losses as of December 31, 2017.

        Additional fair value information related to our Pension funds' assets can be found in Note 12, "Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits."

Derivative Instruments

        We use derivative instruments as part of our overall foreign currency and commodity risk management strategies to manage the risk of exchange rate movements that would reduce the value of our foreign cash flows and to minimize commodity price volatility. Foreign currency exchange rate movements create a degree of risk by affecting the value of sales made and costs incurred in currencies other than the US dollar.

        Certain of our derivative contracts contain provisions that require us to provide collateral. Since the counterparties to these financial instruments are large commercial banks and similar financial institutions, we do not believe that we are exposed to material counterparty credit risk. We do not anticipate nonperformance by any of the counter-parties to our instruments.

Foreign currency derivatives

        We enter into foreign currency derivatives from time to time to attempt to manage exposure to changes in currency exchange rates. These foreign currency instruments, which include, but are not limited to, forward exchange contracts and purchased currency options, attempt to hedge global

F-33

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(9) Fair Value Measurements and Derivative Instruments (Continued)

currency exposures such as foreign currency denominated debt, sales, receivables, payables, and purchases.

        We had no foreign currency cashflow hedges outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and therefore, no unrealized gains or losses reported under accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

        As of December 31, 2018, we had outstanding Mexican peso, South African rand, euro, Swiss franc and Japanese yen currency contracts, with aggregate notional amounts of $19.6 million. As of December 31, 2017, we had outstanding Mexican peso, South African rand, euro, Swiss franc and Japanese yen currency contracts, with aggregate notional amounts of $18.9 million. The foreign currency derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 had maturity dates in January 2019 and January 2018, respectively, and were not designated as hedging instruments.

Commodity derivative contracts

        We have entered into commodity derivative contracts for refined oil products. These contracts are entered into to protect against the risk that eventual cash flows related to these products will be adversely affected by future changes in prices. In the fourth quarter of 2017, we began to enter into three-to five-year take-or-pay contracts with many of our customers and began to hedge the cash flows related to these contracts. As of December 31, 2018, we had outstanding commodity derivative contracts with a notional amount of $142.1 million and maturities from January 2019 to June 2022. As of December 31, 2017, we had outstanding commodity derivative contracts with a notional amount of $143.9 million with maturities from January 2018 to June 2022. Within Accumulated Other Comprehensive income (loss), we had a net unrealized pre-tax loss of $10.7 million and a net unrealized pre-tax gain of $4.7 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Net Investment Hedges

        We use certain intercompany debt to hedge a portion of our net investment in our foreign operations against currency exposure (net investment hedge). Intercompany debt designated in foreign currency and designated as a non-derivative net investment hedging instrument was $9.5 million and $14.8 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Within our currency translation adjustment portion of other comprehensive income (loss), we recorded a gain of $2.2 million in 2018, and a loss of $1.4 million in 2017, resulting from these net investment hedges.

F-34

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(9) Fair Value Measurements and Derivative Instruments (Continued)

        The fair value of all derivatives is recorded as assets or liabilities on a gross basis in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the fair value of our derivatives and their respective balance sheet locations are presented in the following table:

	Asset Derivatives			Liability Derivatives
	Location	Fair Value		Location	Fair Value
	(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2018
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
Commodity derivative contracts	Prepaid and other current assets	$	90	Other accrued liabilities	$	4,630
	Other long-term assets		260	Other long-term obligations		6,393
Total fair value		$	350		$	11,023
As of December 31, 2017
Commodity derivative contracts	Prepaid and other current assets	$	2,518	Other accrued liabilities	$	—
	Other long-term assets		2,808	Other long-term obligations		581
Total fair value		$	5,326		$	581

	Asset Derivatives			Liability Derivatives
	Location	Fair Value		Location	Fair Value
	(Dollars in Thousands)
As of December 31, 2018
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Foreign currency derivatives	Prepaid and other current assets	$	—	Other current liabilities	$	43
As of December 31, 2017
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Foreign currency derivatives	Prepaid and other current assets	$	9	Other current liabilities	$	90

        As a result of the settlement of commodity derivative contracts, as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, net realized pre-tax gains of $7.0 million and $0.1, respectively, were reported in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss) and will be released to earnings within the next 12 months.

F-35

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(9) Fair Value Measurements and Derivative Instruments (Continued)

        The location and amount of realized (gains) losses on derivatives are recognized in the Statements of Operations when the hedged item impacts earnings and are as follows for the years ended 2018, 2017 and 2016:

		Amount of (Gain)/ Loss Recognized
	Location of (Gain)/Loss Recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations
		2018			2017		2016
		(Dollars in thousands)
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
Commodity forward derivatives	Cost of sales	$	(919	)	$	—	$	—

		Amount of (Gain)/Loss Recognized
	Location of (Gain)/Loss Recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations
		2018			2017			2016
		(Dollars in thousands)
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Foreign currency derivatives	Cost of sales, Other expense/(income)	$	(522	)	$	(1,565	)	$	549

F-36

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(10) Supplementary Balance Sheet Detail

        The following tables present supplementary balance sheet details:

	As of December 31, 2018		As of December 31, 2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Inventories:
Raw materials and supplies	$	99,935	$	39,434
Work in process		125,767		85,852
Finished goods		68,015		48,865
	$	293,717	$	174,151
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
Prepaid expenses	$	10,720	$	9,505
Value added tax and other indirect taxes receivable		19,242		18,627
Spare parts inventory		11,507		11,010
Other current assets		4,699		5,730
	$	46,168	$	44,872
Property, plant and equipment:
Land and improvements	$	45,947	$	46,599
Buildings		68,680		59,608
Machinery and equipment and other		532,084		495,069
Construction in progress		42,131		41,375
	$	688,842	$	642,651
Other accrued liabilities:
Payrolls (including incentive programs)	$	17,284	$	14,196
Employee benefits		6,977		4,684
Deferred Revenue		5,380		20,784
Other		20,811		13,562
	$	50,452	$	53,226
Other long term obligations:
Postretirement benefits	$	16,192	$	20,508
Pension and related benefits		33,718		36,116
Other		22,609		12,283
	$	72,519	$	68,907

F-37

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(10) Supplementary Balance Sheet Detail (Continued)

        The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for doubtful accounts:

	2018			2017		2016
Balance at beginning of year	$	1,097		$	326	$	244
Additions		122			771		129
Deductions		(90	)		—		(47	)
Balance at end of year	$	1,129		$	1,097	$	326

(11) Commitments

        Lease commitments under non-cancelable operating leases extending for one year or more will require the following future payments:

	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	4,474
2020		2,747
2021		1,497
2022		334
2023		269
After 2023		343

        Total lease expenses under non-cancelable operating leases extending one year or more approximated $4.9 million in 2018, $5.3 million in 2017 and $3.6 million in 2016.

(12) Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits

Retirement Plans

        On February 26, 1991, we formed our own retirement plan covering substantially all our U.S. employees. Under our plan, covered employees earned benefit payments based primarily on their service credits and wages subsequent to February 26, 1991.

        Prior to that date, substantially all our U.S. employees were participants in the U.S. retirement plan of Union Carbide Corporation ("Union Carbide"). While service credit was frozen, covered employees continued to earn benefits under the Union Carbide plan based on their final average wages through February 26, 1991, adjusted for salary increases (not to exceed six percent per annum) through January 26, 1995, the date Union Carbide ceased to own a minimum 50% of the equity of GTI. The Union Carbide plan is responsible for paying retirement and death benefits earned as of February 26, 1991.

        Effective January 1, 2002, we established a defined contribution plan for U.S. employees. Certain employees had the option to remain in our defined benefit plan for an additional period of up to five years. Employees not covered by this option had their benefits under our defined benefit plan frozen as of December 31, 2001, and began participating in the defined contribution plan.

F-38

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(12) Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits (Continued)

        Effective March 31, 2003, we curtailed our qualified benefit plan and the benefits were frozen as of that date for the U.S. employees who had the option to remain in our defined benefit plan. We also closed our non-qualified U.S. defined benefit plan for the participating salaried workforce. The employees began participating in the defined contribution plan as of April 1, 2003.

        Pension coverage for employees of foreign subsidiaries is provided, to the extent deemed appropriate, through separate plans. Obligations under such plans are systematically provided for by depositing funds with trustees, under insurance policies or by book reserves.

        The components of our consolidated net pension costs are set forth in the following table:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018						2017						2016
	U.S.			Foreign			U.S.			Foreign			U.S.			Foreign
							(Dollars in thousands)
Service cost	$	1,315		$	674		$	1,305		$	710		$	1,325		$	698
Interest cost		4,709			253			5,352			199			5,744			243
Expected return on assets		(5,679	)		(330	)		(5,268	)		(299	)		(4,940	)		(298	)
Mark-to-market loss (gain)		2,473			503			(4,140	)		(53	)		(2,322	)		(220	)
Pension costs	$	2,818		$	1,100		$	(2,751	)	$	557		$	(193	)	$	423

        The mark-to-market loss in 2018 was the result of less than expected return on plan assets, partially offset by a favorable change to the discount rate. The mark-to-market gain in 2017 was the result of better than expected returns on assets, partially offset by an unfavorable change to the discount rate. The mark-to-market gain in 2016 was the result of better than expected returns on plan assets and favorable changes to the mortality tables, partially offset by unfavorable changes to the discount rate.

F-39

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(12) Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits (Continued)

        The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of our pension plans' benefit obligations, fair value of assets, and funded status at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are:

	As of December 31, 2018						As of December 31, 2017
	U.S.			Foreign			U.S.			Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net Benefit Obligation at beginning of period	$	139,746		$	20,407		$	140,230		$	18,237
Service cost		1,315			674			1,305			710
Interest cost		4,709			253			5,352			199
Participant contributions		—			392			—			252
Foreign currency exchange changes		—			(339	)		—			1,069
Actuarial (gain) loss		(8,297	)		711			3,212			63
Benefits paid		(10,488	)		234			(10,353	)		(123	)
Net benefit obligation at end of period	$	126,985		$	22,332		$	139,746		$	20,407
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period	$	109,845		$	13,618		$	100,905		$	11,871
Actual return on plan assets		(5,091	)		538			12,620			415
Foreign currency exchange rate changes					(154	)		—			545
Employer contributions		5,579			726			6,673			658
Participant contributions					392			—			252
Benefits paid		(10,488	)		234			(10,353	)		(123	)
Fair value of plan assets at end of period	$	99,845		$	15,354		$	109,845		$	13,618
Funded status (underfunded):	$	(27,140	)	$	(6,978	)	$	(29,901	)	$	(6,789	)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss:
Prior service credit	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position:
Non-current assets				$	147		$	—		$	—
Current liabilities		(430	)		(117	)		(433	)		(146	)
Non-current liabilities		(26,710	)		(7,008	)		(29,468	)		(6,643	)
Net amount recognized	$	(27,140	)	$	(6,978	)	$	(29,901	)	$	(6,789	)

        The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $147.6 million and $158.6 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Plan Assets

        The accounting guidance on fair value measurements specifies a hierarchy based on the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques (Level 1, 2 and 3). See Note 9, "Fair Value Measurements and Derivative Instruments," for a discussion of the fair value hierarchy.

F-40

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(12) Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits (Continued)

        The following describes the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the investments:

        Cash and cash equivalents—Valued at cost. Cash equivalents are valued at net asset value as provided by the administrator of the fund.

        Foreign government bonds—Valued by the trustees using various pricing services of financial institutions.

        Debt securities—Valued by the trustee at year-end using various pricing services of financial institutions, including Interactive Data Corporation, Standard & Poor's and Telekurs.

        Equity securities—Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the security is traded.

        Fixed insurance contract—Valued at the present value of the guaranteed payment streams.

        Investment contracts—Valued at the total cost of annuity contracts purchased, adjusted for market differences from the date of purchase to year-end.

        Collective trusts—Valued at the net asset value provided by the administrator of the fund (the practical expedient). The net asset value is primarily based on quoted market prices of the underlying securities for which quoted market prices of the underlying securities of the funds. Some of the underlying investments include securities for which quoted market prices are not available and are valued using data obtained by the trustee from the best available source or market value. This method may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, although we believe its valuation method is appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.

        The fair value of other plan assets by category is summarized below (dollars in thousands):

	As of December 31, 2018
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
U.S. Plan Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,978	$	—	$	—	$	1,978
International Plan Assets
Foreign government bonds	$	—	$	958	$	—	$	958
Fixed insurance contracts		—		—		14,396		14,396
Total assets in the fair value hierarchy	$	—	$	958	$	14,396	$	15,354
Investments measured at net asset value							$	97,867
Total	$	1,978	$	958	$	14,396	$	115,199

F-41

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(12) Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits (Continued)

	As of December 31, 2017
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
U.S. Plan Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	2,094	$	—	$	—	$	2,094
International Plan Assets
Foreign government bonds	$	—	$	831	$	—	$	831
Fixed insurance contracts		—		—		12,787		12,787
Total assets in the fair value hierarchy	$	—	$	831	$	12,787	$	13,618
Investments measured at net asset value							$	107,751
Total	$	2,094	$	831	$	12,787	$	123,463

        The following table presents the changes for those financial instruments classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy for international plan pension assets for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

	Fixed Insurance Contracts
Balance at December 31, 2016	$	11,142
Gain / contributions / currency impact		1,651
Distributions		(6	)
Balance at December 31, 2017		12,787
Gain / contributions / currency impact		1,619
Distributions		(10	)
Balance at December 31, 2018	$	14,396

        We annually re-evaluate assumptions and estimates used in projecting pension assets, liabilities and expenses. These assumptions and estimates may affect the carrying value of pension assets, liabilities and expenses in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Assumptions used to determine net pension costs and projected benefit obligations are:

	As of December 31,
	2018			2017
Pension Benefit Obligations Key Assumptions
Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit obligations:
Discount rate		3.71	%		3.20	%
Rate of compensation increase		1.74	%		1.57	%
Pension Cost Key Assumptions
Weighted average assumptions to determine net cost:
Discount rate		3.20	%		3.61	%
Expected return on plan assets		4.94	%		4.95	%
Rate of compensation increase		1.57	%		1.57	%

F-42

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(12) Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits (Continued)

        We adjust our discount rate annually in relation to the rate at which the benefits could be effectively settled. Discount rates are set for each plan in reference to the yields available on AA-rated corporate bonds of appropriate currency and duration. The appropriate discount rate is derived by developing an AA-rated corporate bond yield curve in each currency. The discount rate for a given plan is the rate implied by the yield curve for the duration of that plan's liabilities. In certain countries, where little public information is available on which to base discount rate assumptions, the discount rate is based on government bond yields or other indices and approximate adjustments to allow for the differences in weighted durations for the specific plans and/or allowance for assumed credit spreads between government and AA rated corporate bonds.

        The expected return on assets assumption represents our best estimate of the long-term return on plan assets and generally was estimated by computing a weighted average return of the underlying long-term expected returns on the different asset classes, based on the target asset allocations. The expected return on assets assumption is a long-term assumption that is expected to remain the same from one year to the next unless there is a significant change in the target asset allocation, the fees and expenses paid by the plan or market conditions.

        The rate of compensation increase assumption is generally based on salary increases.

        Plan Assets.    The following table presents our retirement plan weighted average asset allocations at December 31, 2018, by asset category:

	Percentage of Plan Assets as of December 31, 2018
	US			Foreign
Equity securities and return seeking assets		20	%		—	%
Fixed income, debt securities, or cash		80	%		100	%
Total		100	%		100	%

        Investment Policy and Strategy.    The investment policy and strategy of the U.S. plan is to invest approximately 20% in equities and return seeking assets and approximately 80% in fixed income securities. Rebalancing is undertaken monthly. To the extent we maintain plans in other countries, target asset allocation is 100% fixed income investments. For each plan, the investment policy is set within both asset return and local statutory requirements.

        Information for our pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2017 and 2018 follows:

	2018				2017
	U.S.		Foreign		U.S.		Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	126,985	$	20,601	$	139,746	$	18,843
Fair value of plan assets		99,845		14,396		109,845		13,618

F-43

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(12) Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits (Continued)

        Information for our pension plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2017 and 2018 follows:

	2018				2017
	U.S.		Foreign		U.S.		Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Projected benefit obligation	$	126,985	$	21,520	$	139,746	$	20,407
Fair value of plan assets		99,845		14,396		109,845		13,618

        Following is our projected future pension plan cash flow by year:

	U.S.		Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Expected contributions in 2019:
Expected employer contributions	$	684	$	744
Expected employee contributions		—		—
Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future service for the years ending December 31:
2019		9,240		858
2020		9,221		755
2021		9,221		824
2022		9,182		824
2023		9,136		955
2024 - 2028		43,993		8,223

Post-Employment Benefit Plans

        We provide life insurance benefits for eligible retired employees. These benefits are provided through various insurance companies. We accrue the estimated net postretirement benefit costs during the employees' credited service periods.

        In July 2002, we amended our U.S. postretirement medical coverage. In 2003 and 2004, we discontinued the Medicare Supplement Plan (for retirees 65 years or older or those eligible for Medicare benefits). This change applied to all U.S. active employees and retirees. In June 2003, we announced the termination of the existing early retiree medical plan for retirees under age 65, effective December 31, 2005. In addition, we limited the amount of retiree's life insurance after December 31, 2004. These modifications are accounted for prospectively. The impact of these changes is being amortized over the average remaining period to full eligibility of the related postretirement benefits.

        During 2009, we amended one of our U.S. plans to eliminate the life insurance benefit for certain non-pooled participants.

F-44

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(12) Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits (Continued)

        The components of our consolidated net postretirement costs are set forth in the following table:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018					2017					2016
	U.S.			Foreign		U.S.			Foreign		U.S.			Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Service cost	$	—		$	1	$	—		$	2	$	—		$	4
Interest cost		264			700		333			653		360			764
Plan amendment / curtailment		—			—		—			—		—			(993	)
Mark-to-market (gain) loss		(1,028	)		47		(1,257	)		742		(191	)		(225	)
Post-employment benefits (benefit) cost	$	(764	)	$	748	$	(924	)	$	1,397	$	169		$	(450	)

        The reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of benefit obligations under, fair value of assets of, and the funded status of, our postretirement plans is set forth in the following table:

	As of December 31, 2018						As of December 31, 2017
Postretirement Benefits	U.S.			Foreign			U.S.			Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net benefit obligation at beginning of period	$	8,461		$	12,172		$	10,175		$	10,700
Service cost		—			1			—			2
Interest cost		264			700			333			653
Foreign currency exchange rates		—			(1,333	)		—			931
Actuarial (gain) loss		(1,028	)		47			(1,257	)		742
Gross benefits paid		(532	)		(926	)		(790	)		(856	)
Plan amendment		—			—			—			—
Net benefit obligation at end of period	$	7,165		$	10,661		$	8,461		$	12,172
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Employer contributions		532			926			790			856
Gross benefits paid		(532	)		(926	)		(790	)		(856	)
Fair value of plan assets at end of period	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Funded status:	$	(7,165	)	$	(10,661	)	$	(8,461	)	$	(12,172	)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss:
Prior service credit	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position:
Current liabilities	$	(783	)	$	(851	)	$	(855	)	$	(912	)
Non-current liabilities		(6,382	)		(9,810	)		(7,606	)		(11,260	)
Net amount recognized	$	(7,165	)	$	(10,661	)	$	(8,461	)	$	(12,172	)

F-45

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(12) Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits (Continued)

        We annually re-evaluate assumptions and estimates used in projecting the postretirement liabilities and expenses. These assumptions and estimates may affect the carrying value of postretirement plan liabilities and expenses in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Assumptions used to determine net postretirement benefit costs and postretirement projected benefit obligation are set forth in the following table:

Postretirement Benefit Obligations

	2018			2017
Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit obligations:
Discount rate		5.57	%		5.07	%
Health care cost trend on covered charges:
Initial		6.53	%		6.86	%
Ultimate		6.05	%		6.23	%
Years to ultimate		8			8

Postretirement Benefit Costs

	2018			2017
Weighted average assumptions to determine net cost:
Discount rate		5.07	%		4.80	%
Health care cost trend on covered charges:
Initial		6.86	%		6.80	%
Ultimate		6.23	%		5.96	%
Years to ultimate		7			7

        Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for our postretirement benefits. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects at December 31, 2018:

	One Percentage Point Increase				One Percentage Point Decrease
	U.S.		Foreign		U.S.			Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Effect on total service cost and interest cost components	$	1	$	32	$	(1	)	$	(66	)
Effect on benefit obligations	$	14	$	506	$	(14	)	$	(442	)

        Discount rates are set for each plan in reference to the yields available on AA-rated corporate bonds of appropriate currency and duration. The appropriate discount rate is derived by developing an AA-rated corporate bond yield curve in each currency. The discount rate for a given plan is the rate implied by the yield curve for the duration of that plan's liabilities. In certain countries, where little public information is available on which to base discount rate assumptions, the discount rate is based on government bond yields or other indices and approximate adjustments to allow for the differences in weighted durations for the specific plans and/or allowance for assumed credit spreads between government and AA-rated corporate bonds.

F-46

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(12) Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits (Continued)

        The following table represents projected future postretirement cash flow by year:

	U.S.		Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Expected contributions in 2019:
Expected employer contributions	$	783	$	851
Expected employee contributions		—		—
Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future service for the years ending December 31:
2019		783		851
2020		724		866
2021		663		891
2022		607		904
2023		554		899
2024 - 2025		2,174		4,769

Savings Plan

        Our employee savings plan provides eligible employees the opportunity for long-term savings and investment. The plan allows employees to contribute up to 5% of pay as a basic contribution and an additional 45% of pay as supplemental contribution. In 2018, 2017 and 2016, the contributions to our Savings Plan were $1.3 million, $1.6 million and $2.5 million, respectively.

(13) Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

        We are involved in various investigations, lawsuits, claims, demands, environmental compliance programs and other legal proceedings arising out of or incidental to the conduct of our business. While it is not possible to determine the ultimate disposition of each of these matters, we do not believe that their ultimate disposition will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        Litigation has been pending in Brazil brought by employees seeking to recover additional amounts and interest thereon under certain wage increase provisions applicable in 1989 and 1990 under collective bargaining agreements to which employers in the Bahia region of Brazil were a party (including our subsidiary in Brazil). Prior to October 1, 2015, we were not party to such litigation. Companies in Brazil have recently settled claims arising out of these provisions and, in May 2015, the litigation was remanded, in favor of the employees, by the Brazil Supreme Court to the lower courts for further proceedings which included procedural aspects of the case, such as admissibility of instruments filed by the parties. On October 1, 2015, an action was filed by current and former employees against our subsidiary in Brazil to recover amounts under such provisions, plus interest thereon, which amounts together with interest could be material to us. In the first quarter of 2017, the state court ruled in favor of the employees. We have appealed this ruling and intend to vigorously defend it. As of December 31, 2018, we are unable to assess the potential loss associated with these

F-47

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(13) Contingencies (Continued)

proceedings as the claims do not currently specify the number of employees seeking damages or the amount of damages being sought.

Product Warranties

        We generally sell products with a limited warranty. We accrue for known warranty claims if a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. We also accrue for estimated warranty claims incurred based on a historical claims charge analysis. Product warranties were not impacted by purchase price accounting adjustments. Claims accrued but not yet paid and the related activity within the reserve for 2017 and 2018 are as follows:

	(Dollars in Thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2016	$	969
Product warranty charges/adjustments		(149	)
Payments and settlements		(471	)
Balance as of December 31, 2017	$	349
Product warranty charges/adjustments		1,510
Payments and settlements		(331	)
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	1,528

Tax Receivable Agreement

        On April 23, 2018, the Company entered into a tax receivable agreement (the "TRA") that provides Brookfield, as the sole pre-IPO stockholder, the right to receive future payments from us for 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal income tax and Swiss tax that we and our subsidiaries realize as a result of the utilization of certain tax assets attributable to periods prior to our IPO, including certain federal net operating losses ("NOLs"), previously taxed income under Section 959 of the Code, foreign tax credits, and certain NOLs in Swissco (collectively, the "Pre-IPO Tax Assets"). In addition, we will pay interest on the payments we will make to Brookfield with respect to the amount of these cash savings from the due date (without extensions) of our tax return where we realize these savings to the payment date at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum. The term of the TRA commenced on April 23, 2018 and will continue until there is no potential for any future tax benefit payments.

        There was no liability recognized on the date we entered into the TRA as the there was a full valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets. During the second quarter of 2018, it was determined that the conditions were appropriate for the Company to release a valuation allowance of certain tax assets as we exited our three year cumulative loss position. This release resulted in the recording of a $86.5 million liability related to the TRA on the Consolidated Statements of Operations as "Related party Tax Receivable Agreement Expense."

F-48

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(13) Contingencies (Continued)

Long-term Incentive Plan

        The long-term incentive plan ("LTIP") was adopted by the Company effective as of August 17, 2015, as amended and restated as of March 15, 2018. The purpose of the plan is to retain senior management personnel of the Company, to incentivize them to make decisions with a long-term view and to influence behavior in a way that is consistent with maximizing value for the pre-IPO stockholder of the Company in a prudent manner. Each participant is allocated a number of profit units, with a maximum of 30,000 profit units (or Profit Units) available under the plan. Awards of Profit Units generally vest in equal increments over a five-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date and subject to continued employment with the Company through each vesting date. Any unvested Profit Units that have not been previously forfeited will accelerate and become fully vested upon a "Change in Control" (as defined below).

        Profit Units will generally be settled in a lump sum payment within 30 days following a Change in Control based on the "Sales Proceeds" (as defined below) received by Brookfield Capital Partners IV, L.P. (or, together with its affiliates, Brookfield Capital IV) in connection with the Change in Control. The LTIP defines "Change in Control" as any transaction or series of transactions (including, without limitation, the consummation of a combination, share purchases, recapitalization, redemption, issuance of capital stock, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) pursuant to which (a) a Person not affiliated with Brookfield Capital IV acquires securities representing more than seventy percent (70%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or the entity surviving or resulting from such transaction, (b) following a public offering of the Company's stock, Brookfield Capital IV has ceased to have a beneficial ownership interest in at least 30% of the Company's outstanding voting securities (effective on the first of such date), or (c) the Company sells all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. It is intended that the occurrence of a Change in Control in which Sales Proceeds exceed the Threshold Value would constitute a "substantial risk of forfeiture" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The LTIP defines "Threshold Value" as, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to $855,000,000, (which represents the amount of the total invested capital of Brookfield Capital IV as of August 17, 2015), plus the dollar value of any cash or other consideration contributed to or invested in the Company by Brookfield Capital IV after August 17, 2015. The Threshold Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. The LTIP defines "Sales Proceeds" as, as of any date of determination, the sum of all proceeds actually received by the Brookfield Capital IV, net of all Sales Costs (as defined below), (i) as consideration (whether cash or equity) upon the Change in Control and (ii) as distributions, dividends, repurchases, redemptions or otherwise as a holder of such equity interests in the Company. Proceeds that are not paid upon or prior to or in connection with the Change in Control, including earn-outs, escrows and other contingent or deferred consideration shall become "Sale Proceeds" only as and when such proceeds are received by Brookfield Capital IV. "Sales Costs" means any costs or expenses (including legal or other advisor costs), fees (including investment banking fees), commissions or discounts payable directly by Brookfield Capital IV in connection with, arising out of or relating to a Change in Control, as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.

        Given the successful completion of the IPO in the second quarter, it is reasonably possible that a Change in Control, as defined above, may ultimately happen and that the awarded Profit Units will be

F-49

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(13) Contingencies (Continued)

subsequently paid out to the participants. Assuming 100% vesting of the awarded Profit Units and depending on Brookfield's sales proceeds, the potential liability triggered by a Change in Control is estimated to be in the range of $65 million to $90 million. As of December 31, 2018, the awards are 60% vested.

(14) Income Taxes

        The following table summarizes the U.S. and non-U.S. components of income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
U.S.	$	(68,032	)	$	(26,981	)	$	(44,971	)
Non-U.S.		970,840			30,412			(71,450	)
	$	902,808		$	3,431		$	(116,421	)

        Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
U.S income taxes:
Current	$	787		$	(1,066	)	$	(878	)
Deferred		(52,145	)		38			1,152
		(51,358	)		(1,028	)		274
Non-U.S. income taxes:
Current		85,252			5,924			5,389
Deferred		15,026			(15,677	)		(13,215	)
		100,278			(9,753	)		(7,826	)
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	48,920		$	(10,781	)	$	(7,552	)

        The tax expense changed from a benefit of $(7.6) million and $(10.8) million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 to a tax expense of $48.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to the increase in earnings, the shift in the jurisdictional mix of earnings and losses from year to year, and offset by a partial release of a valuation allowance recorded against the deferred tax asset related to certain U.S. tax attributes. Certain jurisdictions shifted from pre-tax losses in 2016 and 2017 to pretax earnings in 2018.

Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

        On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("Tax Act"), which significantly revises the U.S. corporate income tax system. These changes include a federal statutory rate reduction from 35% to 21%, the elimination or reduction of certain domestic deductions

F-50

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(14) Income Taxes (Continued)

and credits and limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and executive compensation. The Tax Act also transitions international taxation from a worldwide system to a modified territorial system and includes base erosion prevention measures which have the effect of subjecting certain earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to U.S. taxation as GILTI. In general, these changes were effective beginning in 2018. The Tax Act also includes a one time mandatory deemed repatriation or transition tax on the accumulated previously untaxed foreign earnings of our foreign subsidiaries.

        For the fourth quarter of 2017, we were able to reasonably estimate certain Tax Act effects and, therefore, recorded provisional adjustments associated with the deemed repatriation transition tax and remeasurement of certain deferred tax asset and liabilities.

        Due to the complexities involved in accounting for the enactment of the Tax Act, SAB No. 118 allowed the Company to record provisional amounts in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017. SAB No. 118 provides that where reasonable estimates can be made, the provisional accounting should be based on such estimates and when no reasonable estimate can be made, the provisional accounting may be based on the tax law in effect before the Tax Act. On October 15, 2018, the Company's U.S. tax returns for 2017 were filed and the changes to the provisional tax positions reflected in those returns compared to the estimates recorded in the Company's earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017 were recorded in 2018. These adjustments were immaterial to the Company's financial statements.

        On August 1, 2018, the U.S. Department of Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") issued proposed regulations under code section 965 and on January 15, 2019, the IRS issued final 965 regulations. The Company continues to analyze the effects of the Tax Act and newly issued final regulations on its financial statements. The final impact of the Tax Act and the regulations may differ from the amounts that have been recognized, due to, among other things, changes in the Company's interpretation of the Tax Act, additional legislative or administrative actions to clarify the intent of the statutory language provided that they differ from the Company's current interpretation, any changes in accounting standards for income taxes or related interpretations in response to the Tax Act, or any updates or changes to estimates utilized to calculate the impacts, including changes to current year earnings estimates and applicable foreign exchange rates. We estimate that any change will be immaterial to the Company's financial statements at this time.

        The Company has determined the impact of the GILTI provisions under the Tax Act and has recorded the estimate of this impact in the financial results of 2018. As these GILTI provisions under the Tax Act are complex and subject to continuing regulatory interpretation by the IRS, the Company will continue to evaluate the impact. The Company is required to make an accounting policy election of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current period expense when incurred (the "period cost method") or (2) factoring such amounts into the Company's measurement of its deferred taxes (the "deferred method"). As of December 31, 2018, the Company's accounting policy will be to treat taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current period expense when incurred.

F-51

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(14) Income Taxes (Continued)

        Income tax expense (benefit) differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to income before expense (benefit) for taxes as set forth in the following table:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Tax at statutory U.S. federal rate	$	189,590		$	1,201		$	(40,747	)
Impact of U.S. Tax Cut and Jobs Act—GILTI		93,739			—			—
Impact of the 2017 Tax Act—transition tax		—			39,628			—
Impact of the 2017 Tax Act—tax rate change		—			52,228			—
Impact of Tax Receivable Agreement		18,160			—			—
Valuation allowance, net		(93,125	)		(89,269	)		35,091
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit		1,529			3,437			(2,324	)
U.S. tax impact of foreign earnings (net of foreign tax credits)		792			1,151			51
Investment in subsidiary impairment deduction		—			—			(10,114	)
Establishment/resolution of uncertain tax positions		(345	)		(840	)		(513	)
Adjustment for foreign income taxed at different rates		(95,822	)		(2,359	)		12,738
Foreign tax credits		(65,046	)		(17,956	)		(175	)
Other		(552	)		1,998			(1,559	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	48,920		$	(10,781	)	$	(7,552	)

        The company has been granted a tax holiday in Brazil, which expires in 2024. The availability of the tax holiday in Brazil did not have a significant impact on the current tax year.

F-52

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(14) Income Taxes (Continued)

        The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are set forth in the following table.

	As of December 31,
	2018			2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Postretirement and other employee benefits	$	18,395		$	19,392
Foreign tax credit and other carryforwards		111,325			175,229
Capitalized research and experimental costs		7,695			9,417
Environmental reserves		976			493
Inventory		14,251			7,933
Original issue discount		—			2,603
Long-term contract option amortization		1,144			1,204
Provision for rationalization charges		351			502
Other		4,270			1,536
Total gross deferred tax assets		158,407			218,309
Less: valuation allowance		(58,446	)		(150,839	)
Total deferred tax assets		99,961			67,470
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets	$	59,521		$	68,098
Debt discount amortization / Deferred financing fees		—			3,191
Inventory		7,751			5,128
Goodwill and acquired intangibles		3,668			—
Other		3,138			2,031
Total deferred tax liabilities		74,078			78,448
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	$	25,883		$	(10,978	)

        Net non-current deferred tax assets are separately stated as deferred income taxes in the amount of $30.8 million as of December 31, 2017 and $71.7 million as of December 31, 2018. Net non-current deferred tax liabilities are separately stated as deferred income taxes in the amount of $41.7 million at December 31, 2017 and $45.8 million at December 31, 2018.

        During 2016, an affiliate of Brookfield, purchased on the open market in aggregate approximately $53 million of GrafTech's traded senior notes. This related party transaction generated a gain due to the discount at which the senior note was trading. This gain was taxable to GrafTech in 2016 and generated a deferred tax asset for an original issuance discount of approximately $6.5 million. This deferred tax asset was $2.6 million at December 31, 2017. The GrafTech senior notes were retired in 2018 and the related deferred tax asset was also released.

        We continue to assess the need for valuation allowances against deferred tax assets based on determinations of whether it is more likely than not that deferred tax benefits will be realized through

F-53

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(14) Income Taxes (Continued)

the generation of future taxable income. Appropriate consideration is given to all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. Examples of positive evidence would include a strong earnings history, an event or events that would increase our taxable income through a continued reduction of expenses, and tax planning strategies that would indicate an ability to realize deferred tax assets. Examples of negative evidence would include cumulative losses in recent years and history of tax attributes expiring unused. In circumstances where the significant positive evidence does not outweigh the negative evidence in regards to whether or not a valuation allowance is required, we have established and maintained valuation allowances on those net deferred tax assets. The recognition of the valuation allowance does not result in or limit the Company's ability to utilize these tax assets in the future.

        Valuation allowance activity for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was as follows:

	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2015	$	165,539
Charged to income		78,469
Translation adjustment		583
Changes attributable to movement in underlying assets		250
Balance as of December 31, 2016	$	244,841
Credited to income		(87,194	)
Translation adjustment		207
Changes attributable to movement in underlying assets		(7,015	)
Balance as of December 31, 2017	$	150,839
Credited to income		(93,125	)
Translation adjustment		(302	)
Changes attributable to movement in underlying assets		1,034
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	58,446

        In the fourth quarter of 2017, with the enactment of the Tax Act, additional taxable income was derived as a result of inclusion of accumulated previously untaxed foreign earnings of GrafTech's foreign subsidiaries. This additional taxable income lead to the utilization of the U.S. net operating loss carryforward in 2017 and a partial release of the valuation allowance against the U.S. deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was further reduced by the U.S. tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% as a result of the Tax Act. During 2018, we determined that sufficient positive evidence existed that allowed us to conclude that a full valuation allowance was no longer required to be recorded against the deferred tax assets related the U.S. tax attributes. This positive evidence was primarily supplied by the company exiting a cumulative loss period in the U.S. as well as sufficient US current and forecasted taxable income that would utilize the U.S. tax attributes. As a result, a partial release (to reflect only the economic benefit of the attributes) of the valuation allowance against federal net operating losses and state losses was recorded in 2018 while a full release of the valuation allowance against the federal foreign tax credit carryforward, other federal deferred tax assets was also recorded. A valuation allowance of $35.8 million is included in the December 31, 2018 balance reflected above as there is not sufficient positive evidence that the deferred tax asset related to the U.S. net operating loss will generate more than its estimated economic benefit.

F-54

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(14) Income Taxes (Continued)

        In March of 2017, $19.5 million of foreign tax credit expired. During the fourth quarter of 2017, we increased our foreign tax credit carryforward by $37.7 million, as a result of additional foreign taxable income derived in connections with the new U.S. tax legislation that was enacted on December 22, 2017. As of December 31, 2018 we have a total foreign tax credit carryforward of $38.9 million. As indicated above, a valuation allowance is no longer recorded against this foreign tax credit carryforward. These tax credit carryforwards begin to expire as of March 15, 2025. In addition, we have a federal net operating loss carryforward of $25.2 million and state net operating losses carryforwards of $320.3 million (net of federal benefit), which can be carried forward from 5 to 20 years. These net operating losses carryforwards generate a deferred tax asset of $59.3 million as of December 31, 2018. We also have U.S. non-net operating loss related deferred tax assets of $3.0 million as of December 31, 2018. The federal net operating loss carryforward is limited by IRC §382.

        We have non-U.S. loss and tax credit carryforwards on a gross tax effected basis of $10.1 million, which can be carried forward from 7 years to indefinitely.

        During the fourth quarter of 2017, GrafTech Switzerland moved from a cumulative loss position to a cumulative profit position, as well as a current year utilization of its net operating loss carryforward. This positive evidence and utilization lead to a full release of the valuation allowance against the GrafTech Switzerland deferred tax asset in 2017.

        As of December 31, 2018, we had unrecognized tax benefits of $2.0 million, which, if recognized, would have a favorable impact on our effective tax rate. We have elected to report interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as income tax expense. Accrued interest and penalties were $0.8 million as of December 31, 2016 (an increase of $0.1 million), $0.8 million as of December 31, 2017 (an increase of $0.0 million) and $0.9 million as of December 31, 2018 (an increase of $0.1 million). A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2016	$	3,338
Additions for tax positions of prior years		114
Lapse of statutes of limitations		(989	)
Foreign currency impact		29
Balance as of December 31, 2017	$	2,492
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		(100	)
Lapse of statutes of limitations		(373	)
Settlements		(21	)
Foreign currency impact		(8	)
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	1,990

        It is reasonably possible that a reduction of unrecognized tax benefits of up to $2.0 million may occur within 12 months due to settlements and the expiration of statutes of limitation.

        We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state and foreign jurisdictions. All U.S. federal tax years prior to 2015 are generally closed by statute or have been audited and settled with the applicable domestic tax authorities. All other jurisdictions are still open to examination beginning after 2012.

F-55

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(14) Income Taxes (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2018, the Company has accumulated undistributed earnings generated by our foreign subsidiaries of approximately $1.6 billion. Because $998.3 million of such earnings have previously been subject to the one-time transition tax on foreign earnings required by the Tax Act, any additional taxes due with respect to such earnings or the excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of our foreign investments would generally be limited to foreign and state taxes. We intend, however, to indefinitely reinvest these earnings and expect future U.S. cash generation to be sufficient to meet future U.S. cash needs.

(15) Stockholders' Equity

        The following information should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity.

Stock Split

        On April 12, 2018, the Company effected a 3,022,259.23 to one stock split of the Company's then outstanding common stock. We have retroactively applied this split to all share presentations, as well as "Net income (loss) per share" and "Income (loss) from continuing operations per share" calculations for the periods presented.

Conditional Dividend to Pre-IPO Stockholder

        On April 19, 2018, we declared a $160 million cash dividend payable to Brookfield, the sole pre-IPO stockholder. Payment of this dividend was conditional upon (i) the Senior Secured First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), as calculated based on our final financial results for the first quarter of 2018, being equal to or less than 1.75 to 1.00, (ii) no Default or Event of Default (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement) having occurred and continuing or that would result from the payment of the dividend and (iii) the payment occurring within 60 days from the dividend record date. The conditions of this dividend were met upon filing of our first quarter report on Form 10-Q and the dividend was paid on May 8, 2018.

Brookfield Promissory Note

        On April 19, 2018, we declared a dividend in the form of the Brookfield Promissory Note to the sole pre-IPO stockholder. This note was repaid on June 15, 2018 with proceeds from our Incremental Term Loans. See Note 7, "Debt and Liquidity," for further information.

Initial Public Offering

        On April 23, 2018, we completed the IPO of 35,000,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $15 per share. This offering represented a sale of 11.6% of our sole pre-IPO stockholder's ownership in the Company.

        On April 26, 2018, we closed the sale of an additional 3,097,525 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $15 per share from the pre-IPO stockholder, as a result of the partial exercise by the underwriters in our IPO of their overallotment option. After giving effect to the partial exercise of the

F-56

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(15) Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

overallotment option, the total number of shares of common stock sold by the pre-IPO stockholder was 38,097,525.

        The Company did not receive any proceeds related to the offering. We have incurred $5.1 million of legal, accounting, printing and other fees associated with this offering through December 31, 2018, which was recorded in "Selling and administrative" expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Dividends

        The Board of Directors declared and paid a dividend of $0.0645 per share for the first quarter of 2018 totaling $19.5 million, which was paid on June 29, 2018 and represented a prorated quarterly dividend of $0.085 (or $0.34 per annum) per share of our common stock prorated from the date of our IPO, April 23, 2018 to June 30, 2018. We paid our regular quarterly dividends of $0.85 per share on September 28 and December 31, 2018. Additionally, we paid a special dividend to stockholders of $0.70 per share on December 31, 2018.

Follow-on Offering and Common Stock Repurchase

        On August 13, 2018, Brookfield completed an underwritten public secondary offering (the "Offering") of 23,000,000 shares of our common stock at a price to the public of $20.00 per share. The Company did not receive any proceeds related to the Offering. Pursuant to a share repurchase agreement with Brookfield, we concurrently repurchased 11,688,311 shares directly from Brookfield. The price per share paid by us in the repurchase was equal to the price at which the underwriters purchased the shares from Brookfield in the Offering net of underwriting commissions and discounts. We funded the share repurchase from cash on hand. The terms and conditions of the share repurchase were reviewed and approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, which is comprised solely of independent directors. All repurchased shares were retired.

        The balance in our accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is set forth in the following table:

	As of December 31, 2018			As of December 31, 2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax	$	(2,922	)	$	15,468
Commodities and foreign currency derivatives, net of tax		(2,878	)		4,821
Total accumulated comprehensive (loss) income	$	(5,800	)	$	20,289

(16) Earnings per Share

        The following table shows the information used in the calculation of our basic and diluted earnings per share calculation as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. See Note 15, "Stockholders'

F-57

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(16) Earnings per Share (Continued)

Equity," for details on our April 12, 2018 stock split and our common stock repurchase on August 13, 2018.

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018		2017		2016
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic calculation		297,748,327		302,225,923		302,225,923
Add: Effect of stock options and restricted stock		5,443		—		—
Weighted average common shares outstanding for diluted calculation		297,753,770		302,225,923		302,225,923

        Basic earnings per common share are calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the additional common shares that would have been outstanding if potentially dilutive securities had been issued.

        The weighted average common shares outstanding for the diluted earnings per share calculation excludes consideration of stock options covering 650,432 shares in 2018, as these shares are anti-dilutive.

F-58

GrafTech International Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted)

(17) Summary of quarterly financial data (Unaudited)

        The following summarizes certain consolidated operating results by quarter for 2018 and 2017. 2017 periods presented have been revised for the change in accounting for pension and OPEB presentation. This change had no impact on Net income or Net income per share.

	2018									2017
	March 31		June 30			September 30		December 31		March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
	(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
As Reported:
Net Sales	$	451,899	$	456,332		$	454,890	$	532,789	$	104,739		$	116,314		$	137,245		$	192,473
Gross profit		306,750		290,422			274,610		318,430		1,085			9,679			16,561			60,598
Research and development		429		581			518		601		829			943			1,338			(159	)
Selling and administrative expenses		15,876		16,239			14,234		15,683		11,683			12,195			13,322			12,280
Other expense (income), net		2,005		(974	)		1,502		828		3,067			1,186			(643	)		(1,976	)
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement Expense		—		61,801			—		24,677		—			—			—			—
Net income (loss)		223,673		201,448			199,466		229,632		(26,344	)		(17,383	)		(3,919	)		55,628
Net income (loss) per share	$	0.74	$	0.67		$	0.67	$	0.79	$	(0.09	)	$	(0.06	)	$	(0.01	)	$	0.18
Effect of Change:
Net Sales	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Gross profit		—		—			—		—		201			201			201			(809	)
Research and development		—		—			—		—		(9	)		(10	)		(9	)		532
Selling and administrative expenses		—		—			—		—		(27	)		(26	)		(29	)		3,109
Other expense (income), net		—		—			—		—		237			237			239			(4,450	)
Net income (loss)		—		—			—		—		—			—			—			—
Net income (loss) per share	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Revised:
Net Sales	$	451,899	$	456,332		$	454,890	$	532,789	$	104,739		$	116,314		$	137,245		$	192,473
Gross profit		306,750		290,422			274,610		318,430		1,286			9,880			16,762			59,789
Research and development		429		581			518		601		820			933			1,329			373
Selling and administrative expenses		15,876		16,239			14,234		15,683		11,656			12,169			13,293			15,389
Other expense (income), net		2,005		(974	)		1,502		828		3,304			1,423			(404	)		(6,426	)
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement Expense		—		61,801			—		24,677		—			—			—			—
Net income (loss)		223,673		201,448			199,466		229,632		(26,344	)		(17,383	)		(3,919	)		55,628
Net income (loss) per share	$	0.74	$	0.67		$	0.67	$	0.79	$	(0.09	)	$	(0.06	)	$	(0.01	)	$	0.18

(18) Subsequent Events

        On February 7, 2019, the Board of Directors declared a dividend of $.085 per share to stockholders of record as of the close of business on February 28, 2019, to be paid on March 29, 2019.

F-59

17,500,000 shares

Common stock

Prospectus

J.P. Morgan Credit Suisse

Citigroup RBC Capital Markets HSBC BMO Capital Markets

                        , 2019

Part II
Information not required in prospectus

Item 13.    Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

        The following table sets forth the estimated fees and expenses (except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (or FINRA) filing fee) payable by the registrant in connection with the distribution of our common stock:

SEC registration fee	$	35,026
FINRA filing fee		46,053
Printing and engraving expenses		40,000
Legal fees and expenses		750,000
Accounting fees and expenses		60,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses		25,000
Miscellaneous		43,921
Total	$	1,000,000

        We will bear all of the expenses shown above.

Item 14.    Indemnification of directors and officers.

        Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits and proceedings whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than a derivative action by or in the right of the corporation, if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification extends only to expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation's certificate of incorporation, bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.

        Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-Laws provide for indemnification of directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including payment of expenses in advance of resolution of any such matter. Our Amended Certificate of Incorporation eliminates the potential personal monetary liability of our directors to the Company or its stockholders for breaches of their duties as directors except as otherwise required under the DGCL.

        We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. Each indemnification agreement provides, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-Laws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our Amended Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-Laws.

        We maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act,

II-1

and (b) to us with respect to payments which we may make to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

        The underwriting agreement, the form of which will be filed as Exhibit 1.0 to this registration statement, will provide for indemnification, under certain circumstances, by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Item 15.    Recent sales of unregistered securities.

        None.

Item 16.    Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

        (a)   Exhibits: The list of exhibits is set forth beginning on page II-3 of this Registration Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

        (b)   Financial Statement Schedules: No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        *(h) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        *(i)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

•

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

•

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

*

Paragraph references correspond to those of Regulation S-K, Item 512.

II-2

Exhibit index

Exhibit Number			Description of Exhibit
	1.0	*	Form of Underwriting Agreement.
	2.1		Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 17, 2015 among GrafTech International Ltd., BCP IV GrafTech Holdings LP and Athena Acquisition Subsidiary, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Current Report on Form 8 K filed May 18, 2015).
	3.1		Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of GrafTech International Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-223791) filed April 13, 2018).
	3.2		Amended and Restated By Laws of GrafTech International Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-223791) filed April 13, 2018).
	4.1		Registration Rights Agreement by and between GrafTech International Ltd. and BCP GrafTech Holdings LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Form 10 Q filed on August 3, 2018).
	4.2		Stockholder Rights Agreement by and between GrafTech International Ltd. and BCP IV GrafTech Holdings LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Form 10 Q filed on August 3, 2018).
	5.1	*	Opinion of Cleary Gottlieb Steen and Hamilton LLP.
	10.1		Credit Agreement, dated February 12, 2018, among GrafTech International Ltd., GrafTech Finance Inc., GrafTech Switzerland SA and GrafTech Luxembourg II S.À.R.L., as co borrowers, the lenders and issuing banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.2		First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated June 15, 2018, among GrafTech International Ltd., GrafTech Finance Inc., GrafTech Switzerland SA, GrafTech Luxembourg II S.À.R.L. as co borrowers, the lenders and issuing banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Form 10 Q filed on August 3, 2018).
	10.3		Guarantee Agreement, dated February 12, 2018, among GrafTech International Ltd., GrafTech Finance Inc., the other subsidiaries of GrafTech International Ltd. from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.4		Collateral Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018, among GrafTech International Ltd., GrafTech Finance Inc., the other grantors party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).

II-3

Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibit
	10.5	European Guarantee and Luxembourg Security Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018, by GrafTech Luxembourg I S.À.R.L., GrafTech Luxembourg II S.À.R.L., GrafTech Switzerland SA and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.6	Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018, by GrafTech Switzerland SA in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank,  N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.7	Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018, by GrafTech Luxembourg I S.À.R.L in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank,  N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.8	Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018, by GrafTech Luxembourg II S.À.R.L in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.9	Patent Security Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018, among GrafTech International Holdings Inc., as Grantor, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.10	Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018, among GrafTech International Holdings Inc., as Grantor, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.11	Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018, among GrafTech International Holdings, Inc., as Grantor, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.12	Share Pledge Agreement, dated February 12, 2018, between GrafTech Luxembourg I S.À.R.L., as Pledgor, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent, in the presence of GrafTech Luxembourg II S.À.R.L. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.13	Share Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018, between GrafTech International Holdings Inc., as Pledgor, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent, in the presence of GrafTech Luxembourg I S.À.R.L. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.14	Swiss Security Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2018, by GrafTech Switzerland SA and JPMorgan Chase Bank,  N.A., as the Assignee and Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).

II-4

Exhibit Number			Description of Exhibit
	10.15		Form of Tax Receivable Agreement between GrafTech International Ltd. and Brookfield Capital Partners IV GP,  Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.16	+	Form of Indemnification Agreement with Directors and Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 26, 2018).
	10.17	+	GrafTech International Holdings Inc. Compensation Deferral Program as amended and restated (January 1, 2005) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.0 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 27, 2009).
	10.21	+	Employment Agreement, effective March 1, 2018, between GrafTech International Holdings Inc. and David J. Rintoul (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.22	+	GrafTech International Ltd. Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.24	+	GrafTech International Ltd. Long Term Incentive Plan, amended and restated as of March 15, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-223791) filed March 20, 2018).
	10.25	+	GrafTech International Ltd. Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-223791) filed April 4, 2018).
	10.26	+	Form of Stock Option Agreement for the GrafTech International Ltd. Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-223791) filed April 4, 2018).
	10.27	+	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the GrafTech International Ltd. Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan for David Rintoul (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-223791) filed April 4, 2018).
	10.28	+	Form of Deferred Share Unit Agreement under the GrafTech International Ltd. Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-223791) filed April 4, 2018).
	10.29	+	Form of Deferred Share Unit Agreement under the GrafTech International Ltd. Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan for David Rintoul (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333 223791) filed April 4, 2018).
	10.30	+	GrafTech International Ltd. Director Deferred Fee Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-226609) filed August 6, 2018).

II-5

Exhibit Number			Description of Exhibit
	10.31		Share Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2018, by and between GrafTech International Ltd. and BCP IV GrafTech Holdings LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-226609) filed August 8, 2018).
	10.32	+	Amendment to Deferred Share Unit Agreement under the GrafTech International Ltd. Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan for David Rintoul (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registration No. 001-13888) filed February 22, 2019).
	10.33	+	Amended and Restated GrafTech International Ltd. Director Deferred Fee Plan, amended as of November 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registration No. 001-13888) filed February 22, 2019).
	10.34	+	Form of Deferred Share Unit Agreement under the GrafTech International Ltd. Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan for Non-Employee Directors (adopted November 1, 2018) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registration No. 001-13888) filed February 22, 2019).
	10.35	+	Summary of Modifications to Employment Agreement, effective March 1, 2018, between GrafTech International Holdings Inc. and David J. Rintoul (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registration No. 001-13888) filed February 22, 2019).
	21.1		List of subsidiaries of GrafTech International Ltd (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to GrafTech International Ltd.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Registration No. 001-13888) filed February 22, 2019).
	23.1	*	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
	23.2	*	Consent of Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
	24.1	*	Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages).
	101.INS	*	XBRL Instance Document
	101.SCH	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
	101.CAL	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
	101.DEF	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
	101.LAB	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
	101.PRE	*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*

Filed herewith

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

II-6

Signatures

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Village of Brooklyn Heights, State of Ohio on March 4, 2019.

GrafTech International Ltd.
By:	/s/ DAVID J. RINTOUL
	David J. Rintoul
	Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each officer and director of GrafTech International Ltd. whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints David J. Rintoul, Quinn J. Coburn and Gina K. Gunning, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and any additional registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

****

Name	Title	Date
/s/ DAVID J. RINTOUL David J. Rintoul	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	March 4, 2019
/s/ QUINN J. COBURN Quinn J. Coburn	Chief Financial Officer, Vice President Finance and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	March 4, 2019
/s/ DENIS A. TURCOTTE Denis A. Turcotte	Chairman and Director	March 4, 2019
/s/ JEFFREY C. DUTTON Jeffrey C. Dutton	Director	March 4, 2019

II-7

Name	Title	Date
/s/ RON A. BLOOM Ron A. Bloom	Director	March 4, 2019
/s/ BRIAN L. ACTON Brian L. Acton	Director	March 4, 2019
/s/ MICHEL J. DUMAS Michel J. Dumas	Director	March 4, 2019
/s/ ANTHONY R. TACCONE Anthony R. Taccone	Director	March 4, 2019

II-8

EX-1

Exhibit 1.0

GRAFTECH INTERNATIONAL LTD.

[·] Shares of Common Stock

Underwriting Agreement

[·], 2019

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

As Representatives of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 hereto

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10179

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10010

Ladies and Gentlemen:

BCP IV GrafTech Holdings LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Selling Stockholder”), the majority shareholder of GrafTech International Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [·] shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company (the “Underwritten Shares”) and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [·] shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”).  The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”.  The shares of Common Stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock”.

The Company and the Selling Stockholder each hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

1.             Registration Statement.  The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[·]), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares.  Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares.  If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act

(the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”):  a Preliminary Prospectus dated [·], 2019, and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.

“Applicable Time” means [·] [A.M.] [P.M.], New York City time, on [·], 2019.

2.             Purchase of the Shares.

(a)           The Selling Stockholder agrees to sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”), and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Selling Stockholder at a purchase price per share of $[·] (the “Purchase Price”) the number of Underwritten Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder as set forth opposite its name in Schedule 2 hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be purchased by all the Underwriters from the Selling Stockholder hereunder.

In addition, the Selling Stockholder agrees, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule 2 hereto, to sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase at their election, severally and not jointly, from the Selling Stockholder up to [·] Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.  If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares that bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 12 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Selling Stockholder by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Selling Stockholder.  Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 12 hereof).  Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

(b)           The Selling Stockholder understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Pricing Disclosure

2

Package.  The Selling Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

(c)           Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Selling Stockholder to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on [·], 2019, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Selling Stockholder may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares.  The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”, and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”.

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Selling Stockholder.  Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

(d)           Each of the Company and the Selling Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company, the Selling Stockholder or any other person.  Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company, the Selling Stockholder or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction.  The Company and the Selling Stockholder shall consult with their own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making their own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company or the Selling Stockholder with respect thereto.  Any review by the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company or the Selling Stockholder.

3.             Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter and the Selling Stockholder that:

(a)           Preliminary Prospectus.  No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.

3

(b)           Pricing Disclosure Package.  The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.  No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package and no statement of material fact included in the Pricing Disclosure Package that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom.

(c)           Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.  Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives.  Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.

(d)           Registration Statement and Prospectus.  The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission.  No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any

4

amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.

(e)           Financial Statements.  The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, as applicable, and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein; and the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Exchange Act”) and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable.

(f)            No Material Adverse Change.  Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), any material change in the short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or

5

arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(g)           Organization and Good Standing.  Each of the Company and its significant subsidiaries (as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X) (the “Significant Subsidiaries”) has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdictions of organization, is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its respective businesses requires such qualification, and has all power and authority necessary to own or hold its respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which it is engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified, in good standing or have such power or authority would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”). The Significant Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 3 to this Agreement are the only Significant Subsidiaries of the Company.

(h)           Capitalization.  The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder) have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable (except as otherwise described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party (except (i) as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) as otherwise described in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus).

(i)            Stock Options.  With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans

6

and any applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company.  The Company has not knowingly granted, and there is no and has been no policy or practice of the Company of granting, Stock Options prior to, or otherwise coordinating the grant of Stock Options with, the release or other public announcement of material information regarding the Company or its subsidiaries or their results of operations or prospects.

(j)            Due Authorization.  The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

(k)           Underwriting Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(l)            Descriptions of Agreements.  Each of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Stockholder Rights Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement, in each case, between the Company and the Selling Stockholder conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(m)          No Violation or Default.  Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is bound or to which any property or asset of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute applicable to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(n)           No Conflicts.  The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, result in the termination, modification or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is bound or to which any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute applicable to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance

7

that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o)           No Consents Required.  No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for (i) the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act, (ii)  such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as have already been obtained or made or as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and (iii) where the failure to obtain any such consent, approval, authorization, order, license, registration or qualification would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(p)           Legal Proceedings.  Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (“Actions”) pending to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is or, to the knowledge of the Company, may be reasonably expected to become a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is or, to the knowledge of the Company, may be reasonably expected to become the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no such Actions are threatened in writing or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened in writing by others, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (i) there are no material current or pending Actions that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, respectively.

(q)           Independent Accountants.  Deloitte & Touche LLP, who has certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

(r)            Title to Real and Personal Property.  The Company and its Significant Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple (in the case of real property) to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property (other than intellectual property, which is subject to Section 3(t)) that are material to the business of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8

(s)            Intellectual Property.  (i) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of the Company, the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries own or have the right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, domain names and other source indicators, copyrights and copyrightable works, know-how, trade secrets, systems, procedures, proprietary or confidential information and all other worldwide intellectual property, industrial property and proprietary rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) used in the conduct of their business as currently conducted; (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, the Company’s and its Significant Subsidiaries’ conduct of their respective businesses does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of any person except for such infringements, misappropriations, or other violations that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries have not received any written notice of any claim relating to Intellectual Property that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iv) to the knowledge of the Company, the material Intellectual Property of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries is not being infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any person.

(t)            No Undisclosed Relationships.  No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in each of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

(u)           Investment Company Act.  The Company is not required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”).

(v)           Taxes.  The Company and its Significant Subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof; and except as otherwise disclosed in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(w)          Licenses and Permits.  Each of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries possesses all licenses, sub-licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and has made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their business as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except where such revocation

9

or modification would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(x)           No Labor Disputes.  No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its Significant Subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received any notice of cancellation or termination with respect to any collective bargaining agreement to which it is a party, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(y)           Environmental Matters.  (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (x) are in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and other legally enforceable requirements relating to pollution or the protection of human health or safety, the environment, natural resources, or hazardous or toxic substances, wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (y) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under any Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (z) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability or obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under or relating to, or any actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances, wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have incurred or are reasonably expected to incur any costs or liabilities under or relating to Environmental Laws, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (x) there is no proceeding that is pending, or that is known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than any such proceeding regarding which it is reasonably believed that monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will not be imposed, (y) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or otherwise concerning hazardous or toxic substances, wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (z) none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws.

(z)           Compliance with ERISA.  (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or any entity that would be regarded as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b),(c),(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; (ii) the Company has not engaged in a prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, with

10

respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption, that would reasonably be expected to result in liability to the Company; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no Plan has failed (whether or not waived), or is reasonably expected to fail, to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code) applicable to such Plan; (iv) no Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at risk status” (within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA) and no Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA is in “endangered status” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA); (v)  no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder) has occurred or, to the knowledge of the Company, is reasonably expected to occur; (vi) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a determination letter from the IRS stating that it is so qualified, and to the knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would reasonably be expected to result in the loss of such qualification; and (vii) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); except in each case with respect to the events or conditions set forth in (i) through (vii) hereof, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(aa)         Disclosure Controls.  The Company and its Significant Subsidiaries maintain an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  The Company and its subsidiaries have carried out evaluations of the effectiveness of their disclosure controls and procedures as required by Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act.

(bb)         Accounting Controls.  The Company and its Significant Subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.  The Company and its subsidiaries maintain internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and (v) interactive data in eXtensible Business Reporting Language included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Pricing Disclosure Package fairly presents the information called for in all material respects and is prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto.  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material weaknesses

11

in the Company’s internal controls.  The Company’s auditors and the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

(cc)         eXtensible Business Reporting Language. The interactive data in eXtensible Business Reporting Language included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement fairly presents the information called for in all material respects and has been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto.

(dd)         Insurance.  The Company and its Significant Subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, adequate to protect the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries and their business, taken as a whole; and neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that material capital improvements or other material expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage, at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

(ee)         Cybersecurity. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (i)(x) to the knowledge of the Company, there has been no security breach or other compromise of or relating to any of the Company’s or its Significant Subsidiaries’ information technology and computer systems, networks, hardware, software, data (including the data of their respective customers, employees, suppliers, vendors and any third party data maintained by or on behalf of them), equipment or technology (collectively, “IT Systems and Data”) and (y) the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries have not been notified of, and have no knowledge of any event that would reasonably be expected to result in, any security breach or other compromise to their IT Systems and Data; (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries are presently in compliance with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority and internal policies relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Data and to the commercially reasonable protection of such IT Systems and Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification, except as would not, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii) above, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries have implemented backup and disaster recovery technology consistent with industry standards and practices.

(ff)          No Unlawful Payments.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or

12

party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit.  The Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

(gg)         Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws.  The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company or any of its subsidiaries conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(hh)         No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, directors, officers or employees, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”) or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria and Crimea (each, a “Sanctioned Country”).  For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

(ii)           No Restrictions on Subsidiaries.  No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock or similar ownership interest, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(jj)           No Broker’s Fees.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

13

(kk)         No Registration Rights.  No person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission or, to the knowledge of the Company, the sale of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder.

(ll)           No Stabilization.  The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, without giving effect to activities by the Underwriters, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(mm)      Forward-Looking Statements.  No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(nn)         Statistical and Market Data.  Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reasonably reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(oo)         Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply in any material respect with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

(pp)         Status under the Securities Act.  At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

4.             Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholder.  The Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to each Underwriter and the Company that:

(a)           Required Consents; Authority.  All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by the Selling Stockholder of this Agreement, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained, except for such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as have already been obtained or made or as may be required by FINRA, the NYSE or under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters; the Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereunder; and this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Selling Stockholder.

(b)           No Conflicts.  The execution, delivery and performance by the Selling Stockholder of this Agreement, the sale of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholder and the consummation by the Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated herein will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, result in the termination, modification or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Selling

14

Stockholder pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Selling Stockholder is a party or by which the Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Selling Stockholder is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Selling Stockholder or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute applicable to the Selling Stockholder or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Selling Stockholder, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated herein.

(c)           Title to Shares.  The Selling Stockholder has good and valid title to the Shares to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, by the Selling Stockholder hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims; the Selling Stockholder will have, immediately prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, good and valid title to the Shares to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, by the Selling Stockholder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims; and the Selling Stockholder has a security entitlement (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”)) to the Shares maintained in a securities account on the books of DTC free and clear of any action that may be asserted based on an adverse claim with respect to such security entitlement, and assuming that each Underwriter acquires its interest in the Shares it has purchased without notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC), upon the crediting of such Shares to the securities account of such Underwriter maintained with DTC and payment therefor by such Underwriter, as provided herein, such Underwriter will have acquired a security entitlement to such securities, and no action based on any adverse claim may be asserted against such Underwriter with respect to such security entitlement.

(d)           No Stabilization.  The Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, without giving effect to activities by the Underwriters, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(e)           Pricing Disclosure Package.  The Pricing Disclosure Package, at the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Selling Stockholder makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.

(f)            Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.  Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Selling Stockholder (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities

15

Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Company and the Representatives.

(g)           Registration Statement and Prospectus.  As of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not (in the case of a post-effective amendment filed after the date hereof) contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Selling Stockholder makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.

(h)           Material Information.  As of the date hereof, as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, that the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholder is not and will not be prompted by any material information concerning the Company that is not set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

(i)            No Unlawful Payments.  In connection with the Company or its subsidiaries, neither the Selling Stockholder nor any of its subsidiaries has, directly or indirectly, made a material violation of or is in material violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed a material offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law.

(j)            No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws.  Neither the Selling Stockholder nor any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any Sanctions, nor is the Selling Stockholder, any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country.

(k)           Organization and Good Standing.  The Selling Stockholder has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, and has all power and authority necessary to own or hold its properties and to conduct the businesses in which it is engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(l)            ERISA. The Selling Stockholder is not (i) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (iii) an entity

16

deemed to hold “plan assets” of any such plan or account under Section 3(42) of ERISA, 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-101, or otherwise.

The Selling Stockholder specifically agrees that the obligations of the Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, or by the dissolution of the Selling Stockholder or by the occurrence of any other event.

5.             Further Agreements of the Company.  The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a)           Required Filings.  The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and the Company will use its best efforts to furnish electronic copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request, with written copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to follow as soon as practicable but in no event later than 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the second business day succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(b)           Delivery of Copies.  The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, two signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) upon request of the Representatives and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request.  As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

(c)           Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses.  Before making, preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not make, prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object in a timely manner.

(d)           Notice to the Representatives.  The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the

17

Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information; (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period and as a result of which the Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

(e)           Ongoing Compliance.  (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus  as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented  will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate, such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package  as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with law.

(f)            Blue Sky Compliance.  The Company will use its reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Representatives, to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so

18

qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(g)           Earnings Statement.  The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earnings statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement, provided that the Company will be deemed to have complied with such requirement by filing such earnings statement on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (or any successor system) (“EDGAR”).

(h)           Clear Market.  For a period of 60 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, submit or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition, submission or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the exercise or settlement of options granted under Company Stock Plans, (C) the grant by the Company of awards under Company Stock Plans as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (D) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 (or equivalent form) in connection with an employee stock compensation plan or agreement of the Company, which plan or agreement is disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (E) the issuance of share of Stock or other securities (including securities convertible into shares of Stock) in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, properties or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with any such acquisition, or (F) the issuance of shares of Stock or other securities (including securities convertible into shares of Stock) in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions; provided that, in the case of clauses (E) and (F), the aggregate number of shares of Stock issued in all such acquisitions and transactions does not exceed 5% of the outstanding Stock of the Company following the offering of the Shares and any recipients of such Shares shall deliver a “lock-up” agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 8(m) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of such impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce such impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of such release or waiver.

(i)            No Stabilization.  The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, without giving effect to activities by the Underwriters, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

19

(j)            Reports.  For a period of two years from the date of this Agreement, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system.

(k)           Record Retention.  The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

6.             Further Agreements of the Selling Stockholder.  The Selling Stockholder covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a)           Clear Market.  It has delivered a “lock-up” agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

(b)           No Stabilization.  The Selling Stockholder will not take, directly or indirectly, without giving effect to activities by the Underwriters, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

(c)           Tax Form.  It will deliver to the Representatives prior to or at the Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 or applicable Form W-8 (or other applicable form or statement specified by the Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof).

(d)           Use of Proceeds.  It will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to a subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country, (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise of Sanctions or (iv) for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity.

7.             Certain Agreements of the Underwriters.  Each Underwriter severally hereby represents and agrees that:

(a)           It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to, or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance

20

in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).

(b)           It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission.

(c)           It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering contemplated by this Agreement (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

8.             Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations.  The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholder of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a)           Registration Compliance; No Stop Order.  No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

(b)           Representations and Warranties.  The respective representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholder contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and the statements of the Company and its officers and of the Selling Stockholder and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(c)           No Downgrade.  Subsequent to the earlier of (A) the Applicable Time and (B) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded any debt securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to, its rating of any such debt securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading).

(d)           No Material Adverse Change.  No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(g) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

21

(e)           Officer’s Certificate.  The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, (x) a certificate, which shall be delivered on behalf of the Company and not the signatories in their individual capacity, of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations of the Company set forth in Section 3(b) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) above and (y) a certificate of the Selling Stockholder, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, (A) confirming that the representations of the Selling Stockholder set forth in Sections 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof are true and correct and (B) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Selling Stockholder in this agreement are true and correct and that the Selling Stockholder has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date.

(f)            Comfort Letters. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(g)           Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company.  Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, special counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex B-1 and Annex B-2 hereto and (ii) Cynthia A. Binns, General Counsel  and Assistant Secretary of the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, her written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex B-3.

(h)           Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Stockholder.   Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, special counsel for the Selling Stockholder, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Selling Stockholder, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex B-4.

(i)            Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters.  The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date,

22

as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, addressed to the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(j)            No Legal Impediment to Sale.  No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the sale of the Shares.

(k)           Good Standing.  The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions; provided, that such evidence of good standing for GrafTech Mexico S.A. de C.V. and GrafTech Comercial de Mexico S. de. R.L. de C.V. shall be delivered to the Representatives as soon as practicable following the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(l)            Exchange Listing.  The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE.

(m)          Lock-up Agreements.  The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, between you and the Selling Stockholder, the executive officers and directors of the Company listed on Annex C hereto relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(n)           FinCEN Certificate.  On or before the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received a certificate satisfying the beneficial ownership due diligence requirements of the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) from the Selling Stockholder in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, along with such additional supporting documentation as the Representatives have requested in connection with the verification of the foregoing certificate.

(o)           Additional Documents.  On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

9.             Indemnification and Contribution.

(a)           Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Company.  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who

23

controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other reasonable expenses incurred and documented in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below.

(b)           Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Selling Stockholder.  The Selling Stockholder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below. The aggregate amount of the Selling Stockholder’s liability pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of proceeds received after underwriting commissions and discounts but before expenses by the Selling Stockholder from the sale of its Shares hereunder.

(c)           Indemnification of the Company and the Selling Stockholder.  Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and the Selling Stockholder to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter:  (i) the marketing names of the Underwriters set forth on the cover page; the legal names of the Underwriters and their respective participation in the sale of the Shares in the table set forth in the first paragraph under the

24

caption “Underwriting”; (ii) the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”; and (iii) the information contained in the eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting”.

(d)           Notice and Procedures.  If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9.  If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person, upon request of the Indemnified Person, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 9 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred.  In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them.  It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such reasonable and documented fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company and any such separate firm for the Selling Stockholder shall be designated in writing by the Selling Stockholder.  The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and more than 30 days after receipt of the proposed terms of such settlement and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.  No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought

25

hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(e)           Contribution.  If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Selling Stockholder from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares.  The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholder, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Selling Stockholder or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. In no event shall the Selling Stockholder be required to contribute pursuant to this Section 9(e) unless the Selling Stockholder would have had an indemnification obligation pursuant to Section 9(b) above in respect of the loss, claim, damage or liability (or action in respect thereof) giving rise to such contribution obligation.

(f)            Limitation on Liability.  The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (e) above.  The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (e) and (f), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. In no event shall the aggregate liability of the Selling Stockholder under Section 9(b) and Section 9(e) exceed the limit set forth in Section 9(b). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (e) and (f) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

26

(g)           Non-Exclusive Remedies.  The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

10.          Effectiveness of Agreement.  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above.

11.          Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholder, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on or prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the NYSE or The Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by U.S. federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

12.          Defaulting Underwriter.

(a)           If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the terms contained in this Agreement.  If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons reasonably satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms.  If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company and the Selling Stockholder may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company, counsel for the Selling Stockholder or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes.  As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 12, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b)           If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

27

(c)           If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters.  Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company and the Selling Stockholder will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 13 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 9 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d)           Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company, the Selling Stockholder or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

13.          Payment of Expenses.

(a)           Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its and the Selling Stockholder’s obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the costs of reproducing and distributing this Agreement; (iv) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (v) the reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate with the prior approval of the Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters) (such fees and disbursements of U.S. counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to this clause (v) shall not exceed $10,000); (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates, if applicable; (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (viii) all reasonable expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA (such application fees and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to this clause (viii) shall not exceed $25,000); (ix) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors, provided, however, that the Underwriters shall be responsible for 50% of the third party costs of any private aircraft incurred in connection with such road show; and (x) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the NYSE.  It is, however, understood that except as provided in this Section 13 or Section 9 hereof, the Underwriters shall pay all of their own costs and expenses, including, without limitation, the fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any Shares by them, any advertising expenses connected with any offers they make and 50% of the third party costs of any private aircraft incurred in connection with the road show and the other travel expenses of the Representatives’ officers and employees in connection with the road show.

(b)           If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 11 (other than as a result of a termination pursuant to clauses (i), (iii) or (iv) of Section 11), (ii) the Selling Stockholder for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters (other than as a result of a termination pursuant

28

to clauses (i), (iii) or (iv) of Section 11 or Section 12 or the default by one or more of the Underwriters in its or their respective obligations hereunder in which case, only such defaulting Underwriters shall not be entitled to reimbursement) or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement (other than the default by one or more of the Underwriters in its or their respective obligations hereunder in which case, only such defaulting Underwriters shall not be entitled to reimbursement), the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.

14.          Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to herein, and the affiliates of each Underwriter referred to in Section 9 hereof.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.  No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

15.          Survival.  The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company, the Selling Stockholder or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, the Selling Stockholder or the Underwriters.

16.          Certain Defined Terms.  For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; and (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

17.          Compliance with USA Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Stockholder, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

18.          Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a)           In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b)           In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

29

For purposes of this Section 18, “BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).  “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).  “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.  “U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

19.          Miscellaneous.

(a)           Notices.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication.  Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax:  (212) 622-8358); Attention:  Equity Syndicate Desk; and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010 (fax: (212) 325-4296); Attention: IBCM-Legal.  Notices to the Company shall be given to it at 982 Keynote Circle, Brooklyn Heights, Ohio, 44131, (fax:  (216) 676-2143); Attention: Chief Legal Officer.  Notices to the Selling Stockholder shall be given to it at 250 Vesey Street, 15th Floor, Brookfield Place, New York, NY 10281, (fax:  (212) 417-7184); Attention: Jaspreet Dehl.

(b)           Governing Law.  This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(c)           Waiver of Jury Trial.  Each of the parties hereto hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

(d)           Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(e)           Amendments or Waivers.  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(f)            Headings.  The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

30

Very truly yours,
GRAFTECH INTERNATIONAL LTD.
By:
	Name:
	Title:
BCP IV GRAFTECH HOLDINGS LP
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Accepted: As of the date first written above

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

For itself and on behalf of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto.

By

Authorized Signatory

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

For itself and on behalf of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto.

By

Authorized Signatory

31

Schedule 1

Underwriters	Number of Underwritten Shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC	[·]
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC	[·]
	[·]
	[·]
	[·]
	[·]
	[·]
	[·]
	[·]
	[·]
Total	[·]

Schedule 2

Selling Stockholder	Number of  Underwritten Shares:	Number of Option Shares:
BCP IV GRAFTECH HOLDINGS LP	[·]	[·]

Schedule 3

Significant Subsidiaries of GrafTech International Ltd.

GrafTech Holdings Inc.

GrafTech USA LLC

Seadrift Coke L.P.

GrafTech Finance Inc.

GrafTech Global Enterprises Inc.

GrafTech International Holdings Inc.

GrafTech Luxembourg I S.a.r.l.

GrafTech Luxembourg II S.a.r.l.

GrafTech Switzerland S.A.

GrafTech Mexico S.A. de C.V.

GrafTech Comercial de Mexico S. de. R.L. de C.V.

GrafTech S.p.A.

GrafTech Brasil Participacoes Ltda.

GrafTech France S.N.C.

GrafTech Commercial France S.N.C.

Annex A

a.Pricing Disclosure Package

None

b.Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters

Price per share:  $[·]

Number of shares:  [·]  Underwritten Shares plus [·]  Option Shares

2

Annex B-1

FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY

[TO COME]

Annex B-2

FORM OF 10B-5 LETTER OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY

[TO COME]

Annex B-3

FORM OF OPINION OF GENERAL COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY

[TO COME]

Annex B-4

FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE SELLING STOCKHOLDER

[TO COME]

Annex C

Lock-up Signatories

BCP IV GrafTech Holdings LP

David J. Rintoul

Quinn J. Coburn

Denis A. Turcotte

Jeffrey C. Dutton

Ron A. Bloom

Anthony R. Taccone

Michel J. Dumas

Brian L. Acton

Exhibit A

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

GrafTech International Ltd.
Public Offering of Common Stock

, 2019

[Name and Address of
Officer or Director
Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by GrafTech International Ltd. (the “Company”) of           shares of common stock, $0.01 par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated      ,  2019  (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated      ,  [2019], with respect to         shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective     , [2019]; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release].  This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

Yours very truly,

[Signature of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC Representative]

[Name of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC Representative]

[Signature of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC Representative]

[Name of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC Representative]

cc:  Company

Exhibit B

GrafTech International Ltd.
[Date]

GrafTech International Ltd. (the “Company”) announced today that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, the joint book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of       shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to     shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company.  The [waiver] [release] will take effect on      , [2019], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit C

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

[·], 2019

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010

As Representatives of
the several Underwriters listed in
Schedule 1 to the Underwriting
Agreement referred to below

Re:          GrafTech International Ltd. — Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with GrafTech International Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and BCP IV GrafTech Holdings LP (the “Selling Stockholder”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of Common Stock of the Company (the “Securities”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period beginning on the date of this letter agreement (this “Letter Agreement”) and ending 60 days after the date of the prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”) (such period, the “Restricted Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock, $0.01 per share par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, in each case other than:

(A)the Securities to be sold by the undersigned pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement;

(B)(i) transfers of shares of Common Stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) transfers of shares of Common Stock as a result of the operation of law, such as estate, other testamentary document or intestate succession, (iii) transfers of shares of Common Stock to any immediate family member of the undersigned or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or any immediate family member of the undersigned (for purposes of this Letter Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin) or (iv) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or other business entity, transfers or distributions of shares of Common Stock to (1) its limited or general partners, members or stockholders or (2) its direct or indirect affiliates or other entities controlled or managed by the undersigned; [or]

(C)the exercise of Stock Options to purchase shares of Common Stock and any related transfer of shares of Common Stock to the Company (i) deemed to occur upon the cashless exercise of such Stock Options or (ii) for the purpose of paying the exercise price of such Stock Options or for paying taxes (including estimated taxes) due as a result of the exercise of such Stock Options; [or]

(D)[transfers of shares of Common Stock to the undersigned’s direct or indirect affiliates or any investment fund controlled or managed by any affiliate of BCP IV GrafTech Holdings LP and its affiliates.]

provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (B) [or (D)], each donee, transferee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this paragraph; and provided, further, that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (B) [and (C) / through (D)], no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Exchange Act”) or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Restricted Period referred to above). If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

Furthermore, the undersigned may  if permitted by the Company, establish a written trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act; provided that no sales or other transfers occur under such plan and no public disclosure of such plan shall be required or shall be made during the 60-day period referred to above.

[If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.  Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release.  The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.]

Exhibit C-2

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement.  All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

The undersigned understands that, if (i) prior to entering into the Underwriting Agreement, the Company notifies the Representatives in writing that the Company does not intend to proceed with the Offering of Common Stock and files an application to withdraw the registration statement related to the offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by [•], 2019 or (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement.

The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.

This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF STOCKHOLDER]
By:
	Name:
	Title:

Exhibit C-3

EX-5.1

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 5.1

March 4, 2019

GrafTech International Ltd.
982 Keynote Circle
Brooklyn Heights, Ohio 44131

        Re: GrafTech International Ltd. Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        We have acted as special counsel to GrafTech International Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation of a registration statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The Registration Statement relates to the registration of the offering and sale by BCP IV GrafTech Holdings LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the "Selling Stockholder"), of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock" and, together with additional shares of the Common Stock to be sold by the Selling Stockholder upon the exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, the "Securities"), that are issued and outstanding.

        In arriving at the opinions expressed below, we have reviewed the following documents:

(a)

the Registration Statement;



(b)

the form of underwriting agreement between the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the representatives on behalf of each of the several underwriters named in Schedule 1 thereto, included as Exhibit 1.0 to the Registration Statement; and



(c)

copies of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-Laws certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the corporate secretary of the Company, respectively.

In addition, we have reviewed the originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of all such corporate records of the Company and such other documents, and we have made such investigations of law, as we have deemed appropriate as a basis for the opinions expressed below.

        In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. In addition, we have assumed and have not verified the accuracy as to factual matters of each document we have reviewed.

        Based on the foregoing, and subject to the further assumptions and qualifications set forth below, it is our opinion that the Securities have been validly issued by the Company and are fully paid and nonassessable.

        Insofar as the foregoing opinions relate to the validity, binding effect or enforceability of any agreement or obligation of the Company, (a) we have assumed that the Company and each other party to such agreement or obligation has satisfied those legal requirements that are applicable to it to the extent necessary to make such agreement or obligation enforceable against it (except that no such assumption is made as to the Company regarding matters of the federal law of the United States of America or the law of the State of New York or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware that in our experience normally would be applicable to general business entities with respect to such agreement or obligation), and (b) such opinions are subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to general principles of equity.

        The foregoing opinions are limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

        We hereby consent to the use of our name in the Registration Statement under the heading "Legal Matters" as counsel for the Company that has passed on the validity of the Securities and to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated March 4, 2019. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

        The opinions expressed herein are rendered on and as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to advise you or any other person, or to make any investigations as to any legal developments or factual matters arising subsequent to the date hereof that might affect the opinions expressed herein.

Very truly yours,
CLEARY GOTTLIEB STEEN & HAMILTON LLP
By:	/s/ SANDRA L. FLOW Sandra L. Flow, a Partner

QuickLinks

Exhibit 5.1

EX-23.1

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 22, 2019, relating to the consolidated financial statements of GrafTech International, Ltd. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
March 4, 2019

QuickLinks

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

XML

Document And Entity Information	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	GrafTech International LTD.
Entity Central Index Key	0000931148
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Document Type	S-1
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2018
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Small Business	false
Entity Emerging Growth Company	false

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents		$ 49,880	$ 13,365
Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,129 as of December 31, 2018 and $1,097 as of December 31, 2017		248,286	116,841
Inventories		293,717	174,151
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		46,168	44,872
Current assets of discontinued operations		0	5,313
Total current assets		638,051	354,542
Property, plant and equipment		688,842	642,651
Less: accumulated depreciation		175,137	129,810
Net property, plant and equipment	[1]	513,705	512,841
Deferred income taxes		71,707	30,768
Goodwill		171,117	171,117
Other assets		110,911	129,835
Total assets		1,505,491	1,199,103
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Accounts payable		88,097	69,110
Short-term debt		106,323	16,474
Accrued income and other taxes		82,255	9,737
Other accrued liabilities		50,452	53,226
Current liabilities of discontinued operations		0	3,412
Total current liabilities		327,127	151,959
Long-term debt		2,050,311	322,900
Other long-term obligations		72,519	68,907
Deferred income taxes		45,825	41,746
Long-term debt - affiliate		86,478	0
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations		0	376
Commitments and Contingencies – Notes 11 and 13
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:
Preferred stock, par value $.01, 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued		0	0
Common stock, par value $.01, 3,000,000,000 shares authorized, 290,537,612 and 302,225,923 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively		2,905	3,022
Additional paid – in capital		819,622	851,315
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income		(5,800)	20,289
Accumulated deficit		(1,893,496)	(261,411)
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity		(1,076,769)	613,215
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)		$ 1,505,491	$ 1,199,103

[1] Long-lived assets represent fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Accounts and notes receivable, allowance for doubt accounts	$ 1,129	$ 1,097
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock shares authorized	300,000,000	300,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	3,000,000,000	3,000,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	290,537,612	302,225,923
Common Stock, Shares, Outstanding	290,537,612	302,225,923

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Income And Comprehensive Income - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Net sales	$ 1,895,910	$ 550,771	$ 437,963
Cost of sales	705,698	461,545	449,228
Additions to lower of cost or market reserve	0	1,509	18,974
Gross profit (loss)	1,190,212	87,717	(30,239)
Research and development	2,129	3,456	2,534
Selling and administrative expenses	62,032	52,506	58,515
Impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill	0	0	2,843
Operating income (loss)	1,126,051	31,755	(94,131)
Other expense (income), net	3,361	(2,104)	(4,266)
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense	86,478	0	0
Interest expense	135,061	30,823	26,914
Interest income	(1,657)	(395)	(358)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income taxes	902,808	3,431	(116,421)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	48,920	(10,781)	(7,552)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations	853,888	14,212	(108,869)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	331	(6,229)	(126,974)
Net income (loss)	$ 854,219	$ 7,983	$ (235,843)
Basic loss per common share:
Net income (loss) per share	$ 2.87	$ 0.03	$ (0.78)
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations, Per Basic Share	2.87	0.05	(0.36)
Diluted loss per common share:
Weighted average shares outstanding	2.87	0.03	(0.78)
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations, Per Diluted Share	$ 2.87	$ 0.05	$ (0.36)
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding	297,753,770	302,225,923	302,225,923
STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Net income (loss)	$ 854,219	$ 7,983	$ (235,843)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of ($288), $0, and $0, respectively	(18,391)	23,028	2,574
Commodities and foreign currency derivatives and other, net of tax of $802, $0, and ($20), respectively	(7,698)	4,819	125
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:	(26,089)	27,847	2,699
Comprehensive income (loss)	$ 828,130	$ 35,830	$ (233,144)

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Cash flow from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$ 854,219	$ 7,983	$ (235,843)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operations:
Depreciation and amortization	66,413	66,443	82,891
Impairment of long-lived assets	0	5,300	122,750
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement expense	86,478	0	0
Deferred income tax provision	(37,078)	(15,695)	(12,062)
Loss on extinguishment of debt	23,827	0	0
Non-cash interest expense	5,320	6,805	6,551
Other charges, net	15,761	(9,607)	(735)
Net change in working capital	(177,754)	(20,004)	68,630
Change in long-term assets and liabilities	(583)	(4,652)	(9,367)
Net cash provided by operating activities	836,603	36,573	22,815
Cash flow from investing activities:
Capital expenditures	(68,221)	(34,664)	(27,858)
Cash received from divestitures	0	27,254	15,889
Derivative instrument settlements, net	0	0	377
Proceeds from the sale of fixed assets	926	5,211	1,121
Net cash used in investing activities	(67,295)	(2,199)	(10,471)
Cash flow from financing activities:
Short-term debt (reductions) borrowings, net	(12,607)	5,110	7,363
Credit Facility borrowings	0	77,000	56,000
Credit Facility reductions	(45,692)	(114,839)	(70,469)
Repayment of Senior Notes	(304,782)	0	0
Principal payments on long-term debt	(56,372)	(266)	(289)
Related-party promissory note repayment	(225,000)	0	0
Refinancing fees and debt issuance costs	(27,326)	0	(922)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(731,044)	(32,995)	(8,317)
Payments of Dividends	(55,616)	0	0
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	38,264	1,379	4,027
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(1,749)	376	656
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	13,365	11,610	6,927
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	49,880	13,365	11,610
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Interest	108,006	25,277	23,578
Income taxes	21,444	3,467	3,329
Non-cash financing activities:
Dividend payable - Promissory Note	750,000	0	0
Decrease (increase) in current assets:
Accounts and notes receivable, net	(139,180)	(29,755)	(3,432)
Inventories	(126,355)	(15,649)	(53,548)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	7,116	(10,565)	1,424
Increase (Decrease) in Income Taxes Payable	67,054	2,762	313
Accounts payable and accruals	15,724	33,317	12,686
Interest payable	(2,113)	(114)	75
Net change in working capital	(177,754)	(20,004)	68,630
Proceeds from Issuance of Secured Debt	2,235,000	0	0
Dividends - Related Party	(1,488,649)	0	0
Repayments of Related Party Debt	$ (750,000)	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Stockholders' Equity - USD ($)	Total	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-In Capital [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss [Member]	Accumulated Deficit [Member]
Balance at Dec. 31, 2015	$ 810,529,000	$ 3,022,000	$ 851,315,000	$ (10,257,000)	$ (33,551,000)
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2015		302,225,923
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net income (loss)	(235,843,000)				(235,843,000)
Other comprehensive income:
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Reclassification Adjustment from AOCI on Derivatives, Tax	125,000			125,000
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of ($288), $0, and $0, respectively	2,574,000			2,574,000
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:	2,699,000			2,699,000
Allocated Share-based Compensation Expense	0
Dividends - Related Party	0
Repayments of Related Party Debt	0
Payments of Dividends	0
Balance at Dec. 31, 2016	577,385,000	$ 3,022,000	851,315,000	(7,558,000)	(269,394,000)
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2016		302,225,923
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net income (loss)	7,983,000				7,983,000
Other comprehensive income:
Unrealized losses on securities, net of tax	4,819,000			4,819,000
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Reclassification Adjustment from AOCI on Derivatives, Tax	0			0
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of ($288), $0, and $0, respectively	23,028,000			23,028,000
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:	27,847,000			27,847,000
Allocated Share-based Compensation Expense	0
Dividends - Related Party	0
Repayments of Related Party Debt	0
Payments of Dividends	0
Balance at Dec. 31, 2017	$ 613,215,000	$ 3,022,000	851,315,000	20,289,000	(261,411,000)
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2017	38,097,525	302,225,923
Comprehensive income (loss):
Net income (loss)	$ 854,219,000
Other comprehensive income:
Unrealized losses on securities, net of tax	(6,866,000)			(6,866,000)
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Reclassification Adjustment from AOCI on Derivatives, Tax	(832,000)			(832,000)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of ($288), $0, and $0, respectively	(18,391,000)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:	(26,089,000)			(26,089,000)
Stock Repurchased and Retired During Period, Shares		(11,688,311)
Stock Repurchased and Retired During Period, Value	$ (225,000,000)	$ (117,000)	(32,844,000)		(192,039,000)
Granted	979,790
Allocated Share-based Compensation Expense	$ 1,151,000		1,151,000		0
Dividends - Related Party	(1,488,649,000)				(1,488,649,000)
Repayments of Related Party Debt	(750,000,000)				750,000,000
Payments of Dividends	(55,616,000)				(55,616,000)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2018	$ (1,076,769,000)	$ 2,905,000	$ 819,622,000	$ (5,800,000)	$ (1,893,496,000)
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2018		290,537,612

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Stockholders' Equity (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	5 Months Ended	7 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Aug. 14, 2015	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2015
Statement of Stockholders' Equity [Abstract]
Unrealized losses on securities, net of tax	$ 21	$ (68)	$ (20)	$ (63)

XML

Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Discussion of Business and Structure

GrafTech International Ltd. (the “Company”) is a leading manufacturer of high quality graphite electrode products essential to the production of electric arc furnace steel and other ferrous and non-ferrous metals. References herein to “GTI,” “we,” “our,” or “us” refer collectively to GrafTech International Ltd. and its subsidiaries. On August 15, 2015, GTI became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Brookfield Asset Management Inc. (“Brookfield”) through a tender offer to our former stockholders and subsequent merger transaction.

The Company’s only reportable segment, Industrial Materials, is comprised of our two major product categories: graphite electrodes and needle coke products. Needle coke is the key raw material to producing graphite electrodes. The Company's vision is to provide the highest quality graphite electrodes at the lowest cost while providing the best customer service all while striving to be the lowest cost producer.

We previously operated an Engineered Solutions business segment. See Note 3 “Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale” for further information. All results from the Engineered Solutions business have been excluded from continuing operations, unless otherwise indicated.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the financial statements of GrafTech International Ltd. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid financial instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of certificates of deposit, money market funds and commercial paper.

Revenue Recognition

The Company adopted ASC 606 on January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASC 606 represents a change in accounting principle that will more closely align revenue recognition with the delivery of the Company's goods and will provide financial statement readers with enhanced disclosures. The reported results for 2018 reflect the application of ASC 606 guidance while the reported results for 2017 and prior were prepared under the guidance of ASC 605, Revenue Recognition (ASC 605), which is also referred to herein as the "previous revenue guidance".

Prior to the adoption of ASC 606, revenue from sales of our commercial products was recognized when they met four basic criteria (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement existed, (2) delivery had occurred, (3) the amount was determinable and (4) collection was reasonably assured. Sales were recognized when both title and the risks and rewards of ownership were transferred to the customer or services had been rendered and fees had been earned in accordance with the contract.

In accordance with ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods. See Note 2 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" for more information.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is principally determined using the “first-in first-out” (“FIFO”) and average cost, which approximates FIFO, methods. Elements of cost in inventory include raw materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead.

We allocate fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion based on normal capacity of the production facilities. We recognize abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage) as current period charges.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Maintenance and repairs of property and equipment are expensed as incurred. Expenditures for replacements and betterments are capitalized and the replaced assets are retired. Gains and losses from the sale of property are included in cost of sales or other expense (income), net. We depreciate our assets using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The ranges of estimated useful lives are as follows:

	Years
Buildings	25-40
Land improvements	20
Machinery and equipment	5-20
Furniture and fixtures	5-10

The carrying value of fixed assets is assessed when events and circumstances indicating impairment are present. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Depreciation expense was $53.5 million, $50.4 million, and $63.4 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Capital expenditures within accounts payable totaled $13.7 million and $13.6 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable primarily arise from sales of goods to customers and distributors in the normal course of business.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Judgment is required in assessing the likelihood of collection of receivables, including the current creditworthiness of each customer, related aging of the past due balances and the facts and circumstances surrounding any non-payment. We evaluate specific accounts when we become aware of a situation where a customer may not be able to meet its financial obligations. The reserve requirements are based on the best facts available to us and are reevaluated and adjusted as additional information is received. Receivables are charged off when amounts are determined to be uncollectible.

Capitalized Bank Fees

We capitalize bank fees upon the incurrence of debt and record them as a contra-liability against our debt. We had capitalized bank fees of $24.3 million and $0.4 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We amortize such amounts over the life of the respective debt instrument using the effective interest method. The estimated life may be adjusted upon the occurrence of a triggering event. Amortization of capitalized bank fees amounted to $3.5 million and $0.3 million and $0.2 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Capitalized bank fee amortization is included in interest expense.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. They are used to manage well-defined commercial risks associated with commodity purchases and currency exchange rate risks. On the date that a derivative contract for a hedging instrument is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as either (1) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge), (2) a hedge of the exposure of a forecasted transaction or of the variability in the cash flows of a recognized asset or liability (a cash flow hedge), (3) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation (a net investment hedge) or 4) a contract not designated as a hedging instrument.

For a fair value hedge, both the effective and ineffective portions of the change in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in earnings and reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations on the same line as the gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. For a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheet. When the underlying hedged transaction is realized, the gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive loss is recorded in earnings and reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations on the same line as the gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. For a net investment hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in cumulative translation adjustment, which is a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheet.

We formally document our hedge relationships, including the identification of the hedging instruments and the related hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. Derivatives are recorded at fair value in other current and long-term assets and other current and long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. We also formally assess, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether a derivative used in a hedging transaction is highly effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or the cash flows of the hedged item. When it is determined that a derivative ceases to be highly effective, we discontinue hedge accounting.

Foreign Currency Derivatives

We enter into foreign currency derivatives from time to time to manage exposure to changes in currency exchange rates. These instruments, which include, but are not limited to, forward exchange contracts and purchased currency options, attempt to hedge global currency exposures, relating to non-dollar denominated debt and identifiable foreign currency receivables, payables and commitments held by our foreign and domestic subsidiaries. Forward exchange contracts are agreements to exchange different currencies at a specified future date and at a specified rate. Purchased foreign currency options are instruments which give the holder the right, but not the obligation, to exchange different currencies at a specified rate at a specified date or over a range of specified dates. The result is the creation of a range in which a best and worst price is defined, while minimizing option cost. Forward exchange contracts and purchased currency options are carried at fair value.

These contracts may be designated as Cash-Flow or Fair Value hedges to the extent that they are effective and are accounted for as described in section above (“Derivative Financial Instruments”).. For derivatives that are not designated as a hedge, any gain or loss is immediately recognized in Cost of Sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Derivatives used in this manner relate to risks resulting from assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency.

Commodity Derivative Contracts

We have entered into derivative contracts for refined oil products. These contracts are entered into to protect against the risk that eventual cash flows related to these products will be adversely affected by future changes in prices. All commodity contracts are carried at fair value and are treated as hedges to the extent they are effective. Changes in their fair values are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Consolidated Balance Sheets until settlement. Realized gains and losses resulting from settlement are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and are recorded in cost of sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the underlying hedged item is realized.

Research and Development

Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes, including significant improvements to existing products, are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

We file a consolidated United States (“U.S.”) federal income tax return for GTI and its eligible domestic subsidiaries. Our non-U.S. subsidiaries file income tax returns in their respective local jurisdictions. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and tax benefit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities at the end of each period are determined using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is established or maintained, when, based on currently available information and other factors, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Under the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we recognize the benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, and accounting in interim periods.

As a result of the enactment of the Tax Act of 2017, the Company is required to make an accounting policy election of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to Global Intangible Low Tax Income ("GILTI") as a current period expense when incurred (the “period cost method”) or (2) factoring such amounts into the Company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). The Company’s accounting policy will be to treat taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current period expense when incurred. See Note 14 "Income Taxes" for more information.

Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits

We use actuarial methods and assumptions to account for our defined benefit pension plans and our postretirement benefits. We immediately recognize the change in the fair value of plan assets and net actuarial gains and losses annually in the fourth quarter of each year with a mark-to-market adjustment ("MTM Adjustment") and whenever a plan is remeasured (e.g. due to a significant curtailment, settlement, etc.). Pension and postretirement benefits expense includes the MTM adjustment, actuarially computed cost of benefits earned during the current service period, the interest cost on accrued obligations, the expected return on plan assets based on fair market values, and adjustments due to plan settlements and curtailments. Contributions to the qualified U.S. retirement plan are made in accordance with the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

Postretirement benefits and benefits under the non-qualified retirement plan have been accrued, but not funded. The estimated cost of future postretirement life insurance benefits is determined by the Company with assistance from independent actuarial firms using the “projected unit credit” actuarial cost method. Such costs are recognized as employees render the service necessary to earn the postretirement benefits. We record our balance sheet position based on the funded status of the plan.

Additional information with respect to benefits plans is set forth in Note 12, “Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits.”

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

Our operations are governed by laws addressing protection of the environment and worker safety and health. These laws provide for civil and criminal penalties and fines, as well as injunctive and remedial relief, for noncompliance and require remediation at sites where hazardous substances have been released into the environment.

We have been in the past, and may become in the future, the subject of formal or informal enforcement actions or proceedings regarding noncompliance with these laws or the remediation of company-related substances released into the environment. Historically, such matters have been resolved by negotiation with regulatory authorities resulting in commitments to compliance, abatement or remediation programs and in some cases payment of penalties. Historically, neither the commitments undertaken nor the penalties imposed on us have been material.

Environmental considerations are part of all significant capital expenditure decisions. Environmental remediation, compliance and management expenses were approximately $12.4 million, $8.0 million and $8.3 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. A charge to income is recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the cost can be reasonably estimated. When payments are fixed or determinable, the liability is discounted using a rate at which the payments could be effectively settled. The accrued liability relating to environmental remediation was $4.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and $2.1 million as of December 31, 2017. The increase in the liability was the result of a revised estimate for asset retirement obligations related to landfills.

Our environmental liabilities do not take into consideration possible recoveries of insurance proceeds. Because of the uncertainties associated with environmental remediation activities at sites where we may be potentially liable, future expenses to remediate sites could be considerably higher than the accrued liability.

Foreign Currency Translation and Remeasurement

We translate the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries, whose local currency is their functional currency, to U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and weighted average exchange rates for each period for revenues, expenses, gains and losses. Differences arising from exchange rate changes are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Balance Sheets until such time as the operations of such non-U.S. subsidiaries are sold or substantially or completely liquidated.

For our Mexican, Swiss and Russian subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, we remeasure non-monetary balance sheet accounts and the related income statement accounts at historical exchange rates. Resulting gains and losses arising from the fluctuations in currency for monetary accounts are recognized in other (income) expense, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Gains and losses arising from fluctuations in currency exchange rates on transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are recognized in earnings as incurred.

We have non-dollar denominated intercompany loans between some of our foreign subsidiaries. These loans are subject to remeasurement gains and losses due to changes in currency exchange rates. Certain of these loans had been deemed to be essentially permanent prior to settlement and, as a result, remeasurement gains and losses on these loans were recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the stockholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The remaining loans are deemed to be temporary and, as a result, remeasurement gains and losses on these loans are recorded as currency (gains/losses) in other (income) expense, net, on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the excess of the acquisition cost of businesses over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. We do not recognize deferred income taxes for the difference between the assigned value and the tax basis related to nondeductible goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized; however, impairment testing is performed annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. We perform the annual goodwill impairment test at December 31.

The annual goodwill impairment testing may begin with a qualitative assessment of potential impairment indicators in order to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test.

The impairment test for goodwill uses a two-step approach, which is performed at the reporting unit level. Step one compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. The fair value for each reporting unit with goodwill is determined in accordance with accounting guidance on determining fair value, which requires consideration of the income, market, and cost approaches as applicable. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, there is potential impairment and step two must be performed. Step two compares the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its implied fair value (i.e., fair value of the reporting unit less the fair value of the unit’s assets and liabilities, including identifiable intangible assets). If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying amount of goodwill, an impairment is recognized.

Other amortizable intangible assets, which consist primarily of trademarks and trade names, customer-related intangibles and technological know-how, are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight line or sum-of-the-years digits method. The estimated useful lives for each major category of amortizable intangible assets are:

	Years
Trade name	5-10
Technology and know-how	5-9
Customer related intangible	5-14

Additional information about goodwill and other intangibles is set forth in Note 6 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

Major Maintenance and Repair Costs

We perform scheduled major maintenance of the storage and processing units at our Seadrift plant (referred to as “overhaul”). Time periods between overhauls vary by unit. We also perform an annual scheduled significant maintenance and repair shutdown of the plant (referred to as “turnaround”).

Costs of overhauls and turnarounds include plant personnel, contract services, materials, and rental equipment. We defer these costs when incurred and use the straight-line method to amortize them over the period of time estimated to lapse until the next scheduled overhaul of the applicable storage or processing unit. Under this policy $9.8 million was deferred in 2018 and no costs were deferred in 2017. Amortization of deferred maintenance costs totaled $3.1 million, $3.3 million and $7.0 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Earnings per share

The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to the stock split effected on April 12, 2018 and common stock repurchase on August 13, 2018. Diluted earnings per share recognizes the dilution that would occur if stock options or restricted shares were exercised or converted into common shares. See Note 15 “Earnings Per Share”.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. Significant estimates and assumptions are used for, but are not limited to inventory valuation, pension and other post-retirement benefits, allowance for doubtful accounts, contingent liabilities, accruals and valuation allowances, asset impairment, and environmental-related accruals. Actual results could differ from our estimates.

Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale

When Management commits to a plan to sell assets or asset groups and a sale is probable, we reclassify those assets or asset groups into "Assets Held for Sale".  Upon reclassification to assets held for sale, we evaluate the book value of the disposal groups against their fair value less costs to sell and as a result may impair the assets / asset groups. As and if new information becomes available on the fair value of the assets/asset groups , we may adjust accordingly the impairment.

Once the assets of a business have been classified as held for sale, we evaluate if the divestiture represents a strategic shift in operations and if so, we exclude the results of this business from continuing operations.  All results are reported as gain or loss from discontinued operations, net of tax.  During the second quarter of 2016, our Engineered Solutions business qualified as discontinued operations and as such, all its results have been excluded from continuing operations.  See Note 3 "Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale".

Subsequent Events

We evaluate events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued to determine if a material event requires our amending the financial statements or disclosing the event. See Note 18 "Subsequent Events" for further details.

Recent Accounting Standards

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . The Company adopted ASU 2014-09 and its related amendments (collectively known as ASC 606) effective on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. Please see Note 2 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" for the required disclosures related to the impact of adopting this standard and a discussion of the Company's updated policies related to revenue recognition.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Payments,clarifying guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows. The adoption of ASU 2016-15 on January 1, 2018 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation-Retirement Benefits (Topic 715). This standard requires an entity to report the service cost component in the same line item as other compensation costs. The other components of net (benefit) cost, including our annual mark-to-market remeasurement, will be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of income from operations. The adoption of ASU No. 2017-07 on January 1, 2018 changed the presentation of benefit expenses, but did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. The components of the net (benefit) cost are shown in Note 12, "Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits." The following table summarizes the adjustments made to conform prior period classifications to the new guidance:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2017								For the Year Ended December 31, 2016
	(dollars in thousands)
	As Reported		Effect of Accounting Change			As Adjusted			As Reported			Effect of Accounting Change			As Adjusted
Cost of Sales	$	461,339	$	206		$	461,545		$	448,016		$	1,212		$	449,228
Research and development	2,951		505			3,456			2,399			135			2,534
Selling and administrative expenses	49,479		3,027			52,506			57,784			731			58,515
Other (income) expense, net	1,634		(3,738		)	(2,104		)	(2,188		)	(2,078		)	(4,266		)

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). Under this new guidance, a company will now recognize most leases on its balance sheet as lease liabilities with corresponding right-of-use assets. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018.  The Company plans to adopt ASU No. 2016-02 on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach with the option of not restating comparative prior periods presented in the financial statements.  Under this method, we will recognize the effects of applying ASC 842 as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of the effective date of adoption of January 1, 2019. The Company has completed its evaluation of the contracts. We anticipate additional assets and liabilities of approximately $10 million to be recorded as a result with no material adjustment to retained earning required.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017‑04, Intangibles‑Goodwill and Other (Topic 350). This guidance was issued to simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment. The guidance removes the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which requires that a hypothetical purchase price allocation be performed to determine the amount of impairment, if any. Under this new guidance, a goodwill impairment charge will be based on the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The guidance will become effective on a prospective basis for the Company on January 1, 2020 with early adoption permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

Revenue From Contracts With Customers (Notes)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The Company adopted ASC 606 on January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASC 606 represents a change in accounting principle that will more closely align revenue recognition with the delivery of the Company's goods and will provide financial statement readers with enhanced disclosures. The reported results for 2018 reflect the application of ASC 606 guidance while the reported results for 2017 and 2016 were prepared under the guidance of ASC 605, Revenue Recognition (ASC 605), which is also referred to herein as the "previous revenue guidance".

Financial Statement Impact of Adopting ASC 606

The Company adopted ASC 606 effective January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. Under this method, we could elect to apply the cumulative effect method to either all contracts as of the date of initial application or only to contracts that are not complete as of that date. We elected to apply the modified retrospective method to contracts that are not complete as of the date of initial application. The cumulative effect of applying the new guidance to all contracts with customers that were not completed as of January 1, 2018 was to be recorded as an adjustment to accumulated deficit as of the adoption date. As a result of using the modified retrospective method, there were no adjustments that were made to accounts on the Company's consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2018.

Impact of the adoption of ASC 606 on accounting policies

In accordance with ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods.

To achieve this core principle, the following five steps are performed: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation.

The Company sells the majority of its products directly to steel manufacturers located in various jurisdictions. The Company’s contracts consist of longer-term take-or-pay sales contracts of graphite electrodes with terms of up to five years and short-term purchase orders (deliveries within one year). Collectability is assessed based on the customer’s ability and intention to pay, reviewing a variety of factors including the customer’s historical payment experience and published credit and financial information. Additionally, for multi-year contracts, we may require the customer to post a bank guarantee, guarantee of a parent, a letter of credit or a significant pre-payment.

The promises of delivery of graphite electrodes represent the distinct performance obligations of our contracts. A small portion of our sales consist of deliveries of by-products of the manufacturing processes, such as graphite powders, naphta and gasoil.

Given their nature, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied at a point in time when control of the products has been transferred to the customer. In most cases, control transfer is deemed to happen at the delivery point of the products defined under the incoterms, usually at time of loading the truck or the vessel. The Company has elected to treat the transportation activity as a fulfilment activity instead of as a distinct performance obligation, and outbound freight cost is accrued when the product delivery promises are satisfied.

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which the Company will be entitled in exchange for transferring goods to the customer. Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the Company from a customer are excluded from the transaction price.

Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in the Company’s judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur. The Company’s contracts and customary practices involve few rebates or discounts. The Company provides a limited warranty on its products and may issue credit notes or replace products free of charge for valid quality claims; historically, quality claims have been insignificant and the Company records appropriate accruals for the estimated credit notes based on the historical statistical experience. Certain contracts provide for limited rebates when deliveries are late versus committed dates. These rebates are accrued for based on historical statistics of late deliveries on the contracts to which those terms apply.

Contracts that contain multiple distinct performance obligations require an allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. The Company regularly reviews market conditions and internally approved pricing guidelines to determine stand-alone selling prices for the different types of its customer contracts. The stand-alone prices as known at contract inception are utilized as the basis to allocate the transaction price to the distinct performance obligations. The allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations remains unchanged if stand-alone selling prices change after contract inception.

The Company expenses sales commissions as earned as their amortization period would not extend beyond the year in which they are incurred. These costs are recorded within selling and administrative expense.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table provides information about disaggregated revenue by type of product and contract for 2018:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2018
	(Dollars in thousands)
Graphite Electrodes - Three-to-five-year contracts	$	1,341,557
Graphite Electrodes - Short-term contracts	500,834
By-products	53,519
Total Revenues	$	1,895,910

Impact of New Revenue Guidance on Financial Statement Line Items

There would be no differences to the reported consolidated balance sheet, statement of operations and cash flows, as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, had the previous revenue guidance still been in effect.

Contract Balances

Receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts, were $248.3 million as of December 31, 2018 and $116.8 million as of December 31, 2017. Accounts receivables are recorded when the right to consideration becomes unconditional. Payment terms on invoices range from 30 to 120 days depending on the customary business practices of the jurisdictions in which we do business.

Certain short-term and longer-term sales contracts require up-front payments prior to the Company’s fulfillment of any performance obligation. These contract liabilities are recorded as current or long-term deferred revenue, depending on the lag between the pre-payment and the expected delivery of the related products. Additionally, under ASC 606, deferred revenue originates from contracts where the allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations based on their relative stand-alone selling prices results in the timing of revenue recognition being different from the timing of the invoicing. In this case, deferred revenue is amortized into revenue based on the transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations.

Current deferred revenue is included in "Other accrued liabilities" and long-term deferred revenue is included in "Other long-term obligations" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following table provides information about deferred revenue from contracts with customers (in thousands):

	Current deferred revenue			Long-Term deferred revenue
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2017	$	20,784		$	—
Increases due to billings	15,548			8,241
Revenue recognized	(30,803		)	—
Foreign currency impact	(149		)	(525		)
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	5,380		$	7,716

Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations

The following table presents estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) at the end of the reporting period (in thousands). The estimated revenues do not include contracts with original duration of one year or less.

	Three-to-five-year take-or-pay contracts
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	1,404,618
2020	1,327,449
2021	1,172,536
2022	1,127,105
Thereafter	8,715
Total	$	5,040,423

In addition to the expected remaining revenue to be recognized with the longer-term sales contracts, the Company recorded $1,341.6 million of revenue pursuant to these contracts in the twelve months ended December 31, 2018.

XML

Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Discontinued Operations and Disposal Groups [Abstract]

Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale

Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale

On February 26, 2016, the Company announced that it had initiated a strategic review of its Engineered Solutions business segment to better direct its resources and simplify its operations. Any potential sale of assets was prohibited by its revolving facility without approval of the requisite lenders thereunder. On April 27, 2016, GrafTech and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an amendment to the revolving facility (see Note 7 "Debt and Liquidity") which, among other things, permits the sale of assets with the restriction that the proceeds be utilized to pay down revolver borrowings. As of June 30, 2016, the Engineered Solutions segment qualified for reporting as discontinued operations as its divestiture represented a strategic shift for the Company.

During 2016, we evaluated the fair value of the Engineered Solutions business segment utilizing the market approach (Level 3 measure). As a result, we incurred an impairment charge to our Engineered Solutions business segment of $120 million to align the carrying value with estimated fair value. We continued to update this estimate and during 2017, we further reduced the estimated fair value by $5.3 million based upon current information at that time.

On November 30, 2016, we completed the sale of our Fiber Materials Inc. ("Fiber Materials") business, which was a business line within our former Engineered Solutions business. The sale resulted in cash proceeds of $15.9 million and a loss of $0.2 million. We have the ability to realize up to $8.5 million of additional proceeds based on the earnings of the Fiber Materials business over the 24 months following the transaction. We have elected to record this contingent consideration as it is realized and accordingly, it has not been recognized to date. Based on the 2017 and preliminary 2018 results of Fiber Materials, we do not expect any material additional proceeds from this contingent consideration.

On July 3, 2017, we completed the sale of our Advanced Energy Technologies ("AET") business. AET was a product line within our Engineered Solutions business that had been classified as held for sale since the second quarter of 2016. The sale resulted in cash proceeds of $28.5 million.

On September 30, 2017, we completed the sale of the majority of the U.S. assets of our GrafTech Advanced Graphite Materials ("GAGM") business, which was a component of our Engineered Solutions business. The sale of the Italian GAGM assets closed on October 5, 2017. In the jurisdictions where the GAGM assets were not acquired, we initiated the wind-down of the business. The sale was structured as a non-cash transaction with the buyer assuming certain liabilities associated with the assets acquired. In addition, GrafTech retained certain current assets of GAGM, mostly receivables, which were substantially realized in the fourth quarter of 2017.

As a result of the sales described above, we recorded a gain of $6.1 million in 2017. The disposition of the Engineered Solutions business is now substantially complete and in accordance with our Credit Facility, all cash proceeds from these sales were used to pay down our revolving facility and term loan.

As of December 31, 2018, we have ceased reporting discontinued operations and have included all remaining assets and liabilities within continuing operations.

The following tables summarize the results of the Engineered Solutions business segment, reclassified as discontinued operations:

		For the Year Ended December 31,
		2018			2017			2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net sales		$	2,574		$	82,299		$	115,336
Cost of sales		3,310			74,723			98,440
Gross (loss) profit		(736		)	7,576			16,896
Research and development		—			1,429			3,145
Selling and administrative expenses		(628		)	12,239			19,022
(Gain) loss on sale of assets		(508		)	(6,091		)	198
Rationalizations		—			(35		)	(405		)
Impairment		—			5,300			119,907
		400			(5,266		)	(124,971		)
Other expense (income)		30			(115		)	(66		)
Interest expense		—			1,133			3,258
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes		370			(6,284		)	(128,163		)
Benefit for income taxes on discontinued operations		(39		)	(55		)	(1,189		)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations		$	331		$	(6,229	)	$	(126,974	)
Basic and diluted income (loss) from discontinued operations per share		$	—		$	(0.02	)	$	(0.42	)

The significant components of our Statements of Cash Flows for discontinued operations are as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31
	2018			2017			2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Depreciation and amortization	$	—		$	2,418		$	5,277
Impairment	—			5,300			119,907
(Gain) loss on sale of assets	(508		)	(6,091		)	198
Net change in inventory	502			15,217			(917		)
Cash received from divestitures	—			27,254			15,889
Credit facility reductions	—			(27,254		)	(15,889		)
Deferred income taxes	40			(55		)	(1,189		)
Capital expenditures	—			558			4,713

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of discontinued operations as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

	As of December 31, 2018		As of December 31, 2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Assets of discontinued operations:
Accounts receivable	$	—	$	3,351
Inventories	—		502
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	—		1,137
Net property, plant and equipment	—		226
Other assets	—		97
Total assets of discontinued operations	$	—	$	5,313
Liabilities of discontinued operations:
Accounts payable	$	—	$	512
Accrued income and other taxes	—		158
Other accrued liabilities	—		2,742
Total current liabilities of discontinued operations	—		3,412
Other long-term obligations	—		376
Total liabilities of discontinued operations	$	—	$	3,788

XML

Stock Based and Other Management Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock Based and Other Management Compensation

Stock Based and Other Management Compensation

Our Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan permits the granting of options, and other stock-based awards (including restricted stock units and deferred share units). As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate number of shares authorized under the plans since their initial adoption was 15,000,000. Shares issued upon vesting of awards or exercise of options are new share issuances. Upon the vesting or payment of stock awards, an employee may elect receipt of the full share amount and either pay the resulting taxes or sell shares in the open market to cover the tax obligation.

During 2018 our Board of Directors granted 979,790 stock options, 42,243 deferred share units and 6,740 restricted stock units under our Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense recognized was $1.2 million in 2018. A majority of the expense, $1.0 million, was recorded as "Selling and Administrative Expenses" in the Consolidated Statement of Operations, with the remaining expenses incurred as cost of sales. There was no stock-based compensation expense recognized in 2017 and 2016.

    As of December 31, 2018, unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options, deferred share units and restricted stock units represents $5.4 million, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.3 years.

Deferred Share and Restricted Stock Units. Deferred share units represent one share of our common stock and will be delivered as shares of our common stock when the recipient ceases to provide services to the Company. Compensation expense for deferred share units and restricted stock share awards is based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. The weighted average grant date fair value of deferred share units and restricted stock units was approximately $12.88 per share at December 31, 2018.

Deferred share units and restricted stock unit awards activity under the Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan for 2018 was as follows:

	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding unvested as of January 1, 2018	—		$	—
Granted	48,983		13.94
Vested	(21,413	)	15.29
Outstanding unvested as of December 31, 2018	27,570		$	12.88

During 2018, we granted 48,983 shares of deferred share units and restricted stock units to certain directors, officers and employees at prices ranging from $15.00 to $19.44. Of the total deferred share units granted, 21,413 were granted to our Board of Directors and vested immediately upon grant. The remaining deferred share units and restricted stock units vest over a period of two to five years.

Stock Options. Compensation expense for stock options is based on the estimated fair value of the option on the date of the grant. We calculate the estimated fair value of the option using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. During 2018, we granted 979,790 options to certain of our officers and employees. The weighted-average fair value of the options granted in 2018 was $6.08. The weighted average assumptions used in our Black-Scholes option-pricing model for options granted in 2018 are:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2018
Dividend yield	1.70% - 2.27%
Expected volatility	45	%
Risk-free interest rate	2.84% - 2.98%
Expected term in years	6.5 years

Dividend Yield. Our dividend yield estimate is based on our expected dividends and the stock price on the grant date.

Expected Volatility. We estimate the volatility of our common stock at the date of grant based on the historical volatility of comparable companies over the most recent period commensurate with the expected life of the award.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. We base the risk-free interest rate on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term equal to the expected life of the award.

Expected Term In Years. The expected life of awards granted represents the time period that the awards are expected to be outstanding. We determined the expected term of the grants using the “simplified” method as described by the SEC, since we do not have a history of stock option awards to provide a reliable basis for estimating such term.

The stock options vest over a five year period, with one-fifth of the award vesting on the anniversary date of the grant in each of the next five years. Options outstanding at December 31, 2018, have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 9.3 years years, a weighted average remaining vesting period of 2.3 years, and an aggregate intrinsic value of zero. There were no options exercised during 2018.

Stock options outstanding and exercisable under our plans at December 31, 2018 are:

			Options Outstanding			Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices			Number Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life in Years	Weighted Average Exercise Prices	Number Exercisable	Weighted Average Exercise Prices
$15.00	-	$20.00	968,720	9.3	$15.68	—	$	—

    Stock option awards activity under the Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan for 2018 was as follows:

	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Exercise Price
Outstanding unvested as of January 1, 2018	—		$	—
Granted	979,790		15.67
Forfeited	(11,070	)	15.00
Outstanding unvested as of December 31, 2018	968,720		$	15.68

As of December 31, 2018, we have 193,744 options expected to vest in the next year. No options were exercisable as of December 31, 2018.

Incentive Compensation Plans

We have a global incentive program for our worldwide salaried and hourly employees, the Incentive Compensation Program (the “ICP”), which includes a stockholder-approved executive incentive compensation plan. The ICP is based primarily on earnings before income taxes and achieving cash flow targets and, to a lesser extent, strategic targets. The balance of our accrued liability for ICP was $10.4 million at December 31, 2018 and $8.9 million as of December 31, 2017.

XML

Segment Reporting

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Segment Reporting Information, Revenue for Reportable Segment [Abstract]

Segment Reporting

Segment Reporting

We previously operated two reportable business segments, Industrial Materials and Engineered Solutions. During the second quarter of 2016 the Company decided to sell the businesses that comprised our Engineered Solutions segment to focus on our Industrial Materials segment. Accordingly, the Engineered Solutions business qualified as held for sale status and the related results have been excluded from continuing operations. See Note 3 "Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale" for significant components of the results of our Engineered Solutions segment.

Our Industrial Materials segment manufactures high quality graphite electrodes essential to the production of electric arc furnace steel and other ferrous and non-ferrous metals. Petroleum needle coke, a crystalline form of carbon derived from decant oil, is the primary raw material used in the production of graphite electrodes. We utilize substantially all the needle coke that we produce internally to manufacture our graphite electrodes and as a result more than 95% of our revenues from external customers are derived from the sale of graphite electrodes and graphite electrode by-products from our manufacturing processes.

In 2018, one customer accounted for more than 10% of our net sales. Due to the increased demand for our products, we believe this customer does not pose a significant concentration of risk, as sales to this customer could be replaced by demand from other customers.

The following tables summarize information as to our continuing operations in different geographic areas.

	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net sales:
U.S.	$	429,599	$	103,890	$	74,526
Americas	367,561		129,103		116,944
Asia Pacific	131,578		46,329		41,302
Europe, Middle East, Africa	967,172		271,449		205,191
Total	$	1,895,910	$	550,771	$	437,963

	At December 31,
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Long-lived assets (a):
U.S.	$	169,301	$	177,298
Mexico	146,790		147,959
Brazil	3,320		3,547
France	91,022		80,035
Spain	103,121		103,819
Other countries	151		183
Total	$	513,705	$	512,841

(a) Long-lived assets represent fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation.

XML

Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

We are required to review goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets annually for impairment. Goodwill

impairment is tested at the reporting unit level on an annual basis and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 an assessment for potential impairment was performed and an impairment adjustment was not required.

The following table represents the changes in the carrying value of goodwill and intangibles from December 31, 2016 through December 31, 2018:

	Total
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2016	$	171,117
Adjustments	—
Balance as of December 31, 2017	171,117
Adjustments	—
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	171,117

The following table summarizes acquired intangible assets with determinable useful lives by major category which are included in "Other Assets" on our consolidated balance sheets:

	As of December 31, 2018							As of December 31, 2017
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Trade name	$	22,500	$	(7,721	)	$	14,779	$	22,500	$	(5,512	)	$	16,988
Technology and know-how	55,300		(23,503		)	31,797		55,300		(17,265		)	38,035
Customer related intangible	64,500		(15,070		)	49,430		64,500		(10,637		)	53,863
Total finite-lived intangible assets	$	142,300	$	(46,294	)	$	96,006	$	142,300	$	(33,414	)	$	108,886

Amortization expense of intangible assets was $12.9 million, $13.6 million, $14.3 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Estimated annual amortization expense for the next five years will approximate $12.2 million in 2019, $11.4 million in 2020, $10.7 million in 2021, $10.1 million in 2022 and $9.2 million in 2023.

XML

Debt And Liquidity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations [Abstract]

Debt And Liquidity

Debt and Liquidity

The following table presents our long-term debt:

	As of December 31, 2018			As of December 31, 2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Old Credit Facility (Old Revolving Facility and Old Term Loan Facility)	$	—		$	58,192
Senior Notes	—			280,586
2018 Credit Facility (2018 Term Loan and 2018 Revolving Facility)	2,155,883			—
Other Debt	751			596
Total Debt	2,156,634			339,374
Less: Short-term Debt	(106,323		)	(16,474		)
Long-term Debt	$	2,050,311		$	322,900

Old Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility

On April 23, 2014, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an amended and restated credit agreement governing a revolving facility with a borrowing capacity of $400 million and a maturity date of April 2019. On February 27, 2015, GrafTech and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a further amended and restated credit agreement that provided for, among other things, greater financial flexibility and a $40 million senior secured delayed draw term loan facility.

On July 28, 2015, GrafTech and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an amendment to the amended and restated credit agreement to change the terms regarding the occurrence of a default upon a change in control (which is defined thereunder to include the acquisition by any person of more than 25% of GrafTech’s outstanding shares) to exclude the acquisition of shares by Brookfield.  In addition, effective upon such acquisition, the financial covenants were eased, resulting in increased availability under the revolving facility. The size of the revolving facility was also reduced from $400 million to $375 million. The size of the term loan facility remained at $40 million.

On April 27, 2016, GrafTech and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an amendment to the revolving facility. The size of the revolving facility was permanently reduced from $375 million to $225 million. New covenants were also added to the revolving facility, including a requirement to make mandatory repayments of outstanding amounts under the revolving facility and the term loan facility with the proceeds of any sale of all or any substantial part of the assets included in the Engineered Solutions segment and a requirement to maintain minimum liquidity (consisting of domestic cash, cash equivalents and availability under the revolving facility) in excess of $25 million. The covenants were also modified to provide for: the elimination of certain exceptions to the Company’s negative covenants limiting the Company’s ability to make certain investments, sell assets, make restricted payments, incur liens and incur debt; a restriction on the amount of cash and cash equivalents permitted to be held on the balance sheet at any one time without paying down the revolving facility and the term loan facility; and changes to the Company’s financial covenants so that until the earlier of March 31, 2019 or the Company has $75 million in trailing twelve month EBITDA (as defined in the revolving facility), the Company is required to maintain trailing twelve month EBITDA above certain minimums ranging from ($40 million) to $35 million after which the Company’s existing financial covenants under the revolving facility will apply.

With this amendment, the Company had full access to the $225 million revolving facility, subject to the $25 million minimum liquidity requirement. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had $39.5 million of borrowings and $8.7 million of letters of credit, for a total of $48.2 million drawn against the revolving facility. See "Refinancing" below.

The $40 million term loan facility was fully drawn on August 11, 2015, in connection with the repayment of the Senior Subordinated Notes in 2015. See "Refinancing" below.

The interest rate applicable to the revolving facility and term loan facility was LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 2.25% to 4.75% (depending on our total senior secured leverage ratio). The borrowers were required to pay a per annum fee ranging from 0.35% to 0.70% (depending on our senior secured leverage ratio) on the undrawn portion of the commitments under the Revolving Facility.

In the event that operating cash flows fail to provide sufficient liquidity to meet our business needs, including capital expenditures, any such shortfall would need to be made up by increased borrowings under our revolving facility, to the extent available. In accordance with our credit facility, we used cash proceeds from the sale of our Engineered Solutions businesses to repay borrowings outstanding under the revolving facility and the term loan.

As of December 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all financial and other covenants contained in the revolving facility, as applicable.

Senior Notes

On November 20, 2012, the Company issued $300 million principal amount of 6.375% Senior Notes due 2020 (the "Senior Notes"). The Senior Notes were the Company's senior unsecured obligations and rank pari passu with all of the Company's existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness. The Senior Notes were guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of the Company's existing and future subsidiaries that guarantee certain other indebtedness of the Company or another guarantor.

The Senior Notes bore interest at a rate of 6.375% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The Senior Notes were to mature on November 15, 2020.

The Company was entitled to redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time on or after November 15, 2016, at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. In addition, prior to November 15, 2016, the Company could redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, plus a “make whole” premium determined as set forth in the indenture.

If, prior to maturity, a change in control (as defined in the indenture) of the Company occurred and thereafter certain downgrades of the ratings of the Senior Notes as specified in the indenture occurred, the Company would be required to offer to repurchase any or all of the Senior Notes at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. On August 17, 2015 a change in control occurred due to our acquisition by Brookfield. However, the downgrade of the ratings of the Senior Notes, as specified in the indenture, did not occur. Therefore, the company was not and will not be required to offer to repurchase the Senior Notes as a result of the merger.

The indenture for the Senior Notes also contained covenants that, among other things, limited the ability of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries to: (i) create liens or use assets as security in other transactions; (ii) engage in certain sale/leaseback transactions; and (iii) merge, consolidate or sell, transfer, lease or dispose of substantially all of their assets.

The indenture for the Senior Notes also contained customary events of default, including (i) failure to pay principal or interest on the Senior Notes when due and payable, (ii) failure to comply with covenants or agreements in the indenture or the Senior Notes which failures are not cured or waived as provided in the indenture, (iii) failure to pay indebtedness of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary (each, as defined in the indenture) within any applicable grace period after maturity or acceleration and the total amount of such indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $50.0 million, (iv) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization, (v) failure to pay any judgment or decree for an amount in excess of $50.0 million against the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary that is not discharged, waived or stayed as provided in the indenture, (vi) cessation of any Subsidiary Guarantee (as defined in the indenture) to be in full force and effect or denial or disaffirmance by any subsidiary guarantor of its obligations under its subsidiary guarantee, and (vii) a default under the Company's Senior Subordinated Notes which were repaid in 2015. In the case of an event of default, the principal amount of the Senior Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest may be accelerated.

Refinancing

On February 12, 2018, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “2018 Credit Agreement”) among the Company, GrafTech Finance Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of GrafTech (“GrafTech Finance”), GrafTech Switzerland SA, a Swiss corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of GrafTech (“Swissco”), GrafTech Luxembourg II S.à.r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée and a wholly owned subsidiary of GrafTech (“Luxembourg Holdco” and, together with GrafTech Finance and Swissco, the “Co‑Borrowers”), the lenders and issuing banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent (the "Administrative Agent") and as collateral agent, which provides for (i) a $1,500 million senior secured term facility (the “2018 Term Loan Facility”) and (ii) a $250 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “2018 Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the 2018 Term Loan Facility, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”), which may be used from time to time for revolving credit borrowings denominated in dollars or Euro, the issuance of one or more letters of credit denominated in dollars, Euro, Pounds Sterling or Swiss Francs and one or more swing line loans denominated in dollars. GrafTech Finance is the sole borrower under the 2018 Term Loan Facility while GrafTech Finance, Swissco and Lux Holdco are Co‑Borrowers under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility. On February 12, 2018, GrafTech Finance borrowed $1,500 million under the 2018 Term Loan Facility (the "2018 Term Loans"). The 2018 Term Loans mature on February 12, 2025. The maturity date for the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility is February 12, 2023.

The proceeds of the 2018 Term Loans were used to (i) repay in full all outstanding indebtedness of the Co‑Borrowers under the Old Credit Agreement and terminate all commitments thereunder, (ii) redeem in full the Senior Notes at a redemption price of 101.594% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, (iii) pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with (i) and (ii) above and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and related expenses, and (iv) declare and pay a dividend to the sole pre-IPO stockholder, with any remainder to be used for general corporate purposes. See Note 8 "Interest Expense" for a breakdown of expenses associated with these repayments. In connection with the repayment of the Old Credit Agreement and redemption of the Senior Notes, all guarantees of obligations under the Old Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes and related indenture were terminated, all mortgages and other security interests securing obligations under the Old Credit Agreement were released and the Old Credit Agreement and the indenture were terminated.

Borrowings under the 2018 Term Loan Facility bear interest, at GrafTech Finance’s option, at a rate equal to either (i) the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), plus an applicable margin initially equal to 3.50% per annum or (ii) the ABR Rate (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), plus an applicable margin initially equal to 2.50% per annum, in each case with one step down of 25 basis points based on achievement of certain public ratings of the 2018 Term Loans.

Borrowings under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility bear interest, at the applicable Co‑Borrower’s option, at a rate equal to either (i) the Adjusted LIBO Rate, plus an applicable margin initially equal to 3.75% per annum or (ii) the ABR Rate, plus an applicable margin initially equal to 2.75% per annum, in each case with two 25 basis point step downs based on achievement of certain senior secured first lien net leverage ratios. In addition, the Co‑Borrowers will be required to pay a quarterly commitment fee on the unused commitments under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility in an amount equal to 0.25% per annum.

For borrowings under both the 2018 Term Loan Facility and the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility, if the Administrative Agent determines that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or the relevant authority has made a public statement identifying a date after which the LIBO Rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then the Administrative Agent and the Co-Borrowers shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest, which shall be effective so long as the majority in interest of the lenders for each Class (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement) of loans under the 2018 Credit Agreement do not notify the Administrative Agent otherwise. Until such an alternate rate of interest is determined, (a) any request for a borrowing denominated in dollars based on the Adjusted LIBO Rate will be deemed to be a request for a borrowing at the ABR Rate plus the applicable margin for an ABR Rate borrowing of such loan while any request for a borrowing denominated in any other currency will be ineffective and (b) any outstanding borrowings based on the Adjusted LIBO Rate denominated in dollars will be converted to a borrowing at the ABR Rate plus the applicable margin for an ABR Rate borrowing of such loan while any outstanding borrowings denominated in any other currency will be repaid.

All obligations under the 2018 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by GrafTech Finance and each domestic subsidiary of GrafTech, subject to certain customary exceptions, and all obligations under the 2018 Credit Agreement of each foreign subsidiary of GrafTech that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation (within the meaning of Section 956 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the "Code")) are guaranteed by GrafTech Luxembourg I S.à.r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limitée and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of GrafTech ("Luxembourg Parent"), Luxembourg Holdco and Swissco (collectively, the "Guarantors").

All obligations under the 2018 Credit Agreement are secured, subject to certain exceptions and Excluded Assets (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), by: (i) a pledge of all of the equity securities of GrafTech Finance and each domestic Guarantor (other than GrafTech) and of each other direct, wholly owned domestic subsidiary of GrafTech and any Guarantor, (ii) a pledge on no more than 65% of the equity interests of each subsidiary that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation (within the meaning of Section 956 of the Code), and (iii) security interests in, and mortgages on, personal property and material real property of GrafTech Finance and each domestic Guarantor, subject to permitted liens and certain exceptions specified in the 2018 Credit Agreement. The obligations of each foreign subsidiary of GrafTech that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation under the Revolving Credit Facility are secured by (i) a pledge of all of the equity securities of each Guarantor that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation and of each direct, wholly owned subsidiary of any Guarantor that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation, and (ii) security interests in certain receivables and personal property of each Guarantor that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation, subject to permitted liens and certain exceptions specified in the 2018 Credit Agreement.

The 2018 Term Loans amortize at a rate equal to 5% per annum of the original principal amount of the 2018 Term Loans payable in equal quarterly installments, with the remainder due at maturity. The Co‑Borrowers are permitted to make voluntary prepayments at any time without premium or penalty, except in the case of prepayments made in connection with certain repricing transactions with respect to the 2018 Term Loans effected within twelve months of the closing date of the 2018 Credit Agreement, to which a 1.00% prepayment premium applies. GrafTech Finance is required to make prepayments under the 2018 Term Loans (without payment of a premium) with (i) net cash proceeds from non‑ordinary course asset sales (subject to customary reinvestment rights and other customary exceptions and exclusions), and (ii) commencing with the Company’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, 75%of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), subject to step‑downs to 50% and 0% of Excess Cash Flow based on achievement of a senior secured first lien net leverage ratio greater than 1.25 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 1.75 to 1.00 and less than or equal to 1.25 to 1.00, respectively. Scheduled quarterly amortization payments of the 2018 Term Loans during any calendar year reduce, on a dollar‑for‑dollar basis, the amount of the required Excess Cash Flow prepayment for such calendar year, and the aggregate amount of Excess Cash Flow prepayments for any calendar year reduce subsequent quarterly amortization payments of the 2018 Term Loans as directed by GrafTech Finance.

The 2018 Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants applicable to GrafTech and restricted subsidiaries, including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, investments, fundamental changes, dispositions, and dividends and other distributions. The 2018 Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that requires GrafTech to maintain a senior secured first lien net leverage ratio not greater than 4.00:1.00 when the aggregate principal amount of borrowings under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility and outstanding letters of credit issued under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility (except for undrawn letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to or less than $35 million), taken together, exceed 35% of the total amount of commitments under the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility. The 2018 Credit Agreement also contains customary events of default.

Brookfield Promissory Note

On April 19, 2018, we declared a dividend in the form of a $750 million promissory note (the “Brookfield Promissory Note”) to the sole pre-IPO stockholder. The $750 million Brookfield Promissory Note was conditioned upon (i) the Senior Secured First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), as calculated based on our final financial results for the first quarter of 2018, being equal to or less than 1.75 to 1.00, (ii) no Default or Event of Default (each as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement) having occurred and continuing or that would result from the $750 million Brookfield Promissory Note and (iii) the satisfaction of the conditions occurring within 60 days from the dividend record date. Upon publication of our first quarter report on Form 10-Q, these conditions were met and, as a result, the Brookfield Promissory Note became payable.

The Brookfield Promissory Note had a maturity of eight years from the date of issuance and bore interest at a rate equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate (as defined in the Brookfield Promissory Note) plus an applicable margin equal to 4.50% per annum, with an additional 2.00% per annum starting from the third anniversary from the date of issuance. We were permitted to make voluntary prepayments at any time without premium or penalty. All obligations under the Brookfield Promissory Note were unsecured and guaranteed by all of our existing and future domestic wholly owned subsidiaries that guarantee, or are borrowers under, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. No funds were lent or otherwise contributed to us by the pre-IPO stockholder in connection with the Brookfield Promissory Note. As a result, we received no consideration in connection with its issuance. As described below, the Promissory Note was repaid in full on June 15, 2018.

First Amendment to 2018 Credit Agreement

On June 15, 2018, the Company entered into a first amendment (the “First Amendment”) to its 2018 Credit Agreement. The First Amendment amended the 2018 Credit Agreement to provide for an additional $750 million in aggregate principal amount of incremental term loans (the “Incremental Term Loans”) to GrafTech Finance. The Incremental Term Loans increased the aggregate principal amount of term loans incurred by GrafTech Finance under the 2018 Credit Agreement from $1,500 million to $2,250 million. The Incremental Term Loans have the same terms as those applicable to the 2018 Term Loans, including interest rate, payment and prepayment terms, representations and warranties and covenants. The Incremental Term Loans mature on February 12, 2025, the same date as the 2018 Term Loans. GrafTech paid an upfront fee of 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Term Loans on the effective date of the First Amendment.

The proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans were used to repay, in full, the $750 million of principal outstanding on the Brookfield Promissory Note.

XML

Interest Expense

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Interest and Debt Expense [Abstract]

Interest Expense

Interest Expense

The following table presents an analysis of interest expense:

	For the Year Ended December 31
	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest incurred on debt	$	100,844	$	24,060	$	20,408
Related Party Promissory Note interest expense	5,090		—		—
Senior Note redemption premium	4,782		—		—
Accretion of fair value adjustment on Senior Notes	19,414		6,454		6,305
Accretion of original issue discount on 2018 Term Loans	1,455		—		—
Amortization of debt issuance costs	3,476		309		201
Total interest expense	$	135,061	$	30,823	$	26,914

Interest rates

The 2018 Credit Agreement had an effective interest rate of 6.02% as of December 31, 2018. The Old Revolving Facility and Old Term Loan Facility had an effective interest rate of 4.57% as of December 31, 2017 and the Senior Notes had a fixed interest rate of 6.375%, both of which were repaid on February 12, 2018 as part of our refinancing (See Note 7 "Debt and Liquidity").

As a result of our February 12, 2018 refinancing, we paid a prepayment premium for the redemption of our Senior Notes totaling $4.8 million. The accretion of the August 15, 2015 fair value adjustment to our Senior Notes totaling $19.4 million in 2018, included accelerated accretion of $18.7 million resulting from the prepayment. Amortization of debt issuance costs included $0.3 million of accelerated amortization related to the refinancing.

XML

Fair Value Measurements And Derivative Instruments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements And Derivative Instruments

Fair Value Measurements and Derivative Instruments

Fair Value Measurements

Depending on the inputs, we classify each fair value measurement as follows:

• Level 1 – based upon quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets,

• Level 2 – based upon quoted prices for similar instruments, prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, or model-derived valuations of all of whose significant inputs are observable, and

• Level 3 – based upon one or more significant unobservable inputs.

The following section describes key inputs and assumptions used in valuation methodologies of our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

Cash and cash equivalents, short-term notes and accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current payables – The carrying amount approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Debt – The fair value of our debt as of December 31, 2018 approximated book value of $2,156.6 million. The fair value of our debt as of December 31, 2017 was $359.2 million versus a book value of $339.4 million. The fair values of the Senior Notes and the revolving facility were determined using level 2 and level 3 inputs, respectively.

Assets held for sale – Assets held for sale values are determined using Level 3 fair value inputs. These represent management's estimate of fair value based upon current quotes from participants in the sales process.

Foreign currency derivatives – Foreign currency derivatives are carried at market value using Level 2 inputs. We had outstanding loss of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Commodity derivative contracts – Commodity derivative contracts are carried at fair value. We determine the fair value using observable, quoted refined oil product prices that are determined by active markets and therefore classify the commodity derivative contracts as Level 2. We had outstanding gains of $0.3 million and outstanding losses of $11.0 million as of December 31, 2018 and outstanding gains of $5.3 million and outstanding losses of $0.6 million losses as of December 31, 2017.

Additional fair value information related to our Pension funds' assets can be found in Note 12 "Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits".

Derivative Instruments

We use derivative instruments as part of our overall foreign currency and commodity risk management strategies to manage the risk of exchange rate movements that would reduce the value of our foreign cash flows and to minimize commodity price volatility. Foreign currency exchange rate movements create a degree of risk by affecting the value of sales made and costs incurred in currencies other than the US dollar.

Certain of our derivative contracts contain provisions that require us to provide collateral. Since the counterparties to these financial instruments are large commercial banks and similar financial institutions, we do not believe that we are exposed to material counterparty credit risk. We do not anticipate nonperformance by any of the counter-parties to our instruments.

Foreign currency derivatives

We enter into foreign currency derivatives from time to time to attempt to manage exposure to changes in currency exchange rates. These foreign currency instruments, which include, but are not limited to, forward exchange contracts and purchased currency options, attempt to hedge global currency exposures such as foreign currency denominated debt, sales, receivables, payables, and purchases. 

We had no foreign currency cashflow hedges outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and therefore, no unrealized gains or losses reported under accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

As of December 31, 2018, we had outstanding Mexican peso, South African rand, euro, Swiss franc and Japanese yen currency contracts, with aggregate notional amounts of $19.6 million. As of December 31, 2017, we had outstanding Mexican peso, South African rand, euro, Swiss franc and Japanese yen currency contracts, with aggregate notional amounts of $18.9 million. The foreign currency derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 had maturity dates in January 2019 and January 2018, respectively, and were not designated as hedging instruments.

Commodity derivative contracts

We have entered into commodity derivative contracts for refined oil products. These contracts are entered into to protect against the risk that eventual cash flows related to these products will be adversely affected by future changes in prices. In the fourth quarter of 2017, we began to enter into three-to five-year take-or-pay contracts with many of our customers and began to hedge the cash flows related to these contracts. As of December 31, 2018, we had outstanding commodity derivative contracts with a notional amount of $142.1 million and maturities from January 2019 to June 2022. As of December 31, 2017, we had outstanding commodity derivative contracts with a notional amount of $143.9 million with maturities from January 2018 to June 2022. Within Accumulated Other Comprehensive income (loss), we had a net unrealized pre-tax loss of $10.7 million and a net unrealized pre-tax gain of $4.7 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Net Investment Hedges

We use certain intercompany debt to hedge a portion of our net investment in our foreign operations against currency exposure (net investment hedge). Intercompany debt designated in foreign currency and designated as a non-derivative net investment hedging instrument was $9.5 million and $14.8 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Within our currency translation adjustment portion of other comprehensive income (loss), we recorded a gain of $2.2 million in 2018, and a loss of $1.4 million in 2017, resulting from these net investment hedges.

The fair value of all derivatives is recorded as assets or liabilities on a gross basis in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the fair value of our derivatives and their respective balance sheet locations are presented in the following table:

	Asset Derivatives			Liability Derivatives
	Location	Fair  Value		Location	Fair  Value
As of December 31, 2018	(Dollars in thousands)
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
Commodity derivative contracts	Prepaid and other current assets	$	90	Other accrued liabilities	$	4,630
	Other long-term assets	260		Other long-term obligations	6,393
Total fair value		$	350		$	11,023
As of December 31, 2017
Commodity derivative contracts	Prepaid and other current assets	$	2,518	Other accrued liabilities	$	—
	Other long-term assets	2,808		Other long-term obligations	581
Total fair value		$	5,326		$	581

	Asset Derivatives			Liability Derivatives
	Location	Fair  Value		Location	Fair  Value
As of December 31, 2018	(Dollars in Thousands)
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Foreign currency derivatives	Prepaid and other current assets	$	—	Other current liabilities	$	43
As of December 31, 2017
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Foreign currency derivatives	Prepaid and other current assets	$	9	Other current liabilities	$	90

As a result of the settlement of commodity derivative contracts, as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, net realized pre-tax gains of $7.0 million and $0.1, respectively, were reported in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss) and will be released to earnings within the next 12 months.

The location and amount of realized (gains) losses on derivatives are recognized in the Statements of Operations when the hedged item impacts earnings and are as follows for the years ended 2018, 2017 and 2016:

		Amount of (Gain)/Loss Recognized
	Location of (Gain)/Loss Recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations	2018			2017		2016
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:		(Dollars in thousands)
Commodity forward derivatives	Cost of sales	$	(919	)	$	—	$	—

		Amount of (Gain)/Loss Recognized
	Location of (Gain)/Loss Recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations	2018			2017			2016
Derivatives not designated as hedges:		(Dollars in thousands)
Foreign currency derivatives	Cost of sales, Other expense/(income)	$	(522	)	$	(1,565	)	$	549

XML

Supplementary Balance Sheet Detail

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]

Supplementary Balance Sheet Detail

Supplementary Balance Sheet Detail

The following tables present supplementary balance sheet details:

	As of December 31, 2018		As of December 31, 2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Inventories:
Raw materials and supplies	$	99,935	$	39,434
Work in process	125,767		85,852
Finished goods	68,015		48,865
	$	293,717	$	174,151
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
Prepaid expenses	$	10,720	$	9,505
Value added tax and other indirect taxes receivable	19,242		18,627
Spare parts inventory	11,507		11,010
Other current assets	4,699		5,730
	$	46,168	$	44,872
Property, plant and equipment:
Land and improvements	$	45,947	$	46,599
Buildings	68,680		59,608
Machinery and equipment and other	532,084		495,069
Construction in progress	42,131		41,375
	$	688,842	$	642,651
Other accrued liabilities:
Payrolls (including incentive programs)	$	17,284	$	14,196
Employee benefits	6,977		4,684
Deferred Revenue	5,380		20,784
Other	20,811		13,562
	$	50,452	$	53,226
Other long term obligations:
Postretirement benefits	$	16,192	$	20,508
Pension and related benefits	33,718		36,116
Other	22,609		12,283
	$	72,519	$	68,907

The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for doubtful accounts:

	2018			2017		2016
Balance at beginning of year	$	1,097		$	326	$	244
Additions	122			771		129
Deductions	(90		)	—		(47		)
Balance at end of year	$	1,129		$	1,097	$	326

XML

Commitments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments

Commitments

Lease commitments under non-cancelable operating leases extending for one year or more will require the following future payments:

	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	4,474
2020	2,747
2021	1,497
2022	334
2023	269
After 2023	343

Total lease expenses under non-cancelable operating leases extending one year or more approximated $4.9 million in 2018, $5.3 million in 2017 and $3.6 million in 2016.

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Retirement Benefits, Description [Abstract]

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits

Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits

Retirement Plans

On February 26, 1991, we formed our own retirement plan covering substantially all our U.S. employees. Under our plan, covered employees earned benefit payments based primarily on their service credits and wages subsequent to February 26, 1991.

Prior to that date, substantially all our U.S. employees were participants in the U.S. retirement plan of Union Carbide Corporation (“Union Carbide”). While service credit was frozen, covered employees continued to earn benefits under the Union Carbide plan based on their final average wages through February 26, 1991, adjusted for salary increases (not to exceed six percent per annum) through January 26, 1995, the date Union Carbide ceased to own a minimum 50% of the equity of GTI. The Union Carbide plan is responsible for paying retirement and death benefits earned as of February 26, 1991.

Effective January 1, 2002, we established a defined contribution plan for U.S. employees. Certain employees had the option to remain in our defined benefit plan for an additional period of up to five years. Employees not covered by this option had their benefits under our defined benefit plan frozen as of December 31, 2001, and began participating in the defined contribution plan.

Effective March 31, 2003, we curtailed our qualified benefit plan and the benefits were frozen as of that date for the U.S. employees who had the option to remain in our defined benefit plan. We also closed our non-qualified U.S. defined benefit plan for the participating salaried workforce. The employees began participating in the defined contribution plan as of April 1, 2003.

Pension coverage for employees of foreign subsidiaries is provided, to the extent deemed appropriate, through separate plans. Obligations under such plans are systematically provided for by depositing funds with trustees, under insurance policies or by book reserves.

The components of our consolidated net pension costs are set forth in the following table:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018						2017						2016
	U.S.			Foreign			U.S.			Foreign			U.S.			Foreign
							(Dollars in thousands)
Service cost	$	1,315		$	674		$	1,305		$	710		$	1,325		$	698
Interest cost	4,709			253			5,352			199			5,744			243
Expected return on assets	(5,679		)	(330		)	(5,268		)	(299		)	(4,940		)	(298		)
Mark-to-market loss (gain)	2,473			503			(4,140		)	(53		)	(2,322		)	(220		)
Pension costs	$	2,818		$	1,100		$	(2,751	)	$	557		$	(193	)	$	423

The mark-to-market loss in 2018 was the result of less than expected return on plan assets, partially offset by a favorable change to the discount rate. The mark-to-market gain in 2017 was the result of better than expected returns on assets, partially offset by an unfavorable change to the discount rate. The mark-to-market gain in 2016 was the result of better than expected returns on plan assets and favorable changes to the mortality tables, partially offset by unfavorable changes to the discount rate.

The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of our pension plans’ benefit obligations, fair value of assets, and funded status at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are:

	As of December 31, 2018						As of December 31, 2017
	U.S.			Foreign			U.S.				Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net Benefit Obligation at beginning of period	$	139,746		$	20,407		$	140,230			$	18,237
Service cost	1,315			674			1,305				710
Interest cost	4,709			253			5,352				199
Participant contributions	—			392			—				252
Foreign currency exchange changes	—			(339		)	—				1,069
Actuarial (gain) loss	(8,297		)	711			3,212				63
Benefits paid	(10,488		)	234			(10,353		)		(123		)
Net benefit obligation at end of period	$	126,985		$	22,332		$	139,746			$	20,407
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period	$	109,845		$	13,618		$	100,905			$	11,871
Actual return on plan assets	(5,091		)	538			12,620				415
Foreign currency exchange rate changes				(154		)	—				545
Employer contributions	5,579			726			6,673				658
Participant contributions				392			—				252
Benefits paid	(10,488		)	234			(10,353		)		(123		)
Fair value of plan assets at end of period	$	99,845		$	15,354		$	109,845			$	13,618
Funded status (underfunded):	$	(27,140	)	$	(6,978	)	$	(29,901	)		$	(6,789	)
Amounts recognized in accumulated   other comprehensive loss:
Prior service credit	$	—		$	—		$	—			$	—
Amounts recognized in the statement   of financial position:
Non-current assets				$	147		$	—			$	—
Current liabilities	(430		)	(117		)	(433		)	—	(146		)
Non-current liabilities	(26,710		)	(7,008		)	(29,468		)	—	(6,643		)
Net amount recognized	$	(27,140	)	$	(6,978	)	$	(29,901	)		$	(6,789	)

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $147.6 million and $158.6 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Plan Assets

The accounting guidance on fair value measurements specifies a hierarchy based on the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques (Level 1, 2 and 3). See Note 9, “Fair Value Measurements and Derivative Instruments,” for a discussion of the fair value hierarchy.

The following describes the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the investments:

Cash and cash equivalents – Valued at cost. Cash equivalents are valued at net asset value as provided by the administrator of the fund.

Foreign government bonds – Valued by the trustees using various pricing services of financial institutions.

Debt securities – Valued by the trustee at year-end using various pricing services of financial institutions, including Interactive Data Corporation, Standard & Poor’s and Telekurs.

Equity securities – Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the security is traded.

Fixed insurance contract – Valued at the present value of the guaranteed payment streams.

Investment contracts – Valued at the total cost of annuity contracts purchased, adjusted for market differences from the date of purchase to year-end.

Collective trusts – Valued at the net asset value provided by the administrator of the fund (the practical expedient). The net asset value is primarily based on quoted market prices of the underlying securities for which quoted market prices of the underlying securities of the funds. Some of the underlying investments include securities for which quoted market prices are not available and are valued using data obtained by the trustee from the best available source or market value. This method may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, although we believe its valuation method is appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.

The fair value of other plan assets by category is summarized below (dollars in thousands):

	As of December 31, 2018
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
U.S. Plan Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,978	$	—	$	—	$	1,978
International Plan Assets
Foreign government bonds	$	—	$	958	$	—	$	958
Fixed insurance contracts	—		—		14,396		14,396
Total assets in the fair value hierarchy	$	—	$	958	$	14,396	$	15,354
Investments measured at net asset value							$	97,867
Total	$	1,978	$	958	$	14,396	$	115,199
	As of December 31, 2017
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
U.S. Plan Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	2,094	$	—	$	—	$	2,094
International Plan Assets
Foreign government bonds	$	—	$	831	$	—	$	831
Fixed insurance contracts	—		—		12,787		12,787
Total assets in the fair value hierarchy	$	—	$	831	$	12,787	$	13,618
Investments measured at net asset value							$	107,751
Total	$	2,094	$	831	$	12,787	$	123,463

The following table presents the changes for those financial instruments classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy for international plan pension assets for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

	Fixed Insurance Contracts
Balance at December 31, 2016	$	11,142
Gain / contributions / currency impact	1,651
Distributions	(6		)
Balance at December 31, 2017	12,787
Gain / contributions / currency impact	1,619
Distributions	(10		)
Balance at December 31, 2018	$	14,396

We annually re-evaluate assumptions and estimates used in projecting pension assets, liabilities and expenses. These assumptions and estimates may affect the carrying value of pension assets, liabilities and expenses in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Assumptions used to determine net pension costs and projected benefit obligations are:

Pension Benefit Obligations Key Assumptions	As of December 31,
	2018		2017
Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit obligations:
Discount rate	3.71	%	3.20	%
Rate of compensation increase	1.74	%	1.57	%

Pension Cost Key Assumptions
Weighted average assumptions to determine net cost:
Discount rate	3.20	%	3.61	%
Expected return on plan assets	4.94	%	4.95	%
Rate of compensation increase	1.57	%	1.57	%

We adjust our discount rate annually in relation to the rate at which the benefits could be effectively settled. Discount rates are set for each plan in reference to the yields available on AA-rated corporate bonds of appropriate currency and duration. The appropriate discount rate is derived by developing an AA-rated corporate bond yield curve in each currency. The discount rate for a given plan is the rate implied by the yield curve for the duration of that plan’s liabilities. In certain countries, where little public information is available on which to base discount rate assumptions, the discount rate is based on government bond yields or other indices and approximate adjustments to allow for the differences in weighted durations for the specific plans and/or allowance for assumed credit spreads between government and AA rated corporate bonds.

The expected return on assets assumption represents our best estimate of the long-term return on plan assets and generally was estimated by computing a weighted average return of the underlying long-term expected returns on the different asset classes, based on the target asset allocations. The expected return on assets assumption is a long-term assumption that is expected to remain the same from one year to the next unless there is a significant change in the target asset allocation, the fees and expenses paid by the plan or market conditions.

The rate of compensation increase assumption is generally based on salary increases.

Plan Assets. The following table presents our retirement plan weighted average asset allocations at December 31, 2018, by asset category:

	Percentage of Plan Assets as of December 31, 2018
	US		Foreign
Equity securities and return seeking assets	20	%	—	%
Fixed income, debt securities, or cash	80	%	100	%
Total	100	%	100	%

Investment Policy and Strategy. The investment policy and strategy of the U.S. plan is to invest approximately 20% in equities and return seeking assets and approximately 80% in fixed income securities. Rebalancing is undertaken monthly. To the extent we maintain plans in other countries, target asset allocation is 100% fixed income investments. For each plan, the investment policy is set within both asset return and local statutory requirements.

Information for our pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2017 and 2018 follows:

	2018				2017
	U.S.		Foreign		U.S.		Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	126,985	$	20,601	$	139,746	$	18,843
Fair value of plan assets	99,845		14,396		109,845		13,618

Information for our pension plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2017 and 2018 follows:

	2018				2017
	U.S.		Foreign		U.S.		Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Projected benefit obligation	$	126,985	$	21,520	$	139,746	$	20,407
Fair value of plan assets	99,845		14,396		109,845		13,618

Following is our projected future pension plan cash flow by year:

	U.S.		Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Expected contributions in 2019:
Expected employer contributions	$	684	$	744
Expected employee contributions	—		—
Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future service for the years ending December 31:
2019	9,240		858
2020	9,221		755
2021	9,221		824
2022	9,182		824
2023	9,136		955
2024-2028	43,993		8,223

Post-Employment Benefit Plans

We provide life insurance benefits for eligible retired employees. These benefits are provided through various insurance companies. We accrue the estimated net postretirement benefit costs during the employees’ credited service periods.

In July 2002, we amended our U.S. postretirement medical coverage. In 2003 and 2004, we discontinued the Medicare Supplement Plan (for retirees 65 years or older or those eligible for Medicare benefits). This change applied to all U.S. active employees and retirees. In June 2003, we announced the termination of the existing early retiree medical plan for retirees under age 65, effective December 31, 2005. In addition, we limited the amount of retiree’s life insurance after December 31, 2004. These modifications are accounted for prospectively. The impact of these changes is being amortized over the average remaining period to full eligibility of the related postretirement benefits.

During 2009, we amended one of our U.S. plans to eliminate the life insurance benefit for certain non-pooled participants.

The components of our consolidated net postretirement costs are set forth in the following table:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018					2017					2016
	U.S.			Foreign		U.S.			Foreign		U.S.			Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Service cost	$	—		$	1	$	—		$	2	$	—		$	4
Interest cost	264			700		333			653		360			764
Plan amendment / curtailment	—			—		—			—		—			(993		)
Mark-to-market (gain) loss	(1,028		)	47		(1,257		)	742		(191		)	(225		)
Post-employment benefits (benefit)    cost	$	(764	)	$	748	$	(924	)	$	1,397	$	169		$	(450	)

The reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of benefit obligations under, fair value of assets of, and the funded status of, our postretirement plans is set forth in the following table:

Postretirement Benefits	As of December 31, 2018						As of December 31, 2017
	U.S.			Foreign			U.S.			Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net benefit obligation at beginning of period	$	8,461		$	12,172		$	10,175		$	10,700
Service cost	—			1			—			2
Interest cost	264			700			333			653
Foreign currency exchange rates	—			(1,333		)	—			931
Actuarial (gain) loss	(1,028		)	47			(1,257		)	742
Gross benefits paid	(532		)	(926		)	(790		)	(856		)
Plan amendment	—			—			—			—
Net benefit obligation at end of period	$	7,165		$	10,661		$	8,461		$	12,172
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets    at beginning of period	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Employer contributions	532			926			790			856
Gross benefits paid	(532		)	(926		)	(790		)	(856		)
Fair value of plan assets at end of period	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Funded status:	$	(7,165	)	$	(10,661	)	$	(8,461	)	$	(12,172	)
Amounts recognized in accumulated    other comprehensive loss:
Prior service credit	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Amounts recognized in the statement of    financial position:
Current liabilities	$	(783	)	$	(851	)	$	(855	)	$	(912	)
Non-current liabilities	(6,382		)	(9,810		)	(7,606		)	(11,260		)
Net amount recognized	$	(7,165	)	$	(10,661	)	$	(8,461	)	$	(12,172	)

We annually re-evaluate assumptions and estimates used in projecting the postretirement liabilities and expenses. These assumptions and estimates may affect the carrying value of postretirement plan liabilities and expenses in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Assumptions used to determine net postretirement benefit costs and postretirement projected benefit obligation are set forth in the following table:

Postretirement Benefit Obligations
	2018		2017
Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit obligations:
Discount rate	5.57	%	5.07	%
Health care cost trend on covered charges:
Initial	6.53	%	6.86	%
Ultimate	6.05	%	6.23	%
Years to ultimate	8		8

Postretirement Benefit Costs
	2018		2017
Weighted average assumptions to determine net cost:
Discount rate	5.07	%	4.80	%
Health care cost trend on covered charges:
Initial	6.86	%	6.80	%
Ultimate	6.23	%	5.96	%
Years to ultimate	7		7

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for our postretirement benefits. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects at December 31, 2018:

	One Percentage Point Increase				One Percentage Point Decrease
	U.S.		Foreign		U.S.			Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Effect on total service cost    and interest cost components	$	1	$	32	$	(1	)	$	(66	)
Effect on benefit obligations	$	14	$	506	$	(14	)	$	(442	)

Discount rates are set for each plan in reference to the yields available on AA-rated corporate bonds of appropriate currency and duration. The appropriate discount rate is derived by developing an AA-rated corporate bond yield curve in each currency. The discount rate for a given plan is the rate implied by the yield curve for the duration of that plan’s liabilities. In certain countries, where little public information is available on which to base discount rate assumptions, the discount rate is based on government bond yields or other indices and approximate adjustments to allow for the differences in weighted durations for the specific plans and/or allowance for assumed credit spreads between government and AA-rated corporate bonds.

The following table represents projected future postretirement cash flow by year:

	U.S.		Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Expected contributions in 2019:
Expected employer contributions	$	783	$	851
Expected employee contributions	—		—
Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected    future service for the years ending December 31:
2019	783		851
2020	724		866
2021	663		891
2022	607		904
2023	554		899
2024-2025	2,174		4,769

Savings Plan

Our employee savings plan provides eligible employees the opportunity for long-term savings and investment. The plan allows employees to contribute up to 5% of pay as a basic contribution and an additional 45% of pay as supplemental contribution. In 2018, 2017 and 2016, the contributions to our Savings Plan were $1.3 million, $1.6 million and $2.5 million, respectively.

XML

Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Loss Contingency [Abstract]

Contingencies

Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various investigations, lawsuits, claims, demands, environmental compliance programs and other legal proceedings arising out of or incidental to the conduct of our business. While it is not possible to determine the ultimate disposition of each of these matters, we do not believe that their ultimate disposition will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.    

Litigation has been pending in Brazil brought by employees seeking to recover additional amounts and interest thereon under certain wage increase provisions applicable in 1989 and 1990 under collective bargaining agreements to which employers in the Bahia region of Brazil were a party (including our subsidiary in Brazil). Prior to October 1, 2015, we were not party to such litigation. Companies in Brazil have recently settled claims arising out of these provisions and, in May 2015, the litigation was remanded, in favor of the employees, by the Brazil Supreme Court to the lower courts for further proceedings which included procedural aspects of the case, such as admissibility of instruments filed by the parties. On October 1, 2015, an action was filed by current and former employees against our subsidiary in Brazil to recover amounts under such provisions, plus interest thereon, which amounts together with interest could be material to us. In the first quarter of 2017, the state court ruled in favor of the employees. We have appealed this ruling and intend to vigorously defend it. As of December 31, 2018, we are unable to assess the potential loss associated with these proceedings as the claims do not currently specify the number of employees seeking damages or the amount of damages being sought.

Product Warranties

We generally sell products with a limited warranty. We accrue for known warranty claims if a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. We also accrue for estimated warranty claims incurred based on a historical claims charge analysis. Product warranties were not impacted by purchase price accounting adjustments. Claims accrued but not yet paid and the related activity within the reserve for 2017 and 2018 are as follows:

	(Dollars in Thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2016	$	969
Product warranty charges/adjustments	(149		)
Payments and settlements	(471		)
Balance as of December 31, 2017	$	349
Product warranty charges/adjustments	1,510
Payments and settlements	(331		)
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	1,528

Tax Receivable Agreement

On April 23, 2018, the Company entered into a tax receivable agreement (the "TRA") that provides Brookfield, as the sole pre-IPO stockholder, the right to receive future payments from us for 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal income tax and Swiss tax that we and our subsidiaries realize as a result of the utilization of certain tax assets attributable to periods prior to our IPO, including certain federal net operating losses ("NOLs"), previously taxed income under Section 959 of the Code, foreign tax credits, and certain NOLs in Swissco (collectively, the "Pre‑IPO Tax Assets"). In addition, we will pay interest on the payments we will make to Brookfield with respect to the amount of these cash savings from the due date (without extensions) of our tax return where we realize these savings to the payment date at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum. The term of the TRA commenced on April 23, 2018 and will continue until there is no potential for any future tax benefit payments.

There was no liability recognized on the date we entered into the TRA as the there was a full valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets. During the second quarter of 2018, it was determined that the conditions were appropriate for the Company to release a valuation allowance of certain tax assets as we exited our three year cumulative loss position. This release resulted in the recording of a $86.5 million liability related to the TRA on the Consolidated Statements of Operationsas "Related party Tax Receivable Agreement Expense."

Long-term Incentive Plan

The long-term incentive plan ("LTIP") was adopted by the Company effective as of August 17, 2015, as amended and restated as of March 15, 2018. The purpose of the plan is to retain senior management personnel of the Company, to incentivize them to make decisions with a long-term view and to influence behavior in a way that is consistent with maximizing value for the pre-IPO stockholder of the Company in a prudent manner. Each participant is allocated a number of profit units, with a maximum of 30,000 profit units (or Profit Units) available under the plan. Awards of Profit Units generally vest in equal increments over a five-year period beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date and subject to continued employment with the Company through each vesting date. Any unvested Profit Units that have not been previously forfeited will accelerate and become fully vested upon a ‘‘Change in Control’’ (as defined below).

Profit Units will generally be settled in a lump sum payment within 30 days following a Change in Control based on the ‘‘Sales Proceeds’’ (as defined below) received by Brookfield Capital Partners IV, L.P. (or, together with its affiliates, Brookfield Capital IV) in connection with the Change in Control. The LTIP defines ‘‘Change in Control’’ as any transaction or series of transactions (including, without limitation, the consummation of a combination, share purchases, recapitalization, redemption, issuance of capital stock, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) pursuant to which (a) a Person not affiliated with Brookfield Capital IV acquires securities representing more than seventy percent (70%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or the entity surviving or resulting from such transaction, (b) following a public offering of the Company’s stock, Brookfield Capital IV has ceased to have a beneficial ownership interest in at least 30% of the Company’s outstanding voting securities (effective on the first of such date), or (c) the Company sells all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. It is intended that the occurrence of a Change in Control in which Sales Proceeds exceed the Threshold Value would constitute a ‘‘substantial risk of forfeiture’’ within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The LTIP defines ‘‘Threshold Value’’ as, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to $855,000,000, (which represents the amount of the total invested capital of Brookfield Capital IV as of August 17, 2015), plus the dollar value of any cash or other consideration contributed to or invested in the Company by Brookfield Capital IV after August 17, 2015. The Threshold Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. The LTIP defines ‘‘Sales Proceeds’’ as, as of any date of determination, the sum of all proceeds actually received by the Brookfield Capital IV, net of all Sales Costs (as defined below), (i) as consideration (whether cash or equity) upon the Change in Control and (ii) as distributions, dividends, repurchases, redemptions or otherwise as a holder of such equity interests in the Company. Proceeds that are not paid upon or prior to or in connection with the Change in Control, including earn-outs, escrows and other contingent or deferred consideration shall become ‘‘Sale Proceeds’’ only as and when such proceeds are received by Brookfield Capital IV. ‘‘Sales Costs’’ means any costs or expenses (including legal or other advisor costs), fees (including investment banking fees), commissions or discounts payable directly by Brookfield Capital IV in connection with, arising out of or relating to a Change in Control, as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.

Given the successful completion of the IPO in the second quarter, it is reasonably possible that a Change in Control, as defined above, may ultimately happen and that the awarded Profit Units will be subsequently paid out to the participants. Assuming 100% vesting of the awarded Profit Units and depending on Brookfield’s sales proceeds, the potential liability triggered by a Change in Control is estimated to be in the range of $65 million to $90 million. As of December 31, 2018, the awards are 60% vested.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The following table summarizes the U.S. and non-U.S. components of income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
U.S.	$	(68,032	)	$	(26,981	)	$	(44,971	)
Non-U.S.	970,840			30,412			(71,450		)
	$	902,808		$	3,431		$	(116,421	)

Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
U.S income taxes:
Current	$	787		$	(1,066	)	$	(878	)
Deferred	(52,145		)	38			1,152
	(51,358		)	(1,028		)	274
Non-U.S. income taxes:
Current	85,252			5,924			5,389
Deferred	15,026			(15,677		)	(13,215		)
	100,278			(9,753		)	(7,826		)
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	48,920		$	(10,781	)	$	(7,552	)

The tax expense changed from a benefit of $(7.6) million and $(10.8) million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 to a tax expense of $48.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to the increase in earnings, the shift in the jurisdictional mix of earnings and losses from year to year, and offset by a partial release of a valuation allowance recorded against the deferred tax asset related to certain U.S. tax attributes. Certain jurisdictions shifted from pre-tax losses in 2016 and 2017 to pretax earnings in 2018.

Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”), which significantly revises the U.S. corporate income tax system. These changes include a federal statutory rate reduction from 35% to 21%, the elimination or reduction of certain domestic deductions and credits and limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and executive compensation. The Tax Act also transitions international taxation from a worldwide system to a modified territorial system and includes base erosion prevention measures which have the effect of subjecting certain earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to U.S. taxation as GILTI. In general, these changes were effective beginning in 2018. The Tax Act also includes a one time mandatory deemed repatriation or transition tax on the accumulated previously untaxed foreign earnings of our foreign subsidiaries.

For the fourth quarter of 2017, we were able to reasonably estimate certain Tax Act effects and, therefore, recorded provisional adjustments associated with the deemed repatriation transition tax and remeasurement of certain deferred tax asset and liabilities.

Due to the complexities involved in accounting for the enactment of the Tax Act, SAB No. 118 allowed the Company to record provisional amounts in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017. SAB No. 118 provides that where reasonable estimates can be made, the provisional accounting should be based on such estimates and when no reasonable estimate can be made, the provisional accounting may be based on the tax law in effect before the Tax Act. On October 15, 2018, the Company’s U.S. tax returns for 2017 were filed and the changes to the provisional tax positions reflected in those returns compared to the estimates recorded in the Company’s earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017 were recorded in 2018.  These adjustments were immaterial to the Company’s financial statements.

On August 1, 2018, the U.S. Department of Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") issued proposed regulations under code section 965 and on January 15, 2019, the IRS issued final 965 regulations. The Company continues to analyze the effects of the Tax Act and newly issued final regulations on its financial statements. The final impact of the Tax Act and the regulations may differ from the amounts that have been recognized, due to, among other things, changes in the Company’s interpretation of the Tax Act, additional legislative or administrative actions to clarify the intent of the statutory language provided that they differ from the Company’s current interpretation, any changes in accounting standards for income taxes or related interpretations in response to the Tax Act, or any updates or changes to estimates utilized to calculate the impacts, including changes to current year earnings estimates and applicable foreign exchange rates. We estimate that any change will be immaterial to the Company’s financial statements at this time.

The Company has determined the impact of the GILTI provisions under the Tax Act and has recorded the estimate of this impact in the financial results of 2018. As these GILTI provisions under the Tax Act are complex and subject to continuing regulatory interpretation by the IRS, the Company will continue to evaluate the impact. The Company is required to make an accounting policy election of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current period expense when incurred (the “period cost method”) or (2) factoring such amounts into the Company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s accounting policy will be to treat taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current period expense when incurred.

Income tax expense (benefit) differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to income before expense (benefit) for taxes as set forth in the following table:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Tax at statutory U.S. federal rate	$	189,590		$	1,201		$	(40,747	)
Impact of U.S. Tax Cut and Jobs Act - GILTI	93,739			—			—
Impact of the 2017 Tax Act - transition tax	—			39,628			—
Impact of the 2017 Tax Act - tax rate change	—			52,228			—
Impact of Tax Receivable Agreement	18,160			—			—
Valuation allowance, net	(93,125		)	(89,269		)	35,091
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit	1,529			3,437			(2,324		)
U.S. tax impact of foreign earnings (net of foreign tax credits)	792			1,151			51
Investment in subsidiary impairment deduction	—			—			(10,114		)
Establishment/resolution of uncertain tax positions	(345		)	(840		)	(513		)
Adjustment for foreign income taxed at different rates	(95,822		)	(2,359		)	12,738
Foreign tax credits	(65,046		)	(17,956		)	(175		)
Other	(552		)	1,998			(1,559		)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	48,920		$	(10,781	)	$	(7,552	)

The company has been granted a tax holiday in Brazil, which expires in 2024. The availability of the tax holiday in Brazil did not have a significant impact on the current tax year.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are set forth in the following table.

	As of December 31,
	2018			2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Postretirement and other employee benefits	$	18,395		$	19,392
Foreign tax credit and other carryforwards	111,325			175,229
Capitalized research and experimental costs	7,695			9,417
Environmental reserves	976			493
Inventory	14,251			7,933
Original issue discount	—			2,603
Long-term contract option amortization	1,144			1,204
Provision for rationalization charges	351			502
Other	4,270			1,536
Total gross deferred tax assets	158,407			218,309
Less: valuation allowance	(58,446		)	(150,839		)
Total deferred tax assets	99,961			67,470
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets	$	59,521		$	68,098
Debt discount amortization / Deferred financing fees	—			3,191
Inventory	7,751			5,128
Goodwill and acquired intangibles	3,668			—
Other	3,138			2,031
Total deferred tax liabilities	74,078			78,448
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	$	25,883		$	(10,978	)

Net non-current deferred tax assets are separately stated as deferred income taxes in the amount of $30.8 million as of December 31, 2017 and $71.7 million as of December 31, 2018. Net non-current deferred tax liabilities are separately stated as deferred income taxes in the amount of $41.7 million at December 31, 2017 and $45.8 million at December 31, 2018.

During 2016, an affiliate of Brookfield, purchased on the open market in aggregate approximately $53 million of GrafTech’s traded senior notes. This related party transaction generated a gain due to the discount at which the senior note was trading. This gain was taxable to GrafTech in 2016 and generated a deferred tax asset for an original issuance discount of approximately $6.5 million. This deferred tax asset was $2.6 million at December 31, 2017. The GrafTech senior notes were retired in 2018 and the related deferred tax asset was also released.

We continue to assess the need for valuation allowances against deferred tax assets based on determinations of whether it is more likely than not that deferred tax benefits will be realized through the generation of future taxable income. Appropriate consideration is given to all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. Examples of positive evidence would include a strong earnings history, an event or events that would increase our taxable income through a continued reduction of expenses, and tax planning strategies that would indicate an ability to realize deferred tax assets. Examples of negative evidence would include cumulative losses in recent years and history of tax attributes expiring unused. In circumstances where the significant positive evidence does not outweigh the negative evidence in regards to whether or not a valuation allowance is required, we have established and maintained valuation allowances on those net deferred tax assets. The recognition of the valuation allowance does not result in or limit the Company's ability to utilize these tax assets in the future.

Valuation allowance activity for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was as follows:

	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2015	$	165,539
Charged to income	78,469
Translation adjustment	583
Changes attributable to movement in underlying assets	250
Balance as of December 31, 2016	$	244,841
Credited to income	(87,194		)
Translation adjustment	207
Changes attributable to movement in underlying assets	(7,015		)
Balance as of December 31, 2017	$	150,839
Credited to income	(93,125		)
Translation adjustment	(302		)
Changes attributable to movement in underlying assets	1,034
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	58,446

In the fourth quarter of 2017, with the enactment of the Tax Act, additional taxable income was derived as a result of inclusion of accumulated previously untaxed foreign earnings of GrafTech’s foreign subsidiaries. This additional taxable income lead to the utilization of the U.S. net operating loss carryforward in 2017 and a partial release of the valuation allowance against the U.S. deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was further reduced by the U.S. tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% as a result of the Tax Act. During 2018, we determined that sufficient positive evidence existed that allowed us to conclude that a full valuation allowance was no longer required to be recorded against the deferred tax assets related the U.S. tax attributes. This positive evidence was primarily supplied by the company exiting a cumulative loss period in the U.S. as well as sufficient US current and forecasted taxable income that would utilize the U.S. tax attributes. As a result, a partial release (to reflect only the economic benefit of the attributes) of the valuation allowance against federal net operating losses and state losses was recorded in 2018 while a full release of the valuation allowance against the federal foreign tax credit carryforward, other federal deferred tax assets was also recorded. A valuation allowance of $35.8 million is included in the December 31, 2018 balance reflected above as there is not sufficient positive evidence that the deferred tax asset related to the U.S. net operating loss will generate more than its estimated economic benefit.

In March of 2017, $19.5 million of foreign tax credit expired. During the fourth quarter of 2017, we increased our foreign tax credit carryforward by $37.7 million, as a result of additional foreign taxable income derived in connections with the new U.S. tax legislation that was enacted on December 22, 2017. As of December 31, 2018 we have a total foreign tax credit carryforward of $38.9 million. As indicated above, a valuation allowance is no longer recorded against this foreign tax credit carryforward. These tax credit carryforwards begin to expire as of March 15, 2025. In addition, we have a federal net operating loss carryforward of $25.2 million and state net operating losses carryforwards of $320.3 million (net of federal benefit), which can be carried forward from 5 to 20 years. These net operating losses carryforwards generate a deferred tax asset of $59.3 million as of December 31, 2018. We also have U.S. non-net operating loss related deferred tax assets of $3.0 million as of December 31, 2018. The federal net operating loss carryforward is limited by IRC §382.

We have non-U.S. loss and tax credit carryforwards on a gross tax effected basis of $10.1 million, which can be carried forward from 7 years to indefinitely.

During the fourth quarter of 2017, GrafTech Switzerland moved from a cumulative loss position to a cumulative profit position, as well as a current year utilization of its net operating loss carryforward. This positive evidence and utilization lead to a full release of the valuation allowance against the GrafTech Switzerland deferred tax asset in 2017.

As of December 31, 2018, we had unrecognized tax benefits of $2.0 million, which, if recognized, would have a favorable impact on our effective tax rate. We have elected to report interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as income tax expense. Accrued interest and penalties were $0.8 million as of December 31, 2016 (an increase of $0.1 million), $0.8 million as of December 31, 2017 (an increase of $0.0 million) and $0.9 million as of December 31, 2018 (an increase of $0.1 million). A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2016	$	3,338
Additions for tax positions of prior years	114
Lapse of statutes of limitations	(989		)
Foreign currency impact	29
Balance as of December 31, 2017	$	2,492
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	(100		)
Lapse of statutes of limitations	(373		)
Settlements	(21		)
Foreign currency impact	(8		)
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	1,990

It is reasonably possible that a reduction of unrecognized tax benefits of up to $2.0 million may occur within 12 months due to settlements and the expiration of statutes of limitation.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state and foreign jurisdictions. All U.S. federal tax years prior to 2015 are generally closed by statute or have been audited and settled with the applicable domestic tax authorities. All other jurisdictions are still open to examination beginning after 2012.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company has accumulated undistributed earnings generated by our foreign subsidiaries of approximately $1.6 billion. Because $998.3 million of such earnings have previously been subject to the one-time transition tax on foreign earnings required by the Tax Act, any additional taxes due with respect to such earnings or the excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of our foreign investments would generally be limited to foreign and state taxes. We intend, however, to indefinitely reinvest these earnings and expect future U.S. cash generation to be sufficient to meet future U.S. cash needs.

XML

Stockholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity

(15) Stockholders' Equity

The following information should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity.

Stock Split

On April 12, 2018, the Company effected a 3,022,259.23 to one stock split of the Company's then outstanding common stock. We have retroactively applied this split to all share presentations, as well as "Net income (loss) per share" and "Income (loss) from continuing operations per share" calculations for the periods presented.

Conditional Dividend to Pre-IPO Stockholder

On April 19, 2018, we declared a $160 million cash dividend payable to Brookfield, the sole pre-IPO stockholder. Payment of this dividend was conditional upon (i) the Senior Secured First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement), as calculated based on our final financial results for the first quarter of 2018, being equal to or less than 1.75 to 1.00, (ii) no Default or Event of Default (as defined in the 2018 Credit Agreement) having occurred and continuing or that would result from the payment of the dividend and (iii) the payment occurring within 60 days from the dividend record date. The conditions of this dividend were met upon filing of our first quarter report on Form 10-Q and the dividend was paid on May 8, 2018.

Brookfield Promissory Note

On April 19, 2018, we declared a dividend in the form of the Brookfield Promissory Note to the sole pre-IPO stockholder. This note was repaid on June 15, 2018 with proceeds from our Incremental Term Loans. See Note 7 "Debt and Liquidity".

Initial Public Offering

On April 23, 2018, we completed the IPO of 35,000,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $15 per share. This offering represented a sale of 11.6% of our sole pre-IPO stockholder's ownership in the Company.

On April 26, 2018, we closed the sale of an additional 3,097,525 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $15 per share from the pre-IPO stockholder, as a result of the partial exercise by the underwriters in our IPO of their overallotment option.  After giving effect to the partial exercise of the overallotment option, the total number of shares of common stock sold by the pre-IPO stockholder was 38,097,525.

The Company did not receive any proceeds related to the offering. We have incurred $5.1 million of legal, accounting, printing and other fees associated with this offering through December 31, 2018, which was recorded in "Selling and administrative" expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Dividends

The Board of Directors declared and paid a dividend of $0.0645 per share for the first quarter of 2018 totaling $19.5 million, which was paid on June 29, 2018 and represented a prorated quarterly dividend of $0.085 (or $0.34 per annum) per share of our common stock prorated from the date of our IPO, April 23, 2018 to June 30, 2018. We paid our regular quarterly dividends of $0.85 per share on September 28 and December 31, 2018. Additionally, we paid a special dividend to stockholders of $0.70 per share on December 31, 2018.

Follow-on Offering and Common Stock Repurchase

On August 13, 2018, Brookfield completed an underwritten public secondary offering (the "Offering") of 23,000,000 shares of our common stock at a price to the public of $20.00 per share. The Company did not receive any proceeds related to the Offering. Pursuant to a share repurchase agreement with Brookfield, we concurrently repurchased 11,688,311 shares directly from Brookfield. The price per share paid by us in the repurchase was equal to the price at which the underwriters purchased the shares from Brookfield in the Offering net of underwriting commissions and discounts. We funded the share repurchase from cash on hand. The terms and conditions of the share repurchase were reviewed and approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, which is comprised solely of independent directors. All repurchased shares were retired.

The balance in our accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is set forth in the following table:

	As of December 31, 2018			As of December 31, 2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax	$	(2,922	)	$	15,468
Commodities and foreign currency derivatives, net of tax	(2,878		)	4,821
Total accumulated comprehensive (loss) income	$	(5,800	)	$	20,289

XML

Earnings Per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share

(16) Earnings per Share

The following table shows the information used in the calculation of our basic and diluted earnings per share calculation as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. See Note 15 "Stockholders' Equity" for details on our April 12, 2018 stock split and our common stock repurchase on August 13, 2018.

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018	2017	2016
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic calculation	297,748,327	302,225,923	302,225,923
Add: Effect of stock options and restricted stock	5,443	—	—
Weighted average common shares outstanding for diluted calculation	297,753,770	302,225,923	302,225,923

Basic earnings per common share are calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the additional common shares that would have been outstanding if potentially dilutive securities had been issued.

The weighted average common shares outstanding for the diluted earnings per share calculation excludes consideration of stock options covering 650,432 shares in 2018, as these shares are anti-dilutive.

XML

Quarterly Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly Information

Summary of quarterly financial data (Unaudited)

The following summarizes certain consolidated operating results by quarter for 2018 and 2017. 2017 periods presented have been revised for the change in accounting for pension and OPEB presentation. This change had no impact on Net income or Net income per share.

	2018									2017
	March 31		June 30			September 30		December 31		March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
	(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
As Reported:
Net Sales	$	451,899	$	456,332		$	454,890	$	532,789	$	104,739		$	116,314		$	137,245		$	192,473
Gross profit	306,750		290,422			274,610		318,430		1,085			9,679			16,561			60,598
Research and development	429		581			518		601		829			943			1,338			(159		)
Selling and administrative expenses	15,876		16,239			14,234		15,683		11,683			12,195			13,322			12,280
Other expense (income), net	2,005		(974		)	1,502		828		3,067			1,186			(643		)	(1,976		)
Related party Tax Receivable    Agreement Expense	—		61,801			—		24,677		—			—			—			—
Net income (loss)	223,673		201,448			199,466		229,632		(26,344		)	(17,383		)	(3,919		)	55,628
Net income (loss) per share	$	0.74	$	0.67		$	0.67	$	0.79	$	(0.09	)	$	(0.06	)	$	(0.01	)	$	0.18
Effect of Change:
Net Sales	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Gross profit	—		—			—		—		201			201			201			(809		)
Research and development	—		—			—		—		(9		)	(10		)	(9		)	532
Selling and administrative expenses	—		—			—		—		(27		)	(26		)	(29		)	3,109
Other expense (income), net	—		—			—		—		237			237			239			(4,450		)
Net income (loss)	—		—			—		—		—			—			—			—
Net income (loss) per share	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Revised:
Net Sales	$	451,899	$	456,332		$	454,890	$	532,789	$	104,739		$	116,314		$	137,245		$	192,473
Gross profit	306,750		290,422			274,610		318,430		1,286			9,880			16,762			59,789
Research and development	429		581			518		601		820			933			1,329			373
Selling and administrative expenses	15,876		16,239			14,234		15,683		11,656			12,169			13,293			15,389
Other expense (income), net	2,005		(974		)	1,502		828		3,304			1,423			(404		)	(6,426		)
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement Expense	—		61,801			—		24,677		—			—			—			—
Net income (loss)	223,673		201,448			199,466		229,632		(26,344		)	(17,383		)	(3,919		)	55,628
Net income (loss) per share	$	0.74	$	0.67		$	0.67	$	0.79	$	(0.09	)	$	(0.06	)	$	(0.01	)	$	0.18

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

Subsequent Events

On February 7, 2019, the Board of Directors declared a dividend of $.085 per share to stockholders of record as of the close of business on February 28, 2019, to be paid on March 29, 2019.

XML

Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Policy)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Discussion Of Business And Structure

Discussion of Business and Structure

GrafTech International Ltd. (the “Company”) is a leading manufacturer of high quality graphite electrode products essential to the production of electric arc furnace steel and other ferrous and non-ferrous metals. References herein to “GTI,” “we,” “our,” or “us” refer collectively to GrafTech International Ltd. and its subsidiaries. On August 15, 2015, GTI became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Brookfield Asset Management Inc. (“Brookfield”) through a tender offer to our former stockholders and subsequent merger transaction.

The Company’s only reportable segment, Industrial Materials, is comprised of our two major product categories: graphite electrodes and needle coke products. Needle coke is the key raw material to producing graphite electrodes. The Company's vision is to provide the highest quality graphite electrodes at the lowest cost while providing the best customer service all while striving to be the lowest cost producer.

Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the financial statements of GrafTech International Ltd. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash Equivalents

Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid financial instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of certificates of deposit, money market funds and commercial paper.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

The Company adopted ASC 606 on January 1, 2018. The adoption of ASC 606 represents a change in accounting principle that will more closely align revenue recognition with the delivery of the Company's goods and will provide financial statement readers with enhanced disclosures. The reported results for 2018 reflect the application of ASC 606 guidance while the reported results for 2017 and prior were prepared under the guidance of ASC 605, Revenue Recognition (ASC 605), which is also referred to herein as the "previous revenue guidance".

Prior to the adoption of ASC 606, revenue from sales of our commercial products was recognized when they met four basic criteria (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement existed, (2) delivery had occurred, (3) the amount was determinable and (4) collection was reasonably assured. Sales were recognized when both title and the risks and rewards of ownership were transferred to the customer or services had been rendered and fees had been earned in accordance with the contract.

In accordance with ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods. See Note 2 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" for more information.

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is principally determined using the “first-in first-out” (“FIFO”) and average cost, which approximates FIFO, methods. Elements of cost in inventory include raw materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead.

We allocate fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion based on normal capacity of the production facilities. We recognize abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage) as current period charges.

Property, Plant And Equipment

Property, Plant and Equipment

Expenditures for property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Maintenance and repairs of property and equipment are expensed as incurred. Expenditures for replacements and betterments are capitalized and the replaced assets are retired. Gains and losses from the sale of property are included in cost of sales or other expense (income), net. We depreciate our assets using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The ranges of estimated useful lives are as follows:

	Years
Buildings	25-40
Land improvements	20
Machinery and equipment	5-20
Furniture and fixtures	5-10

The carrying value of fixed assets is assessed when events and circumstances indicating impairment are present. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable primarily arise from sales of goods to customers and distributors in the normal course of business.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Judgment is required in assessing the likelihood of collection of receivables, including the current creditworthiness of each customer, related aging of the past due balances and the facts and circumstances surrounding any non-payment. We evaluate specific accounts when we become aware of a situation where a customer may not be able to meet its financial obligations. The reserve requirements are based on the best facts available to us and are reevaluated and adjusted as additional information is received. Receivables are charged off when amounts are determined to be uncollectible.

Capitalized Bank Fees

Capitalized Bank Fees

We capitalize bank fees upon the incurrence of debt and record them as a contra-liability against our debt. We had capitalized bank fees of $24.3 million and $0.4 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We amortize such amounts over the life of the respective debt instrument using the effective interest method. The estimated life may be adjusted upon the occurrence of a triggering event.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative Financial Instruments

We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. They are used to manage well-defined commercial risks associated with commodity purchases and currency exchange rate risks. On the date that a derivative contract for a hedging instrument is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as either (1) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge), (2) a hedge of the exposure of a forecasted transaction or of the variability in the cash flows of a recognized asset or liability (a cash flow hedge), (3) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation (a net investment hedge) or 4) a contract not designated as a hedging instrument.

For a fair value hedge, both the effective and ineffective portions of the change in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in earnings and reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations on the same line as the gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. For a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheet. When the underlying hedged transaction is realized, the gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive loss is recorded in earnings and reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Operations on the same line as the gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. For a net investment hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in cumulative translation adjustment, which is a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheet.

We formally document our hedge relationships, including the identification of the hedging instruments and the related hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. Derivatives are recorded at fair value in other current and long-term assets and other current and long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. We also formally assess, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether a derivative used in a hedging transaction is highly effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or the cash flows of the hedged item. When it is determined that a derivative ceases to be highly effective, we discontinue hedge accounting.

Foreign Currency Derivatives

Foreign Currency Derivatives

We enter into foreign currency derivatives from time to time to manage exposure to changes in currency exchange rates. These instruments, which include, but are not limited to, forward exchange contracts and purchased currency options, attempt to hedge global currency exposures, relating to non-dollar denominated debt and identifiable foreign currency receivables, payables and commitments held by our foreign and domestic subsidiaries. Forward exchange contracts are agreements to exchange different currencies at a specified future date and at a specified rate. Purchased foreign currency options are instruments which give the holder the right, but not the obligation, to exchange different currencies at a specified rate at a specified date or over a range of specified dates. The result is the creation of a range in which a best and worst price is defined, while minimizing option cost. Forward exchange contracts and purchased currency options are carried at fair value.

These contracts may be designated as Cash-Flow or Fair Value hedges to the extent that they are effective and are accounted for as described in section above (“Derivative Financial Instruments”).. For derivatives that are not designated as a hedge, any gain or loss is immediately recognized in Cost of Sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Derivatives used in this manner relate to risks resulting from assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency.

Commodity Derivative Contracts

Commodity Derivative Contracts

We have entered into derivative contracts for refined oil products. These contracts are entered into to protect against the risk that eventual cash flows related to these products will be adversely affected by future changes in prices. All commodity contracts are carried at fair value and are treated as hedges to the extent they are effective. Changes in their fair values are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Consolidated Balance Sheets until settlement. Realized gains and losses resulting from settlement are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and are recorded in cost of sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the underlying hedged item is realized.

Research And Development

Research and Development

Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes, including significant improvements to existing products, are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

We file a consolidated United States (“U.S.”) federal income tax return for GTI and its eligible domestic subsidiaries. Our non-U.S. subsidiaries file income tax returns in their respective local jurisdictions. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and tax benefit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities at the end of each period are determined using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is established or maintained, when, based on currently available information and other factors, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Under the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we recognize the benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, and accounting in interim periods.

As a result of the enactment of the Tax Act of 2017, the Company is required to make an accounting policy election of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to Global Intangible Low Tax Income ("GILTI") as a current period expense when incurred (the “period cost method”) or (2) factoring such amounts into the Company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). The Company’s accounting policy will be to treat taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current period expense when incurred. See Note 14 "Income Taxes" for more information.

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits

Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits

We use actuarial methods and assumptions to account for our defined benefit pension plans and our postretirement benefits. We immediately recognize the change in the fair value of plan assets and net actuarial gains and losses annually in the fourth quarter of each year with a mark-to-market adjustment ("MTM Adjustment") and whenever a plan is remeasured (e.g. due to a significant curtailment, settlement, etc.). Pension and postretirement benefits expense includes the MTM adjustment, actuarially computed cost of benefits earned during the current service period, the interest cost on accrued obligations, the expected return on plan assets based on fair market values, and adjustments due to plan settlements and curtailments. Contributions to the qualified U.S. retirement plan are made in accordance with the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

Postretirement benefits and benefits under the non-qualified retirement plan have been accrued, but not funded. The estimated cost of future postretirement life insurance benefits is determined by the Company with assistance from independent actuarial firms using the “projected unit credit” actuarial cost method. Such costs are recognized as employees render the service necessary to earn the postretirement benefits. We record our balance sheet position based on the funded status of the plan.

Additional information with respect to benefits plans is set forth in Note 12, “Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits.”

Environmental, Health And Safety Matters

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

Our operations are governed by laws addressing protection of the environment and worker safety and health. These laws provide for civil and criminal penalties and fines, as well as injunctive and remedial relief, for noncompliance and require remediation at sites where hazardous substances have been released into the environment.

We have been in the past, and may become in the future, the subject of formal or informal enforcement actions or proceedings regarding noncompliance with these laws or the remediation of company-related substances released into the environment. Historically, such matters have been resolved by negotiation with regulatory authorities resulting in commitments to compliance, abatement or remediation programs and in some cases payment of penalties. Historically, neither the commitments undertaken nor the penalties imposed on us have been material.

Environmental considerations are part of all significant capital expenditure decisions. Environmental remediation, compliance and management expenses were approximately $12.4 million, $8.0 million and $8.3 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. A charge to income is recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the cost can be reasonably estimated. When payments are fixed or determinable, the liability is discounted using a rate at which the payments could be effectively settled. The accrued liability relating to environmental remediation was $4.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and $2.1 million as of December 31, 2017. The increase in the liability was the result of a revised estimate for asset retirement obligations related to landfills.

Our environmental liabilities do not take into consideration possible recoveries of insurance proceeds. Because of the uncertainties associated with environmental remediation activities at sites where we may be potentially liable, future expenses to remediate sites could be considerably higher than the accrued liability.

Foreign Currency Translation

Foreign Currency Translation and Remeasurement

We translate the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries, whose local currency is their functional currency, to U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and weighted average exchange rates for each period for revenues, expenses, gains and losses. Differences arising from exchange rate changes are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Balance Sheets until such time as the operations of such non-U.S. subsidiaries are sold or substantially or completely liquidated.

For our Mexican, Swiss and Russian subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, we remeasure non-monetary balance sheet accounts and the related income statement accounts at historical exchange rates. Resulting gains and losses arising from the fluctuations in currency for monetary accounts are recognized in other (income) expense, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Gains and losses arising from fluctuations in currency exchange rates on transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are recognized in earnings as incurred.

We have non-dollar denominated intercompany loans between some of our foreign subsidiaries. These loans are subject to remeasurement gains and losses due to changes in currency exchange rates. Certain of these loans had been deemed to be essentially permanent prior to settlement and, as a result, remeasurement gains and losses on these loans were recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the stockholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The remaining loans are deemed to be temporary and, as a result, remeasurement gains and losses on these loans are recorded as currency (gains/losses) in other (income) expense, net, on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the excess of the acquisition cost of businesses over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. We do not recognize deferred income taxes for the difference between the assigned value and the tax basis related to nondeductible goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized; however, impairment testing is performed annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. We perform the annual goodwill impairment test at December 31.

The annual goodwill impairment testing may begin with a qualitative assessment of potential impairment indicators in order to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test.

The impairment test for goodwill uses a two-step approach, which is performed at the reporting unit level. Step one compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. The fair value for each reporting unit with goodwill is determined in accordance with accounting guidance on determining fair value, which requires consideration of the income, market, and cost approaches as applicable. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, there is potential impairment and step two must be performed. Step two compares the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its implied fair value (i.e., fair value of the reporting unit less the fair value of the unit’s assets and liabilities, including identifiable intangible assets). If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying amount of goodwill, an impairment is recognized.

Other amortizable intangible assets, which consist primarily of trademarks and trade names, customer-related intangibles and technological know-how, are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight line or sum-of-the-years digits method. The estimated useful lives for each major category of amortizable intangible assets are:

	Years
Trade name	5-10
Technology and know-how	5-9
Customer related intangible	5-14

Additional information about goodwill and other intangibles is set forth in Note 6 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

Major Maintenance And Repair Costs

Major Maintenance and Repair Costs

We perform scheduled major maintenance of the storage and processing units at our Seadrift plant (referred to as “overhaul”). Time periods between overhauls vary by unit. We also perform an annual scheduled significant maintenance and repair shutdown of the plant (referred to as “turnaround”).

Costs of overhauls and turnarounds include plant personnel, contract services, materials, and rental equipment. We defer these costs when incurred and use the straight-line method to amortize them over the period of time estimated to lapse until the next scheduled overhaul of the applicable storage or processing unit. Under this policy $9.8 million was deferred in 2018 and no costs were deferred in 2017. Amortization of deferred maintenance costs totaled $3.1 million, $3.3 million and $7.0 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Earnings per share

The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to the stock split effected on April 12, 2018 and common stock repurchase on August 13, 2018. Diluted earnings per share recognizes the dilution that would occur if stock options or restricted shares were exercised or converted into common shares. See Note 15 “Earnings Per Share”.

Use Of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. Significant estimates and assumptions are used for, but are not limited to inventory valuation, pension and other post-retirement benefits, allowance for doubtful accounts, contingent liabilities, accruals and valuation allowances, asset impairment, and environmental-related accruals. Actual results could differ from our estimates.

Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale

Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale

When Management commits to a plan to sell assets or asset groups and a sale is probable, we reclassify those assets or asset groups into "Assets Held for Sale".  Upon reclassification to assets held for sale, we evaluate the book value of the disposal groups against their fair value less costs to sell and as a result may impair the assets / asset groups. As and if new information becomes available on the fair value of the assets/asset groups , we may adjust accordingly the impairment.

Once the assets of a business have been classified as held for sale, we evaluate if the divestiture represents a strategic shift in operations and if so, we exclude the results of this business from continuing operations.  All results are reported as gain or loss from discontinued operations, net of tax. 

Subsequent Events

Subsequent Events

We evaluate events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued to determine if a material event requires our amending the financial statements or disclosing the event.

Recent Accounting Standards

Recent Accounting Standards

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . The Company adopted ASU 2014-09 and its related amendments (collectively known as ASC 606) effective on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. Please see Note 2 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" for the required disclosures related to the impact of adopting this standard and a discussion of the Company's updated policies related to revenue recognition.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Payments,clarifying guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows. The adoption of ASU 2016-15 on January 1, 2018 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation-Retirement Benefits (Topic 715). This standard requires an entity to report the service cost component in the same line item as other compensation costs. The other components of net (benefit) cost, including our annual mark-to-market remeasurement, will be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of income from operations. The adoption of ASU No. 2017-07 on January 1, 2018 changed the presentation of benefit expenses, but did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. The components of the net (benefit) cost are shown in Note 12, "Retirement Plans and Postretirement Benefits." The following table summarizes the adjustments made to conform prior period classifications to the new guidance:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2017								For the Year Ended December 31, 2016
	(dollars in thousands)
	As Reported		Effect of Accounting Change			As Adjusted			As Reported			Effect of Accounting Change			As Adjusted
Cost of Sales	$	461,339	$	206		$	461,545		$	448,016		$	1,212		$	449,228
Research and development	2,951		505			3,456			2,399			135			2,534
Selling and administrative expenses	49,479		3,027			52,506			57,784			731			58,515
Other (income) expense, net	1,634		(3,738		)	(2,104		)	(2,188		)	(2,078		)	(4,266		)

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). Under this new guidance, a company will now recognize most leases on its balance sheet as lease liabilities with corresponding right-of-use assets. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018.  The Company plans to adopt ASU No. 2016-02 on January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective approach with the option of not restating comparative prior periods presented in the financial statements.  Under this method, we will recognize the effects of applying ASC 842 as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of the effective date of adoption of January 1, 2019. The Company has completed its evaluation of the contracts. We anticipate additional assets and liabilities of approximately $10 million to be recorded as a result with no material adjustment to retained earning required.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017‑04, Intangibles‑Goodwill and Other (Topic 350). This guidance was issued to simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment. The guidance removes the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which requires that a hypothetical purchase price allocation be performed to determine the amount of impairment, if any. Under this new guidance, a goodwill impairment charge will be based on the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The guidance will become effective on a prospective basis for the Company on January 1, 2020 with early adoption permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s

XML

Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Ranges Of Estimated Useful Lives

The ranges of estimated useful lives are as follows:

	Years
Buildings	25-40
Land improvements	20
Machinery and equipment	5-20
Furniture and fixtures	5-10

Schedule Of Estimated Useful Lives For Each Major Category Of Amortizable Intangible Assets

The estimated useful lives for each major category of amortizable intangible assets are:

	Years
Trade name	5-10
Technology and know-how	5-9
Customer related intangible	5-14

Schedule of New Accounting Pronouncements and Changes in Accounting Principles

The following table summarizes the adjustments made to conform prior period classifications to the new guidance:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2017								For the Year Ended December 31, 2016
	(dollars in thousands)
	As Reported		Effect of Accounting Change			As Adjusted			As Reported			Effect of Accounting Change			As Adjusted
Cost of Sales	$	461,339	$	206		$	461,545		$	448,016		$	1,212		$	449,228
Research and development	2,951		505			3,456			2,399			135			2,534
Selling and administrative expenses	49,479		3,027			52,506			57,784			731			58,515
Other (income) expense, net	1,634		(3,738		)	(2,104		)	(2,188		)	(2,078		)	(4,266		)

XML

Revenue From Contracts With Customers (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table provides information about disaggregated revenue by type of product and contract for 2018:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2018
	(Dollars in thousands)
Graphite Electrodes - Three-to-five-year contracts	$	1,341,557
Graphite Electrodes - Short-term contracts	500,834
By-products	53,519
Total Revenues	$	1,895,910

Contract with Customer, Asset and Liability

Current deferred revenue is included in "Other accrued liabilities" and long-term deferred revenue is included in "Other long-term obligations" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following table provides information about deferred revenue from contracts with customers (in thousands):

	Current deferred revenue			Long-Term deferred revenue
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2017	$	20,784		$	—
Increases due to billings	15,548			8,241
Revenue recognized	(30,803		)	—
Foreign currency impact	(149		)	(525		)
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	5,380		$	7,716

Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction\

The following table presents estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) at the end of the reporting period (in thousands). The estimated revenues do not include contracts with original duration of one year or less.

	Three-to-five-year take-or-pay contracts
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	1,404,618
2020	1,327,449
2021	1,172,536
2022	1,127,105
Thereafter	8,715
Total	$	5,040,423

XML

Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Discontinued Operations and Disposal Groups [Abstract]

Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations

The following tables summarize the results of the Engineered Solutions business segment, reclassified as discontinued operations:

		For the Year Ended December 31,
		2018			2017			2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net sales		$	2,574		$	82,299		$	115,336
Cost of sales		3,310			74,723			98,440
Gross (loss) profit		(736		)	7,576			16,896
Research and development		—			1,429			3,145
Selling and administrative expenses		(628		)	12,239			19,022
(Gain) loss on sale of assets		(508		)	(6,091		)	198
Rationalizations		—			(35		)	(405		)
Impairment		—			5,300			119,907
		400			(5,266		)	(124,971		)
Other expense (income)		30			(115		)	(66		)
Interest expense		—			1,133			3,258
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes		370			(6,284		)	(128,163		)
Benefit for income taxes on discontinued operations		(39		)	(55		)	(1,189		)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations		$	331		$	(6,229	)	$	(126,974	)
Basic and diluted income (loss) from discontinued operations per share		$	—		$	(0.02	)	$	(0.42	)

The significant components of our Statements of Cash Flows for discontinued operations are as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31
	2018			2017			2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Depreciation and amortization	$	—		$	2,418		$	5,277
Impairment	—			5,300			119,907
(Gain) loss on sale of assets	(508		)	(6,091		)	198
Net change in inventory	502			15,217			(917		)
Cash received from divestitures	—			27,254			15,889
Credit facility reductions	—			(27,254		)	(15,889		)
Deferred income taxes	40			(55		)	(1,189		)
Capital expenditures	—			558			4,713

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of discontinued operations as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

	As of December 31, 2018		As of December 31, 2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Assets of discontinued operations:
Accounts receivable	$	—	$	3,351
Inventories	—		502
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	—		1,137
Net property, plant and equipment	—		226
Other assets	—		97
Total assets of discontinued operations	$	—	$	5,313
Liabilities of discontinued operations:
Accounts payable	$	—	$	512
Accrued income and other taxes	—		158
Other accrued liabilities	—		2,742
Total current liabilities of discontinued operations	—		3,412
Other long-term obligations	—		376
Total liabilities of discontinued operations	$	—	$	3,788

XML

Stock Based and Other Management Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Share-based Compensation, Stock Options, Activity [Table Text Block]

Stock option awards activity under the Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan for 2018 was as follows:

	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Exercise Price
Outstanding unvested as of January 1, 2018	—		$	—
Granted	979,790		15.67
Forfeited	(11,070	)	15.00
Outstanding unvested as of December 31, 2018	968,720		$	15.68

Deferred share units and restricted stock unit awards activity under the Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan for 2018 was as follows:

	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding unvested as of January 1, 2018	—		$	—
Granted	48,983		13.94
Vested	(21,413	)	15.29
Outstanding unvested as of December 31, 2018	27,570		$	12.88

Schedule of Share-based Payment Award, Stock Options, Valuation Assumptions [Table Text Block]

The weighted average assumptions used in our Black-Scholes option-pricing model for options granted in 2018 are:

	For the Year Ended December 31, 2018
Dividend yield	1.70% - 2.27%
Expected volatility	45	%
Risk-free interest rate	2.84% - 2.98%
Expected term in years	6.5 years

Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Vested and Expected to Vest, Outstanding and Exercisable [Table Text Block]

Stock options outstanding and exercisable under our plans at December 31, 2018 are:

			Options Outstanding			Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices			Number Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life in Years	Weighted Average Exercise Prices	Number Exercisable	Weighted Average Exercise Prices
$15.00	-	$20.00	968,720	9.3	$15.68	—	$	—

XML

Segment Reporting (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Segment Reporting Information, Revenue for Reportable Segment [Abstract]

Schedule of Revenue from External Customers Attributed to Foreign Countries by Geographic Area [Table Text Block]

The following tables summarize information as to our continuing operations in different geographic areas.

	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net sales:
U.S.	$	429,599	$	103,890	$	74,526
Americas	367,561		129,103		116,944
Asia Pacific	131,578		46,329		41,302
Europe, Middle East, Africa	967,172		271,449		205,191
Total	$	1,895,910	$	550,771	$	437,963

Schedule of Disclosure on Geographic Areas, Long-Lived Assets in Individual Foreign Countries by Country [Table Text Block]

	At December 31,
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Long-lived assets (a):
U.S.	$	169,301	$	177,298
Mexico	146,790		147,959
Brazil	3,320		3,547
France	91,022		80,035
Spain	103,121		103,819
Other countries	151		183
Total	$	513,705	$	512,841

(a) Long-lived assets represent fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation.

XML

Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule Of Changes In The Carrying Value Of Goodwill

	Total
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2016	$	171,117
Adjustments	—
Balance as of December 31, 2017	171,117
Adjustments	—
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	171,117

Schedule Of Intangible Assets With Determinable Useful Lives By Major Category

The following table summarizes acquired intangible assets with determinable useful lives by major category which are included in "Other Assets" on our consolidated balance sheets:

	As of December 31, 2018							As of December 31, 2017
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Amount
	(Dollars in Thousands)
Trade name	$	22,500	$	(7,721	)	$	14,779	$	22,500	$	(5,512	)	$	16,988
Technology and know-how	55,300		(23,503		)	31,797		55,300		(17,265		)	38,035
Customer related intangible	64,500		(15,070		)	49,430		64,500		(10,637		)	53,863
Total finite-lived intangible assets	$	142,300	$	(46,294	)	$	96,006	$	142,300	$	(33,414	)	$	108,886

XML

Debt And Liquidity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations [Abstract]

Schedule Of Long-Term Debt

The following table presents our long-term debt:

	As of December 31, 2018			As of December 31, 2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Old Credit Facility (Old Revolving Facility and Old Term Loan Facility)	$	—		$	58,192
Senior Notes	—			280,586
2018 Credit Facility (2018 Term Loan and 2018 Revolving Facility)	2,155,883			—
Other Debt	751			596
Total Debt	2,156,634			339,374
Less: Short-term Debt	(106,323		)	(16,474		)
Long-term Debt	$	2,050,311		$	322,900

XML

Interest Expense (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Interest and Debt Expense [Abstract]

Schedule Of Interest Expense

The following table presents an analysis of interest expense:

	For the Year Ended December 31
	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest incurred on debt	$	100,844	$	24,060	$	20,408
Related Party Promissory Note interest expense	5,090		—		—
Senior Note redemption premium	4,782		—		—
Accretion of fair value adjustment on Senior Notes	19,414		6,454		6,305
Accretion of original issue discount on 2018 Term Loans	1,455		—		—
Amortization of debt issuance costs	3,476		309		201
Total interest expense	$	135,061	$	30,823	$	26,914

XML

Fair Value Measurements And Derivative Instruments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule Of Fair Value Of Derivatives Designated As Fair Value Hedges

	Asset Derivatives			Liability Derivatives
	Location	Fair  Value		Location	Fair  Value
As of December 31, 2018	(Dollars in Thousands)
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Foreign currency derivatives	Prepaid and other current assets	$	—	Other current liabilities	$	43
As of December 31, 2017
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Foreign currency derivatives	Prepaid and other current assets	$	9	Other current liabilities	$	90

Schedule Of Realized (Gains) Losses On Derivatives Recognized In Statement Of Operations

		Amount of (Gain)/Loss Recognized
	Location of (Gain)/Loss Recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations	2018			2017		2016
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:		(Dollars in thousands)
Commodity forward derivatives	Cost of sales	$	(919	)	$	—	$	—

XML

Supplementary Balance Sheet Detail (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule Of Amounts Recognized In Balance Sheet

The following tables present supplementary balance sheet details:

	As of December 31, 2018		As of December 31, 2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Inventories:
Raw materials and supplies	$	99,935	$	39,434
Work in process	125,767		85,852
Finished goods	68,015		48,865
	$	293,717	$	174,151
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
Prepaid expenses	$	10,720	$	9,505
Value added tax and other indirect taxes receivable	19,242		18,627
Spare parts inventory	11,507		11,010
Other current assets	4,699		5,730
	$	46,168	$	44,872
Property, plant and equipment:
Land and improvements	$	45,947	$	46,599
Buildings	68,680		59,608
Machinery and equipment and other	532,084		495,069
Construction in progress	42,131		41,375
	$	688,842	$	642,651
Other accrued liabilities:
Payrolls (including incentive programs)	$	17,284	$	14,196
Employee benefits	6,977		4,684
Deferred Revenue	5,380		20,784
Other	20,811		13,562
	$	50,452	$	53,226
Other long term obligations:
Postretirement benefits	$	16,192	$	20,508
Pension and related benefits	33,718		36,116
Other	22,609		12,283
	$	72,519	$	68,907

Schedule Of Analysis Of The Allowance For Doubtful Accounts

The following table presents an analysis of the allowance for doubtful accounts:

	2018			2017		2016
Balance at beginning of year	$	1,097		$	326	$	244
Additions	122			771		129
Deductions	(90		)	—		(47		)
Balance at end of year	$	1,129		$	1,097	$	326

XML

Commitments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule Of Lease Commitments Under Non-Cancelable Operating Leases

Lease commitments under non-cancelable operating leases extending for one year or more will require the following future payments:

	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	4,474
2020	2,747
2021	1,497
2022	334
2023	269
After 2023	343

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Retirement Benefits, Description [Abstract]

Components Of Consolidated Net Pension Costs Retirement Plans

The components of our consolidated net pension costs are set forth in the following table:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018						2017						2016
	U.S.			Foreign			U.S.			Foreign			U.S.			Foreign
							(Dollars in thousands)
Service cost	$	1,315		$	674		$	1,305		$	710		$	1,325		$	698
Interest cost	4,709			253			5,352			199			5,744			243
Expected return on assets	(5,679		)	(330		)	(5,268		)	(299		)	(4,940		)	(298		)
Mark-to-market loss (gain)	2,473			503			(4,140		)	(53		)	(2,322		)	(220		)
Pension costs	$	2,818		$	1,100		$	(2,751	)	$	557		$	(193	)	$	423

Reconciliation Of Pension Plans' Benefit Obligations, Fair Value Of Assets Retirement Plans

The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of our pension plans’ benefit obligations, fair value of assets, and funded status at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are:

	As of December 31, 2018						As of December 31, 2017
	U.S.			Foreign			U.S.				Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net Benefit Obligation at beginning of period	$	139,746		$	20,407		$	140,230			$	18,237
Service cost	1,315			674			1,305				710
Interest cost	4,709			253			5,352				199
Participant contributions	—			392			—				252
Foreign currency exchange changes	—			(339		)	—				1,069
Actuarial (gain) loss	(8,297		)	711			3,212				63
Benefits paid	(10,488		)	234			(10,353		)		(123		)
Net benefit obligation at end of period	$	126,985		$	22,332		$	139,746			$	20,407
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period	$	109,845		$	13,618		$	100,905			$	11,871
Actual return on plan assets	(5,091		)	538			12,620				415
Foreign currency exchange rate changes				(154		)	—				545
Employer contributions	5,579			726			6,673				658
Participant contributions				392			—				252
Benefits paid	(10,488		)	234			(10,353		)		(123		)
Fair value of plan assets at end of period	$	99,845		$	15,354		$	109,845			$	13,618
Funded status (underfunded):	$	(27,140	)	$	(6,978	)	$	(29,901	)		$	(6,789	)
Amounts recognized in accumulated   other comprehensive loss:
Prior service credit	$	—		$	—		$	—			$	—
Amounts recognized in the statement   of financial position:
Non-current assets				$	147		$	—			$	—
Current liabilities	(430		)	(117		)	(433		)	—	(146		)
Non-current liabilities	(26,710		)	(7,008		)	(29,468		)	—	(6,643		)
Net amount recognized	$	(27,140	)	$	(6,978	)	$	(29,901	)		$	(6,789	)

Fair Asset Values Of Plan Assets

The fair value of other plan assets by category is summarized below (dollars in thousands):

	As of December 31, 2018
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
U.S. Plan Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1,978	$	—	$	—	$	1,978
International Plan Assets
Foreign government bonds	$	—	$	958	$	—	$	958
Fixed insurance contracts	—		—		14,396		14,396
Total assets in the fair value hierarchy	$	—	$	958	$	14,396	$	15,354
Investments measured at net asset value							$	97,867
Total	$	1,978	$	958	$	14,396	$	115,199
	As of December 31, 2017
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
U.S. Plan Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	2,094	$	—	$	—	$	2,094
International Plan Assets
Foreign government bonds	$	—	$	831	$	—	$	831
Fixed insurance contracts	—		—		12,787		12,787
Total assets in the fair value hierarchy	$	—	$	831	$	12,787	$	13,618
Investments measured at net asset value							$	107,751
Total	$	2,094	$	831	$	12,787	$	123,463

Fair Value Hierarchy, Assets At Fair Value

The following table presents the changes for those financial instruments classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy for international plan pension assets for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 (dollars in thousands):

	Fixed Insurance Contracts
Balance at December 31, 2016	$	11,142
Gain / contributions / currency impact	1,651
Distributions	(6		)
Balance at December 31, 2017	12,787
Gain / contributions / currency impact	1,619
Distributions	(10		)
Balance at December 31, 2018	$	14,396

Assumptions Used To Determine Net Pension Costs And Projected Benefit Obligations

Assumptions used to determine net pension costs and projected benefit obligations are:

Pension Benefit Obligations Key Assumptions	As of December 31,
	2018		2017
Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit obligations:
Discount rate	3.71	%	3.20	%
Rate of compensation increase	1.74	%	1.57	%

Pension Cost Key Assumptions
Weighted average assumptions to determine net cost:
Discount rate	3.20	%	3.61	%
Expected return on plan assets	4.94	%	4.95	%
Rate of compensation increase	1.57	%	1.57	%

Assumptions used to determine net postretirement benefit costs and postretirement projected benefit obligation are set forth in the following table:

Postretirement Benefit Obligations
	2018		2017
Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit obligations:
Discount rate	5.57	%	5.07	%
Health care cost trend on covered charges:
Initial	6.53	%	6.86	%
Ultimate	6.05	%	6.23	%
Years to ultimate	8		8

Postretirement Benefit Costs
	2018		2017
Weighted average assumptions to determine net cost:
Discount rate	5.07	%	4.80	%
Health care cost trend on covered charges:
Initial	6.86	%	6.80	%
Ultimate	6.23	%	5.96	%
Years to ultimate	7		7

Retirement Plan Weighted Average Asset Allocations

The following table presents our retirement plan weighted average asset allocations at December 31, 2018, by asset category:

	Percentage of Plan Assets as of December 31, 2018
	US		Foreign
Equity securities and return seeking assets	20	%	—	%
Fixed income, debt securities, or cash	80	%	100	%
Total	100	%	100	%

Pension Plans With An Accumulated Benefit Obligation In Excess Of Plan Assets

Information for our pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2017 and 2018 follows:

	2018				2017
	U.S.		Foreign		U.S.		Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Accumulated benefit obligation	$	126,985	$	20,601	$	139,746	$	18,843
Fair value of plan assets	99,845		14,396		109,845		13,618

Pension Plans With Projected Benefit Obligation In Excess Of Plan Assets

Information for our pension plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2017 and 2018 follows:

	2018				2017
	U.S.		Foreign		U.S.		Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Projected benefit obligation	$	126,985	$	21,520	$	139,746	$	20,407
Fair value of plan assets	99,845		14,396		109,845		13,618

Projected Future Pension Plan Cash Flow By Year

Following is our projected future pension plan cash flow by year:

	U.S.		Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Expected contributions in 2019:
Expected employer contributions	$	684	$	744
Expected employee contributions	—		—
Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future service for the years ending December 31:
2019	9,240		858
2020	9,221		755
2021	9,221		824
2022	9,182		824
2023	9,136		955
2024-2028	43,993		8,223

Recognized In Other Comprehensive Income Postretirement Benefit Plans

The components of our consolidated net postretirement costs are set forth in the following table:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018					2017					2016
	U.S.			Foreign		U.S.			Foreign		U.S.			Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Service cost	$	—		$	1	$	—		$	2	$	—		$	4
Interest cost	264			700		333			653		360			764
Plan amendment / curtailment	—			—		—			—		—			(993		)
Mark-to-market (gain) loss	(1,028		)	47		(1,257		)	742		(191		)	(225		)
Post-employment benefits (benefit)    cost	$	(764	)	$	748	$	(924	)	$	1,397	$	169		$	(450	)

Fair Value Of Assets Of, And The Funded Status Of, Postretirement Plans

The reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of benefit obligations under, fair value of assets of, and the funded status of, our postretirement plans is set forth in the following table:

Postretirement Benefits	As of December 31, 2018						As of December 31, 2017
	U.S.			Foreign			U.S.			Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net benefit obligation at beginning of period	$	8,461		$	12,172		$	10,175		$	10,700
Service cost	—			1			—			2
Interest cost	264			700			333			653
Foreign currency exchange rates	—			(1,333		)	—			931
Actuarial (gain) loss	(1,028		)	47			(1,257		)	742
Gross benefits paid	(532		)	(926		)	(790		)	(856		)
Plan amendment	—			—			—			—
Net benefit obligation at end of period	$	7,165		$	10,661		$	8,461		$	12,172
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets    at beginning of period	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Employer contributions	532			926			790			856
Gross benefits paid	(532		)	(926		)	(790		)	(856		)
Fair value of plan assets at end of period	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Funded status:	$	(7,165	)	$	(10,661	)	$	(8,461	)	$	(12,172	)
Amounts recognized in accumulated    other comprehensive loss:
Prior service credit	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Amounts recognized in the statement of    financial position:
Current liabilities	$	(783	)	$	(851	)	$	(855	)	$	(912	)
Non-current liabilities	(6,382		)	(9,810		)	(7,606		)	(11,260		)
Net amount recognized	$	(7,165	)	$	(10,661	)	$	(8,461	)	$	(12,172	)

One-Percentage Point Change In Assumed Health Care Cost Trend Rates

A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects at December 31, 2018:

	One Percentage Point Increase				One Percentage Point Decrease
	U.S.		Foreign		U.S.			Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Effect on total service cost    and interest cost components	$	1	$	32	$	(1	)	$	(66	)
Effect on benefit obligations	$	14	$	506	$	(14	)	$	(442	)

Projected Future Postretirement Cash Flow By Year

The following table represents projected future postretirement cash flow by year:

	U.S.		Foreign
	(Dollars in thousands)
Expected contributions in 2019:
Expected employer contributions	$	783	$	851
Expected employee contributions	—		—
Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected    future service for the years ending December 31:
2019	783		851
2020	724		866
2021	663		891
2022	607		904
2023	554		899
2024-2025	2,174		4,769

XML

Management Compensation And Incentive Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Management Compensation And Incentive Plans [Abstract]

Stock Option Activity Under The Plans

Stock option awards activity under the Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan for 2018 was as follows:

	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Exercise Price
Outstanding unvested as of January 1, 2018	—		$	—
Granted	979,790		15.67
Forfeited	(11,070	)	15.00
Outstanding unvested as of December 31, 2018	968,720		$	15.68

Deferred share units and restricted stock unit awards activity under the Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan for 2018 was as follows:

	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding unvested as of January 1, 2018	—		$	—
Granted	48,983		13.94
Vested	(21,413	)	15.29
Outstanding unvested as of December 31, 2018	27,570		$	12.88

XML

Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Loss Contingency [Abstract]

Schedule Of Product Warranties Accrual

Claims accrued but not yet paid and the related activity within the reserve for 2017 and 2018 are as follows:

	(Dollars in Thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2016	$	969
Product warranty charges/adjustments	(149		)
Payments and settlements	(471		)
Balance as of December 31, 2017	$	349
Product warranty charges/adjustments	1,510
Payments and settlements	(331		)
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	1,528

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule Of U.S. And Non-U.S. Components Of Income (Loss) Before Provision (Benefit) For Income Taxes

The following table summarizes the U.S. and non-U.S. components of income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
U.S.	$	(68,032	)	$	(26,981	)	$	(44,971	)
Non-U.S.	970,840			30,412			(71,450		)
	$	902,808		$	3,431		$	(116,421	)

Schedule Of Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
U.S income taxes:
Current	$	787		$	(1,066	)	$	(878	)
Deferred	(52,145		)	38			1,152
	(51,358		)	(1,028		)	274
Non-U.S. income taxes:
Current	85,252			5,924			5,389
Deferred	15,026			(15,677		)	(13,215		)
	100,278			(9,753		)	(7,826		)
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	48,920		$	(10,781	)	$	(7,552	)

Schedule Of Income Tax Expense (Benefit) Computed By Applying The U.S. Federal Income Tax Rate

Income tax expense (benefit) differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to income before expense (benefit) for taxes as set forth in the following table:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Tax at statutory U.S. federal rate	$	189,590		$	1,201		$	(40,747	)
Impact of U.S. Tax Cut and Jobs Act - GILTI	93,739			—			—
Impact of the 2017 Tax Act - transition tax	—			39,628			—
Impact of the 2017 Tax Act - tax rate change	—			52,228			—
Impact of Tax Receivable Agreement	18,160			—			—
Valuation allowance, net	(93,125		)	(89,269		)	35,091
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit	1,529			3,437			(2,324		)
U.S. tax impact of foreign earnings (net of foreign tax credits)	792			1,151			51
Investment in subsidiary impairment deduction	—			—			(10,114		)
Establishment/resolution of uncertain tax positions	(345		)	(840		)	(513		)
Adjustment for foreign income taxed at different rates	(95,822		)	(2,359		)	12,738
Foreign tax credits	(65,046		)	(17,956		)	(175		)
Other	(552		)	1,998			(1,559		)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	48,920		$	(10,781	)	$	(7,552	)

Schedule Of Deferred Tax Assets And Deferred Tax Liabilities

	As of December 31,
	2018			2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Postretirement and other employee benefits	$	18,395		$	19,392
Foreign tax credit and other carryforwards	111,325			175,229
Capitalized research and experimental costs	7,695			9,417
Environmental reserves	976			493
Inventory	14,251			7,933
Original issue discount	—			2,603
Long-term contract option amortization	1,144			1,204
Provision for rationalization charges	351			502
Other	4,270			1,536
Total gross deferred tax assets	158,407			218,309
Less: valuation allowance	(58,446		)	(150,839		)
Total deferred tax assets	99,961			67,470
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets	$	59,521		$	68,098
Debt discount amortization / Deferred financing fees	—			3,191
Inventory	7,751			5,128
Goodwill and acquired intangibles	3,668			—
Other	3,138			2,031
Total deferred tax liabilities	74,078			78,448
Net deferred tax asset (liability)	$	25,883		$	(10,978	)

Schedule Of Valuation Allowance Activity

	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2015	$	165,539
Charged to income	78,469
Translation adjustment	583
Changes attributable to movement in underlying assets	250
Balance as of December 31, 2016	$	244,841
Credited to income	(87,194		)
Translation adjustment	207
Changes attributable to movement in underlying assets	(7,015		)
Balance as of December 31, 2017	$	150,839
Credited to income	(93,125		)
Translation adjustment	(302		)
Changes attributable to movement in underlying assets	1,034
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	58,446

Reconciliation Of The Beginning And Ending Amount Of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2016	$	3,338
Additions for tax positions of prior years	114
Lapse of statutes of limitations	(989		)
Foreign currency impact	29
Balance as of December 31, 2017	$	2,492
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	(100		)
Lapse of statutes of limitations	(373		)
Settlements	(21		)
Foreign currency impact	(8		)
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$	1,990

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax [Abstract]

Schedule of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Table Text Block]

The balance in our accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is set forth in the following table:

	As of December 31, 2018			As of December 31, 2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax	$	(2,922	)	$	15,468
Commodities and foreign currency derivatives, net of tax	(2,878		)	4,821
Total accumulated comprehensive (loss) income	$	(5,800	)	$	20,289

XML

Earnings Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Schedule Of Calculation Of Basic And Diluted Earnings Per Share

The following table shows the information used in the calculation of our basic and diluted earnings per share calculation as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. See Note 15 "Stockholders' Equity" for details on our April 12, 2018 stock split and our common stock repurchase on August 13, 2018.

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018	2017	2016
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic calculation	297,748,327	302,225,923	302,225,923
Add: Effect of stock options and restricted stock	5,443	—	—
Weighted average common shares outstanding for diluted calculation	297,753,770	302,225,923	302,225,923

XML

Quarterly Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2018

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly Financial Information

	2018									2017
	March 31		June 30			September 30		December 31		March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
	(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
As Reported:
Net Sales	$	451,899	$	456,332		$	454,890	$	532,789	$	104,739		$	116,314		$	137,245		$	192,473
Gross profit	306,750		290,422			274,610		318,430		1,085			9,679			16,561			60,598
Research and development	429		581			518		601		829			943			1,338			(159		)
Selling and administrative expenses	15,876		16,239			14,234		15,683		11,683			12,195			13,322			12,280
Other expense (income), net	2,005		(974		)	1,502		828		3,067			1,186			(643		)	(1,976		)
Related party Tax Receivable    Agreement Expense	—		61,801			—		24,677		—			—			—			—
Net income (loss)	223,673		201,448			199,466		229,632		(26,344		)	(17,383		)	(3,919		)	55,628
Net income (loss) per share	$	0.74	$	0.67		$	0.67	$	0.79	$	(0.09	)	$	(0.06	)	$	(0.01	)	$	0.18
Effect of Change:
Net Sales	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Gross profit	—		—			—		—		201			201			201			(809		)
Research and development	—		—			—		—		(9		)	(10		)	(9		)	532
Selling and administrative expenses	—		—			—		—		(27		)	(26		)	(29		)	3,109
Other expense (income), net	—		—			—		—		237			237			239			(4,450		)
Net income (loss)	—		—			—		—		—			—			—			—
Net income (loss) per share	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Revised:
Net Sales	$	451,899	$	456,332		$	454,890	$	532,789	$	104,739		$	116,314		$	137,245		$	192,473
Gross profit	306,750		290,422			274,610		318,430		1,286			9,880			16,762			59,789
Research and development	429		581			518		601		820			933			1,329			373
Selling and administrative expenses	15,876		16,239			14,234		15,683		11,656			12,169			13,293			15,389
Other expense (income), net	2,005		(974		)	1,502		828		3,304			1,423			(404		)	(6,426		)
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement Expense	—		61,801			—		24,677		—			—			—			—
Net income (loss)	223,673		201,448			199,466		229,632		(26,344		)	(17,383		)	(3,919		)	55,628
Net income (loss) per share	$	0.74	$	0.67		$	0.67	$	0.79	$	(0.09	)	$	(0.06	)	$	(0.01	)	$	0.18

XML

Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Depreciation expense	$ 53,500,000	$ 50,400,000	$ 63,400,000
Deferred costs	24,300,000	400,000
Amortized costs	3,500,000	300,000	200,000
Environmental remediation, compliance and management expenses	12,400,000	8,000,000	8,300,000
Accrued liability relating to environmental remediation	4,200,000	2,100,000
Capitalized maintenance cost	9,800,000	0
Amortization of deferred maintenance cost	$ 3,100,000	$ 3,300,000	$ 7,000,000

XML

Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Ranges Of Estimated Useful Lives) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018
Buildings [Member] | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	25 years
Buildings [Member] | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	40 years
Land Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	20 years
Machinery And Equipment [Member] | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	5 years
Machinery And Equipment [Member] | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	20 years
Furniture And Fixtures [Member] | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	5 years
Furniture And Fixtures [Member] | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	10 years

XML

Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies (Schedule Of Estimated Useful Lives For Each Major Category Of Amortizable Intangible Assets) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018
Trade Name [Member] | Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	5 years
Trade Name [Member] | Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	10 years
Technological Know-How [Member] | Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	5 years
Technological Know-How [Member] | Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	9 years
Customer Related Intangible [Member] | Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	5 years
Customer Related Intangible [Member] | Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful lives	14 years

XML

Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies - Reclass Adjustments (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Sep. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2018	Mar. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Sep. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
New Accounting Pronouncements or Change in Accounting Principle [Line Items]
Cost of sales									$ 705,698	$ 461,545	$ 449,228
Research and development	$ 601	$ 518	$ 581	$ 429	$ 373	$ 1,329	$ 933	$ 820	2,129	3,456	2,534
Selling and administrative expenses	15,683	14,234	16,239	15,876	15,389	13,293	12,169	11,656	62,032	52,506	58,515
Other (income) expense, net	828	1,502	(974)	2,005	(6,426)	(404)	1,423	3,304	$ 3,361	(2,104)	(4,266)
As Reported
New Accounting Pronouncements or Change in Accounting Principle [Line Items]
Cost of sales										461,339	448,016
Research and development	601	518	581	429	159	1,338	943	829		2,951	2,399
Selling and administrative expenses	15,683	14,234	16,239	15,876	12,280	13,322	12,195	11,683		49,479	57,784
Other (income) expense, net	$ 828	$ 1,502	$ (974)	$ 2,005	(1,976)	(643)	1,186	3,067		1,634	(2,188)
Effect of Accounting Change
New Accounting Pronouncements or Change in Accounting Principle [Line Items]
Cost of sales										206	1,212
Research and development					532	(9)	(10)	(9)		505	135
Selling and administrative expenses					3,109	(29)	(26)	(27)		3,027	731
Other (income) expense, net					$ (4,450)	$ 239	$ 237	$ 237		$ (3,738)	$ (2,078)

XML

Revenue From Contracts With Customers - Disaggregation of Revenue (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Sep. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2018	Mar. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Sep. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Total Revenues	$ 532,789	$ 454,890	$ 456,332	$ 451,899	$ 192,473	$ 137,245	$ 116,314	$ 104,739	$ 1,895,910	$ 550,771	$ 437,963
Graphite Electrodes - Three-to-five-year contracts
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Total Revenues									1,341,557
Graphite Electrodes - Short-term contracts
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Total Revenues									500,834
By-products
Disaggregation of Revenue [Line Items]
Total Revenues									$ 53,519

XML

Revenue From Contracts With Customers - Contract Balances Outstanding (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Current deferred revenue
Balance as of December 31, 2017	$ 20,784
Increases due to billings	15,548
Revenue recognized	(30,803)
Foreign currency impact	(149)
Balance as of December 31, 2018	5,380
Long-Term deferred revenue
Increases due to billings	15,548
Revenue recognized	(30,803)
Foreign currency impact	(149)
Long-Term deferred revenue
Current deferred revenue
Increases due to billings	8,241
Revenue recognized	0
Foreign currency impact	(525)
Long-Term deferred revenue
Balance as of December 31, 2017	0
Increases due to billings	8,241
Revenue recognized	0
Foreign currency impact	(525)
Balance as of December 31, 2018	$ 7,716

XML

Revenue From Contracts With Customers - Remaining Performance Obligation (Details) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Amount	$ 5,040,423
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2019-01-01
Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Amount	1,404,618
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2020-01-01
Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Amount	1,327,449
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2021-01-01
Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Amount	1,172,536
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2022-01-01
Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Amount	1,127,105
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Expected Timing of Satisfaction, Start Date [Axis]: 2023-01-01
Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]
Revenue, Remaining Performance Obligation, Amount	$ 8,715

XML

Revenue From Contracts With Customers - Narratives (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Revenue from Contract with Customer [Abstract]
Accounts receivable net	$ 248,286	$ 116,841

XML

Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Disposal Group, Including Discontinued Operation, Income Statement Disclosures [Abstract]
Inventories	$ (126,355)	$ (15,649)	$ (53,548)
Discontinued Operation, Alternative Cash Flow Information
Cash received from divestitures	0	27,254	15,889
Current Liabilities
Total current liabilities of discontinued operations	0	3,412
Engineered Solutions [Member] | Discontinued Operations, Held-for-sale [Member]
Disposal Group, Including Discontinued Operation, Income Statement Disclosures [Abstract]
Net sales	2,574	82,299	115,336
Cost of sales	3,310	74,723	98,440
Gross (loss) profit	(736)	7,576	16,896
Research and development	0	1,429	3,145
Selling and administrative expenses	(628)	(12,239)	(19,022)
Gain on sale of assets	(508)	(6,091)	198
Rationalizations	0	(35)	(405)
Impairment	0	5,300	119,907
Operating loss	400	(5,266)	(124,971)
Other expense (income)	30	115	66
Interest expense	0	1,133	3,258
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes	370	(6,284)	(128,163)
Benefit for income taxes on discontinued operations	39	55	1,189
Deferred income taxes	(40)	55	1,189
Income (loss) from discontinued operations	$ 331	$ (6,229)	$ (126,974)
Basic and diluted income (loss) from discontinued operations per share (usd per share)	$ 0.00	$ (0.02)	$ (0.42)
Inventories	$ 502	$ 15,217	$ (917)
Discontinued Operation, Alternative Cash Flow Information
Depreciation and amortization	0	2,418	5,277
Cash received from divestitures		27,254	15,889
Capital expenditures	0	558	4,713
Line of Credit Facility, Increase (Decrease), Net	0	(27,254)	$ (15,889)
Current assets
Accounts receivable	0	3,351
Inventories	0	502
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	0	1,137
Net property, plant and equipment	0	226
Other assets	0	97
Total assets of discontinued operations	0	5,313
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable	0	512
Accrued income and other taxes	0	158
Other accrued liabilities	0	2,742
Total current liabilities of discontinued operations	0	3,412
Non-current Liabilities
Other long-term obligations	0	376
Total liabilities of discontinued operations	$ 0	$ 3,788

XML

Discontinued Operations and Related Assets Held for Sale - Narratives (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands			12 Months Ended
	Jul. 03, 2017	Nov. 30, 2016	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Cash received from divestitures			$ 0	$ 27,254	$ 15,889
Discontinued Operations, Held-for-sale [Member] | Engineered Solutions [Member]
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Impairment			$ 0	5,300	119,907
Cash received from divestitures				$ 27,254	$ 15,889
Disposal Group, Disposed of by Sale, Not Discontinued Operations [Member] | Fiber Materials Inc.
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Cash received from divestitures		$ 15,900
Loss on sale of business		200
Potential Proceeds from Business Divested		$ 8,500
Discontinued Operations, Held-for-sale or Disposed of by Sale [Member] | Advanced Energy Technologies [Member]
Income Statement, Balance Sheet and Additional Disclosures by Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations [Line Items]
Cash received from divestitures	$ 28,500

XML

Stock Based and Other Management Compensation - Narratives (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Exercisable, Number	0
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	9 years 3 months 18 days
Granted	979,790
Allocated Share-based Compensation Expense	$ 1,151,000	$ 0	$ 0
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Vested and Expected to Vest, Outstanding, Number	193,744
Deferred Compensation Share-based Arrangements, Liability, Current and Noncurrent	$ 10,400,000	$ 8,900,000
Deferred and Restricted Stock Units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Granted	48,983
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Nonvested Awards, Compensation Not yet Recognized, Share-based Awards Other than Options	$ 5,400,000
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Nonvested Awards, Compensation Cost Not yet Recognized, Period for Recognition	4 years 3 months 18 days
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Nonvested, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value	$ 12.88	$ 0.00
Granted	$ 13.94
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Authorized	15,000,000
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan | Stock Option
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Granted	979,790
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan | Deferred Stock Units [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Granted	42,243
Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan | Restricted Stock [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Granted	6,740
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Allocated Share-based Compensation Expense	$ 1,000,000
Director [Member] | Deferred and Restricted Stock Units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Granted	48,983
Director [Member] | Deferred and Restricted Stock Units | Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Granted	$ 15.00
Director [Member] | Deferred and Restricted Stock Units | Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Granted	$ 19.44
Board of Directors [Member] | Deferred and Restricted Stock Units
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Granted	21,413

XML

Stock Based and Other Management Compensation - Deferred and Restricted Stock Units Rollforwards (Details) - Deferred and Restricted Stock Units	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018 $ / shares shares
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Nonvested, Number of Shares [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance | shares	0
Granted | shares	48,983
Vested | shares	(21,413)
Ending balance | shares	27,570
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Equity Instruments Other than Options, Nonvested, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value [Abstract]
Beginning balance | $ / shares	$ 0.00
Granted | $ / shares	13.94
Vested | $ / shares	15.29
Ending balance | $ / shares	$ 12.88

XML

Stock Based and Other Management Compensation - Valuation Assumptions (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions, Expected Volatility Rate	45.00%
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions, Expected Term	6 years 6 months
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions, Risk Free Interest Rate, Minimum	2.84%
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions, Risk Free Interest Rate, Maximum	2.98%
Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions, Expected Dividend Rate	1.70%
Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Fair Value Assumptions, Expected Dividend Rate	2.27%

XML

Stock Based and Other Management Compensation - Stock Options Outstanding and Exercisable (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018 $ / shares shares
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Number | shares	968,720
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	9 years 3 months 18 days
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 15.68
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Exercisable, Number | shares	0
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Exercisable, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 0.00
Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	15.00
Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Outstanding, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 20.00

XML

Stock Based and Other Management Compensation - Unvested Stock Options Rollforward (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018 $ / shares shares
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Nonvested, Number of Shares [Roll Forward]
Outstanding unvested as of January 1, 2018 | shares	0
Granted | shares	979,790
Forfeited | shares	(11,070)
Outstanding unvested as of December 31, 2018 | shares	968,720
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Nonvested, Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value [Abstract]
Outstanding unvested as of January 1, 2018 | $ / shares	$ 0.00
Granted | $ / shares	15.67
Forfeited | $ / shares	15.00
Outstanding unvested as of December 31, 2018 | $ / shares	$ 15.68

XML

Acquisitions (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Goodwill	$ 171,117	$ 171,117	$ 171,117

XML

Acquisitions (Summary Of The Third-Party Debt Assumed And Not Repaid In Connection With The Close Of The Acquisitions) (Details)	Dec. 31, 2018
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Stated interest rate	6.375%

XML

Segment Reporting (Schedule Of Financial Information Concerning Reportable Segments) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018
Graphite Electrodes | Product Concentration Risk | Sales Revenue, Net
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Concentration Risk, Percentage	95.00%

XML

Segment Reporting Revenue from External Customers by Products and Services (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Sep. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2018	Mar. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Sep. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Total Revenues	$ 532,789	$ 454,890	$ 456,332	$ 451,899	$ 192,473	$ 137,245	$ 116,314	$ 104,739	$ 1,895,910	$ 550,771	$ 437,963
U.S.
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Total Revenues									429,599	103,890	74,526
Americas
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Total Revenues									367,561	129,103	116,944
Asia Pacific
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Total Revenues									131,578	46,329	41,302
Europe, Middle East, Africa
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Total Revenues									$ 967,172	$ 271,449	$ 205,191

XML

Segment Reporting Summary Of Information Of Long-Lived Assets In Different Geographic Areas (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net property, plant and equipment	[1]	$ 513,705	$ 512,841
U.S.
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net property, plant and equipment		169,301	177,298
Mexico
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net property, plant and equipment		146,790	147,959
Brazil
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net property, plant and equipment		3,320	3,547
France
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net property, plant and equipment		91,022	80,035
Spain
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net property, plant and equipment		103,121	103,819
Other countries
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Net property, plant and equipment		$ 151	$ 183

[1] Long-lived assets represent fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation.

XML

Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Goodwill, Impairment Loss	$ 0	$ 0
Amortization expense of intangible assets	12,900	$ 13,600	$ 14,300
Future Amortization Expense, 2017	12,200
Future Amortization Expense, 2018	11,400
Future Amortization Expense, 2019	10,700
Future Amortization Expense, 2020	10,100
Future Amortization Expense, 2021	$ 9,200

XML

Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets (Schedule Of Changes In The Carrying Value Of Goodwill) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance	$ 171,117	$ 171,117
Adjustments	0	0
Balance	$ 171,117	$ 171,117

XML

Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets (Schedule Of Intangible Assets With Determinable Useful Lives By Major Category) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Goodwill [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 142,300	$ 142,300
Accumulated Amortization	(46,294)	(33,414)
Net Carrying Amount	96,006	108,886
Trade Name [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	22,500	22,500
Accumulated Amortization	(7,721)	(5,512)
Net Carrying Amount	14,779	16,988
Technological Know-How [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	55,300	55,300
Accumulated Amortization	(23,503)	(17,265)
Net Carrying Amount	31,797	38,035
Customer Related Intangible [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	64,500	64,500
Accumulated Amortization	(15,070)	(10,637)
Net Carrying Amount	$ 49,430	$ 53,863

XML

Debt And Liquidity (Schedule Of Long-Term Debt) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Total	$ 2,156,634	$ 339,374
Less: Short-term Debt	(106,323)	(16,474)
Long-term debt	2,050,311	322,900
Senior Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Total	0	280,586
Senior Subordinated Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Total	2,155,883	0
Other Debt [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Total	751	596
Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Revolving Facility	$ 0	$ 58,192

XML

Debt And Liquidity (Old Revolving Facility and Term Loan Facility) (Details) - USD ($)	Feb. 27, 2015	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Apr. 27, 2016	Aug. 11, 2015	Jul. 28, 2015	Apr. 23, 2014	Nov. 20, 2012
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Minimum Liquidity				$ 25,000,000
12 Month Trailing EBITDA			$ 75,000,000
12 Month Trailing EBITDA Minimum (High End)				35,000,000
Term Loan Balance					$ 40,000,000
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage		6.375%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term Line of Credit		$ 0	58,192,000
Letters of Credit Outstanding, Amount			48,200,000
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | Amended and Restated Credit Agreement February 2015 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity							$ 400,000,000
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | Amended and Restated Credit Agreement July 2015 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity				$ 225,000,000		$ 375,000,000
Long-term Line of Credit			39,500,000
Letters of Credit Outstanding, Amount			8,700,000
Term Loan Facility [Member] | Amended and Restated Credit Agreement February 2015 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity	$ 40,000,000
Minimum [Member] | Amended and Restated Credit Agreement February 2015 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Unused Capacity, Commitment Fee Percentage	0.35%
Minimum [Member] | London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) [Member] | Amended and Restated Credit Agreement February 2015 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate	2.25%
Maximum | Amended and Restated Credit Agreement February 2015 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Unused Capacity, Commitment Fee Percentage	0.70%
Maximum | London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) [Member] | Amended and Restated Credit Agreement February 2015 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate	4.75%
Senior Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Face Amount								$ 300,000,000
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Stated Percentage								6.375%
Repurchase Percentage Price Of Aggregate Principal Due To Change In Control								101.00%
Senior Notes [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Unpaid Indebtness After Maturity Or Acceleration			$ 50,000,000.0

XML

Debt And Liquidity (Refinancing) (Details) - USD ($)			12 Months Ended
	Apr. 19, 2018	Feb. 12, 2018	Dec. 31, 2018	Jun. 15, 2018	Mar. 31, 2018
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Equity Interest Pledge		65.00%
Dividends Payable	$ 160,000,000
2018 Credit Agreement [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Ratio of Indebtedness to Net Capital		4.00
Senior Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Redemption Price, Percentage			101.594%
Line of Credit [Member] | 2018 Term Loan Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity		$ 1,500,000,000
Debt Instrument, Amortization Rate		5.00%
Debt Instrument Prepayment Premium		1.00%
Excess Cashflow Threshold Percentage		75.00%
Line of Credit [Member] | 2018 Term Loan Facility [Member] | LIBO [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate		3.50%
Line of Credit [Member] | 2018 Term Loan Facility [Member] | ABR [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate		2.50%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | 2018 Revolving Credit Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Borrowing Capacity		$ 250,000,000		$ 2,250,000,000	$ 1,500,000,000
Borrowing Threshold		$ 35,000,000
Borrowing Threshold Percentage		35.00%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | 2018 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | LIBO [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate		3.75%
Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | 2018 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] | ABR [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate		2.75%
Contingent Event One [Member] | Line of Credit [Member] | 2018 Term Loan Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Excess Cashflow Threshold Percentage		50.00%
Contingent Event One [Member] | Line of Credit [Member] | 2018 Term Loan Facility [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Ratio of Indebtedness to Net Capital		1.25
Contingent Event One [Member] | Line of Credit [Member] | 2018 Term Loan Facility [Member] | Maximum
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Ratio of Indebtedness to Net Capital		1.75
Contingent Event Two [Member] | Line of Credit [Member] | 2018 Term Loan Facility [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Excess Cashflow Threshold Percentage		0.00%
Brookfield [Member] | Brookfield Promissory Note [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Dividends Payable	$ 750,000,000
Brookfield [Member] | Brookfield Promissory Note [Member] | Maximum
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Supplementary Leverage Ratio	175.00%
Brookfield [Member] | Brookfield Promissory Note [Member] | LIBO [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate	4.50%
Third Anniversary [Member] | Brookfield [Member] | Brookfield Promissory Note [Member] | LIBO [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate	2.00%

XML

Interest Expense (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Interest and Debt Expense [Abstract]
Interest incurred on debt	$ 100,844	$ 24,060	$ 20,408
Interest expense - affiliate	5,090	0	0
Redemption Premium	4,782	0	0
Accretion Expense on Extinguished Debt	19,414	6,454	6,305
Accretion of original issue discount on 2018 Term Loans	1,455	0	0
Amortization of debt issuance costs	3,476	309	201
Total interest expense	$ 135,061	$ 30,823	$ 26,914
Effective interest rate, revolving credit facility	6.02%	4.57%
Stated interest rate	6.375%
Accelerated Accretion	$ 18,700
Accelerated Amortization of Debt Issuance Costs	$ 300

XML

Fair Value Measurements And Derivative Instruments (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Long-term Debt	$ 339,374,000	$ 2,156,634,000	$ 339,374,000
Fair value of long-term debt	359,200,000		359,200,000
Hedging Instruments, Non-derivative, Assets	14,800,000	9,500,000	14,800,000
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Foreign Currency Transaction and Translation Gain (Loss) Arising During Period, Net of Tax		2,200,000	1,400,000.0
Cash Flow Hedge Gain (Loss) to be Reclassified within Twelve Months		7,000,000	100,000
Foreign currency derivatives
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Unrealized loss		100,000
Notional amount	18,900,000	19,600,000	18,900,000
Commodity derivative contracts
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Unrealized gain		300,000	5,300,000
Unrealized loss		11,000,000	600,000
Notional amount	$ 143,900,000	142,100,000	143,900,000
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivatives Arising During Period, before Tax		$ (10,700,000)	$ 4,700,000
Minimum [Member]
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Derivative, Term of Contract	3 years
Maximum [Member]
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Derivative, Term of Contract	5 years

XML

Fair Value Measurements And Derivative Instruments Fair Value Measurements And Derivative Instruments (Schedule Of Fair Value Of Derivatives) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives	$ 350	$ 5,326
Liability Derivatives	11,023	581
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges: | Commodity derivative contracts | Prepaid and other current assets
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives	90
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges: | Commodity derivative contracts | Other accrued liabilities
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Liability Derivatives	4,630
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges: | Commodity derivative contracts | Other long-term assets
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives	260
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges: | Commodity derivative contracts | Other long-term obligations
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Liability Derivatives	6,393
Derivatives not designated as hedges: | Foreign currency derivatives | Prepaid and other current assets
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Asset Derivatives	0	9
Derivatives not designated as hedges: | Foreign currency derivatives | Other current liabilities
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Liability Derivatives	$ 43	$ 90

XML

Fair Value Measurements And Derivative Instruments (Schedule Of Realized (Gains) Losses On Derivatives Recognized In Statement Of Operations) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges: | Commodity Forward Derivatives [Member] | Recorded in Cost of Sales
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Amount of (Gain)/Loss Recognized	$ (919)	$ 0	$ 0
Derivatives not designated as hedges: | Foreign currency derivatives | Cost Of Good Sold Other Expense Income [Member]
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Amount of (Gain)/Loss Recognized	$ (522)	$ (1,565)	$ 549

XML

Supplementary Balance Sheet Detail (Schedule Of Amounts Recognized In Balance Sheet) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]
Raw materials and supplies	$ 99,935	$ 39,434
Work in process	125,767	85,852
Finished goods	68,015	48,865
Inventories	293,717	174,151
Prepaid expenses	10,720	9,505
Value added tax and other indirect taxes receivable	19,242	18,627
Other Inventories, Spare Parts, Gross	11,507	11,010
Other current assets	4,699	5,730
Prepaid Expense and Other Assets, Current	46,168	44,872
Land and improvements	45,947	46,599
Buildings	68,680	59,608
Machinery and equipment and other	532,084	495,069
Construction in progress	42,131	41,375
Property, plant and equipment	688,842	642,651
Payrolls (including incentive programs)	17,284	14,196
Employee benefits	6,977	4,684
Deferred Revenue	5,380	20,784
Other	20,811	13,562
Accrued liabilities, net	50,452	53,226
Postretirement benefits	16,192	20,508
Pension and related benefits	33,718	36,116
Other	22,609	12,283
Other long - term obligations	$ 72,519	$ 68,907

XML

Supplementary Balance Sheet Detail (Schedule Of Analysis Of The Allowance For Doubtful Accounts) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of year	$ 1,097	$ 326	$ 244
Additions	122	771	129
Deductions	90	0	47
Balance at end of year	$ 1,129	$ 1,097	$ 326

XML

Commitments (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Operating Leases, Rent Expense	$ 4.9	$ 5.3	$ 3.6

XML

Commitments (Schedule Of Lease Commitments Under Non-Cancelable Operating Leases) (Details) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
2019	$ 4,474
2020	2,747
2021	1,497
2022	334
2023	269
After 2023	$ 343

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined benefit plan, accumulated benefit obligation	$ 147,600	$ 158,600
Defined Benefit Plan, Plan Assets, Amount	$ 115,199	123,463
Employee basic contribution percent	5.00%
Employee supplemental contribution percent	45.00%
Pension and other postretirement benefit contributions	$ 1,300	1,600	$ 2,500
U.S. [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Employer contributions	5,579	6,673
Defined Benefit Plan, Plan Assets, Amount	99,845	109,845	100,905
U.S. [Member] | Postretirement Benefit Costs [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Employer contributions	532	790
Defined Benefit Plan, Plan Assets, Amount	0	0	0
Foreign [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Employer contributions	726	658
Defined Benefit Plan, Plan Assets, Amount	15,354	13,618	11,871
Foreign [Member] | Postretirement Benefit Costs [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Employer contributions	926	856
Defined Benefit Plan, Plan Assets, Amount	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Components Of Consolidated Net Pension Costs Retirement Plans) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
U.S. [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Service cost	$ 1,315	$ 1,305	$ 1,325
Interest cost	4,709	5,352	5,744
Expected return on assets	(5,679)	(5,268)	(4,940)
Mark-to-market loss (gain)	2,473	(4,140)	(2,322)
Net Cost	2,818	(2,751)	(193)
Foreign [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Service cost	674	710	698
Interest cost	253	199	243
Expected return on assets	(330)	(299)	(298)
Mark-to-market loss (gain)	503	(53)	(220)
Net Cost	$ 1,100	$ 557	$ 423

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Reconciliation Of Pension Plans' Benefit Obligations, Fair Value Of Assets Retirement Plans) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$ 123,463
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	115,199	$ 123,463
U.S. [Member]
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year	139,746	140,230
Service cost	1,315	1,305	$ 1,325
Interest cost	4,709	5,352	5,744
Participant contributions	0	0
Foreign currency exchange rates	0	0
Actuarial (gain) loss	(8,297)	3,212
Gross benefits paid	10,488	10,353
Net benefit obligation at end of year	126,985	139,746	140,230
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	109,845	100,905
Actual return on plan assets	(5,091)	12,620
Foreign currency exchange rate changes		0
Employer contributions	5,579	6,673
Participant contributions		0
Gross benefits paid	(10,488)	(10,353)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	99,845	109,845	100,905
Funded status (underfunded):	(27,140)	(29,901)
Prior service credit	0	0
Non-current assets		0
Current liabilities	(430)	(433)
Non-current liabilities	(26,710)	(29,468)
Net amount recognized	(27,140)	(29,901)
U.S. [Member] | Postretirement Benefit Costs [Member]
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year	8,461	10,175
Service cost	0	0	0
Interest cost	264	333	360
Foreign currency exchange rates	0	0
Actuarial (gain) loss	1,028	1,257
Gross benefits paid	532	790
Plan amendment	0	0
Net benefit obligation at end of year	7,165	8,461	10,175
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	0	0
Employer contributions	532	790
Gross benefits paid	(532)	(790)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	0	0	0
Funded status (underfunded):	(7,165)	(8,461)
Prior service credit	0	0
Current liabilities	(783)	(855)
Non-current liabilities	(6,382)	(7,606)
Net amount recognized	(7,165)	(8,461)
Foreign [Member]
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year	20,407	18,237
Service cost	674	710	698
Interest cost	253	199	243
Participant contributions	392	252
Foreign currency exchange rates	(339)	1,069
Actuarial (gain) loss	711	63
Gross benefits paid	234	123
Net benefit obligation at end of year	22,332	20,407	18,237
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	13,618	11,871
Actual return on plan assets	538	415
Foreign currency exchange rate changes	(154)	545
Employer contributions	726	658
Participant contributions	392	252
Gross benefits paid	(234)	(123)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	15,354	13,618	11,871
Funded status (underfunded):	(6,978)	(6,789)
Prior service credit	0	0
Non-current assets	147	0
Current liabilities	(117)	(146)
Non-current liabilities	(7,008)	(6,643)
Net amount recognized	(6,978)	(6,789)
Foreign [Member] | Postretirement Benefit Costs [Member]
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year	12,172	10,700
Service cost	1	2	4
Interest cost	700	653	764
Foreign currency exchange rates	(1,333)	931
Actuarial (gain) loss	(47)	(742)
Gross benefits paid	926	856
Plan amendment	0	0
Net benefit obligation at end of year	10,661	12,172	10,700
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	0	0
Employer contributions	926	856
Gross benefits paid	(926)	(856)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	0	0	$ 0
Funded status (underfunded):	(10,661)	(12,172)
Prior service credit	0	0
Current liabilities	(851)	(912)
Non-current liabilities	(9,810)	(11,260)
Net amount recognized	$ (10,661)	$ (12,172)

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Fair Asset Values Of Plan Assets) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 115,199	$ 123,463
Level 1 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	1,978	2,094
Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	958	831
Level 3 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	14,396	12,787
Fair Value Measured at Net Asset Value Per Share [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	97,867	107,751
U.S. [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	99,845	109,845	$ 100,905
U.S. [Member] | Cash And Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	1,978	2,094
U.S. [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Cash And Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	1,978	2,094
U.S. [Member] | Level 2 [Member] | Cash And Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
U.S. [Member] | Level 3 [Member] | Cash And Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Foreign [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	15,354	13,618	$ 11,871
Foreign [Member] | Foreign Government Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	958	831
Foreign [Member] | Fixed Insurance Contracts [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	14,396	12,787
Foreign [Member] | Level 1 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Foreign [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Foreign Government Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Foreign [Member] | Level 1 [Member] | Fixed Insurance Contracts [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Foreign [Member] | Level 2 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	958	831
Foreign [Member] | Level 2 [Member] | Foreign Government Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	958	831
Foreign [Member] | Level 2 [Member] | Fixed Insurance Contracts [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Foreign [Member] | Level 3 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	14,396	12,787
Foreign [Member] | Level 3 [Member] | Foreign Government Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Foreign [Member] | Level 3 [Member] | Fixed Insurance Contracts [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	14,396	12,787
Foreign [Member] | Fair Value, Inputs, Level 1, 2 and 3 [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 15,354	$ 13,618

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Fair Value Hierarchy, Assets At Fair Value) (Details) - Pension Plan [Member] - Fixed Insurance Contracts [Member] - Level 3 [Member] - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Changes in Plan Assets:
Beginning Balance	$ 12,787	$ 11,142
Gain / contributions / currency impact	1,619	1,651
Distributions	(10)	(6)
Ending Balance	$ 14,396	$ 12,787

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Assumptions Used To Determine Net Pension Costs And Projected Benefit Obligations) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit obligations:
Discount rate	3.71%	3.20%
Rate of compensation increase	1.74%	1.57%
Weighted average assumptions to determine net cost:
Discount rate	3.20%	3.61%
Expected return on plan assets	4.94%	4.95%
Rate of compensation increase	1.57%	1.57%

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Retirement Plan Weighted Average Asset Allocations) (Details)	Dec. 31, 2018
U.S. [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Weighted average asset allocations	100.00%
U.S. [Member] | Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Weighted average asset allocations	20.00%
U.S. [Member] | Fixed Income Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Weighted average asset allocations	80.00%
Foreign [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Weighted average asset allocations	100.00%
Foreign [Member] | Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Weighted average asset allocations	0.00%
Foreign [Member] | Fixed Income Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Weighted average asset allocations	100.00%

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Pension Plans With An Accumulated Benefit Obligation In Excess Of Plan Assets) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
U.S. [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets
Accumulated benefit obligation	$ 126,985	$ 139,746
Fair value of plan assets	99,845	109,845
Foreign [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan, Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets
Accumulated benefit obligation	20,601	18,843
Fair value of plan assets	$ 14,396	$ 13,618

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Pension Plans With Projected Benefit Obligation In Excess Of Plan Assets) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
U.S. [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Projected benefit obligation	$ 126,985	$ 139,746
Fair value of plan assets	99,845	109,845
Foreign [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Projected benefit obligation	21,520	20,407
Fair value of plan assets	$ 14,396	$ 13,618

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Projected Future Pension Plan Cash Flow By Year) (Details) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)
U.S. [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Expected employer contributions	$ 684
Expected employee contributions	0
2017	9,240
2018	9,221
2019	9,221
2020	9,182
2021	9,136
2024-2028	43,993
Foreign [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Expected employer contributions	744
Expected employee contributions	0
2017	858
2018	755
2019	824
2020	824
2021	955
2024-2028	$ 8,223

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Components Of Net Postretirement Costs) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
U.S. [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Service cost	$ 1,315	$ 1,305	$ 1,325
Interest cost	4,709	5,352	5,744
Mark-to-market loss (gain) loss	2,473	(4,140)	(2,322)
Net Cost	2,818	(2,751)	(193)
Foreign [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Service cost	674	710	698
Interest cost	253	199	243
Mark-to-market loss (gain) loss	503	(53)	(220)
Net Cost	1,100	557	423
Postretirement Benefit Costs [Member] | U.S. [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Service cost	0	0	0
Interest cost	264	333	360
Plan amendment / curtailment	0	0	0
Mark-to-market loss (gain) loss	1,028	1,257	191
Net Cost	(764)	(924)	169
Postretirement Benefit Costs [Member] | Foreign [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Service cost	1	2	4
Interest cost	700	653	764
Plan amendment / curtailment	0	0	993
Mark-to-market loss (gain) loss	(47)	(742)	225
Net Cost	$ 748	$ 1,397	$ (450)

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Fair Value Of Assets Of, And The Funded Status Of, Postretirement Plans) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$ 123,463
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	115,199	$ 123,463
U.S. [Member]
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year	139,746	140,230
Service cost	1,315	1,305	$ 1,325
Interest cost	4,709	5,352	5,744
Foreign currency exchange rates	0	0
Actuarial (gain) loss	(8,297)	3,212
Gross benefits paid	(10,488)	(10,353)
Net benefit obligation at end of year	126,985	139,746	140,230
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	109,845	100,905
Employer contributions	5,579	6,673
Gross benefits paid	(10,488)	(10,353)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	99,845	109,845	100,905
Funded status:	(27,140)	(29,901)
Prior service credit	0	0
Current liabilities	(430)	(433)
Non-current liabilities	(26,710)	(29,468)
Net amount recognized	(27,140)	(29,901)
Foreign [Member]
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year	20,407	18,237
Service cost	674	710	698
Interest cost	253	199	243
Foreign currency exchange rates	(339)	1,069
Actuarial (gain) loss	711	63
Gross benefits paid	(234)	(123)
Net benefit obligation at end of year	22,332	20,407	18,237
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	13,618	11,871
Employer contributions	726	658
Gross benefits paid	(234)	(123)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	15,354	13,618	11,871
Funded status:	(6,978)	(6,789)
Prior service credit	0	0
Current liabilities	(117)	(146)
Non-current liabilities	(7,008)	(6,643)
Net amount recognized	(6,978)	(6,789)
Postretirement Benefit Costs [Member] | U.S. [Member]
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year	8,461	10,175
Service cost	0	0	0
Interest cost	264	333	360
Foreign currency exchange rates	0	0
Actuarial (gain) loss	1,028	1,257
Gross benefits paid	(532)	(790)
Plan amendment	0	0
Net benefit obligation at end of year	7,165	8,461	10,175
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	0	0
Employer contributions	532	790
Gross benefits paid	(532)	(790)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	0	0	0
Funded status:	(7,165)	(8,461)
Prior service credit	0	0
Current liabilities	(783)	(855)
Non-current liabilities	(6,382)	(7,606)
Net amount recognized	(7,165)	(8,461)
Postretirement Benefit Costs [Member] | Foreign [Member]
Changes in Benefit Obligation:
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year	12,172	10,700
Service cost	1	2	4
Interest cost	700	653	764
Foreign currency exchange rates	(1,333)	931
Actuarial (gain) loss	(47)	(742)
Gross benefits paid	(926)	(856)
Plan amendment	0	0
Net benefit obligation at end of year	10,661	12,172	10,700
Changes in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	0	0
Employer contributions	926	856
Gross benefits paid	(926)	(856)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	0	0	$ 0
Funded status:	(10,661)	(12,172)
Prior service credit	0	0
Current liabilities	(851)	(912)
Non-current liabilities	(9,810)	(11,260)
Net amount recognized	$ (10,661)	$ (12,172)

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Net Postretirement Benefit Costs And Postretirement Projected Benefit Obligation) (Details)	5 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Discount rate		3.71%	3.20%
Discount rate		3.20%	3.61%
Postretirement Benefit Obligations [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Discount rate		5.57%	5.07%
Health care cost trend on covered charges, Initial		6.53%	6.86%
Health care cost trend on covered charges, Ultimate		6.05%	6.23%
Health care cost trend on covered charges, Years to ultimate	8 years		8 years
Postretirement Benefit Costs [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Discount rate		5.07%	4.80%
Health care cost trend on covered charges, Initial		6.86%	6.80%
Health care cost trend on covered charges, Ultimate		6.23%	5.96%
Health care cost trend on covered charges, Years to ultimate		7 years	7 years

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (One-Percentage Point Change In Assumed Health Care Cost Trend Rates) (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)
U.S. [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
One Percentage Point Increase, Effect on total service cost and interest cost components	$ 1
One Percentage Point Increase, Effect on benefit obligations	14
One Percentage Point Decrease, Effect on total service cost and interest cost components	(1)
One Percentage Point Decrease, Effect on benefit obligations	(14)
Foreign [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
One Percentage Point Increase, Effect on total service cost and interest cost components	32
One Percentage Point Increase, Effect on benefit obligations	506
One Percentage Point Decrease, Effect on total service cost and interest cost components	(66)
One Percentage Point Decrease, Effect on benefit obligations	$ (442)

XML

Retirement Plans And Postretirement Benefits (Projected Future Postretirement Cash Flow By Year) (Details) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)
U.S. [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Expected employer contributions	$ 684
Expected employee contributions	0
2017	9,240
2018	9,221
2019	9,221
2020	9,182
2021	9,136
2024-2028	43,993
Foreign [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Expected employer contributions	744
Expected employee contributions	0
2017	858
2018	755
2019	824
2020	824
2021	955
2024-2028	8,223
Postretirement Benefit Costs [Member] | U.S. [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Expected employer contributions	783
Expected employee contributions	0
2017	783
2018	724
2019	663
2020	607
2021	554
2024-2028	2,174
Postretirement Benefit Costs [Member] | Foreign [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Expected employer contributions	851
Expected employee contributions	0
2017	851
2018	866
2019	891
2020	904
2021	899
2024-2028	$ 4,769

XML

Management Compensation And Incentive Plans (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Allocated Share-based Compensation Expense	$ 1,151,000	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Contingencies (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Movement in Standard Product Warranty Accrual [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	$ 349	$ 969
Product warranty adjustments	1,510	149
Payments and settlements	(331)	(471)
Ending balance	$ 1,528	$ 349

XML

Contingencies - Narratives (Details) - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Long-term debt - affiliate	$ 86,478,000	$ 0
Minimum
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Loss Contingency, Estimate of Possible Loss	65,000,000
Maximum
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Loss Contingency, Estimate of Possible Loss	$ 90,000,000
Profit Units | LTIP
Loss Contingencies [Line Items]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Number of Shares Authorized	30,000
Threshold Value	$ 855,000,000

XML

Income Taxes (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	6 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2017	Jun. 30, 2015	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2014
Income Tax Examination [Line Items]
Provision (benefit) for income taxes				$ 48,920	$ (10,781)	$ (7,552)
U.S. federal income tax rate			35.00%	35.00%			35.00%
Net non-current deferred tax assets		$ 30,768		$ 71,707	30,768
Net non-current deferred tax liabilities		41,746		45,825	41,746
Proceeds from Issuance of Long-term Debt						53,000
Total foreign tax credit carryforwards		175,229		111,325	175,229
Deferred Tax Assets, Operating Loss Carryforwards				59,300
Deferred Tax Assets, Non-Operating Loss Carryforwards				3,000
Operating Loss Carryforwards, Valuation Allowance				35,800
Tax Credit Carryforward, Amount				10,100
Unrecognized tax benefits		2,492		1,990	2,492	3,338
Expired Foreign Tax Credits	$ 19,500
Increase in Foreign Tax Credit Carryforward		37,700
Unrecognized Tax Benefits that Would Impact Effective Tax Rate				2,000
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Income Tax Penalties and Interest Accrued		800		900	800	800
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Increase (Decrease) Income Tax Penalties and Interest Accrued				100	0	0
Decrease in Unrecognized Tax Benefits is Reasonably Possible				2,000
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Reduction Resulting from Lapse of Applicable Statute of Limitations				373
Deferred Tax Assets, Net of Valuation Allowance		67,470		99,961	67,470	$ 6,500
Deferred Tax Assets, Capital Loss Carryforwards		$ 2,603		0	$ 2,603
Undistributed Earnings of Foreign Subsidiaries				1,600,000
Undistributed Earnings of Foreign Subsidiaries Subjected to One Time Transition Fee				998,300
Domestic Tax Authority [Member]
Income Tax Examination [Line Items]
Tax Credit Carryforward, Amount				25,200
State and Local Jurisdiction [Member]
Income Tax Examination [Line Items]
Tax Credit Carryforward, Amount				$ 320,300

XML

Income Taxes (Schedule Of U.S. And Non-U.S. Components Of Income (Loss) Before Provision (Benefit) For Income Taxes) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
U.S.	$ (68,032)	$ (26,981)	$ (44,971)
Non-U.S.	970,840	30,412	(71,450)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income taxes	$ 902,808	$ 3,431	$ (116,421)

XML

Income Taxes (Schedule Of Income Tax Expense (Benefit)) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
U.S. income taxes, Current	$ 787	$ (1,066)	$ (878)
U.S. income taxes, Deferred	(52,145)	38	1,152
U.S. income taxes, Total	(51,358)	(1,028)	274
Non-U.S. income taxes, Current	85,252	5,924	5,389
Non-U.S. income taxes, Deferred	15,026	(15,677)	(13,215)
Non-U.S. income taxes, Total	100,278	(9,753)	(7,826)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$ 48,920	$ (10,781)	$ (7,552)

XML

Income Taxes (Schedule Of Income Tax Expense (Benefit) Computed By Applying The U.S. Federal Income Tax Rate) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Tax at statutory U.S. federal rate	$ 189,590	$ 1,201	$ (40,747)
Impact of U.S. Tax Cut and Jobs Act - GILTI	93,739	0	0
Impact of the 2017 Tax Act - transition tax	0	39,628	0
Impact of the 2017 Tax Act - tax rate change	0	52,228	0
Impact of Tax Receivable Agreement	18,160	0	0
Valuation allowance, net	(93,125)	(89,269)	35,091
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit	1,529	3,437	(2,324)
U.S. tax impact of foreign earnings (net of foreign tax credits)	792	1,151	51
Establishment/resolution of uncertain tax positions	(345)	(840)	(513)
Adjustment for foreign income taxed at different rates	(95,822)	(2,359)	12,738
Foreign tax credits	(65,046)	(17,956)	(175)
Investment in subsidiary impairment deduction	0	0	(10,114)
Other	(552)	1,998	(1,559)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$ 48,920	$ (10,781)	$ (7,552)

XML

Income Taxes (Schedule Of Deferred Tax Assets And Deferred Tax Liabilities) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Deferred tax assets:
Postretirement and other employee benefits	$ 18,395	$ 19,392
Foreign tax credit and other carryforwards	111,325	175,229
Capitalized research and experimental costs	7,695	9,417
Environmental reserves	976	493
Inventory	14,251	7,933
Original issue discount	0	2,603
Long-term contract option amortization	1,144	1,204
Provision for rationalization charges	351	502
Other	4,270	1,536
Total gross deferred tax assets	158,407	218,309
Less: valuation allowance	(58,446)	(150,839)
Total deferred tax assets	99,961	67,470	$ 6,500
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets	59,521	68,098
Debt discount amortization / Deferred financing fees	0	3,191
Inventory	7,751	5,128
Goodwill and acquired intangibles	3,668	0
Other	3,138	2,031
Total deferred tax liabilities	74,078	78,448
Total deferred tax liabilities	$ 25,883	$ 10,978

XML

Income Taxes (Schedule Of Valuation Allowance Activity) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Balance at beginning of year	$ 150,839	$ 244,841	$ 165,539
(Credited) / charged to income	(93,125)	(87,194)	(78,469)
Translation adjustment	(302)	207	583
Changes attributable to movement in underlying assets	1,034	(7,015)	250
Balance at end of year	$ 58,446	$ 150,839	$ 244,841

XML

Income Taxes (Reconciliation Of The Beginning And Ending Amount Of Unrecognized Tax Benefits) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Balance at January 1	$ 2,492	$ 3,338
Additions for tax positions of prior years	(100)	114
Additions for tax positions of prior years		(989)
Lapse of statutes of limitations	(373)
Settlements	(21)
Foreign currency impact	8	(29)
Balance at December 31	$ 1,990	$ 2,492

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Schedule Of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Total accumulated comprehensive (loss) income	$ 5,800	$ (20,289)
Successor [Member]
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax	2,922	(15,468)
Commodities and foreign currency derivatives, net of tax	2,878	(4,821)
Total accumulated comprehensive (loss) income	$ 5,800	$ 20,289

XML

Stockholders' Equity - Narratives (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions						2 Months Ended	3 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Aug. 13, 2018	Jun. 29, 2018	Apr. 26, 2018	Apr. 23, 2018	Apr. 12, 2018	Jun. 30, 2018	Dec. 31, 2018	Sep. 30, 2018	Mar. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2018	Apr. 19, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Stock Issued During Period, Shares, Stock Splits					3,022,259.23
Dividends Payable											$ 160.0
Stock Issued During Period, Value, New Issues			3,097,525	35,000,000
Shares, Issued												38,097,525
Sale of Stock, Price Per Share			$ 15	$ 15
Offering Costs										$ 5.1
Common Stock, Dividends, Per Share, Declared							$ 0.85	$ 0.85	$ 0.0645
Dividends		$ 19.5
Pro rated Dividends						$ 0.085
Common Stock, Dividends, Per Share, Declared, Annualized						$ 0.34
Special Dividend							$ 0.70			$ 0.70
Stock Repurchased During Period, Shares	11,688,311
Brookfield [Member]
Class of Stock [Line Items]
Stock Issued During Period, Shares, Stock Splits	23,000,000
Sale of Stock, Price Per Share	$ 20.00

XML

Earnings Per Share - Basic and Diluted (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share, Amount	650,432
Weighted Average Number of Shares Issued, Basic	297,748,327	302,225,923	302,225,923
Weighted average common shares outstanding for diluted calculation	297,753,770	302,225,923	302,225,923
Dilutive Securities, Effect on Basic Earnings Per Share, Dilutive Convertible Securities	$ 5,443	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Earnings Per Share Treasury Share Buyback (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018 shares
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Shares which exclude consideration of stock options in calculation of diluted shares outstanding	650,432

XML

Quarterly Information (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2018	Sep. 30, 2018	Jun. 30, 2018	Mar. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Sep. 30, 2017	Jun. 30, 2017	Mar. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016
Interim Period, Costs Not Allocable [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 532,789	$ 454,890	$ 456,332	$ 451,899	$ 192,473	$ 137,245	$ 116,314	$ 104,739	$ 1,895,910	$ 550,771	$ 437,963
Gross profit	318,430	274,610	290,422	306,750	59,789	16,762	9,880	1,286	1,190,212	87,717	(30,239)
Research and development	(601)	(518)	(581)	(429)	(373)	(1,329)	(933)	(820)	(2,129)	(3,456)	(2,534)
Selling and administrative expenses	15,683	14,234	16,239	15,876	15,389	13,293	12,169	11,656	62,032	52,506	58,515
Other expense (income), net	828	1,502	(974)	2,005	(6,426)	(404)	1,423	3,304	3,361	(2,104)	(4,266)
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement Expense	24,677		61,801
Net income (loss)	$ 229,632	$ 199,466	$ 201,448	$ 223,673	$ 55,628	$ (3,919)	$ (17,383)	$ (26,344)	$ 854,219	$ 7,983	$ (235,843)
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations, Per Basic Share	$ 790	$ 670	$ 670	$ 740	$ 180	$ (10)	$ (60)	$ (90)	$ 2.87	$ 0.05	$ (0.36)
As Reported
Interim Period, Costs Not Allocable [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 532,789	$ 454,890	$ 456,332	$ 451,899	$ 192,473	$ 137,245	$ 116,314	$ 104,739
Gross profit	318,430	274,610	290,422	306,750	60,598	16,561	9,679	1,085
Research and development	(601)	(518)	(581)	(429)	(159)	(1,338)	(943)	(829)		$ (2,951)	$ (2,399)
Selling and administrative expenses	15,683	14,234	16,239	15,876	12,280	13,322	12,195	11,683		49,479	57,784
Other expense (income), net	828	1,502	(974)	2,005	(1,976)	(643)	1,186	3,067		1,634	(2,188)
Related party Tax Receivable Agreement Expense	24,677		61,801
Net income (loss)	$ 229,632	$ 199,466	$ 201,448	$ 223,673	$ 55,628	$ (3,919)	$ (17,383)	$ (26,344)
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations, Per Basic Share	$ 790	$ 670	$ 670	$ 740	$ 180	$ (10)	$ (60)	$ (90)
Effect of Accounting Change
Interim Period, Costs Not Allocable [Line Items]
Gross profit					$ (809)	$ 201	$ 201	$ 201
Research and development					(532)	9	10	9		(505)	(135)
Selling and administrative expenses					3,109	(29)	(26)	(27)		3,027	731
Other expense (income), net					$ (4,450)	$ 239	$ 237	$ 237		$ (3,738)	$ (2,078)

XML

Subsequent Events (Details) - $ / shares		3 Months Ended
	Feb. 07, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018	Sep. 30, 2018	Mar. 31, 2018
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Common Stock, Dividends, Per Share, Declared		$ 0.85	$ 0.85	$ 0.0645
Subsequent Events
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Common Stock, Dividends, Per Share, Declared	$ 0.085